Unitor Product Catalogue PDF Final Aug17

2017
Product catalogue
Contents
Gases, refrigerants and cylinders 1
Refrigerants 1
Hycool marine 1
R-134a 2
R-22 3
R-404A 4
R-407C 5
R-407F 6
R-410A 7
R-417A 8
R-422D 9
R-427A 10
R-507 11
Refrigerant recovery cylinders 12
Gases 13
Acetylene 13
Oxygen 15
Nitrogen 16
Cruise gas 18
Breathing oxygen 19
Argon 20
CO2 22
Helium 23
Spangases 25
Nitrogen mixtures 25
Regulators 26
Regulators overview 26
Gas distribution system 27
Complete installations for Ox/Ac 27
Cylinder racks 29
Gas cylinder cabinets 30
High pressure components 31
Low pressure components 32
Outlet station 33
Rack and manifold 34
Rack 34
Refrigeration equipment 37
Refrigeration equipment 37
System Equipment & Spares 37
Tools 57
Package Equipment 76
Marine Chemicals 79
Cleaning Chemicals 79
Cargo Hold Cleaning 79
Cleaning and Maintenance 86
Tank Cleaning 124
Gamazyme Cleaners 134
Galley and Accommodation 143
HOCNF & CEFAS Offshore Chemicals 170
Water Treatment Chemicals 182
Boiler Water Treatment 182
Pool Chemicals 202
Cooling Water Treatment 207
Water Production Treatment 223
Water Treatment Equipment 237
Chemical Dosing Systems 237
Sample Coolers 244
Fuel Oil Chemicals 246
Distillate Fuel Treatment 246
Heavy Fuel Oil Treatment 250
Fuel Oil Treatment Equipment 260
Chemical Dosing Systems 260
Equipment Spares 263
Test Kits and Reagents 265
Water Test Kits 265
Potable Water Test Kits and Spares 289
Ballast Water Testing 293
Oil Test Kits 295
Cleaning & Dosing Equipment 320
Mobile High Pressure Cleaners 320
HP Cleaners 150 - 220 bar 320
Spares & Accessories for HP Cleaners 150 - 220 330
HP Cleaners 300 - 500 bar 343
Spares & Accessories for HP Cleaners 300 - 500 bar 348
Air Driven HP Cleaners 356
Spares & Accessories for Air Driven HP Cleaners 361
Hot Water HP Cleaners 364
Spares & Accessories for Hot HP Cleaners 366
Stationary High Pressure Systems 367
Stationary Cold Water Cleaners 367
Spares & Accessories Cold Water Stationary Systems 377
Stationary Hot Water Cleaners 379
Vacuum Cleaning Equipment 381
Wet & Dry Cleaning Units 381
Accessories & Spares Vacuum Cleaners 385
Cargo Hold Cleaning 386
Cargo Hold Cleaning Kit & Accessories 386
Cargo Hold Cleaning Kit - Accessories, consumables & spares 390
Mucking Pumps 392
Mucking Pump - Accessories, consumables & spares 394
Cleaning Jets 395
Dosing, application and mixing equipment 396
Applicators 396
Dosing units 398
Ultrasonic - Part and Filter cleaners 403
Ultrasonic 403
Circulation cleaning 412
Circulation cleaning 412
Cleaning Wokwear 413
Welding 415
Gas Welding, Brazing & Cutting 415
Gas Cylinder Regulators and Flashback Arrestors 415
Gas Hoses and Couplings 417
Gas welders accessories 420
Welding, Brazing & Cutting Torch 424
Transportable Gas Welding Equipment 430
Gas Welding Cabinet 434
Gas Welding and Brazing Consumables 436
Arc Welding Equipment 438
Arc welding/cutting machines 438
Cables and Connectors 462
Stick electrode arc accessories 464
TIG Welding Accessories 465
Wire Welding Accessories 474
Shielding gas accessories 476
Plasma cutting accessories 477
Current distribution system 478
Welder's Protection 480
Welder's Tools 488
Arc Welding Consumables and Storing 492
Coated Stick Electrodes 492
Electrode Storing Cabinets 498
Arc Welding Wires 504
TIG Welding Rods and Fluxes 505
Cold Repair System 506
Cold Repair Polymer Compounds 506
Welding Handbook 509
Unitor Welding Handbook 509
Air Tools 510
Air Tool Equipment 510
Air Line Equipment 510
Air Gun 512
Deck Scalers 513
Drills 515
Grinders 516
Impact Wrenches 522
Needle Scalers & Chipping Hammers 527
Quick Couplers 541
Air Tools accessories, consumables & spares 547
Drills - Accessories, consumables & spares 547
Deck Scalers - Accessories, consumables & spares 548
Ear Clamps & Hose Clamps 549
Grinders - Accessories, consumables & spares 550
Impact Wrenches - Accessories, consumables & spares 555
Scalers & Chipping - Accessories, consumables & spares 556
Workshop Equipment 559
Wire Lubricator 559
Wire Lubricator 559
Wire Lubricators Accessories 561
Electric & battery Tools 567
Drills 567
Grinders 572
Accessories, consumables & Spares for Electric Tools 575
Drills 575
Pumps 576
Pumps 576
Barrel Pumps 576
Chemical Applicators 579
Double Diaphragm Pumps 581
Grease Pumps 591
Accessories & Spares 593
Grease Pumps Accessories & Spares 593
Barrel Pumps Accessories & Spares 595
Chemical Applicators Accessories & Spares 596
Double Diaphragm Accessories & Spares 598
Environmental 609
Oil spill kits 609
Oil spill products 609
Sorbents & Booms 619
Ropes 636
Conventional Mooring Rope 636
Timm Master 8 636
Timm Master 12 639
Timm Signal 12 640
Terraline 641
Advanced Mooring Rope 643
Timm Winchline 643
High Performance Mooring Rope 645
Acera Amundsen 645
Acera daGama 649
Acera Scott 651
Acera Amundsen Lite 653
Steel Wire Rope 654
Mooring Ropes 654
Rope Protection 655
Timm Chafe Guard 655
Rope Stretchers 656
Timm Master 8 Tail 656
Timm Master 8 Ring 657
Timm Signal 12 Ring 658
Timm Flex 8 Tail 659
Timm Flex 8 Ring 660
Accessories 661
Timm Boss Link 661
Acera Fall Preventer Device 662
Timm Repair Kit 663
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
REFRIGERANTSS AND Refrigerants
Hycool marine
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
HY
HYC
COOL MARINE
Hycool Marine is developed to provide a cost efficient and environmentally friendly secondary
refrigerant for use in indirect cooling systems. It is based on the organic salt Potassium Formate.
It is environmentally friendly because it is biodegradable and has neither Ozone Depleting Potential
nor Global Warming Potential. It is non-flammable and non-toxic and can be used in freezing,
cooling and heating applications.
Features
• Wide application range +50 to -45 °C
• Based on the organic salt Potassium Formate.
Benefits
• Ready to use solution, does not need to be diluted
• Low energy cost due to low viscosity
• Low maintenance cost
• Low installation cost
• Low heat exchanger cost
• High thermal conductivity gives high volumetric cooling/ heating capacity
Ordering info
Product Number Product name Volume Packing, Type

708511 HYCOOL MARINE 45 25L CAN 25 CAN
Accessories
Product Number Product name

708495 HYCOOL BLUE ADDITIVE 25L CAN
1
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
R-134a
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
UNICOOL R-134a
A synthetic HFC refrigerant which is harmless to
the ozone layer. The gas is used in a variety of
maritime refrigeration applications such as air
conditioning systems, reefer box cooling, engine
control room AC and cargo cooling.
Features
• All refillable cylinders are inspected prior to
refilling
• Residue refrigerant recovered to prevent
environmental damage
• Content is 100% genuine refrigerant from
approved producer
Benefits
• Worldwide compliance
• Assured quality
• Refillable cylinders
Ordering Information
Product number Product name Contents Colour ODP GWP

905557 UNICOOL R-134a 57KG REFRIGERANT 56 BLUE 0 1430
905620 UNICOOL R-134a 12.5 KG REFRIGERANT 12.3 BLUE 0 1430
ODP = Ozone Depletion Potential GWP = Global Warming Potential (IPCC Fourth
Assessment Report - AR4)
Accessories

597757 CHARGING HOSE SET UCH-72 3X1.8M
544932 REFRIGERANT CYL. VALVE ADAPTOR SET
2
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
R-22
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
UNIC
UNICOOOL R
R--22
A synthetic HCFC refrigerant with an Ozone
Depleting Potential. The gas is used in a variety
of maritime refrigeration applications for low,
medium and high temperatures (-40 to +16° C).
NOTE: the use of virgin R-22 is banned within
the EU.
Features
refilling
approved producer
Benefits
• Assured quality
Product Number Product name Contents Colour ODP GWP

905059 UNICOOL R-22 57 KG REFRIGERANT 56 GREEN 0.049 1810
905621 UNICOOL R-22 12.5 KG REFRIGERANT 12.3 GREEN 0.049 1810
Accessories

3
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
R-404A
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
UNIC
UNICOOOL R
R-404A
-404A
maritime refrigeration applications such as low
and medium temperature applications
(evaporating temperatures of -45 to +8° C).
Features
refilling
• Content is 100% genuine virgin refrigerant from
approved producer
• A replacement option for R-502 and R-22
• Most suitable for new systems
Benefits
• Assured quality

905606 UNICOOL R-404A 45 KG REFRIGERANT 56 ORANGE 0 3920
905623 UNICOOL R-404A 9.5 KG REFRIGERANT 12.3 ORANGE 0 3920
Accessories

4
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
R-407C
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
UNIC
UNICOOOL R
R-40
-407C
7C
maritime refrigeration applications such as high
Features
refilling
approved producer
• Suitable for new systems and retrofits
Benefits
• Assured quality

905607 UNICOOL R-407C 52 KG REFRIGERANT 56 litre ORANGE-BROWN 0 1775
905624 UNICOOL R-407-C 11 KG REFRIGERANT 12.3 ORANGE-BROWN 0 1775
Accessories

5
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
R-407F
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
UNIC
UNICOOOL R
R-40
-407F
7F
905715
maritime refrigeration applications such as high,
medium and low temperature applications
(evaporating temperatures of -30 to +15°C)
Features
refilling
• Content is 100 % genuine refrigerant from
approved producer
• Conforms to ARI-700 purity standard
• Suitable for new systems and retrofits
Benefits
• Assured quality
Ordering information

905712 UNICOOL R-407F 11KG REFRIGERANT 12.3 litre LIGHT GREEN 0 1825
905715 UNICOOL R-407F 51 KG REFRIGERANT 56 litre LIGHT GREEN 0 1825
6
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
R-410A
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
UNIC
UNICOOOL R
R-410A
-410A
maritime refrigeration applications such as low,
medium and high temperature applications
Features
refilling
approved producer
• For new systems only
Benefits
• Assured quality

905608 UNICOOL R-410A 45 KG REFRIGERANT 56 ROSE 0 2090
905627 UNICOOL R-410A 9.5 KG REFRIGERANT 12.3 ROSE 0 2090
Accessories

7
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
R-417A
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
UNIC
UNICOOOL R
R-41
-417A
7A
Environmentally acceptable HFC solution for
replacing ozone depleting refrigerants in existing
refrigeration systems as low, medium and high
temperature applications (evaporating
temperatures of -35 to +25° C). This is a WSS
preferred retrofit solution.
Features
refilling
approved producer
• Long term replacement for R-22 and WSS
prefered retrofit solution
Benefits
• Assured quality

905637 UNICOOL R-417A 51KG REFRIGERANT 56 GREEN 0 2345
905705 UNICOOL R-417A 11KG REFRIGERANT 12.3 GREEN 0 2345
Accessories

8
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
R-422D
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
UNIC
UNICOOOL R
R-422D
-422D 5522 K
KG
G REFRIGERANT
905710
refrigeration systems (evaporating temperatures
of -35 to +25° C).
Features
refilling
approved producer
Benefits
• Assured quality
Technical Data ODP = Ozone Depletion GWP = Global Warming

Potential Potential (IPCC Fourth
Contents 56 L
Weight 52 kg
Colour Light Green
ODP 0
GWP 2730
Accessories

9
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
R-427A
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
UNIC
UNICOOOL R
R-427A
-427A 5533 K
KG
G REFRIGERANT
905708
refrigeration systems (evaporating temperatures
of -35 to +25° C).
Features
refilling
approved producer
Benefits
• Assured quality
Technical data ODP = Ozone Depletion GWP = Global Warming

Potential Potential (IPCC Fourth
Contents 56
Weight 53
Colour GREEN
ODP 0
GWP 2140
Accessories

10
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
R-507
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
UNIC
UNICOOOL R
R--50
5077
maritime refrigeration applications such as low
Features
refilling
approved producer
Benefits
• Assured quality

905610 UNICOOL R-507 45 KG REFRIGERANT 56 TEAL 0 3985
905628 UNICOOL R-507 9.5 KG REFRIGERANT 12.3 TEAL 0 3985
Accessories

11
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Refrigerant recovery cylinders
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
RE
RECCOVER
VERY
Y CYLINDER + D
DOOCUMENT
MENTA
ATION
Cylinder for recovery and storing of refrigerants
during system servicing or maintenance work
onboard. The cylinder is sold to customer and is
not part of the cylinder exchange program.
Features
• Two connection ports to enable charging of liquid
and extraction of vapour simultaneously
• Cylinder supplied under vacum
• Cylinder is clearly identified for 'RECOVERY'
• Comes with a complete documentation kit
including transport label following European and
American requirements
• Cylinder is grey with yellow shoulder
Benefits
• Delivered with filling guideline to protect against
over charging
• Includes transport labels specified by the USA
DOT (Dept of Transportation) and EU
Product Number Product name Water capacity USDOT Connection Type

632588 RECOVERY CYL EMPTY 56L+DOCUMENTS 55.8 l / 123 lbs 4BW400 CGA 660
596544 RECOVERY CYL EMPTY 21.6L+DOCUMENTS 21.6 l / 50 lbs 4BA400 1/4" flare SAE
Accessories

12
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
REFRIGERANTSS AND Gases
Acetylene
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
ACETYLENE FILLING
In combination with Oxygen (O2) Acetylene
(C2H2) is used for gas cutting and welding.
Features
• Acetylene (C2H2) is colourless and slightly lighter
than air.
• It is non-toxic, but has an anesthetic effect if
inhaled.
• Acetylene is highly flammable.
• When mixed with oxygen for welding, the flame
temperature will reach 3100º C.
Benefits
• For your safety, the product is delivered in a
Unitor cylinder complete with barcode and unique
cylinder serial number.
• We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak
system to give you peace of mind.
Technical data • When a regulator is fitted with twinhose and

torch, the lighted flame will be very unstable due
Colour Maroon
to the presence of acetone droplets in the gas.
Purity > 98% This is often referred to as “spitting”.
Valve side connection G 3/4" RH Internal
Solution is to let the cylinder rest for at least 24 hours
Acetylene mixed with air is explosive within 2.2% to (depending on temperature; colder environment might
85% by volume. Avoid releasing acetylene into the air require longer time).
and ensure good ventilation where acetylene cylinders
are stored or used. Tare "A" weight of acetylene cylinders includes cylinder
shell, neckring, valve, porous mass and acetone. For
When acetylene cylinders are transported horizontally acetylene the following is valid:
and placed vertically again after transport, a period of
at least 24 hours before using the cylinders for gas • 1 nm3 = 1.095 kg
extraction must be obeyed. This to ensure that the
• 1 kg = 0.91 nm3
acetone inside the cylinder redistributes in a correct
• 1 bar = 14.5 psi
way. When cylinders are used too quickly after placing
them vertical again the following can happen: • 1 nm3 = 35.3 ft3
• 1 kg = 2.2 lbs
• When opening the top valve, large amounts of
acetone can come out. The customer might
interpret this as water/oil because acetone feels
slippery on the skin. Opening the top valve
without a fitted regulator should not be standard
practice as this can create a fire hazard.
Gas
Product Cylinder Gross Tare Gas capacity Acetone Saturation
Product name Height Diameter capacity
number size weight weight (nm3) contents gas
(kg)
ACETYLENE A-5
905067 5l 620 140 15 14 0.8 0.7 1.6 0.1
FILLING
ACETYLENE A-40
905026 40l 1360 230 73 67 6.2 5.6 12.4 0.8
FILLING
13
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Acetylene
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
Accessories

510001 REGULATOR 510 AC PRESSURE 0-2.5 BAR
550152 WASHER NYL 10 PCS FOR AC REGULATOR
14
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Oxygen
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
OXY
XYGEN
GEN FILLING
In combination with Acetylene (C2H2), Oxygen
(O2) is used for gas cutting and welding.
Features
• Colourless, odourless and tasteless.
• It is approximately 1.1 times heavier than air.
• Oxygen itself is non-flammable, but it supports
combustion.
• It can cause fire or explosion in combustible
materials.
Benefits
cylinder serial number.
system to give you peace of mind.
Technical Data • 1 kg = 2.2 lbs

Colour BLUE The gas capacity of a cylinder can calculated in two
Purity 2.5 > 99.5% different ways. The most simple method is the water
Valve side connection W21.8mm x 1/142 RH Ext capacity of the cylinder (in litres) multipled by the actual
pressure (in bar); the result is the capacity in litres.
Oxygen O2 supports combustion. Oxygen itself is non- Although a simple method it is not the most accurate
flammable but it supports combustion. It can cause fire method. A better but much more complex method will
or explosion in combustable materials. Avoid that give a more accurate value for the gas capacity; it will
oxygen comes in contact grease, fat and oil. Never use take the compressability of the gas at both 1 bar and at
oxygen as substitute for compressed air. the actual pressure in consideration and all based on 15
For oxygen the following is valid: degrees C. The result is often quoted as normal litres or
normal cubic metres (nm3). For oxygen the more
• 1 nm3 = 1.311 kg accurate method will give a slightly higher value as
• 1 kg = 0.763 nm3 compared to the simple method i.e. (6.4 m3 versus 6
• 1 bar = 14.5 psi nm3).
• 1 nm3 = 35.3 ft3
Product Cylinder Filling Gross Tare Gas capacity Gas capacity

Product name Height Diameter
number size pressure weight weight (kg) (nm3)
OXYGEN O-5
905075 5l 200bar 620 140 13 12 1.3 1
FILLING
OXYGEN O-40
905034 40l 150bar 1360 230 60 52 7.8 6.4
FILLING
Accessories

510000 REGULATOR 510 OX PRESSURE 0-10 BAR
550160 WASHER ALU 10 PCS FOR OX REGULATOR
15
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Nitrogen
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
NITR
NITRO
OGEN FILLING
Low purity nitrogen is mainly used for purging
and simple padding while the high purity is
mainly used for padding very specific products
and for calibration purposes.
Features
• Nitrogen is a colourless, odourless and tasteless
• Non-combustible and non-toxic
• Slightly lighter than air and it is an inert gas
• Nitrogen is well suited for purging cargo tanks
and pipelines of residual gases and vapours prior
to loading cargo
• It is also used as a 'blanket' on top of several
types of cargoes to prevent reactions with oxygen
from atmospheric air.
• The filling pressure is lower in some locations
than the normal 200 bar due to local rules and
regulations that limit filling pressure.
Benefits
cylinder serial number
system to give you peace of mind
Technical data • 1 nm3 = 35.3 ft3

10l - green & • 1 kg = 2.2 lbs
Colour
50l - green/orange The gas capacity of a cylinder can calculated in two
Purity 3.0 (>99.9%) or 5.0 (>99.999%) different ways. The most simple method is the water
Valve side connection W24.32mm x 1/14" RH Ext capacity of the cylinder (in litres) multipled by the actual
Filling pressure 200 bar pressure (in bar); the result is the capacity in litres.
For the purity 5.0 (>99.999%) the specification is: Although a simple method it is not the most accurate
method. A better but much more complex method will
• Oxygen < 5vpm give a more accurate value for the gas capacity; it will
• Moisture (H2O) < 5vpm take the compressability of the gas at both 1 bar and at
• A certificate of analysis is supplied with the the actual pressure in consideration and all based on 15
cylinder. degrees C. The result is often quoted as normal litres or
For nitrogen the following is valid: normal cubic metres (nm3). For nitrogen the more
accurate method will give a slightly higher value as
• 1 nm3 = 1.147 kg
compared to the simple method i.e. (10.2 m3 versus 10
• 1 kg = 0.872 nm3
nm3).
• 1 bar = 14.5 psi
Product no. Product name Volume Height Diameter Gross weight Tare weight Gas capacity Gas capacity
905232 NITROGEN N-1030 FILLING 10l 1000 140 20 18 2.3 2 nm3
905208 NITROGEN N-5030 FILLING 50l 1690 230 92 81 11.5 10.2 nm3
905602 NITROGEN N-1050 FILLING 10l 1000 140 20 18 2.3 2 nm3
905601 NITROGEN N-5050 FILLING 50l 1690 230 92 81 11.5 10.2 nm3
16
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Nitrogen
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
Accessories

771713 REGULATOR 600 NITROGEN 0-200 BAR
510011 REGULATOR 510 N2 FLOW 0-1.3 L/MIN
510003 REGULATOR 510 N2 PRESSURE 0 -1 BAR
510002 REGULATOR 510 N2 PRESSURE 0-10 BAR
17
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Cruise gas
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
CR
CRUISE
UISE G
GASE
ASESS
Propane is used on cruise ships as fuel gas for
barbeques and related equipment.
The food grade Nitrogen is mainly used for
specific beer types in combination with CO2.
Features
• Propane is a colourless gas found in natural gas
and petroleum, and is highly flammable
• Propane has a purity of 99% and is filled in an off
white cylinder
• Propane cylinders are fitted with American valves;
adaptors are available- Adaptor with product no.
625483 enables filling or use when the European
W21.8 LH is needed.
• For draught beers which need nitrogen (N2) in
combination with carbon dioxide (CO2)
• It results in a more smooth taste and a finer
dispersed head on top of the beverage
• Food grade nitrogen has a purity of 99.995% (4.5
purity) and is filled in a green and black cylinder
• Food grade nitrogen conforms to E961 (food
additive) or similar standard (BS4105)
• Regulator 510 Nitrogen is used for N-10FG
cylinder, available under product number 510002
Benefits
Gas Gas
Product Cylinder Filling Gross Tare Valve side
Product name Height Diameter capacity capacity
number size pressure weight weight connection
(kg) (nm3)
NITROGEN FOOD GR W24.32mm x 1/
905679 10l 200bar 1000 140 20 18 2.3 2
N-10FG FILLING 14" RH Ext
905615 PROPANE P-5 FILLING 6l - 330 203 7 4.5 2.26 1.13 CGA510
Accessories
Product Number Product name For use with

510002 REGULATOR 510 N2 PRESSURE 0-10 BAR Nitrogen
781222 HIGH CAPACITY REGULATOR F PROPANE Propane
18
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Breathing oxygen
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
BRE
BREAATHING O
OXY
XYGEN
GEN FILLING
Breathing oxygen (O2) is used for medical
emergency situations where a person requires
assistance with breathing.
Features
• Breathing Oxygen cylinders are fitted with Yoke-
type/PISS valves, which are familiar to the
majority of users.
• IMO requirements are for 1 cylinder 40 litre in
combination with 2 pcs cylinder 2 litre which are
both offered.
• The filling pressure is lower in some locations
than the normal 200 bar due to local rules and
regulations that limit filling pressure.
• Products meets the requirements of the USA and
European Pharmacopea.
Benefits
Technical Data capacity of the cylinder (in litres) multipled by the actual
Colour GREEN/WHITE
Although a simple method it is not the most accurate
Purity > 99.5% method. A better but much more complex method will
Valve side connection CGA870 / PISS ISO407 give a more accurate value for the gas capacity; it will
Filling pressure 200bar take the compressability of the gas at both 1 bar and at
The quality of the gas is: the actual pressure in consideration and all based on 15
degrees C. The result is often quoted as normal litres or
• Oxygen (O2) ≥ 99.5%
and impurities: normal cubic metres (nm3). For oxygen the more
• carbon dioxide (CO2) ≤ 300 ppm accurate method will give a slightly higher value as
• carbon monoxide (CO) ≤ 5 ppm compared to the simple method i.e. (8.6 m3 versus 8
• water (H2O) ≤ 60 ppm nm3).
The gas capacity of a cylinder can calculated in two
different ways. The most simple method is the water
Product Cylinder Gross Tare Gas capacity Gas capacity

number size weight weight (kg) (nm3)
BREATHING OXYGEN MOX-2
905638 2l 415 102 3.4 2.9 0.52 0.43
FILLING
905616 5l 690 106 7.9 6.6 1.3 1
FILLING
905617 40l 1210 229 66 55 10.4 8.6
FILLING
Accessories

608414 REGULATOR W/QUICK COUPLING
691808 SPARE SEAL F/PISS VALVE 10 PCS
19
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Argon
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
AR
ARG
GON FILLING
Argon is used as shielding/backing gas for
electrical welding.
Features
• Argon is a colourless and odourless gas
• Argon is slightly heavier than air and is an inert
gas
• It is non-toxic and non-combustible
• It is used as a shielding gas for welding, primarily
to protect the molten pool against contaminants
in the atmosphere
Benefits
Technical Data The gas capacity of a cylinder can calculated in two

Colour grey
capacity of the cylinder (in litres) multipled by the actual
Purity 4.0 > 99.99% pressure (in bar); the result is the capacity in litres.
Valve side connection W24.32mm x 1/14" RH Ext Although a simple method it is not the most accurate
Filling pressure 200bar method. A better but much more complex method will
For the purity 4.0 (>99.99%) the specification is: give a more accurate value for the gas capacity; it will
Oxygen < 10vpm and Moisture (H2) < 10vpm take the compressability of the gas at both 1 bar and at
the actual pressure in consideration and all based on 15
For argon the following is valid: degrees C. The result is often quoted as normal litres or
• 1 nm3 = 1.637 kg normal cubic metres (nm3). For argon the more
accurate method will give a slightly higher value as
• 1 kg = 0.611 nm3
• 1 bar = 14.5 psi compared to the simple method i.e. (11 m3 versus 10
• 1 nm3 = 35.3 ft3 nm3).
• 1 kg = 2.2 lbs

ARGON E-50
905174 50l 1690 230 99 81 18 11
FILLING
ARGON E-10
905565 10l 1000 140 22 18 3.6 2.2
FILLING
Accessories

510010 REGULATOR 510 AR/CO2 FLOW 0-35L/MIN
20
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Argon
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
UNIMIX FILLING
Argon-CO2 mixes are used as shielding gas in
MIG / MAG wire welding processes
Features
• Argon-CO2 mix is a colourless and odourless gas
• Argon-CO2 mix is slightly heavier than air and is
an inert gas
• Argon-CO2 mix is non-combustible
• It's used as a shielding gas for welding, primarily
to protect the molten pool against contaminants
from the atmosphere.
• 80% Argon/20% CO2 mix is suitable for welding
all un/low alloyed carbon steels.
• Unimix gives a very stable molten pool together
with optimum energy-transmission.
Benefits
Technical Data For argon/CO2 mix (Unimix) the following is valid:

Colour grey with yellow shoulder • 1 nm3 = 1.571 kg
Purity 20 +/- 2% CO2
• 1 kg = 0.598 nm3
Valve side connection W24.32mm x 1/14" RH Ext
• 1 bar = 14.5 psi
Filling pressure 200bar
• 1 nm3 = 35.3 ft3
For the purity the specification is: CO2 20 +/- 2%, • 1 kg = 2.2 lbs
Oxygen < 10vpm and Moisture (H2) < 10vpm

UNIMIX 20 M-10
905573 10l 1000 140 21 18 3.4 2.2
FILLING
UNIMIX 20 M-50
905581 50l 1690 230 98 81 17.1 10.9
FILLING
Accessories

21
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
CO2
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
CARB
CARBON
ON DIO
DIOXIDE
XIDE FILLING
Carbon dioxide (CO2) is used to carbonate
beverages as well as used in potable water
plants to control accidity (pH). When welding
(MAG) low carbon steel CO2 is used as shielding
gas.
Features
• Carbon dioxide is a colourless, odorless and an
incombustible gas
• CO2 cylinders are fitted with handwheel operated
valves and an American type side connection
• A regulator for this type of cylinder is available
under product no. 698 510004
Benefits
Technical Data • Nitrogen monoxide (NO) < 2 ppm

• Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) < 2 ppm
Colour grey with yellow shoulder
• Sulfur compounds (S) < 1 ppm
Purity > 99.5 %
• Water (H2O) < 60 ppm
Valve side connection CGA320
Filling pressure -- For carbon dioxide (CO2) the following is valid:
For the purity the specification is:
• 1 nm3 = 1.81 kg
• Carbon dioxide (CO2) > 99.5 % • 1 kg = 0.55 nm3
• 1 bar = 14.5 psi
and impurities:
• 1 nm3 = 35.3 ft3
• Carbon monoxide (CO) < 5 ppm • 1 kg = 2.2 lbs

CARBON DIOXIDE C-9
905619 13.4l 665 203 28 19 9 4.95
FILLING
CARBON DIOXIDE C-27
905695 40l 1350 229 82 55 27 14.9
FILLING
Accessories

510004 REGULATOR 510 CO2 FOR C-9 CYL
510012 REGULATOR 510 CO2 FLOW CGA320
22
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Helium
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
HELIU
HELIUMM H-40 FILLING
905618
Helium is used as a component of artificial
atmospheres. It is mainly used as a balloon-
inflating gas. Also used for blow out preventors
in the offshore market.
Features
• Helium is colourless, odorless inert gaseous
element occurring in natural gas
• A special balloon fill regulator (Product no. 698
624434) is available
• One cylinder Helium H-40 fills on average 375
balloons
Benefits
Cylinder type H-40
Volume 40l method. A better but much more complex method will
Height 1210mm give a more accurate value for the gas capacity; it will
Diameter 230mm take the compressability of the gas at both 1 bar and at
Gross weight 57kg the actual pressure in consideration and all based on 15
Tare weight 55kg degrees C. The result is often quoted as normal litres or
Gas Capacity 7.5nm/-3-\
normal cubic metres (nm3). For helium the more
Gas Capacity 1.23kg
accurate method will give a slightly lower value as
Valve side connection W24.32mm x 1/14" RH Ext compared to the simple method i.e. (7.5 m3 versus 8
nm3).
Order
Product Number Product name Purity Cylinder size Cylinder type Colour
905618 HELIUM H-40 FILLING 97% 40l H-40 Brownish orange
Accessories

624434 BALLOON FILL REGULATOR WITH GAUGE
23
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Helium
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
HELIU
HELIUMM H-40 FILLING HIGH PURITY
905726
Helium is used as a component of artificial
atmospheres. It is mainly used as a balloon-
inflating gas. Also used for blow out preventors
in the offshore market. This type of Helium is an
high purity (5.0 = > 99.999% pure) version
mainly used as carrier gas in gas
chromatography equipment.
Features
• Helium is colourless, odorless inert gaseous
element occurring in natural gas
• Helium 5.0 means > 99.999% pure and the
impurities: Water (H2O) < 5 ppm and Oxygen (O2)
< 5 ppm.
Benefits
Cylinder type H-40
Volume 40l method. A better but much more complex method will
Height 1210mm give a more accurate value for the gas capacity; it will
Diameter 230mm take the compressability of the gas at both 1 bar and at
Gross weight 57kg the actual pressure in consideration and all based on 15
Tare weight 55kg degrees C. The result is often quoted as normal litres or
Gas Capacity 7.5nm/-3-\
normal cubic metres (nm3). For helium the more
Gas Capacity 1.23kg
accurate method will give a slightly lower value as
Valve side connection W24.32mm x 1/14" RH Ext compared to the simple method i.e. (7.5 m3 versus 8
nm3).
Order
Product Number Product name Purity Cylinder size Cylinder type Colour
905726 HELIUM H-4050 FILLING. 99.999% 40l H-40 Brownish orange with orange shoulder
Accessories

624434 BALLOON FILL REGULATOR WITH GAUGE
24
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
REFRIGERANTSS AND Spangases
Nitrogen mixtures
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
NITR
NITRO
OGEN MIXTURE
MIXTURESS
Span gases are used for calibration and bump
testing of gas detection equipment.
Features
• Refillable SG10 cylinder
• High gas volume compared to disposables and
thus interesting for users which needs frequent
gas
• All cylinders come with individual certificate of
analysis of the gas
Benefits
Technical
Length 1000mm
Diameter 140mm
Colour black with orange shoulder
Connection W24.32mm x 1/14"
gross weight 21kg
Cylinder type SG-10
Volume 10l
Product Main Cylinder Filling pressure Approx. Shelflife (months) from production
Product name
number component type (bar) date
620179 O2 0.5% IN NITROGEN O2 0.5VOL% SG-10 150 36
589051 O2 1% IN N2 99% O2 1VOL% SG-10 150 36
589044 O2 2% IN N2 98% O2 2VOL% SG-10 150 36
5 % OXYGEN IN
620146 O2 5VOL% SG-10 150 36
NITROGEN
589135 O2 8% IN N2 92% O2 8VOL% SG-10 150 36
905661 CO2 1% IN N2 99% CO2 1VOL% SG-10 150 36
CO2 5% IN N2 95%
589127 CO2 5VOL% SG10 150 36
SG10
620104 CO2 2.5% IN AIR CO2 2.5VOL% SG-10 150 36
CO2 5% IN N2 95%
592584 CO2 5VOL% SG-50 150 36
SG50
25
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
REFRIGERANTSS AND Regulators
Regulators overview
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
ALL RE
REGULA
GULATOR
TORSS IN O
OVER
VERVIE
VIEWW
An overview of the available cylinder regulators grouped per gas type
Apart from replacing damaged or faulty gauges, repairs seals and membranes will deteriorate with time, and as
should never be attempted on gas regulators. Faulty, a rule gas regulators should be replaced with maximum
old or corroded regulators should be replaced. Internal 5 years intervals.
Overview
Product Number Product name Inlet pressure (bar) Max. outlet pressure (bar) Outlet pressure gauge (bar)
Regulators for NITROGEN
510002 REGULATOR 510 N2 PRESSURE 0-10 BAR 200 10 16
510003 REGULATOR 510 N2 PRESSURE 0 -1 BAR 200 1 --
771713 REGULATOR 600 NITROGEN 0-200 BAR 200 200 230
572594 REGULATOR R-21 NITROGEN 0-28 BAR. 200 28 40
640839 REGULATOR R21 40 BAR F/N2 RELEASE. 200 40 50
Regulators for ARGON/CO2 and CO2
510010 REGULATOR 510 AR/CO2 FLOW 0-35L/MIN 200 10 35 l/min
510012 REGULATOR 510 CO2 FLOW CGA320 150 10
510004 REGULATOR 510 CO2 FOR C-9 CYL 150 10 16
Regulators for AIR
619221 REGULATOR R 510 FOR AIR 200 10 16
Regulators for HELIUM
624434 BALLOON FILL REGULATOR WITH GAUGE 200 1 --
Regulators for PROPANE
781222 HIGH CAPACITY REGULATOR F PROPANE 25 6 6
Regulators for SPANGAS
510011 REGULATOR 510 N2 FLOW 0-1.3 L/MIN 200 -- 1.3 l/min
620088 REGULATOR F/MINIMIX SPAN 20 10 --
620013 REGULATOR F/SCOTTY VI AND 4COMP 69 -- 500 ml/min
Regulators for medical grade OXYGEN
608414 REGULATOR W/QUICK COUPLING 200 4.5 --
763967 OXYGEN REGULATOR + YOKE FOR (PISS) 200 10 --
Regulators for OXYGEN and ACETYLENE
510000 REGULATOR 510 OX PRESSURE 0-10 BAR 200 10 16
510001 REGULATOR 510 AC PRESSURE 0-2.5 BAR 20 1.5 2.5
510020 REGULATOR 520 AC PRESSURE 0-2.5 BAR 20 1.5 2.5
510030 REGULATOR 530 AC PRESSURE 0-2.5 BAR 1.5 1.5 2.5
26
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
REFRIGERANTSS AND Gas distribution system
Complete installations for Ox/Ac
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
CENTRAL INS
INSTTALLA
ALLATION
TION F
FOR
OR A
ACETYLENE
CETYLENE + O
OXY
XYGEN
GEN
Central distribution installation for single
acetylene and oxygen cylinders.
Features
• Includes all items necessary for the gas central
room, including signs, racks, equipment and
brackets to be screwed or welded to deck and
bulkhead
• Included are also pre-welded unions to be welded
to the distribution pipes, and brazed to the
evacuation pipes from the regulator safety valves
• Gas cylinders, cylinder trolley, clamps, bushings
and outlet stations should be ordered separately
in necessary quantities.
• If the central is to be placed in two separate
rooms, one each for Acetylene and Oxygen
respectively, one each of signs product no.
183202, 526566 and 526558 are needed.
Benefits
• Increases safety
• Cylinders are less subject to physical damage
• Location of cylinders is known to everyone
onboard
• Cylinders can easily be removed in case of fire
onboard
• No cylinder transport to the worksite needed
Product number Product name

233064 GAS DISTR. SYST. 2CYL. 1AC + 1OX.
27
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Complete installations for Ox/Ac
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
CENTRAL INS
INSTTALLA
ALLATION
TION F
FOR
OR 1 A
ACETYLENE
CETYLENE + 1 O
OXY
XYGEN
GEN
233064
Central distribution installation for single
acetylene and oxygen cylinders.
Features
• Includes all items necessary for the gas central
room, including signs, racks, equipment and
brackets to be screwed or welded to deck and
bulkhead
• Included are also pre-welded unions to be welded
to the distribution pipes, and brazed to the
evacuation pipes from the regulator safety valves
• Gas cylinders, cylinder trolley, clamps, bushings
and outlet stations should be ordered separately
in necessary quantities
• If the central is to be placed in two separate
rooms, one each for Acetylene and Oxygen
respectively, one each of signs product no.
183202, 526566 and 526558 are needed
Benefits
• Increases safety
• Cylinders are less subject to physical damage
• Location of cylinders is known to everyone
onboard
• Cylinders can easily be removed in case of fire
onboard
• No cylinder transport to the worksite needed
28
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Cylinder racks
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
RA
RACK
CK F
FOR
OR 1 CYLINDER
320358
Cylinder racks for safe storage of one cylinder
Features
• Designed for safe and vibration-free storing of 40 L and 50 L gas cylinders on board
• The racks are galvanized for maximum corrosion protection.
• Screw and nut in the clamp assembly are of stainless steel to ensure easy and fast removal of the cylinders
in case of fire
Benefits
• safe storage of cylinders onboard
RA
RACK
CK F
FOR
OR 2 CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
176297
Cylinder racks for safe storage of two cylinders
Features
• Designed for safe and vibration-free storing of 40 L and 50 L gas cylinders on board
• The racks are galvanized for maximum corrosion protection
• Screw and nut in the clamp assembly are of stainless steel to ensure easy and fast removal of the cylinders
in case of fire
SP
SPARE
ARE CLAMP W
W/S
/SCRE
CREW
W
176313
Spare clamps with screw to secure cylinder in storage
Features
• fits existing brackets
Benefits
• easy replacing old clamps
29
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Gas cylinder cabinets
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
GAS CYLINDER CABINET

Gas cylinders should be stored in a room(s) on or above the uppermost continuous deck, with
direct access to open deck. As a solution in cases where it is difficult to reserve separate room(s)
for the cylinders, WSS offers specially designed Unitor steel cabinets for mounting on deck.
Features
• The cabinets are available in two sizes: for two or for four cylinders
• The cabinets can be fitted with gas accessories to form a complete cylinder central as to drawings
• Cylinder racks are fitted in the cabinets for the maximum number of cylinders as standard
• 3 mm steel plate is used for the construction of the cabinets
• Lifting lugs and ears for fastening the cabinet to the bulkhead are included
• The door fastener is prepared for padlocking
• The cabinets are shot blasted and primed with zinc compound
• Final painting should be done when mounted, to match the colour of the surrounding bulkheads
Benefits
• Safe storage of cylinders
• Increased storage space
• Fits on every type of ship

536763 CABINET FOR 2 CYL WITH RACK
536755 CABINET FOR 4 CYL WITH RACK
30
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
High pressure components
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
HIGH PRE
PRESSSURE C
COOMP
MPONENT
ONENTSS
High pressure components of the Gas
Distribution Systems
Product Number Product name Position

305292 HIGH PRESS.HOSE OX 1 MTR AND CABLE 2
520403 HIGH PRESS. HOSE AC 1 MTR AND CABLE 2
303198 T-VALVE N2/OX W/NON. 3
520379 T-VALVE AC W/NON RETURN. 3
302547 BLIND PLUG. 4
302539 CONNECTION NUT OX 1/4 IN 4
517078 CONNECTION NUT AC 1/4 IN 4
302505 OX HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTOR 5
517086 AC HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTOR 5
302992 CLOSING VALVE OX W BRACKET. 6
520395 CLOSING VALVE AC. 6
511089 NON RETURN VALVE OX. 7
520387 NON RETURN VALVE AC. 7
31
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Low pressure components
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
LOW PRE
PRESSSURE C
COOMPNENT
MPNENTSS
The spare parts of the low pressure components
for the Gas Distribution System

510021 REGULATOR 520 OX PRESSURE 0-10 BAR 7
510020 REGULATOR 520 AC PRESSURE 0-2.5 BAR 7
621573 OX LOW PRESS.CONNECTOR W/PREW.UNION 9
621565 AC LOW PRESS.CONNECTOR W/PREW.UNION 9
682427 FLASHBACK ARRESTOR OX 8510. 10
585372 FLASHBACK ARRESTOR AC 8510. 10
624684 BUSHING FOR STEEL PIPES 13
32
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Outlet station
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
OUTLET SST
TATION
The spare parts and optional parts on the outlet
side of the Gas Distribution System
Ordering

550301 OUTLET STATION-700 W/O. -
510030 REGULATOR 530 AC PRESSURE 0-2.5 BAR 14
510031 REGULATOR 530 OX PRESSURE 0-10 BAR 14
708537 FLASHBACK ARRESTOR S55 AC 15
708545 FLASHBACK ARRESTOR S55 OX 15
550335 CABINET F/OUTLET STATION. -
536805 CABINET F/OUTLET STATION. -
550319 TWIN VALVE UNIT F/OUTLET. 13
235010 STRETCH RELIEF BRACKET. 16
33
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
REFRIGERANTSS AND Rack and manifold
Rack
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
CYL TRANSP
TRANSPOR
ORT
T RA
RACK
CK OFF
OFFSHORE
SHORE DNV APPR
APPRO
OVED
772202
Standardised gas cylinder transportation rack for
offshore use.
Wilhelmsen Ships Service (WSS) delivers gas,
cylinders, racks and manifolds as one solution,
providing easy and cost efficient operational
management.
Features
• Great carrying capacity of 16 standard cylinders
inside the rack
• Two doors and loading ramps for easy loading
and unloading of cylinders
• Safety bar fitted 2/3rds height above centre of
gravity for cylinders to secure them during
transport
• Fastening points for straps are present making it
possible to safely transport less than 16 or
smaller cylinders
• The rack can be equipped with a IMDG certified
manifold for use with inert gases with central
outlet
• Certified wire sling is part of the rack and in some
countries, certified chains will be supplied
Benefits
• Racks are of the highest quality and in
accordance with the strictest standards/
regulation.
• Enabling safe transport of cylinders even in the
rough offshore environment.
• Suitable for offshore lifting and handling of
compressed gas cylinders.
• Easy to handle by fork lift or crane.
• Racks can be returned free of charge to selected
key sites to support operational flexibility.
• Flexible invoicing scheme to suit your land based
organisation’s preference.
• Predictable cost and thus easy to budget.
• Global operational tracking and tracing system
ensures location of individual racks whereabouts.
• WSS ensures periodic rack inspections and re-
certification every 12 and 48 months according to
DNV 2.7-1 and EN 12079-1
34
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Rack
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
Technical data
Material Low alloy carbon steel
Footprint 1170 x 1160 mm
Height 2080 mm
Gross mass 2500 kg
Tare mass 450 kg + manifold
Payload 2050 kg
Number of cylinders 16
Colour Blue RAL 5002 (PMS 280)
Design temperature -20 °C
Corrosion prevention Hot dip galvanizing or 3 layer paint system
Accessories

772208 MANIFOLD NITROGEN FOR OFFSHORE RACK.
Approvals
Approval of rack: • In accordance with; IMO MSC/Circ.860
Guidelines For The App. Of Offshore Containers
• In accordance with; DNV Standards For
Handled In Open Sea
Certification No. 2.7-1 Offshore Containers – June
2013 • For the wire rope sling: EN 13414-1 and EN
• In accordance with; EN 12079-1: 2006 Offshore 12079-2
Containers And Associated Lifting Sets
35
GASE
ASESS, REFRIGERANT
Rack
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS
MANIF
MANIFOLD
OLD NITR
NITRO
OGEN F
FOR
OR OFF
OFFSHORE
SHORE RA
RACK
CK..
772208
A manifold for inert gases consisting of a central
header and 16 flexible hoses (including
explosion cable) and a central outlet. The flexible
hoses are extremely suitable to accommodate
continuous vibrations as experienced within the
maritime/offshore environment. Hoses are
equipped with a W24.32mm x 1/14” female
connection.
Features
• A manifold with flexible hoses compliant to EN
13769
• Working pressure 200 pressure
• Individual serial number
• Connections are W24.32mm x 1/14” for inert
gases
• WSS will take care of requalification of the
manifold (5 year interval)
Benefits
• a very flexible manifold capable of absorbing
vibrations reducing the risk of leakage by fatigue
crack forming.
• easy to exchange cylinders from racks resulting in
a short turn around time.
• central outlet for gas consumption; one
connection connects 16 cylinders resulting in a
stable continuous gas flow.
• less need to change cylinders during work; less
interruptions/downtime.
• less and safer handling than with individual
cylinders.
Technical data
Max. Working pressure 200 bar = 2900psi
Test pressure 300bar = 4350psi
Accessories

772202 CYLINDER TRANSPORT RACK OFFSHORE DNV
36
Refrigeration equipment
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT System Equipment & Spares
CYLINDER SST
TAND
513564
A stand for UNICOOL cylinders to secure the
cylinders during voyage against movement.
Features
• Cylinders are secured free from the deck by two
clamps. Clamps are of quick release type to
ensure timely removal of cylinders in case of
emergency
• Hot dip galvanized steel
• Fits all WSS UNICOOL 56 L refrigerant cylinders
Technical data
Product code UCA-001
37
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
CHAR
CHARGING
GING HO
HOSE
SESS
1/4" hose to connect between Unicool
refrigerant cylinder adaptor and refrigeration
system
Hose set used together with the refrigerant
service manifold
3/8" hose to connect between Unicool
refrigerant cylinder (use adaptor set 544932) and
refrigeration system or used for larger vacuum
jobs
Features
• High quality hose material
• Teflon seals
• Both ends have 3/8" or 1/4" SAE flare female
connection
• One end fitted with a valve core depressor
• Embedded O-ring seals for positive seal
Benefits
• Flexible even in low teperatures without colapsing
• Approved for high pressure blends
Product Number Product name Product code Colour

320234 CHARGING HOSE - 1.8M, 1/4" FLARE UCH-72-Y Yellow
597757 CHARGING HOSE SET UCH-72 3X1.8M UCH-72 Yellow, red & blue
535070 CHARG/VACUUM.HOSE-1.8M, 3/8" FLARE UCH-72-Y Yellow
320093 CHARGING HOSE SET UCH-36 3 x 0.9 m UCH-36 Yellow, red & blue
Accessories

38
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
TOP V
VAL
ALVE
VE AD
ADAP
APTOR
TOR SET F
FOR
OR UNIC
UNICOOOL REFRIGERANT
CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS UV
UVA
A- 001
544932
Used when connecting a charging hose to the
Unicool refrigerant cylinder valve.
Features
• Package with 4 adaptors: two 1/4" SAE flare and
two 3/8" SAE flare
• O-ring included
Technical data
Product code UVA-001
Cylinder connection CGA 660
Outlet Male flare SAE 1/4"
Outlet Male flare SAE 3/8"
39
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
COLLE
OLLECCTION OF FIT
FITTING
TINGSS, 1/4 - 33/8
/8""
636431
An assorted collection of the most common
types of brass fittings that are used in various
refrigeration piping and connection applications.
Items are not sold individually.
For 3/8 - 5/8", please use part number 636449
Features
• Comprehensive selection
Benefits
• Handy for repairs or system maintenance
Supplied with:
Plug P2 4, 1/4" flare (3 pcs)
Union TEE T2-4, 1/4" flare (3 pcs)
Reducing Union TEE TR2-64, 3/8" + 3/8" x 1/4" (1 pc)
Connector U3-4A female, 1/4" fl x 1/8" pipe thread (1 pc)
Connector U3-4B female, 1/4" fl x 1/4" pipe thread (1 pc)
Connector U3-6B female, 3/8" fl x 1/4" pipe thread (2 pc)
TEE T 6-4, 2 x 1/4" male, 1 x 1/4" female (1 pc)
Connector U1-4A male, 1/4" fl x 1/8" pipe thread (3 pcs)
Connector U1-4B male, 1/4" fl x 1/4" pipe thread (3 pcs)
Connector U1-6B male, 3/8" fl x 1/4" pipe thread (3 pcs)
Union U2 -4, 1/4" flare (5 pcs)
Reducing Union UR2-64, 3/8" x 1/4" flare (3 pcs)
Reducing Union UR2-84, 1/2" x 1/4" flare (2 pcs)
Manifold Union coupling US-4-4, 1/4" x 1/4" flare (2 pcs)
Reducing UR3-46, 1/4" female x 3/8" male (2 pcs)
Reducing UR3-48, 1/4" female x 1/2" male (1 pc)
Flare Cap NFT5-4, 1/4" Flare (10 pcs)
Short Nut NS4-4, 1/4" Flare (10 pcs)
40
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
COLLE
OLLECCTION OF FIT
FITTING
TINGSS, 33/8
/8 - 55/8
/8""
636449
An assorted collection of the most common
types of brass fittings that are used in various
refrigeration piping and connection applications.
Items are not sold individually.
For 1/4 - 3/8", please use part number 636431
Features
• Comprehensive selection
Benefits
• Handy for repairs or system maintenance
Supplied with:
Plug P2-6, 3/8" flare (2 pcs)
Plug P2-8, 1/2" Flare (1 pc)
Union TEE T2-6, 3/8" flare (2 pcs)
Union TEE T2-8, 1/2" flare (1 pc)
Union TEE T2-10, 5/8" flare (1 pc)
Connector U1-6C male, 3/8" fl x 3/8" pipe thread (1 pc)
Connector U1-8C male, 1/2" fl x 3/8" pipe thread(3 pcs)
Union U2-6, 3/8" flare (3 pcs)
Union U2-8, 1/2" flare (2 pcs)
Union U2-10, 5/8" flare (1 pc)
Reducing Union UR2-86, 1/2" x 3/8" flare (1 pc)
Reducing Union UR2-108, 5/8" x 1/2" flare (1 pc)
Manifold Union coupling US-4-6, 3/8" x 3/8" flare (1 pc)
Manifold Union coupling US-4-8, 1/2" x 1/2" flare (1 pc)
Flare Cap NFT5-6, 3/8" Flare (10 pcs)
Short Nut NS4-6, 3/8" Flare (10 pcs)
GAUGE AD
ADAP
APTOR
TORSS 33/8
/8"B
"BSP
SP & 1/4
1/4"" B
BSP
SP
636712
Gauge adaptors suitable for both 80mm and
100mm gauges
Features
• From 1/4" BSP female to 3/8" BSP male (3
pieces)
• From 1/4" BSP female to 1/4" flare female (3
pieces)
41
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
LIQUID LINE DRIER C

CORE
ORE 48 D
DCC
548255
Compact filter drier insert for liquid line filters.
Suitable for R-22, R-404A, R-417A, R134a and
more refrigerants. Should be replaced annually.
Features
• Supplied in sealed can
• Includes necessary gaskets for multi core driers
Benefits
• Removes moisture and acid
Technical data
Length 138
Diameter 95
Inside Diameter 44
TEV type DCR 48DC
42
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
DUC
DUCTT AIR TRE
TREAATMENT
Duct Air Treatment is a natural, biodegradable,
non-toxic gel block consisting of complex
polysaccharides, surfactants, purified water and
10% tee tree oil. It will help prevent the build up
of bacteria, mould and fungi which are found in
marine HVAC systems.
Duct Airtreatment is suitable for use in all air
conditioning systems, including ducted systems,
package units and non ducted wall mounted
split systems and room air conditioners.
Duct Air Treatment facilitates easy disinfaction to
prevent or control the spread of disease as
required by MLC2006.
Features
• Is a natural, biodegradable, non-toxic gel block
• Consists of complex polysaccharides,
surfactants, purified water and 10% tee tree oil
• Releases 10-45 micrograms of tea tree oil per
cubic metre of air
• Is formulated into a thermo-reversible solid water
gel
• Melts at < 50 °C with decomposition
• Complies with Marine Labout Convention 2006
(MLC2006)
Benefits
• Continued use of Duct Airtreatment will help
prevent the build up of bacteria, mould,
Legionella bacteria and fungi which are found in
marine HVAC systems
• The powerful active ingredient in Duct
Airtreatment will also eliminate and oxidize the
source of odours associated with bacteria and
moulds, leaving the air fresh and clean

743466 DUCT AIR TREATMENT 2KG
764417 DUCT AIR TREATMENT 4KG
43
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
REFRIGERANT LE
LEAK
AK M
MONITOR
ONITOR KIT 4 CH IP66
767079
To detect leakages of refrigerants onboard your
vessel's refrigeration systems, the leak kit
enables you to monitor up to 4 locations for the
presence of CFC, HCFC and HFC's. The semi
conductor sensors are easy to install and with
their chemical stable design give you an
inexpensive solution to comply to LRS/DNV
requirements. IP Class is 66
Features
• Inexpensive, robust and long-lasting semi-
conductor technology
• Can detect multiple refrigerants simultaneously
• 2 level alarm system:
• Low level alarm resets automatically once
the atmosphere is clear as found in
intermittent leaks
• High level alarm needs to be manually reset
after the leak has been rectified. Use
Unitor's electronic hand held leak detector
UNIRX-1A Part No 716142 for identifying
leaks
• Relatively easy to install, requires no special
preparations and low maintenance requirements
• Economical solution
• Can be connected to existing engine room alarm
systems
• Comes in 220 V with an option for 110 V
• IP66
Benefits
• Crew safety: safeguards crew members from
long-term exposure to high levels of leaked
refrigerant gas in enclosed spaces.
• Cost saving: helps reduce costs due to
accidental loss of refrigerants from unmonitored
leaks
• Environmentally sound solution: reduces the
risks of global warming and damaging the ozone
layer by instantaneous warning of leaks
• Class compliant: the leak detection system is
compliant with LRS requirements for their EP
notation and the DNV Clean notation
Semi-conductors for halocarbons may be used to kit contains 4-channel monitor, 2 sensors, 1 roll of
detect more than one gas or a mixture of gases cable, cable glands. In order to fully utilise all 4
simultaneously. This is particularly useful in monitoring channels, 2 additional sensors and 1 roll of cable must
a plant room with a number of different refrigerants. The be ordered separately
Accessories
Product Number Product name IP protection

708073 REFRIGERANT SENSOR CABLE
44
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
Product Number Product name IP protection

708024 REFRIGERANT SENSOR IP44 IP44
767061 REFRIGERANT SENSOR AHU&DUCT IP66 IP66
767053 REFRIGERANT SENSOR VENT PIPE IP66 IP66
Approvals
CE
45
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
REFRIGERANT LE
LEAK
AK M
MONITOR
ONITOR KIT 6 CH IP66
767087
To detect leakages of refrigerants onboard your
vessel's refrigeration systems, the leak kit
enables you to monitor up to 6 locations for the
presence of CFC, HCFC and HFC's. The semi
conductor sensors are easy to install and with
their chemical stable design give you an
inexpensive solution to comply to LRS/DNV
requirements. IP Class is 66
Features
• Inexpensive, robust and long-lasting semi-
conductor technology
• Can detect multiple refrigerants simultaneously
• 2 level alarm system:
• Low level alarm resets automatically once
the atmosphere is clear as found in
intermittent leaks
• High level alarm needs to be manually reset
after the leak has been rectified. Use
Unitor's electronic hand held leak detector
UNIRX-1A Part No 716142 for identifying
leaks
• Relatively easy to install, requires no special
preparations and low maintenance requirements
• Economical solution
• Can be connected to existing engine room alarm
systems
• Comes in 220 V with an option for 110 V
• IP66
Benefits
refrigerant gas in enclosed spaces.
leaks
Semi-conductors for halocarbons may be used to kit contains 6-channel monitor, 4 sensors, 2 rolls of
detect more than one gas or a mixture of gases cable and cable glands. To fully utilise all 6 channels 2
simultaneously. This is particularly useful in monitoring additional sensors and 1 roll of cable must be ordered
a plant room with a number of different refrigerants. The separately.
Accessories
Product Number Product name IP PROTECTION

767061 REFRIGERANT SENSOR AHU&DUCT IP66 IP66
46
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
Product Number Product name IP PROTECTION

767053 REFRIGERANT SENSOR VENT PIPE IP66 IP66
767046 REFRIGERANTS SENSOR IP66 IP66
708073 REFRIGERANT SENSOR CABLE
Approvals
CE
REFRIGERANT SENS
SENSOR
OR VENT PIPE IP66
767053
Refrigerant gas sensor for use in outlet pipes
from safety valves. To monitor blow off or
weeping from pressure relief valves. Normally
teed off Vent pipes line to the exterior.
Features
• Working temperature range -40° C to +50° C
(-40° F to +122° F)
• IP 66 rated
• Improved sensor housing
• Improved sensor with filter to minimise false
alarms from background gases
• Improved sensor PCB design with incorporated
test points
• Simplified annual maintenance / testing
procedures
• Field adjustments to the sensor sensitivity can be
carried out very easily. Sensitivity can be set as
low as 100 ppm
• Factory supply setting is 500 ppm for low level
and 1,000 ppm for high level
Benefits
refrigerant gas in enclosed spaces
leaks
47
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
REFRIGERANT SENS
SENSOR
OR CABLE
708073
Refrigerant gas Sensor Cable on 100 meter reel.
4 core screened LSF (Low Smoke & Fumes)
cable 7 / 0.2 mm. Screened cable for connection
between sensors and monitor to avoid false
signals from other power sources. Maximum
length from sensor to monitor is 50 metres.
The cable is classed as halogen free.
Features
• 100 m coil
• Screened cable
Directions for use

Maximum Sensor Wiring Length: 230V Systems Maximum Sensor Wiring Length: 120V Systems
100 Meters 7/0.2mm Alarm Cable ( Max. 8.8 Ohms / 152.25 Meters (500 feet) 22 gauge, stranded 4 wire
Core ) Alarm Cable (Max 8.8 Ohms/Wire)
48
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
REFRIGERANT SENS
SENSOR
OR IP44
708024
This is the new and improved refrigerant leak
detection sensor for general application.
Can be used for detecting all the CFC, HCFC,
HFC refrigerants and hydrocarbons.
NB: Special sensors for Ammonia available on
request
Features
• Working temperature range -20° C to +50° C (-4°
F to +122° F)
• IP 44 rated
test points
procedures
low as 100 ppm
Benefits
leaks
Direction for use

Mount approximately 1 meter above floor level (most Connect to a spare channel in the Monitor using the
refrigerants are heavier than air) cable provided (please read the instruction manual
In areas with lot of air movement, locate the sensor carefully)
downstream of the system to be detected
49
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
REFRIGERANT SENS
SENSOR
OR EEXD IIB T5
708065
Refrigerant Gas Sensor EExd IIB T5 (incl. Gland)
for use in explosion rated areas.
Features
(-40° F to +122° F)
test points
procedures
low as 100 ppm
Benefits
leaks
50
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
REFRIGERANT SENS
SENSOR
OR IP66
767046
Refrigerant gas sensor with IP 66 enclosure.
Robust sensor for exposed areas
Features
• Working temperature range -20° C to +50° C (-4°
F to +122° F)
• IP 66 rated
test points
procedures
low as 100 ppm
Benefits
leaks
51
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
REFRIGERANT SENS
SENSOR
OR AHU OR DUC
DUCTT IP66
767061
Sensor for Air Handling Unit (AHU) or Duct. It is
mounted on the outside of the AHU / Duct, and
a pitot type sample tube extends into the AHU
/Duct. A very popular product which analyses
the air in the AHU for leaks from the evaporator
before the air is distributed to the
accommodation.
Features
(-40° F to +122° F)
• IP 66 rated
test points
procedures
low as 100 ppm
Benefits
leaks
52
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
UNITOR MARINE HIGH QU

QUALITY
ALITY RFN G
GA
AUGE
UGESS - R
R--22
22/R
/R--134A/
R-404A
80 mm liquid filled gauges complete with
removalble back flange and 1/4" flare bottom
connection as standard
Features
• Suitable for suction (compound) - 741157
• Suitable for both discharge (pressure) and oil
pressure - 741165
Benefits
• High quality
Product Number Product name Model Type Range Refrigerant Type

741157 SUCTION GAUGE -1-+12 BAR 80MM A10 Suction (compound) -1 / +12 R-22, 2-134a, R-404A
741165 DISCHARG /OP GAUGE -1-+25 BAR 80MM A10 Discharge (pressure) -1 / +25 R-22, 2-134a, R-404A
PRE
PRESSSURE C
CONTR
ONTROL
OL - KP1
547406
Low pressure switch - Safety device for
refrigeration systems
Features
• Starts or stops compressors according to set
point
• 1/4" flare connection
Benefits
• Reliable contruction
• High quality
Technical data
Connection Type 1/4 FLARE
Function AUTO
Range -0.2 TO +7.5 BAR
Product code 060-1101
53
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
PRE
PRESSSURE C
CONTR
ONTROL
OL - KP5
547448
High Pressure Switch - Safety device for
refrigeration systems.
Features
• Stops compressors according to set point
Benefits
• High quality
Technical data
Function MANUAL
Range 8 TO 28 BAR
Product code 060-1173
DANF
ANFOOSS DU
DUAL
AL PRE
PRESSSURE SSWITCHE
WITCHESS KP
Safety device for refrigeration systems. Low /
High pressure switch.
Features
• Starts/stops compressors according to set point
Benefits
• Reliable consuction
• High quality
Product Number Product name Product code Function Range Connection Type
547463 DUAL PRESS.CTRL-KP15-1243 060-1243 LP/AUTO HP/MANUAL 1/4 FLARE
54
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
DIFF
DIFF.PRE
.PRESSS.CTRL-MP55
TRL-MP55--170
547588
Oil pressure switch for for refrigeration
compressors.
Features
• Protects compressor
• Time delay 45 seconds
Benefits
• High quality
Technical data
Function TIME DELAY 45 SEC
Product code 060B0170
COIL 220V 50
50/60HZ
/60HZ E
EVR
VR
602581
Solenoid valve coils are specially designed to
operate in the aggressive environment with high
humidity and temperature fluctuations found in
most refrigeration systems
Technical data
Connection Type WITH TERMINAL BOX
Product code 018Z6732
55
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
DANF
ANFOOSS SIGHT GLAS
GLASSE
SESS
Sight glass for visual inspection
Features
• Indicates excessive moisture content
Benefits
• High quality
Product Number Product name Product code Connection Type

547869 SIGHT GLASS - SGN6FL 014-0007 1/4 X 1/4 FL
DRIER
DRIERSS
For liquid line drying and contaminant removal in
refrigeration systems. Suitable for R-22, R-134,
R-404A and blends like R404A etc. Removes
moisture and acid, should be replaced annually.
Burnout filters to be used after semi-hermetic
compressor failure, available on request from
Wilhelmsen Ships Service.
Model Connection Type (ln) Dim. Amm Dim. Bmm Dim.Cmm Product no
UFD-032 1/4 FLARE (2-pack) - 110 40 636506
UFD-052 1/4 FLARE (2-pack) - 115 50 666613
UFD-053 3/8 FLARE (2-pack) - 130 50 636621
UFD-082 1/4 FLARE (2-pack) - 140 65 636639
UFD-083 3/8 FLARE (2-pack) - 150 65 636647
UFD-084 1/2 FLARE (2-pack) - 160 65 636654
UFD-163 3/8 FLARE (2-pack) - 170 65 636670
UFD-164 1/2 FLARE (2-pack) - 180 65 636688
56
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION HAND
HANDY
Y TO
TOOL
OLSS CASE
752154
The kit contains both specialised refrigeration
tools and general tools that are necessary for
day to day ship-board operation and
maintenance of refrigeration systems and their
control circuits.
Some of the included products can be
reordered.
Features
• Products selected for defined purposes
• Quality tool selection
• Handy light weight suitcase
• Service slide ruler is included
• Vacuum and charging hoses suitable for every
day operations
• Refrigeration Fault Diagnostic Slide to assist in
fault finding
• Unitor Refrigeration Handling Guide to give
practical tips
Benefits
• Convenient
• Every tool needed is collected in one place
together with a useful refrigerant handling guide
and more

The tool case is supplied with:
SPECIALISED REFRIGERATION TOOLS
Tube cutter "Mini"
Solenoid valve operating magnet
Evaporator fin straightener (Comb)
Hose 1.8 m with ball valve & sight glass, 1/4" SEA, 800 psi
Hose with ball valve, 1/4" SEA, 800 psi
Hose 0.9 m, 1/4" SEA, 800 psi
UT-04 1/4" SEA male T-Piece
GENERAL HAND TOOLS
Screw driver (-)
Screw driver (+)
Small screw driver (-)
Small screw driver (+)
Long nose oliers
Split joint pliers
Combination pliers
Angle nose pliers
Adjustable wrench
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE FOR ITEMISED RE-ORDER:
743476 MAGNET & VOLT STICKS PACK
737668 IR THERMOMETER W/BELT HOLSTER
57
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools

522557 TUBE CUTTER UPT-274-FC
743203 RATCHET WRENCH BIG 1/2-1/4-5&9/16
743195 RATCHET WRENCH SMALL 1/4-3/8-3&5/16
Please note that the products listed in the above table

are available for itemised re-order.
MA
MAGNET
GNET & V
VOL
OLT
T SSTICKS
TICKS P
PA
ACK
743476
Simple and quick tool to test solenoid valve
activation and if there is power supplied to the
system components.
Features
• Pocket clip
• Test function
• CE approved
• Batteries and user information included
Benefits
• Easy and practical to use
58
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
INFRARED THERM
THERMOOMETER
737668
The infra-red thermometer is a sturdy IR-
thermometer designed for easy temperature
measurement of refrigeration systems or other
engine room equipment and machinery to
quickly obtain surface temperature readings
when assessing system performance.
Frequent use of this thermometer will prove
useful when planning maintenance, but also
during trouble-shooting, insulation check,
system adjustment and balancing.
Features
• Sturdy construction
• Wide temperature range
• Memory function
Benefits
• Hip holster makes it easy to carry around
• Easy to use
• Batteries are included
Technical data
Temperature Range -50 to +400° C (-58° F to +752° F).
Accuracy +/- 2 % of reading
Resolution 0.1° C / °F
Response Time 1 sec
Ambient Operating
0 to 50° C (32 to 122° F)
Temp.
10 to 90 % RH non-condensing, at < 30° C (86° F)
Relative Humidity
ambient
Battery life 14 to 18 hours of continuous use
Dimensions 175 x 39 x 72 mm
Weight 179 g including batteries
Emissivity 0.95 fixed
59
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
TUBE C
CUT
UTTER
TER UP
UPTT-27
274-F
4-FCC
522557
A basic tube cutter for cutting copper tubing.
Technical data
Product code UPT-274-FC
RA
RATCHET
TCHET WRENCH BIG 1/2
1/2"" - 1/4
1/4"" - 55"" 9
9/1
/166"
743203
A wrench necessary when opening and closing
system or compressor valves during refrigerant
charging, system oil change etc.
Features
• Fits a variety of different valve spindles
• Plastic covered grip for comfort
• Hexagonal 1/2" and 9/16"
• Square 1/4" and 3/16"
Benefits
• 4-in-1 wrench that is easy to carry around
60
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
RA
RATCHET
TCHET WRENCH SSMALL
MALL 1/4
1/4";"; - 33/8
/8"" - 3 " 55/1
/166"
743195
A wrench necessary when opening and closing
system or compressor valves during refrigerant
charging, system oil change etc.
Features
• Fits a variety of different valve spindles
• Plastic covered grip for comfort
• Square 3/16", 1/4", 5/16" and 3/8"
Benefits
• 4-in-1 wrench that is easy to carry around
61
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
DEL
DELUXE
UXE SER
SERVICE
VICE MANIF
MANIFOLD
OLD SET 4-
4-W
WAY, V
VARIOUS
ARIOUS
REFRIGERANT
REFRIGERANTSS
711473
Deluxe service manifold is equipped with high
and low pressure gauges and an optical sight
glass to observe the refrigerant as it flows
through the manifold. This benefits the operator
by assisting in assessing the operating
performance for a refrigeration system and
assisting during recovery or charging processes.
Features
• 80 mm glycerine-filled gauges
• Scale for refrigerants R22(R417), R134a,
R404A(R507), R407C
• 3 hoses 1/4” (yellow, red , blue) with length of 120
cm; connection 1/4" SAE flare
• 1 vacuum hose 3/8” (yellow) hose with length 90
cm with 3/8" SAE flare connections on both sides
• Core depressor (Schrader) connections where
applicable
• Hoses classified with working pressure of 40 bar
• Non-rotating piston valves for durability
Benefits
• Liquid filled gauges gives accurate reading
• Easy to use with colour-coded valves and hoses
Accessories

775001 DIGITAL LOW PRESSURE GAUGE 1/8 INCH
775002 DIGITAL HIGH PRESSURE GAUGE 1/8INCH
62
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
DEL
DELUXE
UXE SER
SERVICE
VICE MANIF
MANIFOLD
OLD SET 22--WAY, R
R-410A
-410A
711499
A service manifold with high and low pressure
gauges and optical sight glass to observe the
refrigerant as it flows through the manifold,
assisting in assessing the operating performance
for a refrigeration systems and assist during
recovery or charging processes. Also suitable for
refrigerants with higher operating pressures like
R-410A.
Features
• 60 mm glycerine-filled gauges
• Gauge scale for refrigerants like R-410A (higher
pressure
• 3 hoses 1/4” (yellow, red , blue) with length of 150
cm; connection 5/16" SAE flare (1/2"-20 UNF) on
one side and on the other side 1/4" SAE flare
• 1 vacuum hose 3/8” (yellow) hose with length 90
cm with 3/8" SAE flare connections on both sides
• Core depressor (Schrader) connections where
applicable
• Hoses classified with working pressure of 60 bar
• Non-rotating piston valves for durability
Benefits
• Liquid filled gauges gives accurate reading
• Easy to use with colour-coded valves and hoses
63
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
DIGIT
DIGITAL
AL PRE
PRESSSURE G
GAAUGE
Alternative suction and discharge gauges for the
service manifold (product number 711473).
The digital high and low pressure gauges are
compact and lightweight. The gauges display
both pressure and vacuum (in 4 user selectable
scales; Bar, PSI, kg/cm2 and MPa), as well as
the corresponding temperature charts for 20
common refrigerants. The data is displayed on a
large easy to read, back-lit LCD screen. The
gauges are protected by a colour coded rubber
boot.
Features
• Displays pressure and temperature charts for 20
refrigerants, e.g. R22, R134a, R404A, R407C,
R410A, R417A, R422D, R427A, R507 and
HFO1234yf
• Overpressure protected to 150% of range;
pressure overload indication
• Multi panel displays; 4 digit LCD for pressure, 3
digits for temperature
• Temperature can be displayed in both degrees
Celsius or Fahrenheit
• Low Side gauge measures and displays vacuum
• Units supplied with standard 1/8” NPT fitting for
mounting to any manifold or panel application
• Tare function to zero the gauge at any pressure
• Not suitable for areas with risk for explosion due
to battery power
Benefits
• Backlit LCD, for easy reading in all conditions
• Simple two button operation
• High Accuracy
• Self powered with a battery life of approximately
140 hours by “AAA” batteries. The gauges have a
Low Battery Indication and Auto Shut Off Feature
• High Impact ABS housing and protective rubber
boot
Order Info

775001 DIGITAL LOW PRESSURE GAUGE 1/8 INCH
775002 DIGITAL HIGH PRESSURE GAUGE 1/8INCH
Accessories
Related product

711473 DELUXE MANIFOLD SET 4-WAY
64
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
HAND OIL PU
PUMP
MP 5 L & 25 L DR
DRU
UMS
597534
High pressure hand oil pump designed to allow
technicians to pump refrigeration oil into the
system or compressor crankcase while the unit
is in operation, no need for system shutdown
during oil charge.
Features
• Pump outlet 1/4" SAE flare
• Pump pressure upto 17 bar
• Universal tapered adapter that fits all oil container
necks
Benefits
• Delivered with acessory kit for removal of oil from
crankcase, suction accumulator or simmilar
• Fits all standard cans (5 and 25 L)
Technical data
Model UOP-H
Type RFN Oil Pump
Application Fits all standard cans (5&25 litre drums)
ACID TE
TESST KIT MINERAL+AB+P
MINERAL+AB+POE
OE OIL
OILSS
778514
Test kit for determining acid contamination in
mineral, alkylbenzene and polyolester oils.
Acid test kit is the easiest way of checking for
acid in the refrigeration compressor oil. The kit
contains one bottle filled with an reactive
solution. Simply add a sample of oil from the
compressor crankcase, shake and wait for 15
seconds. Compare the colour of the mix with the
enclosed colour guide to determine the acid
content in the system. Acid in the system can
eventually cause the system to fail prematurely.
The product replaces previous test kits (540088
and 607828).
Features
• Simple sampling and testing
• Quick result
Benefits
• High quality
• Reliable
65
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
HAND HELD REFRIGERANT LE

LEAK
AK DETE
DETECCTOR UNIRX
UNIRX--1A
716142
A hand held detector able to detect all halogen
refrigerants (CFC, HCFC and HFC) enabling you
to find leaks in your refrigeration system. One of
the most sensitive refrigerant leak detectors in
the industry
Features
• Six-segment visual leak size indicator
• Audible alarm
• High and Low sensitivity level
• Cordless
• 5 ppm sensitivity (less than 0.2502 per year)
• Supplied in carrying case and spare sensing tip
• Batteries 2 pcs C-cell alkaline
Benefits
• Delivered in sturdy carry case
• Includes batteries and spare sensing tip
Technical data For optimum performance, WSS recommends to

replace the sensing tip (kit with product number 548700
Alt. name UNIRIX-1A
contains three tips) and batteries on regular basis.
respons time Instantaneous
Reset time 1 second • Sensing tip life is approximately 20 hours
Probe length 35.5 cm - 14" • Battery life is approximately 30 hours
Weight 560 g
Accessories

548700 MAINTENANCE KIT LEAK DETECTOR-XP2
Approvals
• UL classified • CE approved
66
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
MAINTEN
MAINTENANCE
ANCE KIT LE
LEAK
AK DETE
DETECCTOR
TOR-XP2
-XP2
548700
XP-2 Maintenance Kit ('Orange tips') for
UNIRX-1A hand held leak detector, part no.
716142.
Kit contains 3 tips. Tips need to be changed
after 30 hours of usage as they get worn out and
stop detecting refrigerant leaks.
Accessories

716142 REFRIGERANT LEAK DETECTOR UNIRX-1A
67
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
VACUU
UUMM PU
PUMP
MPSS
The vacuum pumps are used for removing
moisture and non-condensable gases from
refrigeration systems after maintenance or
repair.
The pumps are supplied with a Vacuum pump oil
(0.95 l). The oil is made from a paraffinic mineral
oil base, to be used in deep vacuum
applications.
Features
• Two stage pump for deep vacuum
• Dual voltage (115/230 V) and frequency model
(50/60 Hz)
• Achievable rating as low as 20 microns
Benefits
• Built in isolating valve isolates the pump from the
system with only a 1/4 turn, making it simple to
measure rate of rise
• Can be used on systems using CFC, HCFC and
HFC in combination with mineral oil, polyester oil,
alkyl benzeen oil and PAG oil
• Referred to as “the long term trouble avoider”
among refrigeration specialists
• Gas ballast valve to reduce condensation of
moisture
Product Number Product name Product code Displacement Weight Connection Vacuum oil capacity
587568 VACUUM PUMP 110/220V UVP-15401 UVP-15401 113 l/min - 4CFM 12 1/4" and 1/2" 445 ml
597658 VACUUM PUMP 110/220V UVP-15121A 282 l/min - 10CFM 18 1/4" and 1/2" 488 ml
Accessories
Product Number Product name Product code

320424 VACUUM PUMP OIL 0.95 LITRE UVO-001
597674 VACUUM PUMP OIL .38 LTRS UVO-005
68
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
DIGIT
DIGITAL
AL V
VA
ACUU
UUMMG
GAAUGE UV
UVG
G - 65
711507
Gauge to determine that the proper system
vacuum has been obtained. Supplied with 9 V
battery.
Features
• User friendly digital LCD display
• Range from atmospheric pressure down to 0
microns
• Resolution at low end of the scale is 1 micron
• Option to show time graph to see change in
vacuum pressure
• Over pressure protection (35 bar)
• Convenient hanger at the back
• Supplied in a soft case including battery
Technical data
Product code UVG-65
REFRIGERANT LE
LEAK
AK DETE
DETECCTION KIT
KIT,, UV TRA
TRACER
CER KIT 12 V
Effective tool for locating refrigerant leaks in
refrigeration systems in inaccsessible areas by
circulating the tracer fluid and using UV-light. A
rechargeable battery gives complete freedom on
where to use the kit.
Features
• Oil based fluorescent liquid fully miscible with
refrigerant compressor oil
• Circulates in system and leaves fluorescent trace
if leak
• 110 V and 220 V charger included
• 12 V - 7 Ah battery gives a long operating time up
to 30 minutes
Benefits
• Ready to use kit
Glo-Leak tracer fluid is an oil based fluorescent liquid found at the source of each leak. This will give a
that is fully miscible and compatible with refrigerants fluorescent glow when the area is scanned with the UV
and compressor oil. When added to the compressor oil inspection lamp, easily identifying the location of the
sump, the tracer fluid circulates around the system with leak.
the compressor oil. Evidence of the tracer fluid will be
69
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
REFRIGERANT LELEAK
AK DETE
DETEC CTION KIT
KIT,, UV
UV,, UNIVER
UNIVERSSAL TRA
TRACER
CER
FL
FLUID
UID F
FOR
OR ALL OIL TYPE
TYPESS
606268
A universal tracer fluid for all types of oil comes
in a 250 ml plastic bottle. It is used in
combination with the UV Fluorescent leak
detection system for finding leaks in refrigeration
systems.
Evidence of the tracer fluid will be found at the
source of the leak and glow under the light of a
UV detection lamp.
Features
• Applicable for PAG, POE, PAO and mineral oil
Benefits
• One type fits all
Directions
Dosing method with ease. This should be done at regular intervals to
ensure optimum performance.
1. Add the correct amount of Glo-Leak tracer fluid to
the system (dosage rates as below). Glo-Leak Dosage and control 1. When the ratio of oil to gas is
may be added in one of the following ways: 1:3, add the fluid at the rate of 0.75% of the total oil
charge. 2. When the ratio of oil to gas is more than 1:3,
• Directly into the compressor oil reservoir use the formula below. (Amount of oil x 0.01) + (gas
• Via a standard oil charge pump charge in kg x 0.0015) = Amount of tracer fluid in ltrs.
• Through the charging port on the
compressor suction valve Example: A refrigeration system contains 100 ltrs of oil
and 500 kgs of refrigerant.
2. Operate the system for enough time to allow Glo-
Leak to permeate all suspected leak areas. Some (100 x 0.01) + 500 x 0.0015) = 1 + 0.75 = 1.75 ltrs of
leaks may show up within minutes. Others may tracer fluid
take hours or even days to reveal themselves. NB: The above dosage rates are conservative
3. Scan the system to locate any leaks by shining estimates. Different system capacities and designs, and
the UV lamp supplied over all areas of possible the various lubricants available can vary the amount of
leaks. The precise source of a leak is revealed by Glo-Leak required, especially in large systems. Check
a fluorescent yellow or yellow-green glow. for fluorescent brightness by shining a UV lamp at the
4. Once identified, repair the leaks. sight glasses. Add more Glo-Leak if the glow is weak.
5. Clean off any excess Glo-Leak with Glo-Klenz (or In some large systems, it may be necessary to add
with another suitable cleaner/degreaser). extra Glo-Leak after a week. This is because there may
Glo-Leak can now remain in the system so that regular be much more oil in the system than is specified by the
leak checks during maintenance may be performed compressor manufacturer
70
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
REFRIGERANT RE
RECCOVER
VERY
YPPA
ACKA
CKAGE
GE
The Refrigerant Recovery Package consists of
carefully selected quality equipment designed to
handle recovery from a vessel's refrigeration
systems in a controlled manner.
Electrical equipment is set for 115 V / 230V and
50/60 Hz.
Features
• Comprehensive package that supports a variety
of operations
• Maintenance friendly
• Lightweight and portable
• Recovers vapour and liquid refrigerants
• Suitable for all standard (CFC, HCFC and HFC)
refrigerants
• Total package weight is 47 kg
Benefits
• Helps the ship operator to re-use the refrigerants
during system maintenance and service
• Reduces refrigerant consumption
• Cost saving
• Full range of accessories and spare parts
• High value package
Ordering

652522 REFRIGERANT RECOVERY PACKAGE F/220V
652511 REFRIGERANT RECOVERY PACKAGE F/110V
The recovery packages consist of:
613747 REFRIGERANT RECOVERY UNIT URU-5000B
or
613748 REFRIGERANT RECOVERY UNIT URU-5000A
Practical user manual
716142 REFRIGERANT LEAK DETECTOR UNIRX-1A
548700 MAINTENANCE KIT LEAK DETECTOR-XP2
636738 INLET FILTER DRIER 3PCS, 1/4" FLARE
596544 RECOVERY CYL EMPTY 21.6L+DOCUMENTS
613927 DIGITAL WEIGHING PLATFORM ADS-100
711473 DELUXE MANIFOLD SET 4-WAY
587568 VACUUM PUMP 110/220V UVP-15401
711507 DIGITAL VACUUM GAUGE UVG-65
Accessories

734681 UNITOR RECOVERY EQUIPMENT BOX
613935 RECOVERY UNIT CONNECTION KIT
632588 RECOVERY CYL EMPTY 56L+DOCUMENTS
Approvals
• Package complies with all US EPA and EC • CE - TUV and ARI - UL
regulations
71
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
ONB
ONBOOARD SSTORA
TORAGE
GE B
BOOX F
FOR
OR REFRIGERANT RE
RECCOVER
VERY
Y
PACKA
CKAGE
GE
734681
A sturdy 200 litre box used for storing recovery
equipment onboard a vessel; handy for
safekeeping and easy to locate during port state
inspections.
Features
• Completely weather proof and extremely rugged
• Colour coded: grey box with yellow lid
Benefits
• Colour coded according to international recovery
standards
• High quality
72
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
REFRIGERANT RE
RECCOVER
VERY
Y UNIT
UNIT,, UR
URU-
U-5000
5000
Refrigerant recovery machine designed to
handle recovery tasks of a vessels refrigeration
systems.
The Unitor marine refrigerant recovery unit is
supplied ready to operate with a practical user
manual.
Features
• Includes inlet filter and a short utility connection
hose
• Instruction manual adapted to maritime usage
• Maintenance friendly
• Lightweight and portable
• Recovers vapour and liquid refrigerants
• Suitable for all standard (CFC, HCFC and HFC)
refrigerants
Benefits
• Helps the ship operator to re-use the refrigerants
during system maintenance and service
• Reduces refrigerant consumption
• Cost saving
• Full range of accessories and spare parts
available
• Complies with rules & regulation
Technical data
Power 380 W
Vacuum 100 mbar
Recovery rate vapour 33 kg/h
Recovery rate liquid 80 kg/h
Recovery rate push - pull 380 kg/h
Connection Type 1/4" SAE flare Male
Length 483
Width 229
Height 343
Weight 14
Ordering info
Product Number Product name Voltage

613748 REFRIGERANT RECOVERY UNIT URU-5000A 230 V 50/60 Hz
613747 REFRIGERANT RECOVERY UNIT URU-5000B 115 V 50/60 Hz
Accessories

613885 COMPRESSOR REPAIR KIT
613935 RECOVERY UNIT CONNECTION KIT
734681 UNITOR RECOVERY EQUIPMENT BOX
73
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
RE
RECCOVER
VERY
Y UNIT UR
URU-
U-5000A/B
5000A/B,, C
COOMPRE
MPRESSSOR REP
REPAIR
AIR KIT
613885
Complete compressor repair kit for both
URU-5000A and URU-5000B. Includes all
moving parts and seals
RE
RECCOVER
VERY
Y UNIT UR
URU-
U-5000A/B
5000A/B,, C
CONNE
ONNEC
CTION KIT
613935
A connection kit suitable for both URU5000A
and URU5000B to speed up recovery by Push -
Pull method.
Features
• Complete kit
• Packed in sturdy case
Supplied with: • Ball valve with optical sight for flow indication
• T-piece
• Hoses with 1/4" SAE flare connections
• Ball valves (2 pcs)
74
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
RE
RECCOVER
VERY
Y UNIT UR
URU-
U-5000A/B
5000A/B,, INLET FIL
FILTER
TER DRIER 3P
3PCCS, 1/4
1/4""
FLARE
636738
A set of 3 inlet filter driers with 1/4" SAE flare
connections
Features
• Inline filter dryer element
DIGIT
DIGITAL
AL WEIGHING PLA
PLATF
TFORM
ORM AD
ADSS-100
613927
The weighing platform is needed to log the exact
amount of refrigerant charged to a system, the
amount of refrigerant recovered and to protect
the recovery cylinder from overfilling (80%)
during refrigerant recovery process.
Features
• Capable of handling cylinders up to 100 kg
weight
• Control unit connected to platform by means of a
spiral cord
• Digital display
• A "zero" function is included to measure added
refrigerant
• Supplied in a sturdy carrying case
• Includes batteries and instructions
Benefits
• Easy to use
• Accurate measurement
Technical data
Range 0-100kg
Accuracy +/- 0.5% of reading or +/- 1 digit
Battery life 30 hours
Weight 2.8 kg
387 x 267 x 635 mm
Dimensions
75
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Package Equipment
UNITOR DRINKING W
WA
ATER C
COOOLER
The Unitor Drinking Water Cooler for ships crew
is made to operate in the most demanding
climatic conditions. It is constructed of stainless
steel, making it resistant to corrosion and easy
to keep clean. Fittings are in brass for long
service life. The unit is silent in operation and
runs on R-134a refrigerant that functions in the
medium pressure range, reducing wear and tear
on the system
Features
• Designed to operate under demanding climatic
conditions
• Stainless steel construction makes it corrosion
resistant
• Fittings in brass for longer service life
• Includes instruction and spare part manual
Benefits
• Silent operation
• Uses environmentally acceptable R-134a
refrigerant
• Supplied with high quality brass adjustable
bubbler and bottle filler
Product Number Product name Voltage Hertz

708552 DRINKING WATER COOLER UNITOR INOX 220 V 50/60 Hz
711333 DRINKING WATER COOLER UNITOR INOX 110 V 50/60 Hz
Approvals
• CE approved
76
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
DAIKIN MARINE A
AC
C-UNIT
Sea water cooled stand alone Daikin marine
ECR A/C unit (engine control room) with a
cooling capacity of 10, 17 or 25 kW
Features
• Data given approximate based on 60 Hz supply
and standard conditions
• Units ready to operate after connection of electric
supply, cooling water & drain
• Sea water cooled condenser
• Heating available as an optional extra
• Refrigerant in unit type H = R-407C
• Instruction manual. Technical drawings available
on request
• For free flow (not ducted) a plenum chamber is
required
• Power supply Voltage: 380/440V-3PH-50/60HZ
Benefits
• The unit is built to last with its marine shell and
tube condenser
• Liquid filled High and Low pressure gauges make
the unit easy to monitor
• Electronic control thermostat ensures trouble free
operation
• The unit has no hidden cost because power cable
glands and all counter flanges are included
D x W x H (mm) & weight 711606: 550 x 1050 x 1640 & 230 kg

711598: 410 x 800 x 1450 & 165 kg 711614: 600 x 1350 x 1650 & 345 kg
Ordering info
Product Number Product name Air Flow Water consumption Total Cooling capacity Power Consumption
711598 MARINE AC-UNIT 3 TON, USP3H 1620 50 10 kW 3,4 kW
Accessories
Product Number Product name Unit height with plenum Unit weight with plenum
603803 PLENUM CHAMBER FOR US3 1650 mm 173 kg
602409 PLENUM CHAMBER FOR US5FC 1850 mm 250 kg
603811 PLENUM CHAMBER FOR US8FC 1870 mm 365 kg
Approvals
• CE modified units are available on request
77
REFRIGERA
REFRIGERATION
TION E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
CARRIER MARINE A
AC
C-UNIT
Sea water cooled stand alone Carrier 90MA404
marine air conditioning unit (engine control
room) with a cooling capacity of 10, 17 or 26 kw
Features
• Data given approximate based on 60 Hz supply
and standard conditions
• Units ready to operate after connection of electric
supply, cooling water & drain
• Sea water cooled condenser
• Heating available as an optional extra
• Refrigerant R-407C
• Power supply Voltage 440V - 3PH - 60 HZ
• Instruction manual. Technical drawings on
request
• For free flow (not ducted) a plenum chamber is
required. Please see accessories section.
Benefits
• Sea water resistance and specifically designed for
marine use
• Electronic control thermostat ensures trouble free
operation
• The unit has no hidden cost because power cable
glands and all counter flanges are included
• Uses environmentally friendly R-407C which
complies with new stricter regulations to reduce
global warming
D x W x H (mm) & weight 725622: 560 x 920 x 1500 & 194 kg

725614: 560 x 920 x 1500 & 177 kg 725630: 750 x 1220 x 1770 & 406 kg
Product Number Product name Air Flow Water consumption Total Cooling capacity Power Consumption
725614 MARINE AC-UNIT 3 TON, 90MA404 2038 40 10.5 kw 2,9 kw
725622 MARINE AC-UNIT 5 TON, 90MA406 3400 66 17.5 kw 4,9 kw
725630 MARINE AC-UNIT 7.5 TON, 90MA408 5098 100 26.4 kw 8,7 kw
Accessories
Product Number Product name Height with plenum Weight with plenum Suitable for
603845 PLENUM CHAMBER FOR 3 & 5 TON 1940 mm 188 kg / 208 kg 725614 / 725622
637224 PLENUM CHAMBER FOR 8 & 10 TON 2200 mm 430 kg / 455 kg 725630 / 725648
Approvals
CE modified units are available on request
78
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Cargo Hold Cleaning
SLIP-C
SLIP-COOAT™ 25 L
LTR
TR
737015
Unitor™ Slip-Coat™ is a water based liquid product specially formulated to leave a thin, temporary
film on cargo hold surfaces. The film provides a barrier between the cargo and the cargo hold
surfaces making the cleaning operation after unloading quicker and easier, and optimal cleaning
result is achieved. Unitor™ Slip-Coat™ can be used in cargo holds carrying foodstuff and is safe to
the environment and to the personnel handling it, and it will not contaminant the cargo. It is non-
corrosive and safe on all coatings.
Features
• Water soluble cargo hold barrier – easily removable with water
• Saves cleaning time and cleaning chemicals
• Ideal when cleaning after coal, pet coke and other difficult cargoes
• Completely safe on all coatings
• Prevents even the most difficult cargo to adhere to the coating
• Easy to apply – easy to remove
• Provides temporary protection against corrosion
• Water based – free from hydrocarbon solvents
Benefits
• Complies with all environmental regulations
• Composition based on FDA listed ingredients

737015 SLIP-COAT 25 LTR
Approvals
• This composition meets the criteria for not being the sea when used to clean cargo holds and
harmful to the marine environment according to external surfaces on ships.
MARPOL Annex V and may be discharged into
Directions for use

After drying, Unitor™ Slip-Coat™ creates a thin, non- Coat™ may also be sprayed on deck, superstructure
sticky film on the cargo hold surfaces. The film and other areas exposed to dust during loading and
substantially facilitates the cleaning before next cargo unloading operations.
in two ways:
Dosing method
1. The film fills the minute pores in the surface, and The cargo hold surfaces should be as clean and dry as
prevents small particles from being trapped in the possible before treatment. Unitor™ Slip-Coat™ is
pores. supplied at ready-to use concentration and may be
applied directly from the drum. Spray the liquid on the
2. Small, solid particles can be very difficult to
cargo hold surfaces by the use of suitable low-pressure
remove especially from organic coatings, even
spraying equipment. As soon as the surface appears
with the use of effective cleaning agents and high
water wet, a proper film is created; do not apply more
pressure water jets.
than necessary. 1 litre Unitor™ Slip-Coat™ will cover
The reason is the build up of electromagnetic forces, 15–20 m2. Allow the film to dry completely before
and sometimes the only way to remove the particles is loading the cargo. Depending on air temperature and
by scrubbing. Unitor™ Slip-Coat™ provides a barrier humidity this will take 1–2 hours. After reloading, apply
between the particles and the surface that minimizes a 2–5% solution of a cleaning agent in water to avoid
this problem, and the particles may now be removed re-deposition of contaminants, and finally flush with
with high pressure water only. The film is completely clean, high pressure water. Suitable cleaning agents
water soluble and is easy to remove even with cold sea are:
water. To avoid re-deposition of contaminants a
cleaning agent should be used, but at lower dosage Unitor™ Aquatuff™ (Product no. 607826 and 607827)
rates than what normally is required. Unitor™ Slip-
79
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
Unitor™ Aquatuff High Foam™ (Product no. 736991 After flushing with water, let the surfaces dry and then
and 737007) repeat the treatment with applying Unitor™ Slip-Coat™
before next cargo.
Unitor™ Aquabreak PX™ (on zinc silicate coatings,
Product no. 575613 and 607827).
80
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
SLIP C
COOAT PL
PLUS
US™
™ 25 L
LTR
TR
778865
Unitor™ Slip Coat Plus™ is a liquid, waterborne
protective barrier designed to perform maximum
protection and efficiency during transport and
unloading operations. Unitor™ Slip Coat Plus™
is specially formulated to fill the minute pores in
paintwork and leave a dense temporary water
resistant film on cargo hold surfaces. When
cured the protective film will act as a barrier
between the cargo and cargo hold surfaces thus
preventing cargo deposits from stubbornly
adhering to the surfaces. The nature of the film
makes it ideal for cargoes loaded in damp or wet
conditions as well as preventing cargo from
sticking to the surface caused by moisture build-
up during the voyage. Unitor™ Slip Coat Plus™
can be used in cargo holds carrying foodstuff
and is safe to the environment and to the
personnel handling it. It is non-corrosive and
safe on all coatings.
Features
• Water resistant cargo hold barrier
• Ready to use - one single application
• Completely safe on all coatings
• Easily removable with an alkaline cleaner
• Water based - free from hydrocarbon solvents
• Composition based on FDA listed ingredients
Benefits
• Excellent adhesion to all surfaces
• Ideal for use with humid and corrosive cargoes as
sulphur, salt etc.
• Prevents even the most difficult cargo to adhere
to the coating
• Saves cleaning time and cleaning chemicals
• Provides temporary protection against corrosion

778865 SLIP COAT PLUS 25 LTR
Approvals
Directions for use

To achieve optimal protection the cargo hold surfaces flushed with fresh water before applying Unitor™ Slip
should be as clean and dry as possible before Coat Plus™. The ready-to use concentration makes it
treatment with Unitor™ Slip Coat Plus™. NOTE! After ideal for application directly from the Chemical
cleaning with sea water, holds should always be
81
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
Applicator by use of the Unitor™ Panamax Cargo Hold After drying, Unitor™ Slip Coat Plus™ creates a dense,
Cleaning Kit™ and correct application nozzle. non-sticky film on the cargo hold surfaces. After cargo
discharge, both the film and cargo residues are easily
Do not apply more than necessary, one single
removed by the use of an alkaline cleaner like Unitor™
application is sufficient and will cover 10–20 m2/ltr
Aquatuff™ or Unitor™ Aquatuff High Foam™. A
depending on the condition of the cargo holds. Start
minimum 10 % solution in fresh water is recommended,
applying Unitor™ Slip Coat Plus™ from top and
leave for 15-30 minutes, re-soak with Unitor™ Aquatuff
downwards. Allow the film to dry completely before
High Foam™ to keep surface wet during soaking (avoid
loading the cargo a process which takes 1-2 hours
surface to dry), and finally flush with clean high
depending on air and surface temperature and
pressure water. After flushing with water, let the
humidity.
surfaces dry and then repeat the treatment with
Note that larger amounts of Unitor™ Slip Coat Plus™ applying Unitor™ Slip Coat Plus™ before the next
may end up at tank top when holds are sprayed. Ensure cargo.
that only a thin layer is applied on the tank top. Avoid
Note! The lowest surface temperature when
larger amount of Unitor™ Slip Coat Plus™ and remove
applying Unitor™ Slip Coat Plus™ is +5 Celsius
excessive remaining for optimal result. For removal of
excessive Unitor™ Slip Coat Plus™ on tank top it is Note! Maximum temperature for surfaces and cargo
recommended to use the Unitor™ VCAD 200 (682054). should not exceed +70 Celsius
Flushing away excessive amounts of Unitor™ Slip Coat Always follow paint manufacturer recommendations
Plus™ with fresh water is also possible before drying. and always allow paint to cure before applying cargo or
chemicals.
82
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
AQU
QUA
ATUFF HIGH F
FOOAM
AM™
™ 25 L
LTR
TR
736991
Unitor™ Aquatuff High Foam™ is a heavy duty alkaline cleaner with good foaming qualities
specially formulated for cleaning cargo holds on bulk carriers and OBOs. The dense foam created
prevents the cleaning solution from running off vertical surfaces and thereby enhances the cleaning
efficiency. It is water based and is safe to the environment, containing only biodegradable
ingredients. It effectively removes most dry cargoes to “water white standard”. Unitor™ Aquatuff
High Foam™ is specially developed for cargo hold cleaning, but may also be used for other
cleaning applications where Unitor™ Aquatuff™ normally is used but where high foam is beneficial.
Features
• Heavy Duty alkaline water based cleaner
• Specially formulated for the cleaning of cargo holds
• Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds
• Biodegradable
• Free from hydrocarbon solvents
• Ideal for cleaning after coal, pet coke and other difficult cargoes
• Effective and economical in use
• Completely safe on epoxy coatings
Benefits
• Complies with all environmental regulations and the EU Detergent Regulation
Ordering Infrmation

736991 AQUATUFF HIGH FOAM 25 LTR
Approvals
Directions for use

Cargo Hold Cleaning 2. Always apply the chemicals from bottom and
Unitor™ Aquatuff High Foam is specially developed to upwards. Applying from top and down can result
clean vertical surfaces. When applied with the proper in lost cleaning effect or even staining.
spray foam equipment, the dense foam created 3. Leave for 30–45 minutes. The surface remains
prolongs the contact time between the cleaning wet.
solution and the surface to be cleaned. It effectively 4. Wash down with a high pressure unit or Unitor™
removes most dry cargoes, sludge, soot, carbon Cargo Hold Cleaning kit. For best results, direct
deposits, fish meal etc., and is used for cargo hold the high pressure jet at the lowest parts of the
cleaning when going from black to white cargo. hold first and work upwards.
Unitor™ Aquatuff High Foam should not be used on 5. Repeat the procedure if necessary.
zinc coatings - on zinc coatings use Unitor™ 6. Always perform final rinse with fresh water after
Aquabreak PX (Product no. 651 575613 and 651 wash down to avoid salt residues on the surface.
575605). If Unitor™ Slip-Coat (Product no. 652 737015 and 652
Dosing and application method 737023) is applied to the cargo hold surfaces prior to
loading, the concentration of Unitor™ Aquatuff High
1. Apply Unitor™ Aquatuff High Foam mixed Foam in the cleaning solution may be reduced.
10–25% (ratio 1:9 to 1:3) in water, using spray
foam equipment.
When mixing Unitor™ Aquatuff High Foam with 1. Seawater may reduce the foaming qualities of the
seawater the following needs to be taken into account: detergent
83
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
2. Seawater may influence the pH of the cleaning When mixing Unitor™ Aquatuff High Foam with
solution with a reduced cleaning effect as result seawater it is recommend to have a concentration of at
3. Seawater represents a corrosion risk to the least 20 - 25% (ratio 2:9 to 1-3).
surfaces and the equipment used
84
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
MET
METAL
AL BRITE HD
HD™
™ 25 L
LTR
TR
571679
Unitor™ Metal Brite HD™ is a liquid detergent compound containing phosphoric acid and non-ionic
surfactants, used for rust removal and as a surface brightener.
Features
• Economical in use
• Non-flammable
• Surface brightening including aluminium
Benefits
• Cleans and passivates ferrous metal surfaces, inhibits further corrosion, and gives a base which paint will
adhere
• Approved by the Norwegian Institute of Public Health for use as cleaner of tanks in contact with cooking oil
• Removes light rust and rust stains
• Removes tarnish from non-ferrous metals
• Removes rust stains from painted, ceramic and wooden surfaces

571679 METAL BRITE HD 25 LTR
Approvals
• This composition meets the criteria for not being • Approved by the Norwegian Institute of Public
harmful to the marine environment according to Health for use as cleaner of tanks in contact with
MARPOL Annex V and may be discharged into cooking oil.
the sea when used to clean cargo holds and
external surfaces on ships.
Direction for use

Dosing method For removal of rust stains on ceramic tiles, enamels,
Unitor™ Metal Brite H.D. should always be used in a porcelain, glass etc., use a solution of 20–50%,
plastic bucket. depending on stains and soiling. Rinse off with water
Acid should always be added to water, never the after 20–40 minutes.
reverse.
For removal of light cement stains and lime, apply a
Remove dirt, rust flakes, oil and grease prior to using
50% solution, and high pressure wash after 30–40
Unitor™ Metal Brite H.D.
minutes, and for solidified cement use Unitor™
Apply Unitor™ Metal Brite H.D. to surfaces to be Descaling Liquid.
cleaned or pickled as follows:
For removal of light rust and scale in pipelines and
For severely corroded surfaces and pickling of welding tanks, recirculate a solution of 5–10% Unitor™ Metal
repairs, use 50% solution to neat. Brite H.D. For discoloration of stainless steel and epoxy
For less severely corroded or soiled surfaces and coated tanks use the same method.
tarnish on copper and brass, use a solution of 20–50%, For removal of white residues from epoxy-coatings that
and rinse off surface after 15–40 minutes with water. sometimes remains after carriage of Stearin, Olein,
On aluminium, use a solution of 10–30%, but rinse off Palm fatty acid etc., recirculate a solution of 5–10%
surface maximum 5 minutes after application. Unitor™ Metal Brite H.D. When injected, use a 5%
solution. Recirculate or inject until residue is removed.
For removal of rust stains on painted surfaces, a
solution of 10–30% should be sufficient. Rinse off with
water 15–20 minutes after application.
85
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Cleaning and Maintenance
COLD
OLDW
WASH HD
HD™
™ 25 L
571430
UNITOR™ Coldwash HD™ is a heavy duty degreaser based on petroleum solvents, emulsifying
agents and surfactants. This product is excellent for use on soiled surfaces, bilges and machinery
parts.
Features
• Emulsifying agents are biologically degradable
• Effective on mineral oils and petroleum based residues
• Safe to use on most metal surfaces and painted surfaces
• Removes oil contamination from machinery, engine parts and bilges
• Allows soak cleaning of machinery parts
Benefits
• Easy to recover as it splits after cleaning, releasing the oil phase
• Powerful degreaser with quick penetration and good emulsifying properties
• Rapid rinsing, leaves clean and oil-free surfaces
Splits after cleaning, releasing the oil phase for petroleum based residues. Safe to use on most metal
reclamation. Powerful degreaser with quick penetration surfaces and painted surfaces. Removes oil
and good emulsifying properties. The emulsifying contamination from machinery, engine parts and bilges.
agents in this product are biological degradable. Does Soak cleaning of machinery parts. Rapid rinsing, leaves
not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other clean and oil-free surfaces.
estrogenic compounds. Effective on mineral oils and

571430 COLDWASH HD 25 LTR
Directions for use

This product is excellent for use on soiled surfaces, Spray UNITOR™ Coldwash HD™ neat onto soiled
bilges and machinery parts. surfaces. The contact time should be between 15–30
minutes, and then wash off with water. To clean
This degreaser must be applied neat with a brush, by stubborn deposits, mechanical agitation such as
scrubbing will improve the cleaning.
hand spray, immersion, soaking etc. The contact, or
soaking, time should be between 15 minutes to 2 hours Soak method
before washing off with hot or cold water. Hot water will
Immerse the parts to be cleaned into a bath of neat
improve the result of the cleaning.
UNITOR™ Coldwash HD™ for 30 minutes, and then
Spot cleaning wash off with water.
Spray neat UNITOR™ Coldwash HD™ onto surfaces to Circulation method
be cleaned. The contact time should be at least 30
Cleaning of equipment such as lube oil heat
minutes or up to 2 hours if time allows. Bulkheads/walls
exchangers, fuel oil preheaters and filters can be
can be washed down by use of high pressure cleaning accomplished by circulating neat UNITOR™ Coldwash
machines. The best result is achieved with hot water
HD™.
between 60–80°C.
Spray method
86
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
ENVIR
ENVIRO
OCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ 25 L
LTR
TR
765018
Unitor™ Enviroclean™ is a micro emulsion water based cleaner/degreaser. This product is low
toxic, biodegradable and safe to use. It is based on powerful fatty acid derivates linked with an
advanced surfactant formulation. The main applications are for cleaning and degreasing in the
engine room, deck cleaning and for general removal of grease, oil, sludge, polymer compounds,
carbon deposits, dirt and grime.
Features
• Water based degreaser
• Low-toxic
• Unitor™ Enviroclean™n has numerous general marine cleaning applications including the removal of
greases, oil, sludge, polymer compounds, carbon deposits, dirt and grime
• As an engine room cleaner it is exceptional as not only can it be used for degreasing, cleaning paint work
and carbon removal, but also for use in soak tanks, ultrasonic tanks and high pressure cleaning equipment
Benefits
• Promotes a pleasant and healthy working environment
• Splits after cleaning, releasing the oil phase for reclamation

765018 ENVIROCLEAN 25 LTR
Approvals
This composition meets the criteria for not being when used to clean cargo holds and external surfaces
harmful to the marine environment according to on ships.
MARPOL Annex V and may be discharged into the sea
Directions for use

1. General cleaning 2. Spot cleaning
Unitor™ ™ can be used for all types of cleaning and Unitor™ Enviroclean™ can be diluted with water and
degreasing and can be applied by brush, hand spray or hand sprayed. Recommended dosage up to 25% (1
used in ultrasonic cleaning tanks. Recommended litre Unitor™ Enviroclean™ + 3 litres of water)
dosage up to 25% (1 litre Unitor™ Enviroclean™ + 3 depending on the amount and type of soil to be
litres of water) depending on the amount and type of removed. Left for about 20–30 minutes before washing
soil to be removed. After use as an engine room off with water.
cleaner, bilge slops must be given sufficient time to
separate before passing through an oily water
separator.
87
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
CLE
CLEANBRE
ANBREAK
AK™™ 25 L
571497
Unitor™ Cleanbreak™ is a degreaser containing self-splitting emulsifiers. It allows the slop water to
break into separate oil and water phases. UNITOR™ Cleanbreak™ is solvent based product. The
main applications are for cleaning in the engine room for machinery spaces, bulkheads, tank tops
and on deck.
Features
• Highly effective, economical solvent cleaner
• Reduces disposal costs and associated problems
• Low toxicity, non corrosive
• Used for general cleaning of machinery spaces, bulkheads, decks, tank tops and any oil/grease soiled areas
• Should be used where slops are required to pass through oily water separators to meet current IMO
regulations
Benefits
• Rapid penetration
• Slop emulsions break into two distinct phases
• Allows oil residues to be reclaimed
• Approved by Blohm+Voss AG for OWS type TCS/HD
• Approved by Marinfloc AB for use in engine rooms

571497 CLEANBREAK 25 LTR
Approvals
• This composition meets the criteria for not being • Approved by Blohm+Voss AG for OWS type TCS/
harmful to the marine environment according to HD
MARPOL Annex V and may be discharged into • Approved by Marinfloc AB for use in engine
the sea when used to clean cargo holds and rooms
Directions for use

The main applications are for cleaning in the engine Wash down all surfaces using hot water if possible and
room for machinery spaces, bulkheads, tank tops and high pressure water jet. The emulsion residue after
on deck. cleaning must be allowed to separate in a holding tank
over sufficient time before passing through an oily
Unitor™ Cleanbreak™ is recommended for local
cleaning and degreasing of engine rooms, bilges and water separator.
tank tops. It can be applied by brush, spray, immersion, To achieve the best results from the splitting action of
soaking, or any other conventional means. Unitor™ Unitor™ Cleanbreak™. It is important that no other type
Cleanbreak is used neat. Allow a residence time of at of solvent/emulsifying cleaner is used in the engine
least 30–60 minutes where possible to ensure good room.
penetration.
88
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
SE
SEAACARE O
OSD
SD--2™
Unitor™ Seacare OSD-2™ Oil Spill Dispersant is a biodegradable hydrocarbon based product with
high dispersing efficiency and low toxicity. It is approved as a Type I dispersant according to LR448
specifications by the Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA) formerly UK
Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAFF).
Features
• Approved Type I dispersant according to the latest LR448 specifications of AEA Technology Plc. covering
both
efficiency and toxicity for use in dispersing oil on sea, beaches and rocks
• Disperses mineral oils, crude oils, residual fuel oils, diesel fuel oil, kerosene, white spirit and lubricant oils
• For use on oil spills that may occur during loading or discharging of cargo or bunkers where allowed
• For cleaning of spills on deck, ships side, piers, wharfs, etc. where allowed
Benefits
• Raised standards for operator safety in handling and use, being biodegradable and having low toxicity and a
high flash point
• Rapid efficient dispersal of a wide range of oil residues. Converts hydrocarbons into very fine emulsions
• Ready to use product
Definition sea, within British Fishery limits (other than waters

Type I: Conventional hydrocarbon-base - for use adjacent to Scotland).
primarily undiluted on beaches, but may also be used
1. The Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food
undiluted from WSL spray sets using breaker boards or
has tested this product for toxicity and found it to
other suitable means of application and agitation.
be satisfactory at the specified application rate. It
Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs has also been tested for efficiency and safety in
(DEFRA) use by AEA Technology Pic. And similarly found
APPROVAL OF THE USE OF SUBSTANCES to be satisfactory.
PRODUCED FOR THE PURPOSE OF TREATING OIL 2. A person who deposits in the sea a substance not
ON THE SURFACE OF THE SEA for the time being approved by the licensing
Notes for guidance 1. Article 3 of the Deposits in the authority for the purpose of treating oil on the
Sea (Exemptions) Order 1985 as read with paragraph surface of the sea or not within the terms of this
21 of the Schedule to it, provides that a licence is not approval, may be in breach of the terms of the
needed under Part II of the Act to deposit any Food and Environment Protection Act, 1985.
substance produced for the purpose of treating oil on 3. A person who intends to use any substance for
the surface of the sea provided you meet the following the purpose of treating oil on the surface of the
conditions: sea should also consult the Nature Conservancy
• The substance is one, the use of which, is for the time Council before beginning operations.
being approved by the licensing authority; • The 4. Copies of the current Continental Shelf
substance is used in accordance with any conditions to Operations Notice (CSON 7) are obtainable from
which the approval was subject; • No deposits made in the Department of Energy, Petroleum Engineering
an area of the sea of a depth of less than 20 metres or Division, Thames House South, Millbank, London
within one mile of any such area, save with the approval SW1P 4QJ.
of the licensing authority; • Similarly a licence is not
needed (if conditions are satisfied) for the loading of a Further information on the use of oil spill dispersants is
vessel aircraft, hovercraft, marine structure or floating contained in the Institute of Petroleum (London)
container in England and Wales, with products for publication "Guidelines on the Use of Oil Spill
deposit for the treatment of oil on the surface of the Dispersants" 2nd Edition (1988).
Product number Product name Quantity

764420 SEACARE OSD-2 25 LTR
764422 SEACARE OSD-2 210 LTR
89
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
Approvals
• This composition meets the criteria for not being Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA) former the
harmful to the marine environment according to U.K. Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAFF).
MARPOL Annex V and may be discharged into the sea See definition Above • Approved as a type I dispersant
when used to clean cargo holds and external surfaces by MMO (Marine Management Organisation) for oil spill
on ships. • Approved as a Type I dispersant according treatment applications in the United Kingdom
to LR448 specifications by the Department for
Directions for use

Oil Spills at Sea Seacare OSD-2™ is used undiluted by The treatment rate depends on the type and thickness
direct spraying to clean up oil spills at sea. Allow some of the oil spill, also on the age and condition. Under
time for the oil to absorb the Seacare OSD-2™ and conditions where it is a thin slick of oil, 1 litre of
then disperse mixture by vigorous agitation using fire Seacare OSD-2™ is enough to treat approximately 10
hoses, ship's propeller, breaker boards towed behind square metres of oil. In many cases, several
work boats, etc. Seacare OSD-2™ should not be used applications may be necessary.
in an area of sea of a depth less than 20 metres or Oil Spill on Deck Remove as much of the oil as
within one mile of such area except in accordance with possible, then spray Seacare OSD-2™ over area
the advice of the local District Inspector of Fisheries of covered by the oil and allow some time for it to be
Ministry or Scottish Office Agriculture, Environmental absorbed. Disperse the mixture with water by means of
and Fisheries Department (SOAEFD). a fire hose. Depending on the type of oil it may be
Oil on Beaches and Shore Line Seacare OSD-2™ necessary to use several applications.
should be applied neat by spraying over oiled areas. Note: Do not mix this Oil Spill Dispersant with any other
Allow time for the oil to absorb the Seacare OSD-2™ products.
then follow by washing down the beach or rocks, etc.
90
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
SE
SEAACARE E
ECCOSPER
SPERSE
SE L
LT2
T233™ 25L
25LTR
TR II/III
764424
Unitor™ Seacare Ecosperse LT23™ is a concentrated type II & III oil spill dispersant which is highly
efficient for use on a wide range of oils.
Features
Used as a dispersant:
• High dispersion efficiency product
• Helps prevent crude oil from ending up on shore
• Simple, quick and efficient
• Efficient dispersion of wide range of oils in a broad range of temperatures, salinities and concentrations.
Used as cleaning agent:

• High efficiency for cleaning hydrocarbons (oil and other related products)
• For cleaning of hydrocarbon spills on deck, ships side, piers, wharfs etc., where allowed
• Cleaning up after spills that may occur during loading of bunkers where allowed
• Low stocks required compared to Type I products
• High standards in operator safety in handling and uses
Benefits
• Multi-purpose product: economical, safe, efficient
• Converts hydrocarbons into fine emulsions that can be biodegraded much more quickly in sea water
• It can be applied both by boat or aerial spraying.
When authorized, this product can be used as a International guides for using marine dispersants
concentrate or diluted for many types of oil cleaning
• "Using dispersant to treat oil slicks at sea",
operations at sea, on rocky shoreline and beaches.
AIRBORNE AND SHIPBORNE TREATMENT-
Unitor™ Seacare Ecosperse LT23™ is non toxic and
RESPONSE MANUAL François Xavier Merlin,
biodegradable.
December 2005, CEDRE (Centre de
Definition Documentation, de Recherche et
The following classification and definition of oil spill d'Expérimentations sur les Pollutions
treatment products is valid for the UK and Scotland: Accidentelles des Eaux)
• "Dispersants and their role in oil spill response"
Type II: Water-dilutable Concentrate - for use at sea 2nd edition, 2001 IPIECA (International Petroleum
after dilution 1:10 with sea water and sprayed from Industry Environmental Conservation Association)
WSL spray sets using breaker boards or other suitable • "Guidelines on Oil Spill Dispersant Application",
means of application and agitation. Type III: IMO (International Maritime Organization) Ref.
Concentrate - for use undiluted from aircraft, ships or IA575E for english, IA577S for spanish, IA576F for
on beaches, using appropriate spray gear. French version "Manual on Oil Pollution - Section
Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs IV", 2005 Ed, IMO (International Maritime
(DEFRA) Organization) Ref. I578E for english, IA569F for
French, IA569S for spanish
APPROVAL OF THE USE OF SUBSTANCES
• "The use of chemical dispersants to treat oils",
PRODUCED FOR THE PURPOSE OF TREATING OIL
TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAPER N° 4, 2005
ON THE SURFACE OF THE SEA
ITOPF (The International Tanker Owners Pollution
Notes for guidance It is the responsibility of the user to Federation Limited)
comply with the restrictions that can apply for each
country regulation and depending if the product is used
as a dispersant and/or as a cleaning agent.

764424 SEACARE ECOSPERSE LT23 25LTR II/III
91
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
Approvals
• This composition meets the criteria for not being (DEFRA) former the U.K. Ministry of Agriculture,
harmful to the marine environment according to Fisheries and Food (MAFF). See definition above
MARPOL Annex V and may be discharged into • Approved as a Type II and Type III dispersant by
the sea when used to clean cargo holds and MMO (Marine Management Organisation) for oil
external surfaces on ships. spill treatment applications in the United Kingdom
• Approved as a Type II and Type III dispersant • Approved by CEDRE
according to LR448 specifications by the • Approved by ROPME
Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
Directions for use

Oil Spills at Sea - Application from boat In the UK, aircraft using the appropriate form of
spraying equipment which has been tested and found
Unitor™ Seacare Ecosperse LT23 can be used neat or
satisfactory by AEA Technology Plc. may spray
diluted with sea water. It can be applied by spray from
Unitor™ Seacare Ecosperse LT23 over the sea.
booms on work boats, hand sprayers or hoses using an
Unitor™ Seacare Ecosperse LT23 has passed tests in
injector. Used neat (Type III for UK & Scotland), 1 litre of
accordance with the specification of the UK Ministry of
Unitor™ Seacare Ecosperse LT23 will disperse
Defence.
between 20 and 30 m2 of oil depending on the
thickness and age of oil being treated. Used diluted Oil on Beaches and rocky shore
(Type III for UK & Scotland), Unitor™ Seacare Remove and reclaim as much oil as possible. Then
Ecosperse LT23 can be diluted with seawater at a ratio using suitable spraying equipment, spray Unitor™
of 1 to 10. Mix immediately before use. 1 litre of mixture Seacare Ecosperse LT23 over the oiled areas using one
will cover approximately 10 square metres of oil spill. part of dispersant to 7–20 parts of oil. Wash down the
The ratio can vary depending on the type and thickness beach or rocks with water. The quantity of product
of oil spill. At sea one part of mixture will disperse 2–3 used depends on the type and thickness of oil spill,
parts of oil. To maximize the efficiency of dispersion it is also on the amount of weathering of the oil. In some
important that a dispersant is used at an early stage of cases several applications may be necessary.
the operation, before oil weathering takes place.
Note: Do not mix this Oil Spill Dispersant with any other
Oil Spills at Sea - Aerial Spraying products.
92
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
FORE & AF
AFTT™ 25 L
LTR
TR
571554
Unitor™ Fore & Aft™ is a biodegradable cleaner containing surfactants and alkaline materials,
suitable for cleaning accommodation and galley areas.
Features
• Biodegradable cleaner
• Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other
estrogenic compounds
• Non-caustic
• Non-flammable
• Acceptable for use in the food storage areas
• Suitable for cleaning of sanitary fixtures i.e. showers, toilets etc
• Can be used on windows and port holes
• Phosphate free
Benefits

571554 FORE & AFT 25 LTR
Directions for use

Dosing method between 0,15 to 1,25% and applied by mops, spray or
sponge and rinsed off with water after the cleaning.
Depending on the applications, Unitor™ Fore & Aft™
can be diluted with water in concentrations from 0,15 to For objects such as furnitures, plastics, vinyls etc., a
1,25%. concentration between 0,15 to 0,75% is recommended.
Rinse off with water after the cleaning.
For cleaning in public areas, such as floors, tiles, walls,
paint work etc., it can be used in concentrations
93
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
AIR C
COOOLER CLE
CLEANER
ANER™
™ 25 L
764452
Unitor™ Air Cooler Cleaner™ is a powerful solvent emulsion cleaner for the cleaning of diesel
engine air coolers, scavenging air systems and compressor sides of turbochargers.
Features
• Formulated to remove oil, grease and carbon deposits from air coolers and scavenging systems
• May be used for in-service cleaning
• Product in water solution is non-flammable, non-explosive and has no flash point
• Can be used for light carbon removal from machinery parts
Benefits
• Efficient and economical
• Renders surfaces oil-repellent
• Maintains and stabilises air cooler efficiency at maximum
• Saves time, maintenance costs and avoids risks of damage when dismantling
• Leaves no residue and has no harmful effect on engine

764452 AIR COOLER CLEANER 25 LTR
Direction for use

Dosing ratios: injection equipment.
To calculate the amount of solution required to clean an
In-service cleaning - the general principle is to inject a
air cooler, calculate or find the cross-sectional area of
solution of Unitor™ Air Cooler Cleaner™ into the air
the cooler and use 3 litres of cleaning solution per
trunking upstream of the charge air cooler, followed by
square metre or as table below:
a clean water rinse. For efficient cleaning of air coolers,
it is necessary to use correctly installed dosing and
Engine HP Solution mix. with 25% Air Cooler Cleaner

6,000 to 12,000 3 litre mix
12,000 to 24,000 4.5 litre mix
24,000 or more 6 litre mix
For in-service cleaning of the air cooler and air-side of Out of service cleaning
turbochargers, a solution of 25% Unitor™ Air Cooler Handspray Cleaning - in this situation the engine must
Cleaner™ in freshwater is recommended. be stopped.
The appropriate dose of cleaner is then put in the Open an appropriate air trunking inspection cover.
dosing pot and injected up-stream of the air cooler in
Open air cooler drain valves.
10 minutes. After a further 10 minutes, a similar quantity
of fresh water is injected to rinse off the emulsified Using a pressure handspray, apply undiluted Unitor™
deposits. Air Cooler Cleaner™ all over the cooler coils. Allow the
Unitor™ Air Cooler Cleaner™ to penetrate the deposits
Rate and frequency of application depends mainly on
for a minimum of 1 hour, then use a high pressure lance
the condition of the air coolers. However, when starting
or water jet to wash off the loosened deposits.
with the use of Unitor™ Air Cooler Cleaner™, we
recommend injection every 24 hours. After initial After satisfactory cleaning, and flushing through with
cleaning period, the cleaning effect should last for 48 fresh water, close air cooler drains.
hours of operational time. Although frequency of Soak Method - this method may be used for machine
cleaning may vary, the calculated cleaning dose should parts with stubborn carbon deposits. Put parts to be
remain the same. cleaned into a bath of undiluted Unitor™ Air Cooler
This cleaning method is only recommended if approved Cleaner™ and allow deposits to be broken down and
by engine manufacturers. loosened before removal, then rinse.
94
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
The engine manufacturer should be consulted before

installing injectors.
CARB
CARBON
ON REM
REMOOVER
VER™
™ 25 L
LTR
TR
571604
Unitor™ Carbon Remover™ is a powerful non-corrosive solvent for breaking down carbon deposits
Features
• Quickly dissolves deposits containing carbon, resins or varnishes
• Eliminates need for hard scraping
• Non flammable
• Removes carbon type deposits from burner tips, fuel
injectors and all components fouled by carbon, resin or varnishes
• Cleans oil side of fuel heaters, oil coolers, etc.
• Removes carbon based deposits from fuel and lube oil filters
• Can be used for cleaning of: - Pistons - Piston rings - Valve cages
Benefits
• Simple and economical to use
Ordering infromation

571604 CARBON REMOVER 25 LTR
Directions for use

Soak Method 1. Isolate the oil supply, disconnect the heat
This method is an effective way of cleaning deposits exchanger oil inlet and outlet, drain off any
from components and machine parts. In order to remaining oil.
reduce the evaporation of Unitor™ Carbon Remover™ 2. Connect the discharge side of Unitor™ Chemical
both on the pure product as well as on its emulsions, a Cleaning Unit (CCU) to the lower heat exchanger
skin is formed when exposed to air. connection and fit the return to the CCU.
3. Add Unitor™ Carbon Remover™ to the drum,
The items for cleaning are submerged into the active
product can be diluted with diesel oil down to 25
solvent. A wire basket can be used for small
% and heat, maintaining the temperature (max
components. Immersion time will depend upon the
50°C) throughout the cleaning operation. If
nature of the deposits to be removed. Light deposits
heating is not available, the cleaning time will
will be removed in 1 hour, whereas heavily oxidised
need to be extended and a higher product
deposits might need longer time.
concentration is beneficial.
The components should be rinsed thoroughly before 4. Circulate for 12 hours. When the cleaning is
handling. complete, disconnect the lower heat exchanger
Cleaning the Oil Side of Heat Exchangers connection and drain.
The Unitor™ Chemical Cleaning Unit - Product no. 664 5. Connect a high pressure fresh water supply to the
737189 - is recommended to be used. upper heat exchanger connection. Rinse until
water runs clear.
6. Disconnect, drain and dry.
95
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
DE
DESSCALEX™ 25 K
KG
G
571646
Unitor™ Descalex™ is a dry acid cleaner formulated to remove rust and scale deposits.
Features
• Dry acid cleaner contains inhibitors to protect metals
• Contains colour indicator to show the strength of the solution and anti-foam agent
• Safe and easy handling and storage
• Fast and effective scale remover
• Removes scale from boilers and diesel engine cooling water systems
• Removes scale and rust from condensers, evaporators, heat exchangers etc.
Benefits
• Efficient, economical, safe
Descaling of Boilers, Descaling of Diesel Engine Reaction products from acid components in descaling
Cooling Water Systems, Condensers, Evaporators, products may include gasses like carbon dioxide and
Calorifiers, Heat Exchangers: hydrogen. Formation of hydrogen gas can be monitored
with gas detection equipment on the vents. To avoid
Unitor™ has developed a 210 litres capacity cleaning
suffocation and potentially explosive atmosphere,
unit designed among other for use with chemical acid
gasses should be removed safely by purging system
solutions for cleaning boilers, calorifiers, heat
with water after draining the cleaning solution. Vent of
exchangers and other types of equipment where rust
system during descaling operations must be provided
and scale form.
for same reason. Always use gas detection equipment
Unitor™ Chemical Cleaning Unit: Product no. 737189 to check that the atmosphere is safe before entering
Notes regarding safety in descaling operations: confined spaces for inspection after descaling
operations. When circulating the descaling solution,
Unitor™ Descalex™ contains strong acids. Handle with always circulate with inlet at the bottom to avoid air
care and pay special attention to Material Safety Data pockets and potential entrapment of gaseous reaction
Sheet and / or Product Label. Use personal protection products.
equipment as recommended.

571646 DESCALEX 25 KG
Approvals
Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of Public
Health for cleaning of evaporators.
Directions for use

The most effective descaling is accomplished by red colour which disappear when the solution is
circulation. In the case of small components, the soak neutralised. Whenever possible, the solution should be
method in an immersion bath can be used. heated to 60°C.
If the equipment to be cleaned is contaminated by oil, Neutralised solutions can be reactivated by adding
grease and sludge, then pre-cleaning with Unitor™ more Unitor™ Descalex™ until the red colour
Seaclean Plus or Unitor™ Enviroclean is necessary. reappears. This should not be done more than twice.
Depending on the extent of scaling, use a solution of Unitor™ Descalex™ should not be used on aluminium,
2.5–10% Unitor™ Descalex™. The solution will have a zinc, tin or galvanised surfaces.
96
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
DE
DESSCALING LIQUID
LIQUID™
™ 25 L
LTR
TR
571653
Unitor™ Descaling Liquid™ is a liquid acid containing descaling accelerators, corrosion-inhibitors
and wetting agents.
Features
• Acid based product contains inhibitors against attack on ferrous metals
• Removes scale and rust from condensers, evaporators, heat exchangers, etc.
• Removes water scale from boilers
• Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of Public Health for cleaning of evaporators
Benefits
• Reduces corrosion risk
• Easy to rinse off
• Fast and effective scale remover
Unitor™ Descaling Liquid™ should not be used on Reaction products from acid components in descaling
aluminium, zinc, tin, stainless steel, titanium or any products may include gasses like carbon dioxide and
galvanized surfaces for which a special grade cleaner hydrogen. Formation of hydrogen gas can be monitored
should be used. with gas detection equipment on the vents. To avoid
suffocation and potentially explosive atmosphere,
Unitor™ has developed a 210 litres capacity cleaning
gasses should be removed safely by purging system
with water after draining the cleaning solution. Vent of
solutions for cleaning boilers, calorifiers, heat
system during descaling operations must be provided
exchangers and other types of equipment where rust
for same reason. Always use gas detection equipment
and scale form.
to check that the atmosphere is safe before entering
Unitor™ Chemical Cleaning Unit: Product no. 664 confined spaces for inspection after descaling
737189. operations. When circulating the descaling solution,
Notes regarding safety in descaling operations: always circulate with inlet at the bottom to avoid air
pockets and potential entrapment of gaseous reaction
Descaling liquid contains strong acids. Handle with products.
care and pay special attention to Material Safety Data
Sheet and / or Product Label. Use personal protection
equipment as recommended.

571653 DESCALING LIQUID 25 LTR
Approvals
MARPOL Annex V and may be discharged into • Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of
Public Health for cleaning of evaporators.
Directions for use

The most effective descaling is accomplished by Unitor™ Descaling Liquid™ should always be used in
circulation for large systems or components. In the plastic bucket. Acid should always be added to water,
case of small components, the soak method in an and never the reverse.
immersion bath can be used. Unitor™ Descaling Liquid should be mixed with fresh
If the equipment to be cleaned is contaminated by oil, water to form a solution of 10–30%, depending on the
grease, sludge or carbonised oil, then pre-cleaning with extent of scaling. After using Unitor™ Descaling Liquid
Unitor™ Seaclean Plus™ or Unitor™ Enviroclean™ is it is essential to thoroughly rinse all metal surfaces at
necessary. least once with a 0.5% solution of Nalfleet™ Alkalinity
Control™ in fresh water. This solution should be
circulated for 2–4 hours or until an acceptable pH value
97
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
is obtained. This will neutralize any remaining acidity

and passivate steel surfaces.
MET
METAL
AL BRITE™ 25 L
LTR
TR
571661
Unitor™ Metal Brite™ is a liquid detergent compound containing rust dissolving acids, emulsifiers
and passivators.
Features
• Non-flammable
• Surface brightening
Benefits
• Prevents flash rusting
• Surfaces rendered suitable for painting

571661 METAL BRITE 25 LTR
Approvals
Directions for use

Unitor™ Metal Brite™ should always be used in a and allow to dry. Second wash may be necessary.
plastic bucket. The acid should always be added to Surface should have a grey/white appearance when the
water, never the reverse. Unitor™ Metal Brite™ is dry. Steel surfaces will have a
For removal of rust stains and oxide stains on resistance to rust and will render a good base for paint.
aluminium, brass, copper and stainless steel, apply For removal of rust stains on painted surfaces and
Unitor™ Metal Brite (after removal of oil and grease) wood, Unitor™ Metal Brite™ should be applied at full
neat with a brush, rag, etc. Wash off after 15 minutes. strength for heavy stains, or diluted to 30–50% for light
Repeat if necessary. Do not let Unitor™ Metal Brite™ stains. Allow to soak for 20 to 30 minutes and wash off
dry on surfaces as it may leave a hard white deposit. with water. A second application may be necessary to
For steel surfaces remove oil, grease and old paint. Wet remove the stubborn stains.
down the entire surface with neat Unitor™ Metal Brite™
98
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
DIS
DISCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ 25 L
LTR
TR
571687
Unitor™ Disclean™ is a water based blend of inhibited acids, surfactants and emulsifying agents.
Unitor™ Disclean™ removes the heavy tenacious deposits which collect in fuel and lube oil
centrifugal separators, and it is extremely effective in removing these deposits without the necessity
of separating the discs from the stack.
Features
• Acid based product containing surfactants
• Non-flammable
• Remove heavy tenacious deposits
• Cleans down to metal surfaces
• Allows cleaning of disc without dismantling of disc stacks
• Cleans all types of separator discs
Benefits
• Leaves no film or residue
• Reduces system down time
It is recommended that this product is not used on zinc, The Unitor™ Chemical Cleaning Unit (Product no. 664
tin, galvanised surfaces or anodised aluminium. 737189) can be used for soak cleaning of disc stacks.

571687 DISCLEAN 25 LTR
Directions for use

Unitor™ Disclean™ may be used neat or diluted down water to remove all traces of contamination and
to 20% by volume with fresh water, depending on the Unitor™ Disclean™.
severity of contamination, availability of heat and time Method of cleaning Separators can be cleaned by:
to complete cleaning operation. The higher the
concentration the more efficient the cleaning action. 1. Removing the separator disc stack and soaking in
a solution of Unitor™ Disclean. Circulating the
The time for a cleaning operation will vary from 30
solution and heating will enhance the cleaning.
minutes to maximum 2 hours depending on the above
2. Removing the separator discs and dismantling
factors. Faster and more efficient cleaning can be
stack, then soaking discs in Unitor™ Disclean.
accomplished by heating to a maximum temperature of
Circulating and heating the solution will enhance
60 °C.
the cleaning. Discs can be sprayed if soaking tank
After the unit or parts have been satisfactorily is not available.
cleaned, they shall be rinsed thoroughly with fresh
99
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
H.P
H.P.. W
WASH™
ASH™ 25 L
LTR
TR
571729
Unitor™ H.P. Wash™ is an alkaline cleaner with detergents and surfactants which quickly dissolve
grease and dirt deposits. Unitor™ H.P. Wash™ is designed for use with high pressure cleaning
machines such as Unitor™ High Pressure Cleaners. Unitor™ H.P. Wash™ is suitable for most
painted surfaces and dries leaving a good shine.
Features
• Reformulated with improved cleaning properties
• Biodegradable cleaner
• Non-flammable
• Formulated for use with H.P. cleaning machines
• Rapid dispersal of a large range of oils and greases
• H.P. Wash is suitable for hot or cold high pressure spray equipment
• Can be used for general cleaning in the engine room, outside paint work and on the deck
• Can be used on Ro/Ro vessel car decks, for removal of traffic film
• Can be used for cleaning of fish holds and process machinery onboard factory vessels
• Phosphate free
Benefits
• Leaves a good shine on hard surfaces after cleaning
• Low dose rates 0.5–5%

571729 H.P. WASH 25 LTR
Approvals
Directions for use

Dosing method Unitor™ H.P. Wash™ can be used by conventional
For high pressure cleaning, apply the cleaning agent in cleaning using brush, rag or spray at a dose rate of
an even layer using low pressure. Allow solution to 5–20% in water depending on the soiling. Allow 5
penetrate soil for about 3–5 minutes before washing off minutes for penetration, then rinse off with water.
thoroughly with high pressure water.
Sampling and testing
The recommended dose rates for the application using Unitor™ H.P. Wash™ is suitable for most painted
low pressure side of the cleaning machine, is between surfaces and dries leaving a good shine.
0.5–5% depending on amount and type of soil.
100
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNI-W
UNI-WASH™
ASH™ 25 L
LTR
TR
571745
Unitor™ Uni-Wash™ is a liquid detergent with good foaming qualities. It contains wetting agents
that allow rapid penetration to remove fat, oil, grease or grime. Unitor™ Uni-Wash™ is pH-neutral
and suitable for cleaning accommdation areas.
Features
• Non-flammable
• Pleasant smell
• Suitable for accommodation cleaning of woodwork, leather, desks etc.
• Suitable for cleaning of toilets and showers
• Can be used for cleaning of dishes
• Can be used for cleaning of windows and port holes
Benefits
• Leaves surfaces residue free

571745 UNIWASH 25LTR
Approvals
Directions for use

Dosing method Unitor™ Uni-Wash™ solution. After cleaning, rinse off
Depending on the degree of contamination Unitor™ with cold or warm water.
Uni-Wash™ shall be mixed with warm water at a dose Due to high foaming properties, Unitor™ Uni-Wash™ is
rate of 50 to 200 ml per 10 litres, i.e. 1 cup to a bucket not recommended for laundry washing machines.
of water.
Unitor™ Uni-Wash solution can be applied simply by Unitor™ Uni-Wash™ is an accommodation cleaner.
mops, brushes or rags, or dip the soiled articles into the
101
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
NATURAL HAND CLE

CLEANER
ANER™
™5L
LTR
TR
571752
Unitor™ Natural Hand Cleaner™ is gel skin cleaner containing natural ingredients. The product is
effective, mild to the skin and contains no petroleum solvent derivatives. It removes the most severe
industrial grime, oil and grease in complete safety.
Features
• Mild antiseptic properties
• Effective and suitable for the most severe soiling. Due to its mildness it can be used safely day after day
• Easier to rinse off than many other gel cleaners
• Approved by The Royal Institute of Public Health
Benefits
• Leaves hands clean
• Do not dry out your skin
• Easier to rinse off than many other gel cleaners

571752 NATURAL HAND CLEANER 4 X 5 LTR
Approvals
Approved by The Royal Institute of Public Health
Directions for use

Unitor™ Natural Hand Cleaner™ should be massaged should then be rinsed with clean water and dried
onto the soiled skin without the use of water. The skin thoroughly with a towel or tissue.
102
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
PENETR
PENETRON
ON PL
PLUS
US™
™ 12X0
12X0,,5 L
575506
Unitor™ Penetron Plus™ is a fast acting liquid compound containing special oils and solvents that
penetrate iron oxides and loosens carbon deposits. Unitor™ Penetron Plus™ loosens corroded
parts as nuts, bolts, etc.
Features
• Liquid oil based product
• Low-toxic, emits no toxic fumes or vapours
• Fast acting penetration of rusty seized up parts
• Helps to avoid cutting or burning off bolts from engines or machinery
• Dismantling of assemblies seized up from rust and soiling
• Cleaning of rusty and soiled metal parts
Benefits
• Keeps tools clean and rust free
• Protection of machinery parts and tools

575506 PENETRON PLUS 12 X 0,5 LTR
Direction for use

Unitor™ Penetron Plus™ can be applied by brush, Use a brush or spray to prepare larger machinery parts
spray, spout from can or used in a soak tank. for dismantling, to free nuts and bolts and clean parts.
For nuts, bolts and other corroded parts a few drops of For protection against rust, brush or spray a coating
Unitor™ Penetron Plus™ on the thread and nut is over parts to be protected.
usually sufficient to free a seized thread. Always use Unitor™ Penetron Plus™ neat.
Small rusty and soiled parts can be immersed in a tank, Sampling and testing
to remove rust scale and soiling i.e. grease, tar and oils. Unitor™ Penetron Plus™ loosens corroded parts as
nuts, bolts, etc.
103
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR A
AQU
QUABRE
ABREAK
AK P
PX™
X™ 25 L
LTR
TR
575613
Unitor™ Aquabreak PX™ is very important to have a cleaning product with good performance that
is safe to man and nature and Unitor™ Aquabreak PX™ has been formulated with this in mind.
Unitor™ Aquabreak PX™ is a low toxic multipurpose water based cleaner.
Dirt and oil are effectively removed without the use of strong solvents. Unitor™ Aquabreak PX™ is
NSF approved so it can be used to clean food serving areas and food stations.
Features
• Multi purpose cleaner
• Biodegradable, low toxic and non-caustic
• Safe on all materials
Benefits
• Has several applications so you can minimise the number of cleaners used onboard
• Safe to use and your safety is always our priority
• Minimise the risk to damage surfaces
Good for use in the following applications: • Suitable for cleaning of soiled textiles as rugs,
covers, mats, overalls etc.
• Good for use in galleys and on decks
• Effectively cleans fiberglass boats
• Engine room cleaner
• Suitable for cargo tank cleaning

575613 AQUABREAK PX 25 LTR
Accessories

614537 FOAM - AGENT 3X5 LTR
Approvals
• Approved by NSF • IMO approved and listed in Annex 10 of the
• This composition meets the criteria for not being MEPC.2/ Circular
harmful to the marine environment according to • Approved by Marinfloc AB for use in engine
MARPOL Annex V and may be discharged into rooms
the sea when used to clean cargo holds and
User instructions
General Cleaning It can be used undiluted or diluted up to 50 parts in
water according to the amount and type of soil to be
Unitor™ Aquabreak PX™ can be used for all types of removed.
cleaning and degreasing, and it can be applied by
Unitor™ Aquabreak PX™ can be applied on vertical
brush, hand spray or used in ultrasonic bath.
surfaces by adding Unitor™ Foam Agent™ for
increasing the resident time.
104
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
CARB
CARBONCLE
ONCLEAN
AN L
LT
T™ 25 L
LTR
TR
575696
Unitor™ Carbonclean LT™ is a non-corrosive, powerful micro emulsion based cleaner for removal
of carbonaceous deposits. Unitor™ Carbonclean LT™ contains no chlorinated solvents or phenolic
compounds and has low toxicity to the environment and to persons handling it.
Features
• Reformulated with improved cleaning properties
• Can be used for cleaning engine parts including, but not limited to:
• Pistons
• Piston rings
• Valves
• Valve cages
• Does not contain nonylphenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds
• Simple and economical to use by soaking or circulation method
• Low toxicity and evaporation rate
• No phenolic or chlorinated compounds
• Cleans oil side of fuel and lube-oil heaters, oil coolers, etc.
• Removes carbon based deposits from fuel and lube oil filters
Benefits
• Non-corrosive, safe on all light metals, including aluminium
• Quickly dissolves deposits containing carbon, resins or varnishes
• Eliminates need for hard scraping
• Effectivly removes carbon type deposits from burner tips, fuel injectors and all components fouled by
carbon, resin or varnishes

575696 CARBONCLEAN LT 25 LTR
Direction for use

Soaked method The Unitor™ Chemical Cleaning Unit - Product no. 664
This method is an effective way of cleaning deposits 613807 - is recommended to be used.
from machine parts. The items to be cleaned are
1. Disconnect the heat exchanger's oil inlet and
dipped into the cleaning solution. A wire basket can be
outlet, drain off any remaining oil.
used for small components. For removal of light
2. Connect the discharge side of the Chemical
deposits or oil, a dilution of up to 1:2 in fresh water can
Cleaning Unit (CCU) to the lower heat exchanger
be used. Light deposits will be removed in 1 hour,
connection and fit the return to the CCU.
whereas heavily oxidised deposits may need overnight
3. Add Unitor™ Carbonclean LT™ to the drum,
soaking. After the components have been removed
Unitor™ Carbolcean LT™ can be diluted to 25%
from the soaking bath, remaining cleaning solution is
with fresh water, and heat, maintaining the
easily flushed off with water.
temperature (max 60°C), throughout the cleaning
Due to a very low evaporation rate, no precautions are operation. If heat is not available the cleaning time
necessary to prevent loss of liquid, but adequate will need to be extended and a higher product
ventilation is recommended. concentration is beneficial.
Cleaning the Oil Side of Heat Exchangers Where in- 4. Circulate for 12 hours. When the cleaning is
situ cleaning is required, Unitor™ Carbonclean LT™ complete, disconnect the lower heat exchange
can be used neat and circulated through the unit in connection and drain out the cleaning solution.
question. Time required for this process will again 5. Connect a fresh water supply to the upper heat
depend on extent of fouling and may take up to 24 exchanger connection. Rinse until water runs
hours. clear.
6. Disconnect the water supply, drain and dry the
heat exchanger.
105
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
The Unitor™ Chemical Cleaning Unit can also be used achieved with maximum efficiency and with the
for cleaning by soaking or circulation. Results can be minimum use of Unitor™ Carbonclean LT™.
UL
ULTRA
TRA SSONIC
ONIC CLE
CLEANER
ANER US
USC™
C™ 12X1 L
607819
Unitor™ USC™ is a water-based alkaline low-toxic product with an exceptional solvency power on
soil and oily matter. It is specially developed for ultrasonic cleaning applications. It is free from
hydrocarbon solvents, biodegradable, and safe to handle.
Features
• Water-based
• Low-toxic
• Biodegradable
• Non-flammable
• Free of hydrocarbon solvents
• Specially developed for use with ultrasonic cleaning baths
• Self splitting
Benefits
• Removes grease, oil, carbon deposits, soil and grime
• Keeps loosened deposits in suspension preventing re-deposition

607819 UNITOR USC 12 X 1 LTR
Directions for use

Dosing method Best results are obtained at temperatures of 60-80°C.
Unitor™ USC™ is specially formulated for use in the
Time necessary for cleaning depends on the nature and
Unitor™ Ultrasonic Cleaners.
thickness of the deposits. 20-30min. will suffice for
Fill the ultrasonic unit with approx. 30 litres of clean most applications. Hardened, carbonised or aged
fresh water. deposits may require up to 4 hours.
Prior to use, the ultrasonic bath must be de-gassed. If the cleaning solution is not heavily contaminated, it
Allow the bath to run for 1-2 minutes without any may be re-used at a later stage.
objects or cleaning agent until the evolution of gas Sampling and testing
bubbles ceases. This is to enhance the cleaning effect.
Suitable for cleaning engine components like fuel and
Mix in 1 litre Unitor™ USC. For stubborn deposits, a lube oil filters, pump components, inlet and exhaust
second litre may be added. valves etc.
106
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
AQU
QUA
ATUFF
TUFF™™ 25 L
607826
Unitor™ Aquatuff™ is a heavy-duty water based alkaline cleaner. It has numerous cleaning
applications including removal of greases, waxes, vegetable and animal oils, sludge, soot, carbon
deposits, dirt and grime. Unitor™ Aquatuff™ is also used for cargo hold cleaning after coal and pet
coke.
Features
• Heavy duty water based cleaner
• Biodegradable
• Aquatuff is most suitable for removal of wax deposits
• It has numerous cleaning applications including removal of grease, vegetable & animal oil, soot & general
dirt & grime
Benefits
• Removal of soot deposits from inert gas systems

607826 AQUATUFF 25 LTR
Approvals
MARPOL Annex V and may be discharged into • Approved by Marinfloc AB for use in engine
rooms
Directions for use

General Cleaning Cargo hold cleaning
Unitor™ Aquatuff™ can be used for different types of Unitor™ Aquatuff™ can be used for cargo hold
cleaning, and it can be applied by brush, hand spray, cleaning after soot, coal, pet coke and other bulk
high- and low pressure washing machines etc. It can be materials.
applied on vertical surfaces by adding Unitor™ Foam-
Dosing method
Agent™ (Product no. 651 614537) for increased
resident time. 1. Apply Unitor™ Aquatuff™ mixed 10–25% (ratio
1:9 to 1:3) in water, using spray foam equipment.
Removal of soot from Inert Gas Systems (IGS)
2. Leave for 30–45 minutes. The surface remains
1. Apply Unitor™ Aquatuff™ with a Unitor™ High wet.
Pressure Cleaning Machine and use 1:4 with 3. Wash down with a high pressure unit. For best
water. However, if used with a hand sprayer, results, direct the high pressure jet at the lowest
apply the product neat on the surfaces, allowing 1 parts of the hold first and work upwards.
litre per 12m2. 4. Repeat the procedure if necessary.
2. Leave for about 30-45 minutes. The surface If Unitor™ Slip-Coat™ (Product no. 652 737015 and
remains wet. 652 737023) is applied to the cargo hold surfaces prior
3. Wash down with hot water (80°C) and check the to loading, the concentration of Unitor™ Aquatuff™ in
results. the cleaning solution may be reduced.
4. Repeat the procedure if necessary.
When mixing Unitor™ Aquatuff™ with seawater the 1. Seawater may reduce the foaming qualities of the
following needs to be taken into account: detergent
107
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
2. Seawater may influence the pH of the cleaning When mixing Unitor™ Aquatuff™ with seawater it is
solution with a reduced cleaning effect as result recommend to have a concentration of at least 20 -
3. Seawater represents a corrosion risk to the 25% (ratio 2:9 to 1-3).
surfaces and the equipment used
FOAM
AM-A
-AGENT
GENT™™ 3X5 L
614537
Unitor™ Foam-Agent™ is a water based non-flammable product. When using this foam additive,
the cleaning efficiency of the cleaning chemicals will be enhanced. It will also be a more economical
use of the cleaning chemicals.
Features
• Biodegradable
• Non-flammable
• Suitable for use with our water based alkaline cleaning chemicals
Benefits
• Prevents the chemicals from running off vertical surfaces, and increases the resident time
• Create a dense foam
• Enhance chemical soaking

614537 FOAM - AGENT 3 X 5 LTR
Approvals
Directions for use

Dosing method Add 50 ml Unitor™ Foam-Agent™ per 10 litres washing
Unitor™ Foam-Agent™ can be used together with the solution, mix and apply with foam-equipment onto
below mentioned water based cleaning chemicals. This soiled surfaces.
makes it possible to apply the chemicals as foam,and Advice to follow the directions for use for the actual
prevent that the cleaning chemicals run off from vertical
cleaning product.
surfaces.
After the cleaning process:
Unitor™ Aquatuff™, Unitor™ Aquabreak PX™, Unitor™
Unitor™ Defoamer Concentrate™ edp 651 661843 can
Alkleen Liquid™, Unitor™ Alkleen Safety Liquid™, be used to remove undesirable foam.
Unitor™ Fore & Aft™ and Unitor™ H.P. Wash™.
108
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
TE
TEAK
AK RENE
RENEWER
WER™
™ 20 K
KG
G
Unitor™ Teak Renewer™ is a dry acid product formulated for brightening wooden decks. For
removal of oil and fat and for daily cleaning use Unitor™ Aquabreak PX™ or Unitor™ HP-Wash™.
Features
• Dry acid deck cleaner
• Surface brightening of wood
• Removes stains and discolouration
• Water soluble for ease of use
Benefits
• Quick, efficient cleaning power

758623 TEAK RENEWER 20 KG
Approvals
Directions for use

Dosing method Sampling and testing
1. Dissolve 5 to 10% Unitor™ Teak Renewer in fresh Teak Renewer is used to remove wood discolouration
water. commonly found on untreated teak, mahogany or oak
2. Apply the solution on the surface with a chemical decking.
spray unit.
3. Leave for 30 to 45 minutes.
4. Wash off with fresh clean water.
109
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
DEF
DEFOOAMER C
CONCENTRA
ONCENTRATE™
TE™ 25 L
LTR
TR
661843
Unitor™ Defoamer Concentrate™ is a non-silicone based water dispersible, liquid defoamer. It
controls foaming in sewage and waste water systems, and it is stable in alkaline conditions.
Unitor™ Defoamer Concentrate™ can be used to remove foam in water based systems and
collecting tanks in vacuum toilet systems.
Features
• Non-silicone defoamer
• Stable in alkaline conditions
• Outstanding for all atmospheric, pressurised and continuous waste equipment
• Approved by ZENON Environmental Inc. for use in membrane bio reactor systems
Benefits
• Can be used in sewage and waste water systems
• Excellent to control foaming and remove foam when necessary

661843 DEFOAMER CONCENTR. 25 LTR
Approvals
• Approved by ZENON Environmental Inc. for use
in membrane bio reactor systems
Directions for use

Effective dosage will vary depending on foam origin, The recommended dosing method for sewage systems
stability and the area of defoamer application. Trials are is to premix 1 part of Unitor™ Defoamer Concentrate™
always the best way to determine defoaming with 5 parts of fresh water and pump this into the EVAC
capabilities and efficiency. ejector tank. The dosing is done about 1/2 hour before
top load.
Dosing method
Typical dosage is 10 to 30ml/tonne, but proper dosage
rate to be found out on site testing.
Futher Technical data

Form Liquid
Appearance Yellow brown
Density 0,86-0,90
Flash Point 85oC
110
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
COMMIS
MMISSIONING
SIONING CLE
CLEANER
ANER™
™ 25 L
LTR
TR
624932
Unitor™ Commissioning Cleaner™ is a multifunctional water based cleaner. It is the new generation
in one step cleaner products. Low foaming, Unitor™ Commissioning Cleaner™ is for cleaning of
new boilers and cooling systems on board new buildings. It will remove scale, rust, oil and grease at
the same time from the systems. The product is recirculated through the system,using an external
circulation pump.
Features
• Water based multifunctional cleaner
• Biodegradable
• Cleaning of new systems for mill scale, rust, oil etc.
• No need of neutralization chemicals afterwards
Benefits
• Cleans water systems with light scale and a thin oil film
• Provides a temporary protection against corrosion by passivation
• Safe on aluminium, zinc, tin and their alloys
• Quick separation of oil after cleaning

624932 COMMISSIONING CLEANER 25 LTR
Directions for use

Unitor™ Commissioning Cleaner™ is for cleaning of 3. Fill with fresh water.
new boilers and cooling systems on board new 4. Add a solution 5-10% strength of Unitor™
buildings. It will remove scale, rust, oil and grease at the Commissioning Cleaner™.
same time from the systems. The product is 5. Circulate through the system for 5 to 8 hours at
recirculated through the system, using an external the maximum temperature allowed by the system.
circulation pump. 6. Drain system complete and flush thoroughly the
Use the dosage 5-10% solution depending on the entire system and all compounds with fresh water
grade of contamination. until effluent is clear.
7. Reinspect to determine results of the cleaning
Degreasing and descaling of boiler and cooling
process.
water systems
8. If unsatisfactory, repeat steps 3 through 7.
The Unitor™ Chemical Cleaning Unit - Product no. 664
9. Refill system with distillate or good quality fresh
737189 - is recommended to be used.
water and dose the required amount of cooling or
1. Drain system to be cleaned if necessary. boiler water treatment.
2. Inspect as completely as possible to determine 10. Test system on a regular basis to insure chemical
the extent of contamination and general condition residuals are maintained with specific limits.
of system.
111
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
BIL
BILGE
GE W
WA
ATER FL
FLOOCCULANT
ULANT™™ 25 L
LTR
TR
690669
Unitor™ Bilge Water Flocculant™ is a very effective liquid treatment based on Poly Aluminium
Chloride (PAC) to separate oil residues from bilge water. It is iron-free, and is completely safe to the
environment.
Features
• Cost-effective bilge water treatment based on specially selected Poly Aluminium Chloride
• Iron-free. Completely safe to the environment
• Acts by both breaking the oil-in-water emulsion and by building flocs
• Remaining oil sludge can be burned onboard or pumped ashore-contains very little water
• Approved by manufacturers of bilge water cleaning systems
Benefits
• Helps to meet environmental regulations on oil content. Discharged water contains normally less than 3 ppm
oil
• Low dosage, economical use
• Effective over an extended pH-range. Eliminates the use of pH-stabilising chemicals
Applications separation of free oil, emulsion breaking, flocculation

International environmental regulations set strict rules and filtration. After dosing, Unitor™ Bilge Water
as to the oil content in effluent water from ships. To Flocculant™ breaks the oil-in-water emulsion created
meet these regulations, a combination of mechanical by contaminants in lubricating and fuel oils, emulsifying
and chemical cleaning is necessary. Unitor™ Bilge cleaning agents etc. It then destabilizes the remaining
Water Flocculant is used in combination with multistage small oil droplets and agglomerates them into larger
bilge water cleaning systems that include mechanical particles (flocs) that are easily collected by filtering.

690669 BILGE WATER FLOCCULANT 25 LTR
Approvals
• Approved by manufacturers of bilge water
cleaning systems.
Directions for use

Dosing method descaler. The floc tank is fed according to the flow of
Typical dose rate: 100 - 500ppm (0.1 - 0.5 litre/m3 of the bilge water pumped into it. The feed is adjusted in
water) connection with the installation and normally needs no
In a multistage bilge water cleaning system, Unitor™ alteration. If required, dosing can also be controlled by
Bilge Water Flocculant™ is fed undiluted through a measuring the level in the container.
dosage pump connected to the pressure side of the oil
112
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
ACC PL
PLUS
US™
™ 25 L
LTR
TR
698704
Unitor™ ACC Plus™ is a powerful cleaning agent for cleaning of diesel engine air coolers,
scavenging air systems and the compressor side of turbochargers. Unitor™ ACC Plus™ is a
microemulsion type cleaner, where a synergistic blend of biodegradable surfactants and low
toxicity solvents replace the use of the harmful solvents traditionally used in air cooler cleaners
without reducing the cleaning performance. It is formulated to meet the latest environmental
standards, and is non toxic both to the environment and to persons handling it. Unitor™ ACC
Plus™ contains no chlorinated or aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, nonylphenol ethoxylates or other
substances harmful to the environment.
Features
• Meets the latest environmental standards
• Equal cleaning performance to traditional cleaners based on harmful chlorinated solvents
• Low toxicity, low evaporation and pleasant smell
• Formulated to remove oil, grease and carbon deposits from air coolers and scavenging systems
• Maintains, stabilises and maximises air cooler efficiency
• Leaves no residue and has no harmful effect on engine.
• Can be used for handspray cleaning while diesel engine is stationary
• Ideal for use in soak bath or cleaning tanks, such as the Chemical Cleaning Unit and the Ultrasonic Bath
Benefits
• Efficient and economical

698704 ACC PLUS 25 LTR
Directions for use

Recirculation method in-situ Out of Service Cleaning:
For this cleaning procedure the engine needs to be
Soak bath method
stopped and secured. Permanently installed spray
Remove the cooler from the engine and place in a soak
nozzles in combination with a cleaning solution tank
bath filled with a solution of 10-30% Unitor™ ACC
and pump, such as the Unitor™ Chemical Cleaning
Plus™ in water for a period of 1-6 hours. Agitation by
Unit should be used. It is advised to blind off the cooler
means of steam or compressed air will improve the
outlet. Properly mix water and 10-30% Unitor™ ACC
cleaning effect. After cleaning rinse with fresh water
Plus™, depending on the severity of the contamination,
and reinstall the cooler. This method is also suitable for
in the tank. Connect the pump's outlet to the nozzle
machine parts with stubborn carbon deposits.
assembly and the air cooler drain to the tank. Start the
pump and spray the solution through the nozzles over Hand spray method
the entire surface of the cooler and drain back to the For this cleaning procedure the engine needs to be
tank. Circulate the solution for a period of 1 to 6 hours. stopped and secured. Open the inspection cover on
After cleaning, rinse with fresh water. Remove the outlet top of the cooler and the drain valve. Spray undiluted
blind and disconnect the pump and tank loop. Unitor™ ACC Plus™ into the tube nest, with e.g. a
Unitor Jet Spray Unit, and allow to penetrate into the
Soaking method in-situ
deposits for a minimum of 1 hour. Rinse thoroughly
For this cleaning procedure the engine needs to be
with a high pressure jet such as a Unitor High Pressure
stopped and secured. Blind off the cooler outlet and
Machine. Close inspection cover and drain.
flood the cooler with a solution of 10-30% Unitor™
ACC Plus™ in water depending on the severity of the In-service cleaning
contamination. Soak for a period of 1 to 6 hours and The general principle is to inject a solution of ACC
drain to slop tank. Agitation by means of steam or Plus™ into the air trunking upstream of the charge air
compressed air will improve the cleaning effect. After cooler followed by a clean water rinse. For efficient
cleaning, rinse with fresh water. Remove outlet blind cleaning of air coolers, it is necessary to use correctly
and close drain. installed dosing and injection equipment. To calculate
113
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
the amount of solution required to clean an air cooler, and use 3 litres of cleaning solution per square metre or
calculate or find the cross-sectional area of the cooler as table below:
Engine HP Solution mix. with 25% ACC Plus

6,000 to 12,000 3 litre mix
12,000 to 24,000 4.5 litre mix
24,000 or more 6 litre mix
For in-service cleaning of air coolers and the air-side of However when starting with the use of Unitor™ ACC
turbochargers, a solution of 25% Unitor™ ACC Plus™ Plus™, recommended injection is every 24 hours. After
in freshwater is recommended. the initial cleaning period, the cleaning effect should
The appropriate dosage of cleaner is then placed in the last for 48 hours of operational time. Although
dosing pot and injected up stream of the air cooler for a frequency of cleaning may vary, the calculated cleaning
period of 10 minutes. After a further 10 minutes, a dose should remain the same. This cleaning method is
similar quantity of fresh water is injected to rinse off the only recommended if approved by the engine
emulsified deposits. Rate and frequency of application manufacturer!
depends mainly on the condition of the air coolers.
114
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
DE
DECK
CK CLE
CLEAN
AN NP™ 25 L
LTR
TR
765990
Unitor™ Deck Clean NP™ is a liquid cleaning formulation containing acids, emulsifiers and
passivators used for removal of rust and water born stains on super structure and on decks.
Unitor™ Deck Clean NP™ is free of phosphoric acid and is readily biodegradable.
Features
• Waterborne
• Removes light rust and rust stains from painted and wooden surfaces, metals and glass.
• Does not contain nonylphenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds.
• Phosphoric acid free
• Readily biodegradable
• Non-flammable
Benefits
• Highly concentrated
• Removes waterborne stains from windows
• Removes light rust and rust stains from painted and wooden surfaces, metals and glass.

765990 DECK CLEAN NP 25 LTR
Approvals
Directions for use

Dosage and control Allow to soak for 20-30 minutes and rinse off surface
Unitor™ Deck Clean NP™ should always be added to with water. A second application may be necessary to
water, never the reverse. Remove dirt, rust flakes and remove the stubborn stains.
oil/grease prior to using Unitor™ Deck Clean NP™.
Unitor™ Deck Clean NP™ can be used for brightening
Required dosage may vary slightly depending on
of teak, mahogany and oak decking and to remove rust
degree of stain. and water stains on Wood and Varnished wood.
For the removal of rust stains on painted surfaces &
Make up to a 10% solution of Unitor™ Deck Clean
wood, Unitor™ Deck Clean NP™ should be applied at
NP™ and allow to soak for about 20 minutes and rinse
full strength for heavy stains or diluted to 10-30%
of surface with water. Do not let Unitor™ Deck Clean
strength for light stains. NP™ dry on surface.
115
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UL
ULTRA
TRACIP™
CIP™ 25 L
LTR
TR
770727
Unitor™ Ultra CIP™ is a multi-purpose product that can handle several different applications as
well as solve and clean complex contaminations. Unitor™ Ultra CIP™ removes deposits like coked
oil, oil mixed with hard deposits like rust and lime. Unitor™ Ultra CIP™ can also remove deposits
from glycol and similar products.
Features
• The product is readily biodegradable and non-flammable
• Remove heavy tenacious deposits
• Cleans down to metal surfaces and leaves no film or residue
• The product is self splitting
Benefits
• A good environmental choice that you can use to clean all separator surfaces
• Saves you time and cost as you can clean the separator discs without dismantling it
• Leaves a clean surface and a product that quickly will split into a water and oil phase

770727 UNITOR ULTRACIP 25 LTR
Accessories

737189 CHEM. CLEAN. UNIT W/HEATING, COATED
Approvals
• Product is tested and approved by Marinfloc.
Directions for use

Unitor™ Ultra CIP™ can be used for cleaning of lube- Both oil and lime will be solved with time, let soak for at
and fuel oil separators, heat exchangers and pipe least 2 hours. After 2 hours the parts can be cleaned
systems. Unitor™ Ultra CIP™ can be used for manual using high pressure cleaners, rinsing or brushing.
cleaning and Cleaning In Place with cleaning equipment Cleaning In Place of Separator
intended for CIP. For most applications our Unitor™
Chemical Cleaning Unit can be used, product nr For the lube oil separator use a 20% solution
737189. For the fuel oil separator use a 10% solution
Manual Cleaning Recommended cleaning temperature is 70-90oC
For manual cleaning of separator parts and machinery (158-194oF). A normal cleaning cycle is between 1 to 3
parts. hours depending on the dirtiness and character. If the
separator has very hard deposits the cleaning cycle
Use a solution between 5-20% concentration
may have to be repeated with new cleaning fluid.
depending on how dirty the equipment to be cleaned is.
116
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
FIL
FILTER
TERCARE™
CARE™ 25 L
LTR
TR
769915
Unitor™ Filtercare™ is a heavy duty cleaner and degreaser based on powerful petroleum solvents
and self-splitting emulsifiers. It allows the slop water to break into separate oil and water phases
after use. Contains no chlorinated solvents. Unitor™ Filtercare™ provides quick penetration and
solvency and is ideal for cleaning of fuel filters, pre-heaters, burner tips and other machinery parts.
Features
• Does not contain any chlorinated solvents.
• Provides quick penetration and solvency and is ideal for cleaning of fuel filters, pre-heaters, burner tips and
other machinery parts.
• A heavy duty cleaner and degreaser based on powerful petroleum solvents and self-splitting emulsifiers.
Benefits
• Allows the slop water to break into separate oil and water phases after use.
• Allows oil residues to be reclaimed and incinerated onboard.
• Reduces disposal cost and associated problems.
• Does not contain any chlorinated solvents.

769915 FILTERCARE 25 LTR
Accessories

Directions for use

Normal cleaning
Dosing when performing manual filter cleaning: Please Circulation method
useundiluted and at temperatures no higher than 60oC, Circulate for at least 2 hours and rinse with water. For
for that reason DO NOT USE Unitor™ FILTERCARE™ best rinsing effect use hot water up to 60oC. The
IN ULTRASONIC UNITS. If ultrasonic unit is used, then Unitor™ Cleaning Unit (Product No. 737189) is
Unitor™ Carbonclean LT™ (575696). Please refer to the recommended for cleaning by soaking or circulation.
Unitor Ultrasonic unit in the product catalogue for
alternative products and the user manual for further
instructions for use of ultrasonic units.
Further Technical data

Form Liquid
Appearance Light yellow
Density 0,81
Flash Point Above 61
Non May swell rubber and synthetic rubber. Do not use Filtercare in
Compatibility ultrasonic units.
117
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
MUL
ULTI
TI CLE
CLEAN™
AN™ 25 L
LTR
TR
777708
Unitor™ Multi Clean™ is an alkaline mixture of water, natural citrus solvent and a synergistic blend
of synthetic surfactants. Unitor™ Multi Clean™ can be used for general cleaning of accommodation
areas, floor plates and engine room cleaning and has a pleasant citrus odour.
Features
• Versatile- can be used for general cleaning
• Non-flammable, non-toxic - Ingredients are all biodegradable
Benefits
• Highly effective concentrated cleaner
• Environmentally adapted
Unitor™ Multiclean is formulated to meet the latest the product does not contain any Alkyl Phenol
MARPOL regulations and does not contain any Ethoxylates. The ingredients of Unitor™ Multiclean are
chlorinated solvents and less than 10 % aromatics. fully biodegradable.
Also, with respect to European PARCOM regulations

777708 MULTI CLEAN 25 LTR
Approvals
MARPOL Annex V and may be discharged into • Approved for use with MARINFLOC bilge water
cleaning systems
Directions for use

Applications Unitor™ Multiclean™ may be used in all soil to be removed for 15-30 minutes to allow
types of cleaning and degreasing operations and is penetration before flushing with water.
effective against oil, grease and may other difficult soils. Dilution: 10% - concentrate. It is recommended to test
Unitor™ Multiclean™ can be used neat or diluted with different concentrations on a small area to find the
water or paraffin and may be applied by brush swab or optimal effect on the contaminated surface.
spray. It may also be used in immersion tanks. The
product should be allowed to stay in contact with the
118
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
ELE
ELECCTR
TRO
OSOL
OLV
V-E™ 25 L
LTR
TR
604389
Unitor™ Electrosolv-E™ is a non-chlorinated solvent with a controlled evaporation rate for cleaning
and degreasing electrical equipment.
Features
• Contains no chlorinated solvents
• Powerful solvent with controlled evaporation
• Rapid penetration and action
• Harmless to electrical insulation- tested for breakthrough voltage after DIN-57370 to 209 KV/cm
Benefits
• Efficient cleaning with no grease film or moisture residue
• Non-corrosive - can be used on all normal components with no risk of corrosive damage
• Cleans and degreases electrical parts and equipment without the need for rinsing

604389 ELECTROSOLV - E 25 LTR
Directions for use

Unitor™ Electrosolv-E™ must only be used in sufficient of applying Unitor™ Electrosolv-E™ is by using hand
ventilated areas. Unitor™ Electrosolv-E™ should spray or syphon spray gun. Once the deposits of dirt
always be used undiluted. It can be applied by brush, and grease have been flushed away with Unitor™
swab or as a fine spray using suitable hand held spray Electrosolv-E™ the remaining solvent may be
equipment. evaporated by using clean compressed air at low
pressure and high volume.
NOTE! Never open flame when using fine spray.
Dilution:
Small components be cleaned y brief immersion in a
bath of Unitor™ Electrosolv-E™. The most suitable way Concentrated use only
119
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
SE
SEAACLE
CLEAN™
AN™ 25 L
LTR
TR
571406
Unitor™ Seaclean™ is a highly concentrated cleaner based on petroleum solvents, emulsifying
agents and surfactants. Unitor™ Seaclean™ is formulated for cleaning double bottom, deep and
wing tanks etc., used for fuel oils.
Features
• The emulsifying agents in this product are biological degradable
• Can be used for general removal of oil and grease from soiled surfaces
Benefits
• Highly concentrated cleaner with quick penetration and emulsifying properties
• Economical - very low dosage rates

571406 SEACLEAN 25 LTR
Directions for use

Cleaning of the oil side of the Lube Oil Heat 4. Circulate the solution for 12 to 15 hours. When
Exchangers. the cleaning is completed, drain the cleaning
Cleaning is best achieved by the recirculation method solution.
using a heated 20% solution of Unitor™ Seaclean™. 5. Connect a fresh water supply to the upper heat
The Unitor™ Chemical Cleaning Unit - Order no 613807 exchanger connection, and rinse until the water
- is recommended to be used. runs clean from the lower connection. Flush
thoroughly with fresh water.
1. Disconnect the heat exchanger’s oil inlet and
6. When rinsing is completed, disconnect the water
outlet, drain off any remaining oil.
supply and thoroughly drain and dry the heat
2. Connect the discharge side of the Unitor™
exchanger.
Chemical Cleaning Unit (CCU) to the lower heat
exchanger connection and fit the return to the For heavy carbonised deposits, see Product Data Sheet
CCU. for Unitor™ Carbon Remover.
3. Add the required solution to the drum and use the Sampling and testing
installed heater or live steam. Raise the Unitor™ Seaclean™ is formulated for cleaning double
temperature of the cleaning solution between 65 bottom, deep and wing tanks etc. used for fuel oils.
to 75°C. Maintain the temperature throughout the
cleaning operation. Cleaning without heating will
extend the cleaning operation.
120
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
MUD & SIL

SILT
T REM
REMOOVER
VER™
™ 25 L
LTR
TR
635326
Unitor™ Mud & Silt Remover™ is a liquid organic polyelectrolyte that is formulated to keep mud
and silt in suspension and helps to clean fouled systems. Unitor™ Mud & Silt Remover™ removes
sediments, silt and mud from ballast tanks, cooling water systems, pipelines, etc.
The loading of ballast water over time results in the deposition of mud, silt and sediment in the
ballast tanks. If this is not dealt with on a regular basis, a "permanent ballast" may accumulate,
causing problems when emptying the tank and contamination of the ballast water. Unitor™ Mud &
Silt Remover™ removes silt and mud from ballast tanks by attracting particles together and making
them more flowing and prevents build-up of hard packed layers in tanks. A loose deposit is formed,
which can be more easily removed by treatment systems or during deep water ballast exchange.
The buildup of sediments in ballast water tanks will also create breeding grounds for micro and
macro organisms and shield them from transfer through installed Ballast Water Treatment Systems
(BWTS). Sudden dislodgement of such sediments can reduce the performance of Chlorination and
UV treatment and risk exceedance of D2 quality standards. Regulators of Ballast Water
Management Convention (BWM 2004) strongly recommend that removing sediment from ballast
water tanks and routine cleaning is one of the key strategies for reducing the risk of the spread of
Alien Invasive Species (AIS) through ballast water transfer. Routine cleaning of ballast water tanks
and removal of sediment in mid-ocean or at specific facilities provided in port will reduce the
number of organisms that are transported and discharged and help ballast water treatment systems
to meet IMO D2 performance standards.
Features
• No acids, alkali or solvent
• Biodegradable
• Non-toxic
• Non-pollutant
• Effective at low concentration
• Keeps mud and silt in suspension and cleans fouled ballast tanks
Benefits
• Highly economical in use
• Prevents retention and build-up of invasive species
• Maximises cargo capacity
• Safes time and labour cost
• Helps to comply with BWM 2004 standards
• Improve the effect on your BWTS

635326 MUD & SILT REMOVER 25 LTR
Direction for use

Unitor™ Mud & Silt Remover™ should be injected in To clean heavy accumulations of silt and sediment add
small quantities into the ballast water during the 10 lit Unitor™ Mud & Silt Remover™ per 100 tons of
ballasting operation to help mix the product with the ballast water. Add Mud & Silt Remover™ gradually
ballast water. Heavy deposits may require several whilst filling the ballast tank to ensure thorough mixing
treatments. with the ballast water and utilize the rolling movements
of the vessel for agitation. Allow a 24hr contact time to
Dosing methods
enable the product to loosen and lift sediments into
Heavy Accumulations suspension. Then exchange ballast with fresh sea water
to flush out suspended mud and silt. The ballast
121
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
exchange should be carried out according to IMO and 100 tons of ballast water. This will maintain sediments
local regulations or specific port sediment collection free flowing and easier to filter and remove.
facilities. Safety Precautions
Note: Heavy deposits may require several treatments or Please ensure that all confined space entry procedures
a combination of chemical and physical cleaning such are implemented when entering ballast tanks and that
as scraping and high pressure washing if access can be correct PPE is worn by ships staff.
gained to the ballast tanks. We recommend the use of Spillages of Unitor™ Mud & Silt Remover should be
Unitor™ cleaning equipment, see accessories. avoided, as floors, decks, etc. will become very
slippery. Clean as soon as possible.
Maintenance treatment
NOTE: SHELF LIFE - 24 MONTHS FROM
Apply Unitor™ Mud and Silt Remover™ each time
PRODUCTION
tanks are ballasted at a maintenance dosage of 2.5 lit/
122
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
VACUU
UUMM PIPE CLE
CLEANER
ANER™
™
740498
Unitor™ Vacuum Pipe Cleaner™ is a liquid treatment used to remove build up of inorganic scale in
vacuum toilet piping systems. Inorganic scale consisting of uric stone, phosphates and hardness
salts will restrict flow and may finally clog the pipes completely if not treated. Unitor™ Vacuum Pipe
Cleaner™ is formulated of organic acids and corrosion inhibitors to keep clean from these scales. It
is non-corrosive and does not harm any materials in the system, though it should not be used in
galvanized systems. It will not contribute to foaming in the sewage treatment plant
How it works
Unitor™ Vacuum Pipe Cleaner™ is acidic, and may therefore harm the biological activity in sewage
treatment plants if overdosed. It should therefore be fed to the system only by the use of
automatically controlled dosing stations. If such are not installed, Unitor™ Gamazyme™ TDS dosed
into each toilet should be applied. Other situations where Unitor™ Gamazyme™ TDS is to be
preferred is where build up of scale in the pipes between the toilets and the dosing points for the
automatic dosing stations is observed, or in cases of accumulation of organic (black) scale in the
pipes.
Features
• Liquid scale remover for automatic dosing
• Suitable for use in all marine sanitary and sewage treatment systems
Benefits
• Non – corrosive • Cleans and keep clean vacuum toilet systems for inorganic scales
Technical data
Form Liquid
Appearance Clear
Density 1.1
Not Avoid aluminium, zinc, tin and their alloys and galvanised
Compatible surfaces

740498 Vacuum Pipe Cleaner
Directions for use

To remove existing scale, feed Unitor™ Vacuum Pipe change from daily to weekly dosage to keep the system
Cleaner™ daily at a rate of 1.2–1.4 litres per day per clean.
dosing station. When the scale has been removed,
123
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Tank Cleaning
ALKLEEN SSAFETY
AFETY LIQUID
Non-caustic water based alkaline cleaner, containing corrosion inhibitors to prevent the corrosion of
metals such as zinc, aluminium, copper, brass and tin. Unitor™ Alkleen Safety Liquid™ minimises
the hazards in handling caustic based materials.
Features
• Non-caustic
• Non-flammable
• Non-corrosive to ferrous metals
• IMO approved and listed in Annex 10 of the MEPC.2/ Circular
Benefits
• Suitable for all tank-coatings
• Can be used for gas and hydrocarbon-freeing of tanks
• Can be used for deodorizing
• Safe, meets current regulation

571521 ALKLEEN SAFETY LIQ 210 LTR
571513 ALKLEEN SAFETY LIQ 25 LTR
Approvals
Unitor™ Alkleen Safety Liquid™ has been evaluated by meet the requirements of paragraph 13.5.2 of the
the BLG Working Group on the Evaluation of Safety and MARPOL Annex II and is consolidated into annex 10 of
Pollution Hazards of Chemicals (ESPH) and found to the MEPC.2/Circular.
124
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
ALKLEEN LIQUID
Unitor™ Alkleen Liquid™ is a heavy duty water based alkaline tank cleaner, containing natural
based detergents. For zinc silicate coatings use Unitor™ Alkleen Safety Liquid™
Features
• Powerful alkaline tank cleaner containing detergents
• The emulsifying agents are biodegradable
• Non-flammable
• Non-corrosive to ferrous metals and epoxy coatings
• IMO approved and listed in Annex 10 of the MEPC.2/Circular
Benefits
• Rapid penetration and emulsification of vegetable, animal and fish oils with rapid rinsing
• Removes hardened oxidised oil and grease deposits and can be used as heavy duty cargo tank cleaner
following discharge of drying, semi-drying and non-drying natural oils and fats
• Can also be used as final treatment for cleaning tank from black to white or grain
• Can be used for hydrocarbon freeing of cargo tanks
Unitor™ Alkleen Liquid™ is a powerful cleaner for Unitor™ Alkleen Liquid™ has been evaluated by the
cleaning of cargo tanks after discharge of drying, semi- BLG Working Group on the Evaluation of Safety and
drying and non-drying natural oils and fats. Alkleen Pollution Hazards of Chemicals (ESPH) and found to
Liquid can be used for tank sanitising and deodorising meet the requirements of paragraph 13.5.2 of the
prior to changing to foodstuffs. To achieve the high MARPOL Annex II and is consolidated into annex 10 of
standard of cleanliness required, a final wash will be the MEPC.2/Circular.
necessary by using this product.

756255 ALKLEEN LIQUID 210 LTR
756254 ALKLEEN LIQUID 25 LTR
Approvals
Unitor™ Alkleen Liquid™ has been evaluated by the meet the requirements of paragraph 13.5.2 of the
BLG Working Group on the Evaluation of Safety and MARPOL Annex II and is consolidated into annex 10 of
125
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNIP
UNIPOL
OL
Unitor™ Unipol™ is a pH-neutral, liquid concentrated detergent with good cleaning qualities. It
contains effective but mild and environmentally safe wetting agents and surfactants that allow rapid
penetration to remove fats and oils. Unitor™ Unipol™ is especially suitable for hydrocarbon freeing
of tanks, and is safe on all tank coatings including zinc silicate.
Features
• Non-caustic, pH neutral
• Solvent free
• Non-flammable
Benefits
• Non-corrosive to metals
• Suitable for all tank-coatings
• Can be used for gas and hydrocarbon-freeing of tanks
• Can be used for deodorizing
• Complies with all environmental regulations and the EU Detergent Regulation

736983 UNIPOL 210 LTR
736975 UNIPOL 25 LTR
Approvals
Unitor™ Unipol™ has been evaluated by the BLG meet the requirements of paragraph 13.5.2 of the
Working Group on the Evaluation of Safety and MARPOL Annex II and is consolidated into annex 10 of
126
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
TANKLEEN AD
ADV
VANCE™ 210 L
LTR
TR
571489
Unitor™ Tankleen Advance™ is a microemulsion water based tank cleaner. This product is low
toxic, biodegradable and safe to use. It contains natural solvents linked with easily biodegradable
surfactants. Main application is for hydrocarbon freeing but it may also be used for other tank
cleaning purposes where a strong degreasing effect is required.
Features
• Water-based degreaser
• Low-toxic
• Non-flammable
• Splits after cleaning, releasing the oil phase for reclamation
Benefits
• Micro emulsion based formulation that combines the performance of a water and solvent based product
into one low toxic product
• Helps with rapid hydrocarbon freeing of tanks
Approvals
• Unitor™ Tankleen Advance™ has been evaluated paragraph 13.5.2 of the MARPOL Annex II and is
by the BLG Working Group on the Evaluation of consolidated into annex 10 of the MEPC.2/
Safety and Pollution Hazards of Chemicals Circular
(ESPH) and found to meet the requirements of
Directions for use

left for about 20 to 30 minutes before washing off with
Hydrocarbon freeing after cleaning with solvent based water.
cleaners like UNITOR™ Seaclean Plus™ . Unitor™ Recirculation Cleaning:
Tankleen Advance™ can be used to clean most of the Use a solution strength between 0.05 to 0.7% i.e. 0.5 to
tank coatings. If in doubt, test the cleaner on a small 7 litres per ton wash water. This solution can be reused
area of tank coating before full scale cleaning starts. until no longer effective. The best result will be achieved
Spot Cleaning: Unitor™ Tankleen Advance™ can be when the wash solution is heated to max. 35°C.
hand sprayed neat or diluted up to 5 parts water and However, there is no temperature limitation for the rinse
water.
127
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
TANKLEEN BRIGHT
BRIGHT™™ 1190
90 L
LTR
TR
766097
Unitor™ Tankleen Bright™ is a concentrated acidic cleaner containing phosphoric acid and non-
ionic surfactants. Unitor™ Tankleen Bright™ is formulated for effective removal of white residues
from epoxy-coatings remaining after carriage of fatty acids as well as stains removal and to
upgrade coated cargo tanks.
Features
• Concentrated product
• Solvent-free
Benefits
• Non-flammable
• Odourless
Approvals
Unitor™ Tankleen Bright™ has been evaluated by the meet the requirements of paragraph 13.5.2 of the
BLG Working Group on the valuation of Safety and MARPOL Annex II and is consolidated into annex 10 of
Directions for use
Directions for Use and Dose Rates
Unitor™ Tankleen Bright™ is strongly acidic and must be diluted prior to being used. UNITOR™ Tankleen Bright™ should always be added to water, never the
reverse. Do not use Unitor™ Tankleen Bright™ on surfaces coated with Zinc Silicate coatings.
Remove dirt, rust flakes and heavily contamination of oils and fats prior to using Unitor™ Tankleen Bright™ For tank cleaning operations Unitor™ Tankleen Bright™
must be diluted prior to being used and should be mixed with preferably fresh water to form a solution of 2-5% depending on the extent of contamination.
The most economical method of using Unitor™ Tankleen Bright™ is by recirculation, using tank cleaning machines or by direct injection. Whenever possible, the
cleaning solution should be heated to approx. 50°C For removal of light stains in pipe lines and tanks, recirculate a solution of 2-5% Unitor™ Tankleen Bright™. For
severely soiled surfaces consider use of a stronger solution.
For removal of white residues from epoxy-coatings that sometimes remains after carriage of Stearin, Olein, Palm fatty acid etc., recirculate a solution of 2-5%
Unitor™ Tankleen Bright™. When injected, use a 2-3% solution. Recirculate or inject until residue is removed.
128
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
TANKLEEN T
TAR
AR™
™ 210 L
LTR
TR
764430
Unitor™ Tankleen Tar™ is a concentrated, heavy-duty solvent based cleaner and degreaser. It is
particularly effective as a spot cleaner on stubborn deposits as dried tars and bitumen on tank
walls.
Features
• Highly concentrated tank cleaner with quick penetration and powerful emulsifying properties, can also be
used for the removal of tars, bitumen and similar difficult tank contamination's.
• The emulsifying agents in this product are biological degradable.
• Easy rinse off, leaving clean and oil-free surfaces and safe to use on most metal surfaces, painted surfaces
and tank coatings.
Benefits
• Saves time through quick action.
• Reduces the number of products needed as the product work both as spot and re-circulation cleaner.
DIRECT
Spot cleaning Re-circulation method - for tank cleaning machines
Unitor™ Tankleen Tar™ can be sprayed neat onto tank It is advised to use a solution of 10% i.e. 100 litres per
surfaces to be cleaned. The contact time should be at ton of hot wash water mixed in the tank to be cleaned.
least 20 minutes to solubilise hard films before rinsing The washing solution is usually 5 - 10% of the tank
with fresh water. Bulkheads/walls can be washed down capacity. Recirculate using a tank washing machine for
by use of tank washing machines or high pressure 4 - 8 hours at 50 - 60 dg. C.
cleaning machines. Slops should be constantly stripped
from the tank and transferred to a holding tank or Dose rates and results will vary depending on
pumped ashore to slop tanks. contamination, the temperature of cleaning solution,
and number of tanks to be cleaned with the solution.
Technical
Form Liquid
Appearance Clear pale yellow
Density 1,18
Flash Point, deg C Above 65
129
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
TANKLEEN SSWIF
WIFTT™ 25L
25LTR
TR
772870
Unitor™ Tankleen Swift™ is a powerful cleaner based on alkaline materials combined with a special
blend of surfactants. Its complex formulation makes it suitable for numerous tank cleaning
operations onboard. Unitor™ Tankleen Swift™ is free of hydrocarbon solvents and is
biodegradable.
Features
• Heavy duty water based tank cleaner
• Biodegradable
Benefits
• It has numerous tank cleaning applications including removal of natural oils and fats
• Ideal for cleaning after wax deposits
• Suitable for removal of soot deposits from inert gas systems
• Can be used for deodorizing, gas and hydrocarbon-freeing of tanks
• Effective and economical
Unitor™ Tankleen Swift™ is ideal for the removal of including fish oil and applications where an alkaline
soot from Inert Gas Systems (IGS) and cleaning of cleaner is required. Unitor™ Tankleen Swift™ should
cargo tanks after petroleum waxes and related not be used on zinc coatings, use then Unitor™ Alkleen
products. Unitor™ Tankleen Swift™ can also be used Safety Liquid™ (Product no. 571513 and 571521)
for tank cleaning after vegetable and animal oils
Approvals
As of the 1st July 1996, chemical tankers were only be of Safety and Pollution Hazards of Chemicals (ESPH)
permitted to use tank cleaning agents which are and found to meet the requirements of paragraph
evaluated and approved by the International Maritime 13.5.2 of the MARPOL Annex II and is consolidated into
Organisation (IMO). Unitor™ Tankleen Swift™ has been annex 10 of the MEPC.2/Circular.
evaluated by the BLG Working Group on the Evaluation
Directions of use
Removal of soot from Inert Gas Systems (IGS) If the cleaning operation does not give satisfactory
result first time, increased temperature of the wash
1. Apply Unitor™ Tankleen Swift with a Unitor™
water should be tried first before increased
High pressure Cleaning Machine and use 1:4 with
concentration of the cleaning agent is considered.
water. However if used with a hand sprayer, apply
the product neat on the surface, allowing 1 litre
Tank cleaning
per 12m2.
Unitor™ Tankleen Swift can be used for tank cleaning
2. Leave for about 30-45 minutes. The surface
after animal, vegetable oils and fats and applications
remains wet.
where an alkaline cleaner is required.
3. Wash down with hot water (80oC) and check the
results. Method of Application and Dose Rates
4. Repeat the procedure if necessary. 1. Direct injection method with tank washing machines:
Use a dose rate of 1-20 litres per ton wash water
Removal of waxy deposits (0.1-2%).
Unitor™ Tankleen Swift can be used for tank cleaning 2. Recirculation method: Use a dose rate of 1-20 litres
after petroleum waxes and related products. Use a per ton wash water (0.1-2%).
solution strength between 10-30 litres per ton wash 3. Spot cleaning: Hand spray neat or prepare a 20%
water (1-3%) and keep the temperature of the wash solution, and leave for 20-30 minutes before rinsing
water at >10oC above the melting point of the wax. To with water. The surface should be kept wet. For
avoid any recoating of the tanks maintain this problem deposits, please consult the Unitor™ Tank
temperature during the cleaning and draining process. Cleaning Manual.
130
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
evaluated through IMO’s BCH Working Group on the

As of the 1st July 1996, chemical tankers were only be Evaluation of Safety and Pollution Hazards of
permitted to use tank cleaning agents which are Chemicals and found to meet their requirements and is
evaluated and approved by the International maritime listed in the new MEPC.1/.Circ. 590.
Organisation (IMO). Unitor™ Tankleen Swift has been
131
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
SE
SEAACLE
CLEAN
AN PL
PLUS
US™
™
UNITOR™ Seaclean Plus™ is a modern low-toxic, biodegradable solvent based product. It meets
IMO’s requirements regarding safety and pollution hazards of chemicals. This product is excellent
as a tank cleaner and degreaser.
Features
• The emulsifying agents in this product are biodegradable
• Versatile, can be used for a wide range of applications
• Easy to use by any conventional means
• Can be used for cleaning and gas-freeing of double bottom, deep, and fuel oil tanks at sea
• Can also be used for cleaning and gas-freeing of crude and refined mineral oil cargo tanks
• Can be used for degreasing and cleaning of bilge spaces and engine rooms
• Safe to use on most metal surfaces, painted surfaces and tank coatings
Benefits
• Highly concentrated tank cleaner with quick penetration and powerful emulsifying properties
• Easy rinse off, leaving clean and oil-free surfaces
• Economical, very low dosage rates

654715 SEACLEAN PLUS 25 LTR
654723 SEACLEAN PLUS 210 LTR
Approvals
UNITOR™ Seaclean Plus™ has been evaluated by the meet the requirements of paragraph 13.5.2 of the
BLG Working Group on the Evaluation of Safety and MARPOL Annex II and is consolidated into annex 10 of
Directions for use

Direct injection method - for tank cleaning 1. Cleaning of double bottom tanks during voyages.
machines 2. Heat the remaining fuel in the tank, trimming the
The dose rate should be between 0.1-0.2% i.e.1-2 litres vessel as required to assist in stripping tank.
per ton wash water. 3. Flush tank with sea water, stripping constantly.
Recirculation method - for tank cleaning machines 4. After flushing, ensure all suction and discharge
It is advised to use a solution of 0.1-0.2% i.e. 1-2 litres valves in the engine room are closed.
per ton wash water mixed in the tank to be cleaned. 5. Dose tank with UNITOR™ Seaclean Plus™
through the sounding pipe or manhole between
Dose rates and results will vary depending on 0.5 - 1 litre per ton of water, for 75-80% of
contamination, the temperature of the cleaning solution, capacity of tank to be cleaned.
and number of tanks to be cleaned with the solution. 6. Fill tank to 25% capacity with sea water, raise the
Best results are obtained when water is heated to a temperature up to 60°C and maintain this for 24
temperature between 65-80°C. hours.
Spot cleaning 7. Top up tank to 75-80% capacity with sea water
UNITOR™ Seaclean Plus™ can be sprayed neat onto and continue to heat for 48-72 hours.
tank surfaces to be cleaned. The contact time should 8. Discharge and strip tank. Fill to 50-60% capacity
be at least 30 minutes. Bulkheads/walls can be washed with sea water and allow 2 hours rinsing time.
down by use of tank washing machines or high 9. Discharge tank and strip, flushing tank with sea
pressure cleaning machines. The best result is achieved water for 2 hours, stripping continuously. When
with hot water between 60-80°C. Slops should be completed, inspect tank to ascertain if second
constantly stripped from the tank and transferred to a cleaning is required. If so:
holding tank or pumped ashore to slop tanks. 10. Add second dose of UNITOR™ Seaclean Plus™,
fill tank to 75-80% capacity with sea water and
Rock and Roll method raise the temperature to 60°C maximum. Maintain
132
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
this for 48-72 hours. In calm seas recirculate the tank with sea water to overflow through vents and
solution in tank as long as possible. sounding pipes, discharge and strip completely.
11. Discharge and strip tank, flush with sea water,
Rock and Roll cleaning dosage chart
stripping continuously for 2 hours. To gas-free, fill
SEACLEAN PLUS per ton of water 1st Stage SEACLEAN PLUS per ton of water 2nd Stage
Over 320 1 litre 1 litre
30 to 180 0.75 litre -
Up to 30 0.5 litre -
For full cleaning instruction for various types of cargo, UNITOR™ Dieselguard NB™ or UNITOR™ Rocor
please consult the UNITOR™ Tank Cleaning Manual™. NB Liquid™.
Degreasing Marine Diesel Engine Cooling Water UNITOR™ Seaclean Plus™ can also be used for local
Systems cleaning and degreasing in engine rooms and on deck.
(This method can only be used when engine is out of It can be applied by brush, hand spray, immersion
service) soaking or any other conventional means. Apply
undiluted onto soiled surfaces and allow a contact time
1. Drain the cooling system and flush with water. of 15-30 minutes before rinsing off with water.
2. Refill engine with water adding 20 litres 3.
Soak method
UNITOR™ Seaclean Plus™ per 1000 litres
Immerse heavily soiled parts into bath of undiluted
cooling water.
UNITOR™ Seaclean Plus™, medium to light soiled
3. Circulate the solution through the system and
parts may be cleaned in a 10-30% solution in water.
heat until a temperature of about 60°C.
Parts should be soaked for at least 30 minutes before
4. Continue circulation of the solution through the
washing off with water.
system for a minimum of 5 hours.
5. Drain engine and check the cleaning result. Spray method
Repeat cleaning procedure if necessary. Spray UNITOR™ Seaclean Plus™ undiluted onto soiled
6. When cleaning is completed, drain the system, areas. Allow between 15-30 minutes of penetration time
and thoroughly flush with clean water. Refill while before rinsing off with water.
adding an anticorrosion treatment such as
133
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Gamazyme Cleaners
GAMA
AMAZY
ZYME™
ME™ 7700FN
00FN
571711
Unitor™ Gamazyme™ 700FN is a concentrated biologically active powder formulation containing a
blend of patented bacterial strains, specifically developed to deal with sewage wastes.
Features
• Powder formulation for easy use
• Biodegradable
• Reactivates biological activity in systems which have been rendered inactive by overloading, washout or use
of aggressive cleaning products
• Eliminates the need for hazardous chemicals
• Cost-effective, saves time, money and manpower
Benefits
• Eliminates the odours associated with sanitary systems which are overloaded or blocked
• Cleans sewage holding tanks without the need for manual entry
• Clears pipes and systems blocked by organic waste matter
• Clears organic materials in slow draining pipes and scuppers
• Restarts septic sewage treatment plant
• Keeps complete sanitary systems in optimum operational condition
Unitor™ Gamazyme™ 700FN is formulated to degrade The bacteria in Unitor™ Gamazyme™ 700FN will
excess residual waste products in shipboard sanitation colonise the waste organic material which lines the
pipe work systems, holding tanks and marine sewage pipework/tank system and degrade the waste until the
treatment plants. The specialised strains in Unitor™ system is clean. The biological activity in the marine
Gamazyme™ 700FN will digest grease, fats, sewage, sewage treatment plant is greatly increased, so the
starch and other organic compounds. The degradation plant can thus handle more waste. The obnoxious
of paper, protein and waste product residuals is greatly smells in toilet areas and scuppers, normally associated
increased, and the odours that these produce, are with overloaded or blocked systems, are reduced.
reduced.

571711 GAMAZYME 700FN 12KG
Directions for use

Dosing method specialised bacteria into the system. These powerful
bacteria will digest organic material lining the pipes and
Sewage treatment plant boost the bacterial activity in the sewage treatment
Direct dosing to the sewage treatment plant or via the plant, keeping it operating at peak efficiency.
nearest toilet will greatly enhance the biological activity
B) On passenger vessels
and keep the plant at peak operating efficiency.
The applications is the same as mentioned above, but
A) On ships except passenger vessels Ineffective or the dose rates are different.
septic sewage treatment can be reactivated and
The dose rate depends on the number of people on
maintained in peak operating efficiency by dosing
board the vessel. As a rule of thumb use 50 gram per
Unitor™ Gamazyme™ 700FN direct in the tank or via
the nearest toilet. To reactivate the plant, 1kg Unitor™ m3 of the volume of the sewage tank. Then a weekly
Gamazyme™ 700FN should be mixed with 10-15 litres dosage of 10 gram per m3 of the volume of the sewage
of hand hot (35°C) fresh water, left for 10-15 minutes tank.
(stirring periodically) for the bacteria to activate before
An example of a cruise vessel with a sewage tank on
dosing into the tank daily until the system is operating
efficiently. Maintenance dosing of 0.1 - 0.25kg weekly 100 m3 and 2500 people and on a two weeks cruise.
will keep the system operating effectively. Replacing What is the consumption of Unitor™ Gamazyme™
the toilet cleaner in use by Unitor™ Gamazyme™ BTC 700FN?
(biological toilet cleaner) will dose millions of
134
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
Initial dosage: (50 g/m3 x 100 m3 ):1000 = 5kg 5kg. Although Unitor™ Gamazyme™ 700FN is
formulated for use in cold (15°C minimum) sea water,
Weekly dosage: (10 g/m3 x 100 m3 ):1000 x 2 weeks = performance will improve with lukewarm (35°C) fresh
2kg On this cruise, will be used. 7kg of Unitor™ water or sea water.
Gamazyme™ 700FN
Pipe cleaning
Tank cleaning Maintenance dosing will keep galley and sewage pipes
Holding tanks can be cleaned periodically or prior to clean and clear of organic residual wastes.
entry without the use of dangerous toxic chemicals.
A liquid solution should be prepared by mixing of 0.5 kg
Grey and black water holding tanks, sewage tanks, of Unitor™ Gamazyme™ 700FN in 15 to 20 litres of
sewage treatment plant should be flooded and pumped hand hot (35°C) fresh water. Stir it and, if possible,
empty to clear excess soil before cleaning. Holding leave for 15 minutes to reactivate the bacteria. Whilst
tanks must be fitted with an air manifold connected to a constantly agitating this solution, 1 litre should be
low pressure air line of sufficient volume to gently turn dosed into sinks, scuppers, showers, drains, waste
the mass of water within the tank. In sewage treatment disposal units, etc. each evening until the blockage is
tanks the normal air supply will suffice. cleared. A maintenance dose once or twice a week can
The tank should be filled to 75% capacity with fresh or then be applied to keep the pipes in clean condition.
sea water and the air supply turned on. Approximately Harsh toxic cleaners (acids, caustics, disinfectants)
0.5kg of Unitor™ Gamazyme™ 700FN in 5 to 10 litres should not be used as these will kill off the bacterial
of fresh hand hot (35°C) water should be mixed and left action in the pipes. Alternatively, the pipes should be
for 10-15 minutes before dosing into the tank. Dosing isolated and filled with the solution and left for up to 48
can be either direct or via the nearest toilet. The tank hours before draining. If necessary, further applications
should then be filled and left with the air on for at least should be made until drains run clear.
48 hours. The dose rate should be approximately 0.5kg
per 500 litres tank capacity with a minimum dose of NOTE: Severly scaled systems should be acid cleaned.
135
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
GAMA
AMAZY
ZYME™
ME™ DP
DPCC4
4..0 K
KG
G
587055
Unitor™ Gamazyme™ DPC is a concentrated biologically active powder formulation containing a
blend of patented bacterial strains, specifically developed to deal with sewage wastes. It is packed
as water soluble sachets (Solupac).
Features
• Powder biological formulation for easy use
• Biodegradable
• Overcomes potential safety problems associated with the use of toxic cleaning chemicals
Benefits
• Clears pipes and systems blocked by organic waste residuals
• Eliminates obnoxious odours from soiled pipe lines
• Cleans fouled pipes and systems, particularly long horizontal runs
• Keeps holding tank organic waste liquid pumpable and odour free
• Cost effective, saves the time, money and manpower of plumbing operations to clear blocked pipe work
Unitor™ Gamazyme™ DPC is formulated to degrade degrade the waste all the way down to carbon dioxide
excess residual organic waste products causing and water, until the system is clean. On draining to the
blockage, or slow draining in sinks, showers, scuppers, holding tank or sewage treatment plant, Unitor™
drains, etc. The specialised bacterial strains and Gamazyme™ DPC will greatly enhance the biological
enzymes in Unitor™ Gamazyme™ DPC will digest activity breaking down solids and removing obnoxious
grease, fats, starch and other organic compounds. odours which can vent back through the systems.
The bacteria in Unitor™ Gamazyme™ DPC will colonise
the waste soil, which lines the pipe work system, and

587055 GAMAZYME DPC 4.0 KG
Direction for use

Pipe cleaning clean.
Maintenance dosing will keep sinks, scuppers and
waste food disposal units clean, clear and odour free. A Holding tanks
liquid solution should be prepared by adding one Organic wastes can be kept liquid and pumpable.
solupac to 10 litres of hand hot (35°C) fresh water and Tanks can be cleaned without manual entry and without
left for 15 minutes (stirring periodically) for the bacteria the use of harsh toxic cleaning chemicals.
to activate. Initial doses of 0.5 litres of this solution
Prepare a solution of one solupac to ten litres of hand
should be applied into sinks, scuppers, drains, waste
hot (35°C) fresh water and left for 15 minutes (stirring
food disposal units, etc. A maintenance dose once or
periodically) before dosing into the holding tank once or
twice a week can then be applied to keep the pipes in
twice a week. The dose rates should be approximately
clean condition. Harsh toxic cleaners (acids, caustics,
one solupac per 1000 litre waste in the tank. Tank
disinfectants) should not be used as these will kill off
cleaning should be carried out using Unitor™
the bacterial action in the pipes. Before plumbing work
Gamazyme 700FN.
for pipe modification or retrofits, pipes can be cleaned
by isolating the system and filling pipes with the NOTE: Severely scaled systems should be acid
solution for up to 48 hours before draining. If necessary, cleaned.
further applications should be made until drains run
136
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
GAMA
AMAZY
ZYME™
ME™ MS
MSCC 12 X 1 L
LTR
TR
587618
Unitor™ Gamazyme™ MSC is a unique biologically active liquid formulation containing specialised
bacterial strains and biodegradable chemical cleaners.
Features
• Unique liquid biological formulation for easy use
• Biodegradable
• A unique technology to remove odours on surfaces and especially on carpets
• Safe, no special handling requirements
Benefits
• Replaces harsh cleaners which often require haz-chem labelling and may be hazardous to the user and the
environment
• Spot cleaning of carpets, drapes, laundry
• Cleans sinks, showers, decks, tiles and bathrooms
• Removes obnoxious odours from drains and scuppers
On soft surfaces such as carpet, Unitor™ Gamazyme™ • Deep cleaning from biological action for removal
MSC is formulated to spot clean and deodorise the of residual organic.
surface by digesting organic substances over time.
Unitor™ Gamazyme™ MSC is effective in cleaning or
Three way action: removing organic residues from hard and soft surfaces,
such as urine, dog faeces, food, milk, chocolate syrup,
• Chemical cleaning action by removing solids from
tomato sauce, etc.
surfaces.
• Immediate odour control by fragrance masking.

587618 GAMAZYME MSC 12X1 LTR
Directions for use

Carpets and upholsters, drapes, laundry: for cleaning decks, showers, floors, sinks, tiled areas,
To remove stains of food and other organic wastes: etc.
After taking away the solids, spray the carpet with
b) For carpet machine: To deodorise a large surface use
Unitor™ Gamazyme™ MSC neat, use a wet sponge to
the product as a normal carpet cleaner in carpet
brush, scrub and humidify the surface. Let it stand
shampoo equipment diluted 1:10 with water. For odour
overnight, if possible, then vacuum. The bacterial action control on these surfaces spray diluted 1:2 with hand
will digest deep down soil and stains and remove
hot water. Wait as long as possible and rinse.
unpleasant odours. Repeat the operation if necessary.
c) Pipe cleaning and deodorising: A nightly squirt into
Hard surfaces:
galley and bathroom sinks will keep drain pipes clean
a) Accommodation and general cleaning: Use from 50 and clear of organic residual wastes and overcome
ml up to 500 ml to half a bucket of hand hot water,
unpleasant drain odours.
depending on the surface to clean and the deposition,
137
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
GAMA
AMAZY
ZYME™
ME™ B
BTC
TC 12 X 1 L
LTR
TR
589945
Unitor™ Gamazyme™ BTC is a unique biological active liquid formulation containing specialised
bacterial strains, biodegradable low foaming chemical cleaners and anti-foam agents.
Features
• Biodegradable
• Suitable for use in all marine sanitary and sewage treatment systems
• Safe, no special handling requirements
• Replaces conventional cleaners potentially harmful to the biological sewage system
Benefits
• Cleans toilets, sinks, showers, etc.
• Digests faeces, grease, fat, starch and other solid waste materials
• Removes obnoxious odours from the sanitary system
• Easy to use
Unitor™ Gamazyme™ Biological Toilet Cleaner is treatment plant, the bacteria will enhance the biological
specifically formulated to replace aggressive, toxic activity, reducing solids and odours.
toilet cleaners that can disable the sewage treatment Grease, fats, starch and other organic compounds are
plant by killing the naturally occurring bacteria which digested by Unitor™ Gamazyme™ BTC. The
are essential to its operation. Conventional toilet degradation of paper, protein, waste product residuals
cleaners may also cause foaming in the vacuum and other odorous materials is also enhanced.
inductor which destroys the vacuum in the sanitary
flushing system. Unitor™ Gamazyme™ BTC cleans more thoroughly
and deeply compared to conventional cleaning
Unitor™ Gamazyme™ BTC effectively cleans the products. The use of cleaning products containing
toilets, dosing millions of selected safe bacteria into the hazardous chemicals such as acids, caustics, bleaches,
sanitary system. These powerful specialised bacteria disinfectants, etc., can be reduced.
colonise the organic waste lining the pipe system and
remove the organic deposit. On draining to the sewage

589945 GAMAZYME BTC 12 X 1 LTR
138
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
GAMA
AMAZY
ZYME™
ME™ DIGE
DIGESSTOR 25 L
LTR
TR
628026
Unitor™ Gamazyme™ Digestor is a patented formulation containing a synergetic blend of highly
specialised bacteria. The mix of micro-organisms in this product increases organic degradation
performance.
Features
• Water based biological drain cleaner for slow running drains
• Patented, environmentally friendly bioenzymatic formulation designed to restore flow in drain systems
containing greasy deposits
• Results in increased bacterial activity in a variety of organic wastes
• Environmentally adapted
Benefits
• Free of harsh chemical compounds normally associated with acid and caustic drain openers
• Provides penetration, breakdown and degradation of organic drain line deposits and blockages
• Ideal for applications subject to aerobic and anaerobic environments
Utilising active enzymes to eat through biological and formulation is designed to provide exceptional
organic waste products, Unitor™ Gamazyme™ performance in clogged drain lines, grease traps and
Digestor is a safe and non-corrosive product used to floor drains. It restores slow running drains and reduces
restore flow in drains where grease accumulation is a odours due to organic build-up.
problem. Unitor™ Gamazyme™ Digestor’s biochemical

628026 GAMAZYME DIGESTOR 25 LTR
Directions for use

1. Drain Cleaner pulpers, pipes, etc. with warm water (maximum 60°C)
Use 500ml of Unitor™ Gamazyme™ Digestor per 5cm and Unitor™ Gamazyme™ Digestor.
drain diameter to restore flow in drains and to keep Dose the product neat in the economiser tank by using
them free flowing. Repeat the operation if necessary. a dosing pump. Use a dosage rate of approximately 2
Use regularly, once a day or several times a week to
maintain drains free of grease. litre per m3 water.
2. Cleaning of Pulpers
Flush the whole system at the end of the day including
139
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
GAMA
AMAZY
ZYME™
ME™ F
FCC
659391
Unitor™ Gamazyme™ FC a technologically advanced floor care product that provides deep &
effective cleaning through microbial activity. Unitor™ Gamazyme™ FC is based on patented fatty
acid degrading bacteria strains & biodegradable surfactants. Regular use of Unitor™ Gamazyme™
FC improves safety and hygiene in galley areas.
Features
• Excellent in-depth cleaning properties
• Contains specialized patented bacterial strains forming enzymes that break down fatty acid components of
grease
• Safe to use on all surfaces
• Environmentally friendly
Benefits
• Reduced slippage and improved safety conditions in galley area
• Penetrates porous floor surfaces to degrade accumulated grease and other organic materials
• Eliminates odours that attract insects; the residual organics that feed them are eliminated
• Friendly bacterial strains replace pathogenic bacteria for improved hygiene
• Results in a fresher smelling galley area
Unitor™ Gamazyme™ FC is a unique floor care product improved safety. Ingredients in Unitor™ Gamazyme™
that degrades and eliminates accumulated grease and FC enable it to penetrate and clean embedded residual
other organic materials. Patented fatty acid degrading organics left in pores, cracks, corners, crevices and
bacteria strains produce enzymes specific for the microscopic pores in floor surfaces. Regularly use of
breakdown of the harder to degrade fatty acid Unitor™ Gamazyme™ FC will eliminate odors that
components of oils and fats used in galley area. attract insects; the residual organics that they feed on
Excellent cleaning properties eliminate grease from will be eliminated.
floor surfaces resulting in reduced slippage and

659391 GAMAZYME FC 4X5LTR.
Direction for use

Unitor™ Gamazyme™ FC can be used for cleaning clean. Use a mop or sponge to clean the surface and
hard and soft floor surfaces as well as porous materials. let stand. No rinsing required. Spray cleaner etc. can be
Mix 50 - 100 ml to half a bucket of hand hot-water, used for removal of embedded residual organics left in
depending on the surface and amount of deposits to cracks, corners etc.
140
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
GAMA
AMAZY
ZYME™
ME™ TD
TDSS
743146
Unitor™ Gamazyme™ Toilet Descaler is used for descaling toilet bowls, toilet systems, drains and
pipes.
One 5 kg carton contains 100 sachets of 50 grams.
Features
• Biological powder descaler
• Formulation based on weak acids, bacterial strains and enzymes
Benefits
• Removes uric acid and deposits
• Descales both inorganic and organic material
• Immediate action due to its chemical composition
• Digests fat, grease, and oil in toilets, drains and pipes
• Descales toilet bowls, toilet systems, drain and pipes
• Leaves a fresh smell
Unitor™ Gamazyme™ Toilet Descaler is based on Secondary action due to its micro-organisms capable
weak acids, bacterial strains and enzymes formulated of digesting fat, grease and oil found in toilets, drains
to dissolve organic materials, uric acid and scale. It is and pipes. No need for dismantling of drains and pipes
packed in 50 gram water soluble sachets. Acts when used either on a preventative or on a regular
immediately due to its chemical composition. service basis.

743146 GAMAZYME TDS 5 KG BLUE SACH W/MINT
Directions for use

Descaling of Toilet Bowl: Descaling of Drain, Pipes, Toilet Circuits
1. Add 50 grams (one sachet) to each toilet once a 1. To remove scale in drain, pipes and toilet circuits
week as a minimum. add 50 grams (one sachet) to each toilet twice a
2. Let sachet stand for 1 min. for complete week as a minimum.
dissolution.
Store in a dry, well-ventilated area protected from
3. Brush the bowl and flush water into the toilet.
frost and heat. Keep opened boxes sealed from
4. Repeat the treatment if necessary.
ambient air and use up first.
141
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
GAMA
AMAZY
ZYME™
ME™ B
BOE
OE
Unitor™ Gamazyme™ BOE is a new approach in odour control technology. It provides deep and
effective cleaning through microbial activity. After odour elimination, the odour causing compounds
are biodegraded by the bacteria strains.
Features
• Water based neutral odour control
• Fast-acting environmentally friendly odour controller with the effectiveness of deep cleaning microbes
• Available in 20 L bag in a box, as well as easy to use 1 L bottles
Benefits
• Rapidly neutralises and eliminates odours without relying on the use of odour masking or hazardous
chemical oxidisers
• Enhances the activity of the natural bacteria, resulting in higher rates of degradation
• Removes odours from garbage and waste collection areas, rest rooms, galleys, etc.
• Rapid and long term effect
Gamazyme BOE provides a powerful combination of a 1. Fragrance for rapid action

fast-acting neutraliser for immediate odour relief, and 2. Binding for capturing odour
adapted bacteria for degradation of organic 3. Cleaning action by organic breakdown
compounds. 4. Accelerated microbial degradation
Gamazyme BOE eradicates odours by attacking and Gamazyme BOE is a specialised bacterial formulation
degrading the organic source of the odour. designed to eliminate odour in garbage and waste
4 way action: collection areas, rest rooms, galleys, etc.

624619 GAMAZYME BOE 12X1 LTR
142
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Galley and Accommodation
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ A
AC
CCOMM
MMOD
ODA
ATION P
PA
ACK
778870
Solution for cleaning of the accommodation area on the vessel. The package contain the basic
products needed to maintain a clean and healthy living quarters. The content is an average volume
of the chemical required for a quarter of a year for a vessel carrying up to 25 people on board.
Dependent on number of people, the area to be cleaned and individual cleaning instructions, the
individual need might wary slightly. If additional volumes are needed they can be ordered on the
below individual product numbers.
Features
• Standardized globally available solution for accommodation cleaning
• Concentrated products when possible
• Pictorial instructions on the label for user friendliness
Benefits
• Safe and correct use of the products through recognition
• Cost efficiency use of the products and reduced need for storage space
• Easy to use products and equipment

778870 EASYCLEAN ACCOMMODATION PACK
7788700 EASYCLEAN ACCOMMODATION PACK (FOR DELIVERIES IN CHINA)
Ordering infomration
Package content Product Number Product name Packaging

1 PCS 778853 EASYCLEAN LIQUID HAND SOAP 12 X 0,25 Litre
1 Pail 778843 EASYCLEAN FLOOR & HARD SURFACE 1 X 10 Litre
1 Pail 778847 EASYCLEAN WINDOW & MIRROR 1 X 10 Litre
1 PCS 778849 EASYCLEAN SOFT SURFACE & SPOT 6 X 0,6 Litre
1 Pail 778851 EASYCLEAN BASIN & TOILET BOWL 1 X 10 Litre
143
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ G
GALLE
ALLEY
YPPA
ACK
778872
Solution for cleaning of the galley on the vessel. The package contain the basic products needed to
maintain a clean and healthy galley. The content is an average volume of the chemical required for a
quarter of a year for a vessel carrying up to 25 people on board. Dependent on number of people,
the area to be cleaned and individual cleaning instructions, the individual need might wary slightly. If
additional volumes are needed they can be ordered on the below individual product numbers.
Features
• Standardized globally available solution for galley cleaning and sanitation
• Concentrated products when possible
• Pictorial instructions on the label for user friendliness
Benefits
• Safe and correct use of the products through recognition
• Cost efficiency use of the products and reduced need for storage space
• Easy to use products and equipment

778872 EASYCLEAN GALLEY PACK
7788722 EASYCLEAN GALLEY PACK (FOR DELIVERIES IN CHINA)
778898 EASYCLEAN GALLEY PACK US ONLY (FOR DELIVERIES IN US)
Package content

1 PCS 778858 EASYCLEAN LIQUID HAND SOAP D 6 X 2 Litre
1 PCS 778856 EASYCLEAN HAND SANITIZER 6 X 2 Litre
1 PCS 778860 EASYCLEAN OVEN & GRILL 6 X 0,6 Litre
1 Pail 778843 EASYCLEAN FLOOR & HARD SURFACE 1 X 10 Litre
1 Pail (NOT IN US) 778845 EASYCLEAN CLEANING & DISINFECTION 1 X 10 Litre
1 Pail (IN US ONLY) 764128 SANITE 128 F (CLEANING & DINIFECTION) 1 X 10 Litre
1 PCS 778864 EASYCLEAN DISHWASH LIQUID MANUAL 12 X 1 Litre
144
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ LA
LAUNDR
UNDRY
YPPO
OWDER P
PA
ACK
778878
Product combination for laundry cleaning of colored clothes based on powder detergent and a
liquid conditioner. Both products are cost effective in use and are designed for great effect down to
30 degr. C.
Features
• Laundry solution for colored clothes
• Pleasant perfume added
Benefits
• Easy to use the correct products
• Leaves the cloths with a pleasant

778878 EASYCLEAN LAUNDRY POWDER PACK
Package content

1 PCS 778873 EASYCLEAN LAUNDRY CONDITIONER 4 X 5 Litre pail
1 Bag 778871 EASYCLEAN LAUNDRY POWDER 10 KG 1 X 10 Kgs
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ LA
LAUNDR
UNDRY
YTTABLET
ABLET P
PA
ACK
778883
Product combination for laundry cleaning of colored clothes based on tablet detergent and a liquid
conditioner. Both products are cost effective in use and are designed for great effect down to 30
degr. C.
Features
• Laundry solution for colored clothes
• Pleasant perfume added
Benefits
• Easy to use the correct products
• Leaves the cloths with a pleasant

778883 EASYCLEAN LAUNDRY TABLET PACK
Package content

1 PCS 778873 EASYCLEAN LAUNDRY CONDITIONER 4 X 5 Litre
1 PCS 778869 EASYCLEAN LAUNDRY TABLETS COLOUR 12 X 30 tablets
145
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT P
PA
ACK
778874
A package that contains all the equipment and bottles that is needed to have optimum effect of the
product galley and accommodation product range. The equipment is easy to install and easy to
maintain with not parts that need service, general cleaning is the only maintenance need.
Features
• Easy to install and use
• Completes the solution for optimum cost efficiency
Benefits
• Removes the need for lifting and handling the open chemical pails
• Reduces the chemical consumption through correct dosing every time

778874 EASYCLEAN EQUIPMENT PACK
Package content

1 PCS 778844 UNITOR MIXING STATION 4 - 4 1 Box
1 PCS 778833 UNITOR MIXING STATION 4 - 14 1 Box
2 PCS 778841 UNITOR HAND CARE DISPENSER 2 1 Box
1 PCS 778885 EASYCLEAN RE-USABLE BOTTLE W&M x6 6 X 0,6 Litre empty bottles
1 PCS 778886 EASYCLEAN RE-USABLE BOTTLE B&T x6 6 X 0,6 Litre empty bottles
1 PCS 778889 EASYCLEAN RE-USABLE BOTTLE C&D x6 6 X 0,6 Litre empty bottles
2 PCS 778891 EASYCLEAN RE-USABLE BOTTLE F&HS x6 6 X 0,6 Litre empty bottles
146
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ SKIN CARE P
PA
ACK
778876
The pack contains of a specially developed creams for skin protection when working on-board on in
the yard. The barrier creams are designed to protect against everyday materials from harming or
penetration the skin and also from skin dehydration and defatting.
Features
• Easy to apply
• Creates a good barrier
• Low dosage
Benefits
• Easy to use
• Makes hand cleaning easy without use of dangerous solvent cleaners or excessive scrubbing
• Prevents dehydration and defatting

778876 EASYCLEAN SKIN CARE PACK
Package content

1 PCS 778875 EASYCLEAN HAND BARRIER CREAM WET 12 X ,25 Litre bottle with pump
1 PCS 778877 EASYCLEAN HAND BARRIER CREAM DRY 12 X ,25 Litre bottle with pump
1 PCS 778879 EASYCLEAN AFTERWORK LOTION. 12 X ,25 Litre bottle with pump
147
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ LIQUID HAND SSO
OAP
778853
The Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ LIQUID HAND SOAP is a mild cleaner containing ingredients
originating from vegetable raw materials. Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ LIQUID HAND SOAP is mild to
the skin and effective for cleaning after oils, fats and general dirt and grime, and contains
components that prevent the skin from drying out after repeated hand washing.
The Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ LIQUID HAND SOAP is approved according to Nordic Swan Ecolabel.
Features
• Effective for cleaning after oils, fats and general dirt and grime
• Biodegradable
• Phosphate free
Benefits
• Mild to the skin
• Prevents hands from drying-up
Product number Product name Unit Packaging

778853 EASYCLEAN LIQUID HAND SOAP PCS 12 X 0,25 litre bottle with pump
Accessories
Approvals
The Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ LIQUID HAND SOAP is
approved according to Nordic Swan Ecolabel (license
2090 0251)
1. Wet hands 4. Rinse thoroughly

2. Apply 1-3 ml EASYCLEAN LIQUID HAND SOAP 5. Dry hands with a clean towel, paper towel or
3. Rub the soap all over the hands, remember nails, blower
wrists and forearm
148
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ FL
FLOOOR & HARD SURF
SURFA
ACE
778843
The Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ FLOOR & HARD SURFACE is a liquid alkaline cleaner suitable for all
hard surfaces in the Galley and Accommodation areas.
Features
• Phosphate free
• Concentrated to improve cost-efficiency
• EU Ecolabel
Benefits
• Since the product is delivered as a concentrate will the need for available storage space be limited
• Concentration of cleaning solution can be altered based on degree of contamination
Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ FLOOR & HARD SURFACE is Unitor™ MIXING STATION 4 - 4 or Unitor™ MIXING
recommended for use in public areas such as floors, STATION 4 - 14. This will ensure the correct dosage for
tiles, paint work, furnishes, plastics, vinyl as well as optimum cost efficiency and help save the environment
sanitary fixtures. - do no not use higher concentration than necessary.
Do not mix with other cleaning products, and drain the
Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ FLOOR & HARD SURFACE
cleaning solution to the bilge if the wash water after use
has EU Ecolabel approval.
is considered as environmentally hazardous.
To ensure the concentrated product is made up in the
correct concentration is it recommended to use the

778843 EASYCLEAN FLOOR & HARD SURFACE LTR 10 litre pail
Accessories

778891 EASYCLEAN RE-USABLE BOTTLE F&HS x6
778844 UNITOR MIXING STATION 4 - 4
778822 UNITOR CLEANING STATION 2
Approvals
Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ FLOOR & HARD SURFACE is requirements are based on very strict regulations and it
equipped with the EU Ecolabel. The composition of the is a reliable guide to easily identify high environmentally
product is approved by this organization, known as performing products.
"The official European label for Greener Products”. The
Directions for use

For use with bucket and mop: For use with spray bottle and rag:
1. Dilute the concentrate 1 : 100 ( 1% ) through the 1. Dilute the concentrate 1 : 200 ( 0,5% ) through the
UNITOR™ MIXING STATION 4 - 14 UNITOR™ MIXING STATION 4 - 4
2. Clean floors using a mop, rag or cloth , use plenty 2. Spray the solution on the hard surfaces that is
of cleaning solution being cleaned
3. On stubborn spots, rub harder or leave the 3. Use a rag or cloth to wipe over the hard surface,
cleaning solution to work some time rubbing extra on stubborn stains
4. To obtain best cleaning effect, collect the water 4. Remove access water
using a Squeegee 5. Leave to air dry
5. Mop up the water using a clean mop, rag or
sponge. If not leave to air dry
149
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ WIND
WINDOOW & MIRR
MIRROR
OR
778847
The Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ WINDOW & MIRROR is a versatile, extra strength product for cleaning
windows, mirrors and other glossy surfaces of the galley and accommodation areas. Dirt, grease,
oil, fingerprints and other stubborn deposits are easily cleaned off without leaving any streaks or
hazy residue.
Features
• Highly concentrated product
• Leaves a thin film that gives good shine and protection when used regularly
• Can be used as windscreen washing fluid when temp above freezing
• Ammonia and phosphate free
Benefits
• The concentrated product reduces the need for storage space
• With regular use is it easy to maintain a shiny surface due to the protective film
• When used on the outside windows will the protective film ease the removal of the salt deposits from
seawater
Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ WINDOW & MIRROR is Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ WINDOW & MIRROR is
equipped with a component that leaves a good shine completely safe on aluminium and other light metals.
and protection when used regularly.

778847 EASYCLEAN WINDOW & MIRROR LTR 10 litre pail
Accessories

778885 EASYCLEAN RE-USABLE BOTTLE W&M x6
Directions for use

1. Dilute the concentrate 1 : 100 ( 1 % ) through the 3. Apply cleaning solution with spray or cloth or rag
UNITOR™ MIXING STATION 4 - 14 or 4. Rub on surface with a cloth or rag to remove
1 : 200 ( 0,5 %) through the UNITOR™ MIXING stubborn stains
STATION 4 - 4 5. Remove cleaning solution / wipe dry with a
2. Use 1 % solution strength outdoors or if surfaces squeegee and / or dry rag or cloth
are very dirty, for the rest use 0,5 % solution
150
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ SSOF
OFTT SURF
SURFA
ACE & SP
SPOT
OT
778849
The Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ SOFT SURFACE & SPOT is a phosphate free cleaner for cleaning and
deodorizing of soft surfaces like carpets, furniture, upholstery etc.
Features
• Biological active ingredients
• Phosphate free
• Ready to use
• Long term effect
Benefits
• Through the biological active components in the product are organic components broken down over time to
water and carbon dioxide
• Since the organic components are broken down and removed, will the long term effect be reduced smell.
Initial effect is that the product deodorize and masks the smell.
Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ SOFT SURFACE & SPOT is • Immediate odour control by fragrance masking
based on specialized bacterial strains and • Deep cleaning from biological action for removal
biodegradable surfactants enable to eliminate organic of residual organic matter
residue like blood, coffee, vine, beer, food, waste, vomit
etc. and odour by tree way action: These properties make it ideal for removal of residual
organic matter specially on carpets, sofas, chairs and
• Chemical cleaning action by removing solids from upholstery.
surfaces.

778849 EASYCLEAN SOFT SURFACE & SPOT PCS 6 X 0,6 litre spray bottle
Directions for use

1. Spray EASYCLEAN SOFT SURFACE & SPOT on 2. Humidify the area with some additional water and
the surface that needs cleaning and brush in with leave over night
a cloth 3. Vacuum up the residue when dry
4. Repeat the operation if spot is not fully removed
151
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ B
BASIN
ASIN & TOILET B
BOOWL
778851
The Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ BASIN & TOILET BOWL cleaner is a liquid cleaner that safely cleans
and removes rust, hard water stains and other deposits from basins and toilet bowls.
Features
• Based on biodegradable ingredients
• Phosphate free
Benefits
• The concentrated product reduces the need for available storage space
• Cost effective
• If used in accordance with the instructions will the product not influence the microbiological activity that is
desired in the drains and sewage system
When Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ BASIN & TOILET BOWL Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ BASIN & TOILET BOWL is
is used regularly will it leave a shiny protective layer on Nordic Swan Ecolabelled
the cleaned surfaces. This layer will reduce new dirt and IMPORTANT! Do not mix with cleaning products
stains from sticking to the surfaces. containing bleach / Sodium hypochlorite.

778851 EASYCLEAN BASIN & TOILET BOWL LTR 10 litre pail
Accessories

778886 EASYCLEAN RE-USABLE BOTTLE B&T x6
Approvals
Nordic Swan Ecolabel llicence: 2026 0183
Directions for use

Basin Cleaning: Toilet cleaning:
1. Dilute the concentrate 1 : 100 ( 1 % ) through the 1. Dilute the concentrate 1 : 100 ( 1 % ) through the
UNITOR MIXING STATION 4 - 4 UNITOR MIXING STATION 4 - 4
2. Spray the solution on the surfaces that is to be 2. Raise toilet seat and spray onto the walls and
cleaned under the rim of the bowl
3. Rub on surface with a cloth or rag to remove 3. Brush bowl when flushing
suborn stains 4. Clean any spills immediately
4. Wipe the surface dry with a cloth to improve shine
152
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ LIQUID HAND SSO
OAP D
778858
The Unitor™ EASYCLEAN LIQUID HAND SOAP D is a general purpose, solvent-free and fragrance-
free clear golden gel hand and skin cleanser.
Features
• Clear golden gel hand and skin cleanser
• Does not contain petroleum or natural solvents
• Designed for general purpose / washroom use
Benefits
• Excellent removal of medium to heavy soiling
• Excellent cleaning performance yet gentle on the skin
• Easy to pump / dispense
• Leaves hands feeling soft, fresh and clean
Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ LIQUID HAND SOAP D is a galleys where food, fat, grease and oils are handled.
hand soap slightly more heavy duty compared to a Even with the great performance in removing the
natural hand soap, and is therefore ideal for use in grease and fat is the hand soap mild to the skin.

778858 EASYCLEAN LIQUID HAND SOAP D PCS 6 X 2 litre pouch
Accessories

778841 UNITOR HAND CARE DISPENSER 2
Directions for use

1. Wet hands 4. Rinse thoroughly
2. Apply 1-3 ml EASYCLEAN™ LIQUID HAND SOAP 5. Dry hands with a clean towel, paper towel or
D blower
3. Rub the soap all over the hands, remember nails,
wrists and forearm
153
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ HAND SSANITIZER
ANITIZER
778856
The Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ HAND SANITIZER is a ready to use Chlorhexidine lotion based
alcohol-free hand sanitizer and moisturiser.
Features
• A Chlorhexidine based lotion
• Residual bug killing properties
• BS-EN Conformities
Benefits
• Chlorhexidine based for broad and safe bug killing properties
• Moistens skin unlike alcohol based sanitizers
• Easily absorbed into the skin - non-greasy
• Can be used in food preparation and healthcare applications
• Keeps killing bugs up to 2 hours after application
The Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ HAND SANITIZER is a stay on the skin for an extended period enabling the
Chlorhexidine based lotion that creates a barrier on the Chlorhexidine to work for up to 2 hours. Chlorhexidine
skin with the added advantage of instant sanitizing and has what is known as “long lasting broad spectrum
moisturizing. Chlorhexidine is a key ingredient in many activity” with a broader kill potential than alcohol and if
pharmaceutical and surgical clinical products and offers you combine this with waxes and moisturizers you have
excellent wound protection and disinfection. With the a much more powerful solution to hand sanitizing and
added ingredients (waxes etc) in Unitor™ protection.
EASYCLEAN™ HAND SANITIZER the Clorhexidine will

778856 EASYCLEAN HAND SANITIZER PCS 6 X 2 litre pouch
Accessories

778841 UNITOR HAND CARE DISPENSER 2
Directions for use

1. Clean and Dry hands prior to sanitizing 4. Rub hands together until dry
2. Apply 2 - 3 ml EasyClean™ Hand Sanitizer 5. After work wash hands in the normal way
3. Rub the sanitizer all over the hands, remember
under the nails, wrists and between fingers
154
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ O
OVEN
VEN & GRILL
778860
Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ OVEN & GRILL is a strong heavy duty alkaline cleaner for oven and grill
cleaning in the galley area. The product is designed to penetrate and break down tough burnt-on
carbon deposits.
Features
• Highly concentrated ready-to-use solution
• Highly effective on burnt-on carbon deposits
• Phosphate free
Benefits
• Easy to use, just spray on and leave to work
• The concentrated product improves efficiency and saves time on the cleaning process
• Regular carbon-deposit removal reduces the risk for excessive smoke generation, unwanted taste on food
as well as reduces the risk for fires
The heavy duty cleaning power of Unitor™ Regular use of Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ OVEN & GRILL
EASYCLEAN™ OVEN & GRILL secures fast and easy will remove the deposits that can lead to potential
cleaning by loosening the bond between the deposits kitchen fires. If the deposits are not removed, they will
and the surface. The surfactant system used will further also lead to excessive smoke and unwanted taste to
break down the deposits to be dispersed into the wash the food.
water for easy removal.

778860 EASYCLEAN OVEN & GRILL PCS 6 X 0,6 litre spray bottle
Accessories

576843 CHEMICAL RESIST CLOTHING
Directions for use

1. Scrape off large quantities of deposits and 3. Leave the product working for 15 to 60 minutes
remove loose particles depending on amount of residue
2. Spray on the EASYCLEAN OVEN & GRILL neat 4. Rinse off with plenty of water or remove with a
on the COLD surfaces wet rag or sponge
Always use suitable personal protective equipment Avoid contact with paint, enamels and light metals like
(PPE), like goggles and chemical resistant gloves, when Aluminium, Tine and their alloys.
handling EASYCLEAN OVEN & GRILL.
155
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ CLE
CLEANING
ANING & DISINFE
DISINFECCTION
778845
The Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ CLEANING & DISINFECTION is a highly efficient combined cleaning
and disinfection product with outstanding bactericidal performance. Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™
CLEANING & DISINFECTION is recommended for use in the galley and accommodation areas
including refrigeration rooms to eliminate and avoid transmission of bacteria, fungi and viruses.
Features
• Easy to use cleaning and disinfection product
• Can be used on most hard surfaces
• Phosphate free
Benefits
• Bactericidal, Yeasticidal, Virucidal against Vaccinia, Tuberculocidal, Influenza and BVDV viruses
• VAH, tested according to VAH requirements (German Society for Hygiene and Microbiology, now VAH)
• DVG, Tested according to DVG requirements (8th list, food sector)
IMPORTANT! The fact that the Unitor™ EASYCLEAN CLEANING &

DISINFECTION is biodegradable means that it will not
Unitor™ EASYCLEAN CLEANING & DISINFECTION is
give a long term negative effect on the desired
biodegradable when diluted in water, this means that a
microbiological effect produced by the Gamazyme
fresh solution must be made before every cleaning and
cleaning and treatment products in the drain pipes,
disinfection process.
tanks or effluent treatment system.
EasyClean Cleaning & Disinfection cannot be delivered information on alternative product delivered in US,
in US & Canada , for deliveries in US please contact the please see Product Data Sheet for Sanite 128 F.
local Customer Service Organisation. For more

778845 EASYCLEAN CLEANING & DISINFECTION LTR 10 litre pail
764128 SANITE 128 F (US ONLY) LTR 10 litre pail
Accessories

778889 EASYCLEAN RE-USABLE BOTTLE C&D x6
Approvals
Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ CLEANING & DISINFECTION PT4 Professional disinfection of surfaces which comes
is approved for use on fishing boats and is covered by into contact with food (Fish) including Food Processing.
Directions for use

1. Clean heavy soiled areas with EASYCLEAN™ 3. The product is biodegradable and will have
FLOOR & HARD SURFACE prior to disinfection reduced effect over time
2. Dilute the concentrate of EASYCLEAN™ 4. Apply the cleaning solution with cloth, mop,
CLEANING & DISINFECTION to the correct sponger or by soaking. Allow to work for 15 min
concentration prior to use through the UNITOR for galley and 30 min for hospital
MIXING STATION 4 - 14 OR UNITOR MIXING 5. Rinse off or allow to air dry. Areas that can come
STATION 4 - 4; in contact with food and floors if they are being
1 : 100 ( 1,0 % ) for galley and other areas and vaxed or polished must be rinsed off with fresh
1,5 : 100 (1,5 % ) for hospital water
156
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
SANITE 128 F
SANITE 128 F is a highly effective Cleaning and Disinfection product for deliveries in US. The
product is recommended for use in the galley and accommodation areas including refrigeration
rooms to eliminate and avoid transmission of bacteria, fungi and viruses.
Features
• Easy to use cleaning and disinfection product
• Can be used on most hard surfaces
Benefits
• Kills all the most normal bacteria, yeasts and viruses
Sanite 128 F cannot be delivered outside of the US. For on alternative product delivered outside of the US and
deliveries outside of the US please contact the local Canada, please see Product Data Sheet for EasyClean
Customer Service Organisation. For more information Cleaning & Disinfection.
Product Number Product name Unit Packaging

764128 SANITE 128 F (US ONLY) LTR 10 Litre pail
778845 EASYCLEAN CLEANING & DISINFECTION LTR 10 Litre Pail
Accessories

778889 EASYCLEAN RE-USABLE BOTTLE C&D x6
778845 EASYCLEAN CLEANING & DISINFECTION
Directions for use

1. Clean heavy soiled areas with EASYCLEAN 4. Apply the cleaning solution with cloth, mop,
FLOOR & HARD SURFACE prior to disinfection. sponger or by soaking.
2. Dilute Sanite 128 F prior to use with fresh water to 5. Treated surfaces must remain wet for at least 10
the correct concentration. min for disinfection and at least 60 seconds for
3. Preparation of disinfectant solution: 1:64, for sanitizing
heavy duty use: 1:16. 6. Wipe dry with a sponge, mop or cloth or allow to
To sanitize non-food contact surfaces: 1:256 air dry
157
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ DISHW
DISHWASH
ASH LIQUID MANU
MANUAL
AL
778864
The Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ DISHWASH LIQUID MANUAL is a mild detergent cleaner intended for
manual dish washing. The product contains ingredients originating from vegetable raw materials, is
pH neutral and mild to the skin.
The Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ DISHWASH LIQUID MANUAL is approved according to Nordic Swan
Ecolabel.
Features
• pH neutral
• Contains powerful grease cutting agents
• Based on biodegradable ingredients
• Phosphate free product
Benefits
• The neutral pH makes the product mild to the skin
• Effectively removing stubborn substances
• Highly effective and economical in use
Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ DISHWASH LIQUID MANUAL

cannot be used in automatic dishwashers as it will
produce too much foam.
Product number Product name Unit Packaing

778864 EASYCLEAN DISHWASH LIQUID MANUAL PCS 12 X 1 litre bottle
Approvals
Nordic Swan Ecolabel (license: 2025 0051)
Directions for use

1. Dose about 7 ml per 10 Litre of EASYCLEAN™ and fat off the dish washing when removing it
DISHWASH LIQUID MANUAL to the sink and add from the water
warm water 3. When foam layer or if water looks dirty, replace
2. Ensure that there is a foam layer on top of the the cleaning water with a new solution
water phase, this assists in keeping the grease 4. Rinse off the dish washing and let air dry or wipe
dry with a clean and dry dish towel
158
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ LA
LAUNDR
UNDRY
YCCONDITIONER
ONDITIONER
778873
The Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ LAUNDRY CONDITIONER works by coating the surface of the cloth
fibers with a thin layer that prevents build up of static electricity and makes the fibers smoother and
softer.
Features
• Concentrated product
• Prevents static cling and build up of static electricity
• Reduce wrinkling
Benefits
• Leaves the laundry with a clean, fresh scent
• Clothes feel smoother and more comfortable to use
• Makes ironing easier
Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ LAUNDRY CONDITIONER machines dispenser for fabric softeners and dosed
should be dosed manually or added to the washing automatically in the final rinse,

778873 EASYCLEAN LAUNDRY CONDITIONER PCS 4 X 5 litre pail
Directions for use

1. Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ LAUNDRY NOTE:
CONDITIONER should be do dosed manually into SHELF LIFE - 24 MONTHS FROM PRODUCTION
the dosing chamber of the washing machine or Store in a dry, well-ventilated area protected from
automatically to the final rinse of the program frost and heat. Recommended storage temperature
2. Dose 10 ml of Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ LAUNDRY between +5°C to +25°C, shake well before use.
CONDITIONER per wash
3. If clothes feels stiff or if it builds up static
electricity, then add up to 10 mls extra
159
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ LA
LAUNDR
UNDRY
YPPO
OWDER
778871
The Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ LAUNDRY POWDER is a concentrated washing detergent without
bleaching agent. The powder is designed for coloured clothes at all wash programs from 30°C up
to 90°C.
Features
• Effective from 30°C
• White powder with perfume added
Benefits
• Leaves the clothes with a nice smell
• Can be used for both machine and hand wash
If the Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™LAUNDRY POWDER It is not recommended to use more powder than
should be used for manual hand cleaning, dissolve 35 needed, as it might be difficult to rinse out all the
ml of the powder in 10 liter of warm water. detergent. This can again lead to rash or skin irritations.

778871 EASYCLEAN LAUNDRY POWDER KG 10 kgs bag
Directions for use

1. Add 50 ml EasyClean™ Laundry Powder per 3 - 5 3. On regular basis run the machine at 60°C with a
kgs cloths into the dosing chamber of the cleaning detergent that contains a bleaching
washing machine. If cloths are very dirty or if the agent
water is bunkered and has a high hardness, add 4. After each clean, if possible, leave the machine
up to 30 ml extra door open.
2. Run normal program according to the machine
settings
160
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ LA
LAUNDR
UNDRY
YTTABLET
ABLETSS C
COL
OLOUR
OUR
778869
Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ LAUNDRY TABLETS are easy to dose laundry tablets without bleaching
agent. The tablets are designed for coloured clothes at all wash programs from 30°C up to 90°C.
Features
• Easy to dose
• Suitable for all wash temperatures
• Disintegrates quickly
• EU Ecolabel
Benefits
• Reduced waste
• Removes tough everyday stains
The individual tablet is wrapped in a Polyvinyl Alcohol If the Unitor™ EASYCLEAN LAUNDRY TABLET should
(PVA) film, that is a water soluble biodegradable be used for manual hand cleaning, dissolve 1 tablet in
polymer film. The film will dissolve quickly in water and 10 liter of water. It is not recommended to use more
should not be removed before use. The purpose of the tablets than needed, as it might be difficult to rinse out
film is to prevent the tablets from absorbing humidity, all the detergent. This can again lead to rash or skin
to avoid formation of particles/powder during transport irritations.
or handling and to avoid the tablets to stick together in By overfilling the laundry machine with clothes the
the box. tablet will not dissolve as intended and rinsing off
detergent residues will be less efficient.

778869 EASYCLEAN LAUNDRY TABLETS COLOUR PCS 12 X 30 tablets
Approvals
Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ LAUNDRY TABLETS COLOUR Greener Products”. The requirements are based on very
is equipped with the EU Ecolabel. strict regulations and it is a reliable guide to easily
The composition of the product is approved by this identify high environmentally performing products.
organization, known as "The official European label for
161
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ LA
LAUNDR
UNDRY
YTTABLET
ABLETSS WHITE
778910
Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ LAUNDRY TABLETS WHITE are easy to dose laundry tablets with enzymes
and bleaching agents. The tablets are designed for white clothes at all wash programs from 30°C
up to 95°C.
Features
• Easy to dose
• Suitable for all wash temperatures
• Disintegrates quickly
• Mildly perfumed
• EU Ecolabel
Benefits
• Reduced waste
• Removes tough everyday stains
The individual tablets are wrapped in a Polyvinyl For manual hand cleaning dissolve 1 tablet Unitor™
Alcohol (PVA) film, that is a water soluble biodegradable EASYCLEAN LAUNDRY TABLETS “WHITE” in 10 litre
polymer film. The film will dissolve quickly in water and of water. It is not recommended to use
should not be removed before use. The purpose of the more tablets than needed, as it might be difficult to
film is to prevent the tablets from absorbing humidity, rinse out all the detergent. This can again lead to rash
to avoid formation of particles/powder during transport or skin irritations.
or handling and to avoid the tablets to stick together in By overfilling the laundry machine with clothes the
the box. tablet will not dissolve as intended and rinsing off
detergent residues will be less efficient.

778910 EASYCLEAN LAUNDRY TABLETS WHITE
Approvals
Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ LAUNDRY TABLETS WHITE is Greener Products”. The requirements are based on very
equipped with the EU Ecolabel. strict regulations and it is a reliable guide to easily
The composition of the product is approved by this identify high environmentally performing products.
organization, known as "The official European label for
162
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ HAND B
BARRIER
ARRIER CRE
CREAM
AM WET
778875
The Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ HAND BARRIER CREAM WET is a specially developed wet work
barrier cream designed to give protection against everyday materials such as neat and soluble
cutting oils, dilute alkali and acids, detergents, coolants and other water or water/oil based
materials.
Features
• Easy to apply cream based on clay, petroleum jelly and paraffin wax
• Water repellent
• Low dosage, 1 - 2 mls per treatment
• Can be used in combination with gloves to prevent dehydration / de-fatting and for maximum protection in
hazardous environments
Benefits
• Gives protection against water based materials and contaminants
• Facilitates soil removal from skin
• Helps prevent ingress of contaminants and sensitisers into the skin
• Prevents skin dehydration and defatting

778875 EASYCLEAN HAND BARRIER CREAM WET PCS 12 X 0,25 Litre bottle with pump
Directions for use

1. Clean hands properly with EASYCLEAN™ LIQUID skin, especially around nails and cuticles before
HAND SOAP (D) working with water or water based products
2. Apply 1 - 2 mls of EASYCLEAN™ HAND 3. If hands are washed, re-apply before continuing
BARRIER CREAM WET and massage well into the to work. Also recommended for use under gloves.
163
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ HAND B
BARRIER
ARRIER CRE
CREAM
AM DR
DRY
Y
778877
The Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ HAND BARRIER CREAM DRY is a specially developed cream to
protect the skin against mineral oil or solvent based materials, dust, grease, solvent based
adhesives, laquers, vanish, rubber, diesel oils, dyes, stains, lubrication compounds, polishes,
paints, bitumens etc. Also when handling dry cargo will the Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ HAND
BARRIER CREAM DRY protect the skin from drying out.
Features
• Easy to apply water-based cream
• Low dosage, 1 - 2 mls per treatment
Benefits
• Gives protection against solvent and oil based contaminants
• Facilitates soil removal from skin
• Helps prevent ingress of contaminants and sensitisers into the skin
• Prevents skin dehydration and defatting

778877 EASYCLEAN HAND BARRIER CREAM DRY PCS 12 X 0,25 litre bottle with pump
Directions for use

1. Clean hands properly with EASYCLEAN™ LIQUID working with Oil, grease or non water based
HAND SOAP (D) products
2. Apply 1 - 2 mls of EASYCLEAN™ HAND 3. If hands are washed, re-apply before continuing
BARRIER CREAM DRY and massage well into the to work
skin, especially around nails and cuticles before
164
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYYCLE
CLEAN™
AN™ AF
AFTER
TERW
WORK L
LOTION
OTION
778879
Unitor™ EASYCLEAN™ AFTERWORK LOTION is a high quality reconditioning cream that enables
the skin to re-hydrate and replenish natural oils lost during the day. Use after skin cleansing or after
work to leave the skin moisturized and supple.
Features
• Highly effective emollient.
• Non-colored and Non-perfumed
• A combination of paraffin wax, emulsifying wax, glycerine and Isopropyl myristate.
Benefits
• Prevents dry and cracked skin – a key cause of dermatitis
• Especially suitable for sensitive skin.
• Easily absorbed and non-greasy
• Keeps hands supple and flexible for safer and more efficient handling of tools and machines.
• Leaves skin soft and smooth.

778879 EASYCLEAN AFTERWORK LOTION. PCS 12 X 0,25 litre bottle with pump
Directions for use

1. Clean hands properly with EASYCLEAN™ LIQUID 2. Apply 3 - 5 mls of EASYCLEAN™ AFTER WORK
HAND SOAP (D) LOTION and massage well into the skin,
especially around nails and cuticles
UNITOR
UNITOR™
™ HAND CARE DISPENSER 2
778841
The Unitor™ Hand soap dispenser is ideal for
Unitor Easyclean hand soap and hand sanitizer.
The dispenser is designed to fit the Unitor™
Easy Clean Hand Soap D and Unitor™
Easyclean Hand Sanitizer 2 ltr bags.
The dispenser is supplied with wall bracket and
tool to open the dispenser.
Technical data Supplied with a key that can be removed.

Dispenser capacity 2 ltr
Dispensed per pump 1 ml
165
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR
UNITOR™
™ CLE
CLEANING
ANING SST
TATION 2
778822
The Unitor™ Cleaning station allows mixing of
up to two different chemicals into ready to use
dilution.
The Unitor™ Cleaning station is ideal for fixed
installation in galley, engine room, spa, pool or
shower areas or other areas that require frequent
cleaning with accurate mixing. When the station
is installed, time is saved during every cleaning
as preparation time is effectively reduced.
The colour coded Tips that are included let you
choose the correct mixing of water and
chemicals. The tips is easy to put in place.
You can also apply only water for cleaning /
rinsing. Supplied with a 15 meter food graded
hose and a solid spray gun.
The operator can choose from only water (no
chemicals) or chemical 1 or chemical 2.
Features
• Two - way chemical dosing or only flushing with
water
• Easy to understand selector wheel
• Hose with solid gun
• Easy installation - guide included
• Supplied with backflow preventer
Benefits
• Accurate dosing - consumes less chemicals
• Safe handling of chemicals
• Easy and convenient way of cleaning and
applying ready to use dilution
Technical data
Cleaning station complete for one or two products.
Feed water pressure Min 1,5 bar inlet pressure
Flow rate 13 LPM @ 3 bar.
Max inlet pressure 5 bar
Working temp 5 - 55 C
Suction height 2
Inlet / outlet connections 3/4" G M
Mixing ratio 0,5 % - 16 %
Selector PVDF
Gaskets Dutral
Spring Hastelloy
Accessories

778825 TIPS FOR UNITOR DILUTION
166
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR
UNITOR™
™ MIXING SST
TATION 4 - 4
778844
One push operating mixing station. Can mix up
to 4 different chemicals - easy to choose by
using the selector wheel.
Suction from up to 4 canisters of chemicals with
up to 4 different mixing ratios. Unitor™ Mixing
Station 4 - 4 is ideal for filling smaller sprayers
when low foaming is required.
For filling of larger volume, the the 4 - 14 is
recommended.
Features
• Flow rates: 4 LPM
• Automatically and accurately dilutes chemical
concentrates.
• Matches Unitor Easyclean series
Benefits
• Controls your chemical consumption
• Improved health and safety handling - reduced
risk of spilling
• Standardized and correct dosing
• Easy to install, supplied with installation manual
• Low maintenance - no pump or electrical
connection
Technical data The Unitor™ Mixing Station 4-4 can be mounted in

series allowing only one feedwater line.
Flow Capacity, max 4
Working pressure 1.8 - 6 bar The unit can also be connected in series with the Unitor
Inlet Temperature 45 C (max) Mixing Station 4-14.
Standard mixing ration 3:1 - 125:1 (low flow) / 3:1 - 350:1 (high flow)
167
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR
UNITOR™
™ MIXING SST
TATION 4 - 114
4
778833
up to 4 different mixing ratios.
Unitor™ Mixing Station 4 - 14 is ideal for filling
buckets, sprayers or floor cleaning equipment.
For filling of smaller bottles the 4 -4 is
recommended.
Features
concentrates.
• Matches Unitor™ Easyclean series
Benefits
risk of spilling
connection
Technical data The Unitor™ Mixing Station 4-14 can be mounted in

Working pressure 1.8 - 6 bar The unit can also be connected in series with the Unitor
Max working temp 45 C Mixing Station 4-4.
Standard mixing ratio 3:1 - 125:1 (low flow) / 3:1 - 350:1 (high flow)
Approvals
Complies with European water regulations EN1717
168
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR
UNITOR™
™ CLE
CLEANING
ANING SST
TATION 2
778822
The Unitor™ Cleaning station allows mixing of
dilution.
The Unitor™ Cleaning station is ideal for fixed
Features
water
Benefits
Technical data Cleaning station complete for one or two products.

Suction height 2
Selector PVDF
Gaskets Dutral
Spring Hastelloy
Accessories

169
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS HOCNF & CEFAS Offshore Chemicals
UNITOR CLE
CLEANRIG
ANRIG CHP™ 200 L
LTR
TR
726040
Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ is a water-based rig cleaner specially designed to provide efficient
cleaning and optimum environmental and handling properties.
It contains unique environmentally adapted surfactants, pH regulating additives and corrosion
inhibitors allowing removal of oil spills, sludge, oil- and water based mud, dirt and grime from all
surfaces included painted.
Features
• Water based cleaner
• Rig cleaner for use on deck, tanks, engine rooms, drilling equipment
• Biodegradable
• Non-toxic
• Highly efficient
• Non-flammable
• No hydrocarbon solvents
• Contains no nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds
Benefits
• Can be used in confined rooms
• Removes oil spills, sludge, mud, dirt and grime

726040 UNITOR CLEANRIG CHP 200 LTR
Approvals
Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP is HOCNF and CEFAS “Yellow” product containing biodegradable surfactants
approved. According to Norwegian environmental and pH-regulating compounds.
authorities Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ is classified as
Direction for use

Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ is an alkaline cleaner designed other means on to surfaces that requires cleaning.
to remove oil and grease by penetration of surfactants Allow the cleaning solution to penetrate soil for 10-30
creating an emulsion, which is washed away with water. minutes depending on amount and type of soil as well
PH regulating additives provide increased action and as the temperature. During this time the cleaning
dissolution of hydrocarbons and dirt particles. solution should not be allowed to dry on the surface to
Dosage: 1:1 - 1:50 be cleaned. Wash down with water hose preferably with
hot water or by use of high pressure cleaning
Dosing is depending on the amount and type of soil to equipment.
be removed, but often low concentrations are sufficient.
Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ is applied by spraying or by

Form Liquid
Appearance Pale yellow
Density 1,08 - 1,09
pH 12-13
The concentrated product may react with aluminium, zinc, tin and
Compatibility their alloys.
May swell natural or synthetic rubber
170
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR CLE
CLEANRIG
ANRIG CHP™ 1000 L
LTR
TR
726015
Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ is a water-based rig cleaner specially designed to provide efficient
Features
• Biodegradable
• Non-toxic
• Non-flammable
Benefits

Approvals
Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ RTU is HOCNF and CEFAS as “Yellow” product containing biodegradable
approved. According to Norwegian environmental surfactants and pH-regulating compounds.
authorities Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ RTU is classified
Direction for use

Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ is an alkaline cleaner designed other means on to surfaces that requires cleaning.
to remove oil and grease by penetration of surfactants Allow the cleaning solution to penetrate soil for 10-30
creating an emulsion, which is washed away with water. minutes depending on amount and type of soil as well
PH regulating additives provide increased action and as the temperature. During this time the cleaning
dissolution of hydrocarbons and dirt particles. solution should not be allowed to dry on the surface to
Dosage 1:1 - 1:50 be cleaned. Wash down with water hose preferably with
Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ is applied by spraying or by

Form Liquid
Density 1,08 - 1,09
pH 12-13
171
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR CLE
CLEANRIG
ANRIG CHP™ 50
50%% 200 L
LTR
TR
726020
Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ 50% is a water-based rig cleaner specially designed to provide efficient
Features
• Biodegradable
• Non-toxic
• Non-flammable
Benefits

726020 UNITOR CLEANRIG CHP 50% 200 LTR
Approvals
Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ 50% is HOCNF approved. product containing biodegradable surfactants and pH-
According to Norwegian environmental authorities regulating compounds.
Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ 50% is classified as “Yellow”
Direction for use

Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ 50% is an alkaline cleaner Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ 50% is applied by spraying or
designed to remove oil and grease by penetration of by other means on to surfaces that requires cleaning.
surfactants creating an emulsion, which is washed Allow the cleaning solution to penetrate soil for 10-30
away with water. PH regulating additives provide minutes depending on amount and type of soil as well
increased action and dissolution of hydrocarbons and as the temperature. During this time the cleaning
dirt particles. solution should not be allowed to dry on the surface to
be cleaned. Wash down with water hose preferably with
Dosage: 1:1 - 1:25

Form Liquid
Density 1,04 - 1,05
pH 12-13
172
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR CLE
CLEANRIG
ANRIG CHP™ 50
50%% 1000 L
LTR
TR
726025
Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ 50% is a water-based rig cleaner specially designed to provide efficient
Features
• Biodegradable
• Non-toxic
• Non-flammable
Benefits

Approvals
Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ 50% is HOCNF and CEFAS as “Yellow” product containing biodegradable
authorities Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ 50% is classified
Direction for use

Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP 50% is an alkaline cleaner Cleanrig CHP 50% is applied by spraying or by other
designed to remove oil and grease by penetration of means on to surfaces that requires cleaning. Allow the
surfactants creating an emulsion, which is washed cleaning solution to penetrate soil for 10-30 minutes
away with water. PH regulating additives provide depending on amount and type of soil as well as the
increased action and dissolution of hydrocarbons and temperature. During this time the cleaning solution
dirt particles. should not be allowed to dry on the surface to be
cleaned. Wash down with water hose preferably with
Dosage: 1:1 - 1:25

Form Liquid
Density 1,04 - 1,05
pH 12-13
173
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR CLE
CLEANRIG
ANRIG CHP™ R
RTU
TU 200 L
LTR
TR
726030
Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ RTU is a water-based rig cleaner specially designed to provide efficient
Features
• Biodegradable
• Non-toxic
• Non-flammable
• Ready to use
Benefits
• Does not need to be diluted

726030 UNITOR CLEANRIG CHP RTU 200 LTR
Approvals
Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ RTU is according to and pH-regulating compounds. Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP
Norwegian environmental authorities classified as RTU is HOCNF approved.
“Yellow” product containing biodegradable surfactants
Direction for use

Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP RTU is an alkaline cleaner Allow the cleaning solution to penetrate soil for 10-30
designed to remove oil and grease by penetration of minutes depending on amount and type of soil as well
surfactants creating an emulsion, which is washed as the temperature. During this time the cleaning
away with water. PH regulating additives provide solution should not be allowed to dry on the surface to
increased action and dissolution of hydrocarbons and be cleaned. Wash down with water hose preferably with
dirt particles. hot water or by use of high pressure cleaning
Dosage: No dilution needed. Use neat. equipment.
Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP RTU is applied by spraying or by

other means on to surfaces that requires cleaning.

Form Liquid
Density 1,02 - 1,03
pH 11-12
174
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR CLE
CLEANRIG
ANRIG CHP™ R
RTU
TU 1000 L
LTR
TR
726035
Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ RTU is a water-based rig cleaner specially designed to provide efficient
Features
• Biodegradable
• Non-toxic
• Non-flammable
• Ready to use
Benefits
• Does not need to be diluted

Approvals
Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ RTU is HOCNF and CEFAS as “Yellow” product containing biodegradable
authorities Unitor™ Cleanrig CHP™ RTU is classified
Direction for use

Cleanrig CHP RTU is an alkaline cleaner designed to cleaning solution to penetrate soil for 10-30 minutes
remove oil and grease by penetration of surfactants depending on amount and type of soil as well as the
creating an emulsion, which is washed away with water. temperature. During this time the cleaning solution
PH regulating additives provide increased action and should not be allowed to dry on the surface to be
dissolution of hydrocarbons and dirt particles. cleaned. Wash down with water hose preferably with
Dosage: No dilution needed. Use neat.
equipment.
Cleanrig CHP RTU is applied by spraying or by other
means on to surfaces that requires cleaning. Allow the

Form Liquid
Density 1,02 - 1,03
pH 11-12
175
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR SSCALE
CALECLE
CLEAN
AN EX™ 25K
25KG
G
719070
Unitor™ Scaleclean EX™ is an environmental adapted and highly effective rust and carbonate
remover designed for use in production equipment, boiler, evaporators, etc.
Features
• Environmental adapted de-scaler
• Multi purpose application areas
• Removes rust and scale quickly
• Highly concentrated
Benefits

719070 UNITOR SCALECLEAN EX 25KG
Approvals
Unitor™ Scaleclean EX™ is HOCNF and CEFAS
approved
Direction for use

Scale removing depends on contact with the scaled After treatment it is essential to thoroughly rinse with
surface and contact time. If possible, circulate the water until the pH is neutral. For measuring the pH
Unitor™ Scaleclean EX™ solution over the areas value we recommend Nalfleet™ pH paper.
containing scale. Alternatively, the area to be treated is Note: Unitor™ Scaleclean EX™ should not be used on
completely covered by Unitor™ Scaleclean EX™ aluminium, zinc, tin or any galvanized for which a
solution and let to soak for as long as necessary. special grade de-scaler should be used.
Components can also be immersed in Unitor™
Scaleclean EX™ and left for soaking. Unitor™ has developed a 210 litres capacity cleaning
If the equipment to be cleaned is contaminated by oil, solutions for cleaning boilers, heat exchangers and
grease or sludge then a pre-cleaning with Unitor™ other types of equipment where rust and scale form.
Cleanphase CB™ is necessary.
Unitor™ Chemical Cleaning Unit: Product no. 664
Dosage: 1:4 - 1:15 Depending on the amount of scale 737189

Appearance White powder
Flashpoint n/a
pH (as a solution, 10%) 2.3
176
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR CLE
CLEANPHASE
ANPHASE CB
CB™
™ 25 L
LTR
TR
726050
Unitor™ Cleanphase CB™ is a degreaser for removing oil, wax, sludge and mud. It is based on a
low toxic solvent and emulsifier that easily split after settling. The product is ideal for cleaning
especially tough contamination from drilling, well operations and other activities leaving
hydrocarbon-based residues.
Features
• Highly effective heavy duty cleaner
• Low toxic
• Biodegradable
Benefits
• Removes heavy contaminates of oil, sludge, mud, wax, grease, etc.
• Splitting of residue allows safe disposal

726050 UNITOR CLEANPHASE CB 25 LTR
Approvals
Unitor™ Cleanphase CB™ is HOCNF approved
Direction for use

Unitor™ Cleanphase CB™ is designed with a solvent Unitor™ Cleanphase CB™ is applied directly on the
system to dissolve hydrocarbons and surfactants to contaminated surface that is to be cleaned. Use brush,
emulsify grease while removing with water. The spray or immersion to cover the contaminated area.
surfactant will hold the hydrocarbons emulsified in Leave Unitor™ Cleanphase CB™ on the contaminated
water till the mixture settles. During settling, the area to ensure good penetration. The time for this
emulsion will break allowing oil and grease to be re- reaction will vary depending on several factors, such as
injected or transferred to the oil processing system. the material itself and its consistency, thickness,
Other contaminants will be removed mechanically when temperature and mechanical action provided. Typical
washed with the hydrocarbons and can be removed residence time can be 30 - 60 minutes. Mechanical
after settling. Unitor™ Cleanphase CB™ can be used actions like brushing will help decreasing the residence
on contaminated deck, walls, tanks, equipment, etc. time. If possible remove residues with hot water and
Unitor™ high pressure cleaner.
Dosage: No dilution needed. Use neat.
Technical data
Appearance Amber liquid
Density, in g/cm³ at 15°C 0.8
Flashpoint 66°C
Metal; no known effects
Compatibility
Rubber; may swell natural or synthetic rubber
177
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR ELE
ELECCTR
TRO
OSOL PL
PLUS
US™
™ 25 L
LTR
TR
726065
Unitor™ Electrosol PLUS™ is a highly concentrated solvent based product for cleaning and
degreasing electrical equipment. It provides rapid penetration, quick clean-up and does not attack
insulation.
Features
• Contains no chlorinated solvents
• Removes grease and dirt from electrical components
• Voltage breakthrough at 209kV/cm
Benefits
• Controlled solvent evaporation
• Non corrosive

726065 UNITOR ELECTROSOL PLUS 25 LTR
Approvals
Unitor™ Electrosol Plus™ is HOCNF approved.
Directions for use

Unitor™ Electrosol PLUS™ can be applied by a avoided by removing or covering the rubber or plastic
Unitor™ Jet spray or a hand held fine sprayer. plastic material. Alternatively, the material can be tested
by the user for compatibility prior to use.
Submerge small components into a container with
Unitor™ Electrosol PLUS™ for cleaning. After cleaning motors and generators, insulation
resistance to ground should be tested to check that it is
Flush deposits of dirt and grease away with Unitor™
within specified limits.
Electrosol PLUS™, then evaporate remaining solvent
by using low pressure and high volume compressed air. Dosage: Use neat.
Unitor™ Electrosol PLUS™ can be used on most NEVER USE Unitor™ Electrosol PLUS™ on a running
electrical motors, but solvent may affect some of the generator or motor!
insulating material, like rubber and plastic. This can be
Further technical data

Appearance Clear liquid
Density, in g/cm³ at 15°C 0,8
Flashpoint 63°C
Metal; no known effect
Compatibility
Rubber; may swell
178
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR SSCALE
CALECLE
CLEAN
AN DL
DL™
™ 25L
25LTR
TR
719088
Unitor™ Scaleclean DL™ is rust and carbonate remover containing an acid and wetting agents. It is
designed for use in production equipment, boilers, evaporators, etc.
Features
• Highly effective de-scaler
Benefits
• Removes rust and carbonates
• Reduces labour cost

719088 UNITOR SCALECLEAN DL 25LTR
Approvals
Unitor™ Scaleclean DL™ is HOCNF and CEFAS
approved.
Direction for use

Scale removing depends on contact with the scaled After treatment it is essential to thoroughly rinse with
surface and contact time. If possible, circulate the water until the pH is neutral. For measuring the pH
Unitor™ Scaleclean DL™ solution over the areas value we recommend Nalfleet™ pH paper.
containing scale. Alternatively, the area to be treated is Note: Unitor™ Scaleclean DL™ should not be used on
completly covered by Unitor™ Scaleclean DL™ aluminium, zinc, tin or any galvanized for which a
solution and let to soak for as long as necessary. special grade de-scaler should be used.
Components can also be immersed in Unitor™
Scaleclean DL™ and left for soaking. Unitor™ has developed a 210 litres capacity cleaning
If the equipment to be cleaned is contaminated by oil, solutions for cleaning boilers, heat exchangers and
grease or sludge then a pre-cleaning with Unitor™ other types of equipment where rust and scale form.
Cleanphase CB™ is necessary.
Unitor™ Chemical Cleaning Unit: Product no. 664
Dosage: 1:2 - 1:15 Depending on the amount of scale 737189.

Appearance Colourless
Flashpoint n/a
pH < 1,5
Density 1.2
Rubber; no known effects
Compatibility
Synthetic rubber; may swell
179
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR UNICLE
UNICLEAN™
AN™ 25 L
LTR
TR
726055
Unitor™ Uniclean™ is an advanced micro-emulsion cleaner, which combines the properties of a
water and solvent based cleaners. Due to its unique properties, it ensures safe handling while in use
and also reducing hazards related to covering and hosing the material to be removed.
The specially selected surfactants allow maximum penetration of oil and grease while hazards are
kept at a minimum. This ensures the product to safely react and remove oil, grease, dirt, sludge and
grime.
The special surfactants will effectively keep the removed contamination in water solution while
being flushed to the drain.
Features
• Biodegradable
• A combined water and solvent based cleaner
• Non toxic
Benefits
• Leaves an effective cleaning result
• Non flammable
• Multipurpose usage areas; deck, tanks, machines room and drilling equipment

726055 UNITOR UNICLEAN 25 LTR
Approvals
Unitor™ Uniclean™ is HOCNF approved
Directions for use

The composition of Unitor™ Uniclean™ makes rig Unitor™ Uniclean™ can be used neat or diluted
wash operations safer compared to conventional depending on type and amount of deposit.
hydrocarbon based chemicals.
Dosage: 1:1 - 1:20
Amounts of aerosols are created and less Cover the surface to be cleaned completely and leave
hydrocarbons evaporate during spraying, soaking or
soaking till the contamination is dissolving. Wash off the
hosing, that again reduces human exposure.
surface with a Unitor™ high pressure cleaner,
Unitor™ Uniclean™ effectively penetrates oil and preferably fed with hot water.
grease contaminates and leaves a clean perfect
surface.
Technical data
Appearance Clear light (or pale). Tan.
Density, in g/cm³ at 15°C 0,98 - 0,99
pH, in conc. 7
Rubber; may swell
Compatibility
180
Cleaning Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR UNICLE
UNICLEAN™
AN™ 200 L
LTR
TR
726060
Unitor™ Uniclean™ is an advanced micro-emulsion cleaner, which combines the properties of a
water and solvent based cleaners. Due to its unique properties, it ensures safe handling while in use
and also reducing hazards related to covering and hosing the material to be removed.
The specially selected surfactants allow maximum penetration of oil and grease while hazards are
kept at a minimum. This ensures the product to safely react and remove oil, grease, dirt, sludge and
grime.
The special surfactants will effectively keep the removed contamination in water solution while
being flushed to the drain.
Features
• Biodegradable
• A combined water and solvent based cleaner
• Non toxic
Benefits
• Leaves an effective cleaning result
• Non flammable
• Multipurpose usage areas; deck, tanks, machines room and drilling equipment

726060 UNITOR UNICLEAN 200 LTR
Approvals
Unitor™ Uniclean™ is HOCNF approved
Directions for use

The composition of Unitor™ Uniclean™ makes rig Unitor™ Uniclean™ can be used neat or diluted
wash operations safer compared to conventional depending on type and amount of deposit.
hydrocarbon based chemicals.
Dosage: 1:1 - 1:20
Amounts of aerosols are created and less Cover the surface to be cleaned completely and leave
hydrocarbons evaporate during spraying, soaking or
soaking till the contamination is dissolving. Wash off the
hosing, that again reduces human exposure.
surface with a Unitor™ high pressure cleaner,
Unitor™ Uniclean™ effectively penetrates oil and preferably fed with hot water.
grease contaminates and leaves a clean perfect
surface.
Technical data
Appearance Clear light (or pale). Tan.
Density, in g/cm³ at 15°C 0,98 - 0,99
pH, in conc. 7
Rubber; may swell
Compatibility
181
Water Treatment Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Boiler Water Treatment
OXY
XYGEN
GEN SSCA
CAVENGER
VENGER PL
PLUS
US™
™ 25 L
698712
NALFLEET™ Oxygen Scavenger Plus™ is a catalysed, liquid solution of Diethylhydroxylamine
(DEHA). Its volatile properties ensure distribution throughout the boiler and condensate system, and
hence protects against oxygen corrosion in all parts of the system. The product also provides the
required conditions for the establishment of a passivating layer of magnetite on all metal surfaces.
NALFLEET™ Oxygen Scavenger Plus™ is a low toxicity product, suitable for high, medium and low
pressure boiler systems.
Features
• Fast acting, volatile, liquid oxygen scavenger
• Neutralises acids occurring in condensate system
• Safe and easy to use, low toxicity
• Organic product, no dissolved solids added
• Simple test to determine treatment level
Benefits
• Reduces corrosion of iron and copper, increasing system life and reliability
• Protects system metals throughout the boiler system

698712 OXYGEN SCAVENGER PLUS 25 LTR
Test Kits for DEHA, P Alkalinity, Chloride and pH.
Product Number Product name Description

698746 SPECTRAPAK 313 DEHA
739490 SPECTRAPAK 315 P Alkalinity, Chloride and pH
Directions for use

NALFLEET™ Oxygen Scavenger Plus can be used in Dosing method
any boiler system, and in conjunction with mechanical
deaeration systems. Removal of dissolved oxygen is Wilhelmsen Ships Service recommends continuously
vital for prevention of corrosion and especially pitting dosing into the boiler feed line using an automatic
corrosion in boilers. When dosed into a boiler system, dosing unit.
Oxygen Scavenger Plus will react with dissolved
oxygen and form non corrosive compounds. The Dosage and control
product is volatile and will evaporate and assist
Dosing should be controlled so that the DEHA residual
protection of the steam and condensate system. No
in the condensate is between 0.08-0,30 ppm. The
solid materials are produced when using Oxygen
consumption will depend on feed water temperature
Scavenger Plus.
and the amount of water fed into the boiler. For more
information about initial dosage and dose rate please
consult your nearest Customer Centre.
Test Result Condensate PPM DEHA

0.00 - 0.08 0.08 - 0.30 +0.30
Increase dose by
Maintain dose Decrease dose by 25%
25%
Sampling and testing log the results in Waterproof. The results should be sent
to WSS as stated in the Waterproof instructions.
A representative sample of Condensate should be It is important that regular testing is carried out, to
drawn for analysis daily. The sample should always be ensure the correct level of treatment is maintained.
taken from the same sampling point, cooled and tested
immediately. Follow the WSS test kit instructions and
182
MARINE CHEMICAL
OXY
XYGEN
GEN C
CONTR
ONTROL
OL™
™ 25 L
571315
NALFLEET™ Oxygen Control™ is a catalysed liquid hydrazine oxygen scavenger for boiler
corrosion protection. NALFLEET™ Oxygen Control™ provides the required conditions for the
establishment of a passivating layer (magnetite) in the boiler.
Features
• NALFLEET™ Oxygen Control is a liquid product, easy to feed
• Does not contribute to conductivity
• Protects boiler, steam lines, condensate lines and feed water lines from corrosion
• Fast action due to catalyst
• Assists mechanical deaeration
• Simple test to determine level of treatment
• NALFLEET™ Oxygen control can be used to condition the water used for laying up the boiler in a wet
condition.
Benefits
• Passivates metal in the boiler

571315 OXYGEN CONTROL 25 LTR
Test Kits for Hydrazine, P Alkalinity, Chloride and pH.

555490 SPECTRAPAK 312 Hydrazine
Directions for use

NALFLEET™ Oxygen Control can be used in all boiler Dosing method
systems, from low to high pressures and in conjunction
with mechanical deaeration systems. The treatment For optimum protection, NALFLEET™ Oxygen Control
combines with dissolved oxygen to form water and should be fed continuously into the boiler feed line,
inert nitrogen gas, thus effectively removing O2 from after the feed pump recirculating valve, using an
the water. No solid materials are produced, so there is automatic dosing systems. For steam turbine systems,
no contribution to the increase in total dissolved solids NALFLEET™ Oxygen Control can be dosed into the
-a critical factor in high pressure boilers. The removal of cross over between the H.P. and L.P. turbines or the
dissolved oxygen is vital for preventing oxygen pitting storage section of the deaerator for full protection.
and corrosion in boilers. NALFLEET™ Oxygen Control
reacts with ferrous and non-ferrous oxides to prevent Dosage and control
general corrosion.Ferric oxide (red rust, Fe2O3) is
The objective is to maintain a hydrazine residual
converted to magnetite (black iron oxide, Fe3O4), which
between 0.05-1.0 ppm depending on operating
is a tough corrosion resistant oxide which protects the
pressure and boiler design. Actual consumption is
metal surface. The term for this is 'passivating' the
determined under operating conditions.
surfaces, so that they are protected from further
corrosion.
HYDRAZINE TEST RESULT ppm

Boiler Pressure Control Range 0-0.05ppm 0.05-0.10 0.10-0-.50 0.50-1.00 1.00-1.50
<18 to 31 bar 0.1-1.0ppm Increase dose 25% Increase dose 25% Satisfactory Maintain dose Satisfactory Maintain dose Decrease dose 25%
31 to 42 bar 0.1-0.5ppm Increase dose 25% Increase dose 25% Satisfactory Maintain dose Decrease dose 25% Decrease dose 25%
Recommended Control Limits in ppm. These are typical Wet lay-up

values. Follow boiler manufacturers guidelines where
required.
183
MARINE CHEMICAL
When wet lay-up of the boiler is required then a taken from the same point after blowdown, cooled and
minimum dosage of 1.25 litres/tonne of boiler water is tested immediately. Follow the WSS Test Kit
required. instructions and log the results in Waterproof. The
results should be sent to WSS as stated in the
Sampling and testing Waterproof instructions.
It is important that regular testing is carried out to
A representative sample of boiler water should be ensure levels of treatment are correct.
drawn for analysis daily. The sample should always be
184
MARINE CHEMICAL
OXY
XYGEN
GEN SSCA
CAVENGER
VENGER 9
9--03
035™
5™ 25 L
777705
NALFLEET™ Oxygen Scavenger 9-035™ is an aqueous solution of hydrazine, developed to prevent
corrosion in boilers and heating systems by reacting with dissolved oxygen to form harmless
nitrogen and water.
Features
• Catalysed hydrazine product for rapid reaction with dissolved oxygen and prevention of corrosion in marine
boilers
• Removes dissolved oxygen from boiler feedwater without increasing dissolved solids, resulting in reduced
blowdown and fuel costs
• Maintains a protective surface layer of magnetite on the waterside of boiler metals
• Protects steam and condensate lines from aggressive oxygen attack- Used in conjunction with Condensate
Treatment
Benefits

777705 OXYGEN SCAVENGER 9-035 25 LTR

Directions for use

Neither, NALFLEET™ Oxygen Scavenger 9-035 or its agitation is required only while preparing the solution. A
decomposition products are acidic. Decomposition at floating "doughnut" type cover is recommended to
boiler temperatures gives ammonia, which by minimise reaction with air. Preferred feed points include
dissolving in the condensate water raises its pH and the feedwater pump suction, storage section of the de-
reduces corrosion in both the condensate and the feed aerator, condenser hot well and for systems with
systems. Oxygen Scavenger 9-035 will react with the condensing turbines, condensate extraction pumps and
oxide film on steel surfaces in a boiler system to form a deaerator storage area. Polyethylene and stainless steel
magnetite (Fe3O4) layer which gives boiler protection. are preferred materials for solution tanks and pumps.
This "passivation" technique is also useful for pre- Mild steel may be used for dilute solutions. Do not use
treatment of new boiler plant and for protection of copper, copper alloys, nickel, zinc or lead. Closed feed
boilers during standby and storage periods. Oxygen systems are highly recommended to reduce operator
Scavenger 9-035 may be used with boilers of all sizes exposure to hydrazine vapours.
and pressures, with or without mechanical de-aerators.
Dosage Calculation
Dosing and Control The NALFLEET™ Oxygen Scavenger 9-035 dosage will
NALFLEET™ Oxygen Scavenger 9-035 must be fed be the sum of the requirements for reaction with
continuously by chemical feed pump to the earliest dissolved oxygen plus the desired residual.
point possible in the feedwater system. Any interruption
Oxygen scavenger 9-035 dosage (ppm)
in feed will result in corrosion of the pre-boiler and
= feedwater ppm O2 x 2.85 + 0.5. Sampling and
boiler system and possible tube failure. NALFLEET™
Testing NALFLEET™ Oxygen Scavenger 9-035
Oxygen Scavenger 9-035 can be fed neat or diluted.
programmes should be monitored and controlled using:
Closed systems should be used for dosing and for
a suitable Hydrazine test method.. Testing for
transfer from one container to another. To prepare a
NALFLEET™ Oxygen Scavenger 9-035 residual should
dilute solution (usually between 1:10 and 1:100) use
be done at least daily.
condensate or de-mineralised water at temperatures
between 10 and 37.8°C to avoid odour formation. Mild
185
MARINE CHEMICAL
HYDRAZINE TEST RESULT ppm

Boiler Pressure Control Range 0-0.05ppm 0.05-0.10 0.10-0-.50 0.50-1.00 1.00-1.50
<18 to 31 bar 0.1-1.0ppm Increase dose 25% Increase dose 25% Satisfactory Maintain dose Satisfactory Maintain dose Decrease dose 25%
31 to 42 bar 0.1-0.5ppm Increase dose 25% Increase dose 25% Satisfactory Maintain dose Decrease dose 25% Decrease dose 25%
OXY
XYGEN
GEN SSCA
CAVENGER
VENGER 9
9--00
0022™ 25 L
777712
NALFLEET™ Oxygen scavenger 9-002™ is a liquid oxgen scavenger based on Carbohydrazide.
Features
• Safe form of hydrazine specifically formulated to reduce handling problems associated with hydrazine
solutions
• Does not add dissolved solids to the treated water
• Does not require special feeding equipment for safe application
• Maintains a protective surface layer of magnetite
Benefits

777712 OXYGEN SCAVENGER 9-002 25 LTR

Directions for Use

NALFLEET™ Oxygen Scavenger 9-002 is used in all types of boilers operating at pressures up to 2700
feedwater and condensate systems to scavenge psig but is particularly suitable for use at high pressure
oxygen and maintain passive metal surfaces. It reacts where oxygen corrosion becomes rapid and where the
with the oxide film on steel surfaces in a boiler system deposition of metallic corrosion products can quickly
to form a magnetite layer which gives metal protection. lead to overheating and failure of generating tubes.
This “passivation” technique is useful for pretreatment
Dosing and Control
of new boiler plant and for protection of boilers during
NALFLEET™ Oxygen Scavenger 9-002 can be fed neat
idle and storage periods.
or in any convenient dilution. Dilution should be carried
Dosing Method out using condensate or de-aerated water.
NALFLEET™ Oxygen Scavenger 9-002 must be added Polyethylene and stainless steel (type 304 & 316) are
continuously by means of a chemical pump at the compatible materials for solution tanks and it is
earliest practicable point in the feed system e.g. the recommended that one or more layers of “Allplas” balls
deaerator storage or condenser extraction pump be used to minimise the reaction of NALFLEET™
discharge. Oxygen Scavenger 9-002 with air.
Sampling and Testing
NALFLEET™ Oxygen Scavenger 9-002 may be used in
CARBOHYDRAZIDE (HYDRAZINE) TEST RESULT ppm

Boiler Pressure Control Range 0-0.05ppm 0.05-0.20 0.20-0-.50
<18 to 31 bar 0.05-0.2 ppm Increase dose 25% Satisfactory Maintain dose Decrease dose 25%
31 to 42 bar 0.05-0.2 ppm Increase dose 25% Satisfactory Maintain dose Decrease dose 25%
186
MARINE CHEMICAL
CA
CAT
T SULPHITE L
L™
™ 25L
25LTR
TR
575662
NALFLEET™ Cat Sulphite™ is a sodium sulphite based product in ready to use liquid form. The
catalyst ensures rapid elimination of oxygen in the boiler system. NALFLEET™ Cat Sulphite™
should be used in conjunction with other Nalfleet boiler water treatment products. Oxygen is highly
corrosive in the boiler system, even in small amounts. Elevated temperature operation of the hotwell
is a good practice to remove gases like oxygen. Even so, the feed water contains oxygen which can
create severe corrosion, shown as deep and local pitting. This will quickly cause failure of the boiler
metal. Cat Sulphite™ reacts with oxygen to form inert sodium sulphate, thus preventing oxygen
attack.
Features
• Concentrated liquid product
• Catalysed product for very rapid removal of oxygen
• Reacts at low temperature
• Simple control test
• CSL should be dosed seperately from other boiler water treatments
Benefits
• Protects the boiler from oxygen corrosion
• Approved for use where steam can contact food

575662 CAT. SULPHITE L 25 LTR
Test Kits for Sulphite, P Alkalinity, Chloride and pH.

574913 SULPHITE TEST KIT Sulphite
Directions for Use

NALFLEET™ Cat. Sulphite L (CSL) is a fast acting into the hotwell as well as low hotwell temperatures will
oxygen scavenger for use in ships boiler system in strongly reduce the efficiency of this treatment.
conjunction with other Unitor boiler water treatment NALFLEET™ CSL should be dosed seperately from
products. High feedwater temperature should be other boiler water treatments.
maintained for optimum product performance, reduced
product consumption and optimum system protection. Dosage and control
Dosing method The quantity of NALFLEET™ CSL required depends on

the operation of the boiler system. As a guide 10 ppm
For optional results NALFLEET™ CSL should be dosed sulphite is required to react with 1 ppm oxygen. Please
continuously by means of a metering pump into the refer to the table below for control limits with respect to
feed line, after the recirculation valve. NALFLEET™ CSL boiler operating pressure.
can be fed using the BWT dosing system. Slug dosing
SULPHITE TEST RESULT ppm

Boiler Pressure Control Range 0-20ppm 20-50ppm 50-70ppm 70-100ppm 100-120ppm
<18 bar 50 - 100ppm Increase dose 25% Increase dose 25% Satisfactory Maintain dose Satisfactory Maintain dose Decrease dose 25%
18 to 31 bar 30 - 70ppm Increase dose 25% Increase dose 25% Satisfactory Maintain dose Decrease dose 25% Decrease dose 25%
31 to 42 bar 20 - 50ppm Increase dose 25% Satisfactory Maintain dose Decrease dose 25% Decrease dose 25% Decrease dose 50%
187
MARINE CHEMICAL
Sampling and testing Waterproof. The results should be sent to WSS as

stated in the Waterproof instructions.
A representative sample of boiler water should be It is important that regular testing is carried out to
drawn for analysis daily. Samples should be taken after ensure that treatment levels are maintained within
blowdown, cooled and tested immediately. Samples correct chemical limits.
should always be taken from the same location.
Follow the test kit instructions and log the results in
188
MARINE CHEMICAL
AUTOTRE
UTOTREAAT™ 25 L
698720
NALFLEET™ AUTOTREAT™ is a multifunctional, liquid boiler water treatment, formulated with
alkaline compounds, scale inhibitor, dispersant, and volatile amines for the protection of the feed,
boiler and condensate systems.
The product combines well-known phosphate treatment with new polymer technology. This
ensures that precipitates are kept soft and
non-adherent for easy removal by blowdown.
Features
• Liquid boiler water treatment chemical for simplified dosing and handling
• Suitable for all boilers, up to 30 bar pressure
• Contains volatile amines to neutralise acids occurring in condensate system
• Dispersant action suspends sludge and sediment particles for efficient removal by blowdown
• Keeps boiler tube surfaces clean, promoting the best heat transfer conditions
• Simple testing to determine treatment level
Benefits
• Multifunctional boiler water treatment
• Prevents scaling and corrosion, increasing system life and reliability

698720 AUTOTREAT - 25 LTR

Supplementary Test Kits
698746 SPECTRAPAK 313 DEHA
Directions for use

NALFLEET™ Autotreat is a boiler water conditioner can be fed into the feed line by means of a by-pass pot
designed for optimum protection of ships boiler feeder.
systems when used in conjunction with an oxygen
scavenger. The product combines well known Dosage and control
phosphate treatment with new polymer technology.
This ensures that precipitates are kept soft and Initial fill dosage is 2.4 litres of NALFLEET™ Autotreat/
nonadherent for easy removal by blowdown. The ton of boiler capacity to reach a P-Alkalinity level of
product should always be used in conjunction with an approx. 200 ppm. For an untreated system it is
oxygen scavenger, preferably NALFLEET™ Oxygen recommended to initially bring the treatment up to a
Scavenger Plus. Note that this product is formulated for suitable level of 200 ppm p-Alkalinity. The dosage chart
use in conjunction with good quality feed water. given below is for convenience to determine the
amount of product required to elevate P-Alkalinity. Note
Dosing method that the table is based on reaching 200 ppm.
The product should preferably be dosed continuously

with an automatic dosing unit. Alternatively the product
P-Alkalinity 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350

Dose in l/ton 2.4 1.8 1.2 0.6 0 0 0 Blow Down
P-Alkalinity as ppm CaCO3. manufacturers specifications, or company regulations.

Typical control limits are:
These are recommended values based on experience,
and are in no way intended to replace the boiler • P-Alkalinity: 150-300 ppm as CaCO3.
• Chlorides: 200 ppm Cl max.
189
MARINE CHEMICAL
• Condensate pH 8.3-9.0. always be taken from the same point after

blowdown, cooled and tested immediately.
Excessive Chlorides are removed by blowdown. Follow the WSS Test Kit instructions and log the
results in Waterproof. The results should be sent
Sampling and testing to WSS as stated in the Waterproof instructions.
A representative sample of boiler water should be It is important that regular testing is carried out to
drawn for analysis daily. The sample should ensure that treatment levels are correct.
190
MARINE CHEMICAL
LIQUITRE
LIQUITREAAT™ 25 L
571273
NALFLEET™ Liquitreat™ is a liquid blend of alkaline compounds, scale and corrosion inhibitors,
oxygen scavenger and sludge conditioner.
Features
• Liquid multi-functional treatment for simplified dosing and handling
• Suitable for use with auxiliary boilers and waste heat units
• Contains sulphite oxygen scavenger
Benefits
• Combined with good control of feed water temperature will ensure effective oxygen removal
• Heating surfaces are maintained at optimum thermal efficiency
• Smoke and water tube boilers maintained at peak level efficiency; up to 18 bar pressure

571273 LIQUITREAT 25 LTR
Test Kits for Sulphite, P Alkalinity, Chloride and pH.

Approvals
Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of the
Public Health for the use in systems where steam is
used for drinking water production
Directions for use

The main attributes of NALFLEET™ Liquitreat fall into Typical control limits are: P-Alkalinity: 150-300 ppm
the following categories: CaCO3, Sulphite: 50-100 ppm Na2SO3, Chlorides: 200
ppm Cl max, Conductivity <2250us, Condensate pH
• Control of alkalinity: The correct level of alkalinity
8.5-9.2
ensures that optimum conditions exist for:
Precipitation of hardness salts in conjunction with Dosing method
phosphate.
• Neutralisation of acid conditions. Avoidance of Liquitreat is best continuously fed into the boiler feed
caustic corrosion. Control of magnesium and line with a WSS boiler water dosing unit. The amount
calcium salts. required for initial dosage can be obtained from the
• Control of hardness: NALFLEET™ Liquitreat dosage chart. Consult your WSS representative for
provides a phosphate reserve to effectively react specific dosing instructions.
with and precipitate the hardness salts introduced
with the feedwater. Dosage and control
• Conditioning of sludge: Boiler sludge can only be
removed by blowdown if it is free flowing. Wilhelmsen Ships Service strongly recommends the
NALFLEET™ Liquitreat will ensure this by use of NALFLEET™ Condensate Control in conjunction
preventing the sludge from adhering to metal with NALFLEET™ Liquitreat. NALFLEET™ Condensate
surfaces. The resulting sludge is composed of Control is a volatile amine that neutralizes carbonic acid
small particles flowing towards the bottom of the in the condensate return. For optimum protection
boiler for removal by routine blowdown. against oxygen corrosion, we recommend to maintain a
• Control of oxygen: Oxygen scavenging becomes minimum temperature of 85°C in the hotwell.
more important with the increase in boiler Note: Where feed water temeperatures and or steam
pressure. The oxygen scavenger will effectively rates are variable you should dose a seperate oxygen
react with dissolved oxygen even at lower scavenger to acheive the right balance of alkalinity and
temperatures. oxygen scavenger for best corrosion protection.
191
MARINE CHEMICAL
NALFLEET™ Liquitreat is formulated for use in

conjunction with good quality feed water.
Litres of Liqutreat per ton boiler volume to achieve 200 ppm P-Alkalinity as ppm CaCO3
P-Alkalinity* 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Dose/ton** 2,4 1,8 1,2 0,6 0 0 0 Blowdown
Sampling and testing instructions and log the results in Waterproof. The
A representative sample of boiler water should be Waterproof instructions.
taken from the same point after blowdown, cooled and
ensure that treatment levels are correct.
tested immediately. Follow the WSS Test Kit
192
MARINE CHEMICAL
HARDNE
HARDNESSS C
CONTR
ONTROL
OL™
™ 25 K
KG
G
571299
NALFLEET™ Hardness Control™ is a highly soluble, dry powder product used for the reduction of
hardness in boilers. It will precipitate calcium hardness as a non-adherent sludge.
Features
• Highly active phosphate based compound
• Easily dissolved in water for dosing
• Scale problems due to calcium are eliminated
• Hardness Control does not influence the alkalinity in the system
Benefits
• Maintains sludge in a non-adherent state for removal by blow down
• Can be used for boilers of all pressures

571299 HARDNESS CONTROL 25 KG
Approvals
Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of Public
Health for the use in systems where steam is used for
drinking water production.
Directions for use

NALFLEET™ Hardness Control is formulated to form a Dosing and control
precipitate with calcium ions which will not adhere to
metal surfaces but are in a form suitable for blowdown. For optimum results dose NALFLEET™ Hardness
Control direct to the boiler via the bypass pot-feeder.
The dry powder should be dissolved in hot water (50°C)
at a ratio of 1 part powder to twenty parts condensate
(e.g. 500 grams/10 litres). Ensure that treatment is fully
dissolved before dosing.
Phosphate test result ppm PO4

Pressure Control range 0-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-70 >70
<18bar 30-70ppm Increase dose by 25% Increase dose by 25% Satisfactory Satisfactory Satisfactory Reduce dose by 25%
18 to 31bar 30-70ppm Increase dose by 25% Increase dose by 25% Satisfactory Satisfactory Satisfactory Reduce dose by 25%
31 to 42 bar 20-50ppm Increase dose by 25% Satisfactory Satisfactory Satisfactory Reduce dose by 25% Reduce dose by 25%
Select row on left hand side for applicable pressure taken from the same point after blowdown, cooled and
range. Compare test result with comment in table and tested immediately. Follow the WSS Test Kit
adjust dose rate accordingly. instructions and log the results in Waterproof. The
These are recommended values based on experience results should be sent to WSS as stated in the
and are in no way intended to replace the boiler Waterproof instructions.
manufacturer's specifications or company regulations. It is important that regular testing is carried out to
ensure levels of treatment are correct.
A representative sample of boiler water should be

193
MARINE CHEMICAL
HARDNE
HARDNESSS TRE
TREAATMENT 7208
7208™
™ 25 L
777706
NALFLEET™ Hardness Treatment 7208™ is an alkaline liquid phosphate formulation for the
prevention of scale in both high and low pressure boilers. NALFLEET™ Hardness Treatment 7208™
is an Alkaline Liquid phosphate liquid with a Na:PO4 ratio of 2.6:1 that can be used in both
coordinated and alkaline phosphate boiler water treatment programmes.
Features
• Liquid product for easy application
• Simple test kit is available
Benefits
• Provides phosphate scale control in both high and low pressure boilers
• May be used as part of a coordinated phosphate programme
• Easy to apply liquid formulation
Direction for use

NALFLEET™ Hardness Treatment 7208 should be fed independent control of phosphate and alkalinity control
continuously in order to properly protect the boiler. is required.
NALFLEET™ Hardness Treatment 7208 can be fed neat Dosing and Control
or in any convenient dilution made up in soft water or The dosage of NALFLEET™ Hardness Treatment 7208
cooled condensate. NALFLEET™ Hardness Treatment depends on a number of operational factors such as
7208 must not be mixed with oxygen scavengers or feed-water quality, boiler design and steam rate.
condensate system corrosion inhibitors. Control of NALFLEET™ Hardness Treatment 7208 is by
Sampling and Testing a simple test to give the required level of phosphate (as
NALFLEET™ Hardness Treatment 7208 is normally PO4) in the boiler water. A simple Hardness Treatment
used in conjunction with NALFLEET™ Alkalinity Control test kit is available for this purpose. NOTE: Dependent
treatment in a conventional alkaline phosphate on water quality, NALFLEET™ Hardness Treatment
treatment programme for HP boilers, where 7208 dosed at 0.25 liters/ton will increase the
phosphate reserve by the order of 10mg/l.
194
MARINE CHEMICAL
BWT LIQUID PL
PLUS
US™
™ 25L
25LTR
TR
777701
NALFLEET™ BWT Liquid Plus™ is a blend of phosphate, alkalinity and polymer dispersants
designed for the control of scaling and corrosion in the boiler. NALFLEET™ BWT Liquid Plus™ can
be used as a phosphate treatment for low hardness feed waters in boilers operating at pressures up
to 40 bar.
Features
• Minimises scale formulation, corrosion and sludge accumulation
• Simple to Control
• Complies with FDA regulations where steam can contact food
• Effective iron dispersant
Benefits
• Maintains sludge in a non-adherent state for removal by blow down
• Can be used for boilers of all pressures

777701 BWT LIQUID PLUS 25 LTR
Directions for use

Dosing Method sufficient to produce a P alkalinity in the boiler water of
NALFLEET™ BWT Liquid Plus is best applied neat or 100ppm is 0.4 liters/1,000 liters of water. NALFLEET™
diluted with condensate or evaporated water to any BWT Liquid Plus is strongly alkaline. Tanks and feeding
convenient strength and applied on a continuous basis equipment should be constructed of suitably resistant
using a suitable chemical dosing pump. material such as polypropylene, PVC, polyethylene,
mild steel, cast iron or stainless steel. Avoid the use of
brass or light alloys.
Control is by simple boiler water tests for alkalinity.
Dosing and Control
The dosage rate of NALFLEET™ BWT Liquid Plus
195
MARINE CHEMICAL
ALKALINITY C
CONTR
ONTROL
OL™
™ 25L
25LTR
TR
571307
NALFLEET™ Alkalinity Control™ is a concentrated liquid alkaline product for corrosion and scale
control in boilers .
Features
• Convenient liquid treatment which provides the basic alkalinity for optimum corrosion and scale control.
• Assists in precipitation and blowdown of magnesium and calcium salts
• Will assist in keeping silica in suspension
• Simple testing to determine level of treatment
• Can be used in boilers of all pressures
• Can be used as a neutraliser after acid cleaning operations in different systems
Benefits
• Allows efficiency to be maintained, and reduces maintenance

571307 ALKALINITY CONTROL 25 LTR
Approvals
Public Health for the use as neutraliser after acid
cleaning operations in fresh water generators
Directions for use

NALFLEET™ Alkalinity Control provides alkaline A proper level of treatment is maintained by testing for
conditions in the boiler water for optimum control of p-Alkalinity. The level is determined by the pressure and
corrosion and scale deposition and should be used as type of boiler. Refer to the dosage table below for
part of a multi-product treatment programme. correct dose rates. The normal method of raising the
alkalinity level is by adding the required quantity of
Dosing method NALFLEET™ Alkalinity Control after testing for p-
Alkalinity. 225 ml/ton will raise the p-Alkalinity by 100
For optimum results dose NALFLEET™ Alkalinity ppm.
Control direct to the boiler with an automatic dosing
unit, or via the bypass pot-feeder installed in the boiler USING THE TABLE: Select the section corresponding
feed line. to the pressure of the boiler to be treated and read
across the table to obtain the level of treatment
Dosage and control required.
Dosage of Alkalinity Control in ml/ton boiler volume
P-Alkalinity Test Result PPM CaCO3

Pressure Range 0-50 50-100 100-150 150-300 >300 Standard Range P-Alkalinity Initial Dose Ml/Tonne
<18 bar 340ml 225ml 110ml Satisfactory Reduce dose rate 150 to 300 450
18 to 31 bar 340ml 225ml 110ml Satisfactory Reduce dose rate 150 to 300 450
31 to 42 bar 225ml 110ml Satisfactory Reduce dose rate Reduce dose rate 100 to150 340
42 to 60 bar 110ml Satisfactory Reduce dose rate Reduce dose rate Reduce dose rate 50 to 100 170
Proper treatment should normally give a pH between Sampling and testing

9.5 and 11. These are recommended values based on
experience and are in no way intended to replace the A representative sample of boiler water should be
boiler manufacturer's specifications or company drawn for analysis daily. The sample should always be
regulations. taken from the same point after blowdown, cooled and
instructions and log the results in Waterproof. The
Waterproof instructions. It is important that regular
196
MARINE CHEMICAL
testing is carried out to ensure levels of treatment are

correct.
BOILER C
COOAGULANT
GULANT™™ 25L
25LTR
TR
571331
NALFLEET™ Boiler Coagulant™ is a liquid sludge conditioner designed to prevent deposits.
Features
• Liquid product, easy to feed
• Prevents the formation of adherent deposits and sludges in boilers
• Used in conjunction with Wilhelmsen Ships Service Chemical Service's standard range of boiler water
treatments
• Used to coagulate small amounts of oil which have contaminated the boiler water
Benefits
• Keeps boilers clean and extends boiler operational time between cleaning
• Keeps sludge dispersed for efficient removal by blowdown

571331 BOILER COAGULANT 25 LTR
Directions for use

NALFLEET™ Boiler Coagulant prevents the formation Dosing method
of deposits on boiler internal surfaces. Sludge is kept
dispersed in small particles and conditioned to be For optimum results dose NALFLEET™ Boiler
removed by normal blowdown. In this way tube Coagulant directly to the boiler via the bypass pot-
overheating due to deposits is avoided. The treatment feeder. NALFLEET™ Boiler Coagulant is compatible
is primarily used in conjunction with NALFLEET™ with other Nalfleet Boiler Water Treatment products and
Hardness Control, but also with other Nalfleet chemical dosing can be combined.
treatments. NALFLEET™ Boiler Coagulant can also be
used where minor oil contamination has been Dosage and control
experienced, the oil being required to be coagulated for
The initial dosage is 20 ml of treatment daily for every
removal by blowdown. However, it must be noted that if
ton of boiler capacity. Daily bottom blowdown is
oil contamination is continuous and excessive, off-line
required when using NALFLEET™ Boiler Coagulant.
cleaning will be required. The source of oil
contamination must be stopped immediately.
197
MARINE CHEMICAL
COMBITRE
MBITREAAT™ 25K
25KG
G
571265
NALFLEET™ Combitreat™ is a dry powder containing alkalinity builders, phosphates and sludge
conditioners.
Features
• Combined conditioning treatment for simplified dosing and handling
• Suitable for use with all auxiliary boilers, waste heat units, economisers, package boilers, smoke and water
tube boilers, up to 16 bar pressure
• Dispersant action suspends sludge and sediment particles
Benefits
• Boiler kept at peak level efficiency
• Heating surfaces maintained at optimum thermal conditions

571265 COMBITREAT 25 KG
Approvals
Public Health for the use in system where steam is used
for drinking water production
Dosage table
The main attributes of NALFLEET™ Combitreat fall into Wilhelmsen Ships Service strongly recommends the
the following categories: use of NALFLEET™ Condensate Control and an
oxygen scavenger in conjunction with NALFLEET™
Control of alkalinity: Combitreat. NALFLEET™ Condensate Control is a
volatile amine that neutralizes carbonic acid in the
The correct level of alkalinity ensures that optimum condensate return. To prevent oxygen corrosion, the
conditions exist for: temperature of the hotwell at a minimum of 80°C in
• Precipitation of hardness salts in conjunction with addition to use of an efficient oxygen scavenger.
phosphate.
• Neutralisation of acidic conditions. Dosing method
• Avoidance of caustic corrosion.
Combitreat is best dosed by means of a bypass pot
• Control of magnesium and calcium salts.
feeder directly into the boiler feed line.
• Control of hardness: NALFLEET™ Combitreat
provides a phosphate reserve to effectively react Dosage and control
with and precipitate the hardness salts introduced
with the feedwater. Initial dosage for an untreated system is 400 grams
• Conditioning of sludge: Boiler sludge can only be NALFLEET™ Combitreat/1000 litres of boiler capacity.
removed by blowdown if it is free flowing, This will bring the treatment up to a suitable level of 200
NALFLEET™ Combitreat will ensure this by ppm p-Alkalinity. The dosage chart given below is for
preventing the sludge from adhering to metal convenience in calculating the amount of NALFLEET™
surfaces. The resulting sludge is composed of Combitreat required to bring the level to the point
small particles flowing towards the bottom of the between the minimum and maximum (mid point: 200
boiler. ppm. p. Alkalinity.)
P-Alkalinity* 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350

Dosage Kg/ton 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0 0 0 Blowdown
*P. Alkalinity as ppm CaCO3 These are recommended values based on experience,
and are in no way intended to replace the boiler
Our recommended control limits are: P-Alkalinity:
manufacturers specifications, or company regulations.
150-300 ppm CaCO3, Chlorides: 200 ppm Cl max.
Condensate pH 8.3-9.0 Excessive Chlorides are removed by blowdown.
198
MARINE CHEMICAL
Sampling and testing instructions and log the results in Waterproof. The
A representative sample of boiler water should be Waterproof instructions.
taken from the same point after blowdown, cooled and
ensure that treatment levels are correct
CONDENS
ONDENSA
ATE C
CONTR
ONTROL
OL™
™ 25 L
LTR
TR
774828
NALFLEET™ Condensate Control™ is blend of liquid neutralising amines for corrosion control in
steam and condensate systems.
Features
• Easy to use liquid treatment
• Neutralises the acids occurring in the condensate system
• Volatilizes and carries over with the steam and so it is recycled
• Used for protection of condensate and feed water systems in boiler systems of all pressures
Benefits
• Dosage is economical and efficient
• Less maintenance required
• Lower operating costs and increased reliability

774828 CONDENSATE CONTROL 25 LTR
Direction for use

Dosage and Control • Condensate pump discharge NALFLEET™
Condensate Control can be fed using an
The condensate is tested for pH to determine the automatic dosing system. Consult your WSS
dosage level. The pH limits are 8.5-9.2. For an average representative for specific dosing instructions.
system e.g. 10 m3, the dosage is approximately 0.65
ltr/day Sampling and Testing
Dosing Method A representative sample of condensate should be

NALFLEET™ Condensate Control is best dosed taken from the same point, cooled and tested
continuously using an automatic dosing unit. The immediately. Follow the test kit instructions and log the
treatment can be dosed together with the oxygen results in Waterproof. The results should be sent to
scavenger. WSS as stated in the Waterproof instructions.
Suitable dosage points are:
Condensate Control Dosing Parameters
• Boiler feed line after recirculation valve
Standard pH
< 8,5 8,5 - 9,2 > 9,2
Range
All Boiler Increase Dosage by 25% for 72 hrs and Satisfactiry. Maintain Decrease dosage by 25% for 72 hrs and
8,5-9,2
Groups retest. dosage. retest.
These are recommended values based on experience It is important that regular testing is carried out to
and are in no way intended to replace the boiler ensure levels of treatment are correct. Use dosage
manufacturer's specifications or company regulations. chart to maintain condensate pH between 8.5-9.2.
199
MARINE CHEMICAL
CONDENS
ONDENSA
ATE TRE
TREAATMENT 9
9--150
150™™ 25L
25LTR
TR
777702
NALFLEET™ Condensate Treatment 9-150™ is a liquid blend of neutralising amines applied for the
protection of steam and condensate pipework.
Features
• Provides effective protection of steam & condensate systems against corrosive attack by carbon dioxide &
other acidic gases
• Reduces pickup of iron and copper in condensate as a result of corrosion suppression reliability
Benefits
• Extends the life of steam and condensate systems giving reducing maintenance costs and less down time
• Using it with an oxygen scavenger gives a balanced control programme for increased plant reliability

777702 CONDENSATE TREATMENT 9-150 25 LTR
Directions for use

NALFLEET™ Condensate Treatment 9-150 is a results in Waterproof. The results should be sent to
neutralising type corrosion inhibitor for the use in steam WSS as stated in the Waterproof instructions.
and steam condensate systems. NALFLEET™ Dosing and Control
Condensate Treatment can be used at boiler operating The dosage of NALFLEET™ Condensate Treatment
pressures up to 165 bar. 9-150 required for regular treatment will depend
Dosing Method primarily upon the carbon dioxide content of the
NALFLEET™ Condensate Treatment 9-150 should be condensate. Typical dose rate is 10mls/tone steam. It
injected on a continuous basis. For continuous addition should be injected on a continuous basis to maintain
(advisable when used in conjunction with an oxygen the pH of the condensate at the main condensate pump
scavenger), a suitable chemical proportioning pump is discharge of 8.5 – 9.2 or to maintain a “p” alkalinity of
required. 4-8ppm. NALFLEET™ Condensate treatment 9-150
may be dosed neat or diluted with cooled condensate
or distilled water. It should never be fed to the surface
A representative sample of condensate should be
of hot water in a boiler feed tank, but should be fed
below the surface.
taken from the same point, cooled and tested
immediately. Follow the test kit instructions and log the
200
MARINE CHEMICAL
OXYTRE
XYTREAAT™ 25L
25LTR
TR
777713
NALFLEET™ Oxytreat™ is a blend of selected tannins for corrosion protection in low to medium
pressure steam boilers
Features
• Iron/tannate film protects metal surface
• Removes oxygen, protecting boiler and steam lines
• Low toxicity
• Protects feed tank and feed lines
Benefits
• Protects feed tank, feed lines and boiler metal
• Does not add to boiler TDS

777713 OXYTREAT 25 LTR
Test Kits for Tannin, P Alkalinity, Chloride and Nitrite

777100 BOILER PLUS TEST KIT MO380. P Alkalinity, Chloride, Tannin, Nitrite
Directions for use

NALFLEET™ Oxytreat is formulated to provide around 15mls per ton of steam to provide 120-160 ppm
corrosion protection for the feed and boiler system and of tannin in the boiler water,
when used in conjunction with Multi-plus provides a Sampling and Testing
total treatment programme. NALFLEET™ Oxytreat is best applied neat or diluted
Dosing Method with condensate or evaporated water to any convenient
NALFLEET™ Oxytreat is best applied by continuous strength using a suitable chemical dosing pump. The
injection to the boiler feed tank using a suitable product should be applied to the boiler feed tank or
chemical metering pump to maintain the target reserve feed line to ensure adequate mixing.
in the boiler. NALFLEET™ Oxytreat is normally dosed at
MUL
ULTIPL
TIPLUS
US™
™ 25L
25LTR
TR
777709
NALFLEET™ Multiplus™ is a multi-functional boiler water treatment formulated to be used in
conjunction with NALFLEET™ Oxytreat™ to provide a complete treatment programme for low to
medium pressure steam boilers with low hardness feed-water.
Features
• Utilises advanced polymer technology
• Contains a neutralising amine for condensate corrosion control
• Easy to apply and control
Benefits
• Minimises scale-formation, corrosion and sludge accumulation
• Effective iron dispersant

777709 MULTIPLUS 25 LTR
201
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Pool Chemicals
MELBR
MELBRO
OME BR
BRO
OMINE T
TABLET
ABLETSS 2X5K
2X5KG
G
778920
A compacted 20 gram bromine tablet suitable
for use in a brominator. Slow dissolving and
ideal for continuous dosage programmes. Used
to control microbiological activity on Pools, Spas
and Effluent Waters.
NOT for use in potable waters.
Features
• Slow dissolving tablet
• Bromine based disinfectant
• Long shelf life
Benefits
• Totally soluble
• Effective over a wide pH range
• Easy to apply using a brominator

778920 MELBROME BROMINE TABLETS 2X5KG
Directions For Use

Each tablet weighs 20g and has 65% available Bromine Repeat until the required free chlorine level is achieved.
= 13g. Typically 1 - 2mg/l as Free Chlorine. Note: To convert
free chlorine to free bromine, multiply free chlorine
Start by adding 1 tablet per 1m3 of system volume,
reading by 2.25.
wait a couple of hours then test for free chlorine.
HYDR
HYDRO
OCHL
CHLORIC
ORIC A
ACID
CID 3333-35% P
POT
OTABLE
ABLE GRADE
773408
Potable grade Hydrochloric Acid (Muriatic Acid) for pH reduction in Pool and Spa waters and
Drinking water. CAUTION: Always add Hydrochloric Acid slowly to water. When water is added to
Hydrochloric Acid heat is produced that can cause a hazardous situation.
Application methods: Preferably by dosing pump.
Features
• Liquid solution
• Potable Water Grade
Benefits
• Fast pH reduction

773408 HYDROCHLORIC ACID 33-35% POTABLE GR
202
MARINE CHEMICAL
POOLP
OLPOOWER 90 25K
25KG
G
778902
Pool Power 90 is a tablet form of
Trichloroisocyanuric Acid (TCCA) used to control
the growth of bacteria & algae in swimming
pools and spas. Will also reduce loss of chlorine
to sunlight and lowers pH levels. Approximately
125 tablets per drum. (200g/tablet).
Pool Power 90 can be used to treat effluent
water systems. It is NOT to be used for Potable
Water.
Features
• Tablet form
• Slow dissolving
Benefits
• Controlled chlorine release
• Long shelf life

778902 POOLPOWER 90 25KG
Each tablet weighs 200g and has 90% available Start by adding 1 tablet per 5m3 of system volume,
chlorine release agent which in turn is 45% available wait a couple of hours then test for free chlorine.
chlorine = 80g. Repeat until the required free chlorine level is achieved.
Typically 1 - 2mg/l Free Chlorine.
203
MARINE CHEMICAL
PH INCRE
INCREASER
ASER™
™ 25K
25KG
G
766537
NALFLEET™ pH Increaser™ is a convenient and
safe Sodium Carbonate, granular product for
raising the pH of pool water with minimal effect
on overall alkalinity.
Features
• Convenient granular product
• Protects pool surfaces and equipment from
corrosion due to low pH
• Reduces maintenance costs
• Quickly and easily raises pH
Benefits
• Safe for all types of pools
• Makes water more comfortable for bathers
This product is used to raise the pH of pool water. caused by pH being too low or too high. If pH is too low
Proper pH control is essential to eliminate problems then corrosion and staining may occur.

766537 pH INCREASER 25KG
If your pool pH is low, add pH Increaser at 25g to 50g hour or so before testing again. If the pH is still too low
per m3. Distribute the powder over the whole of the after an hour, you can add more pH Increaser. The
pool surface, starting in the deep end. Make sure that powder may cloud the pool water at first, but this
the pump is circulating to distribute the water. Wait an should fade out within an day or so.
204
MARINE CHEMICAL
POOL AND SP
SPA
A HARDNE
HARDNESSS™ 118K
8KG
G
766538
NALFLEET™ Pool and Spa Hardness™ raises
calcium hardness of pool and spa water to
assist in the prevention of corrosion, etched
plaster and other problems resulting from low
calcium levels.
Features
• For Pool, spas and hot tubs
• Raises calcium hardness level
• Helps prevent etching and staining
• 100% active
Benefits
• Multi-use product
This product is used to raise the calcium hardness in Surface etching by low calcium hardness will become
pool water. Low calcium hardness may cause pool more abrasive and uncomfortable for bathers. Rough
water to be corrosive which may result in staining, surfaces also increase problems with algae and makes
etching or distorting of all types of pool surfaces. cleaning more difficult.

766538 POOL AND SPA HARDNESS 18KG
205
MARINE CHEMICAL
POOL CLARIFIER
CLARIFIER™
™ 1L
1LTR
TR
766539
NALFLEET™ Pool Clarifier™ is a highly
concentrated product based on specially
formulated polymers that quickly clears cloudy
water.
Features
• Concentrated formula
• Contains specially formulated polymers
• Easy to use - no premixing
• Does not affect pH
Benefits
• Clears cloudy water quickly
• Helps reduce chlorine usage
• Makes water sparkle
NALFLEET™ Pool Clarifier restores sparkling clear while the filter is in operation, requires no premixing,
water by binding small particles into larger masses that contains no alum and does not affect the pH.
can be easily removed by the filter. This product works

766539 POOL CLARIFIER 1LTR
Directions for use

Before applying this product ensure that the filter is 10m3 by pouring gently around the perimeter of the
operating efficiently. Apply NALFLEET™ Pool Clarifier pool. Leave pump and filter running for 8 hours after
weekly or whenever the pool water has lost sparkle. application. If pool clarity has not been restored after 36
Apply NALFLEET™ Pool Clarifier at the rate of 15ml per hours, repeat the treatment.
SP
SPA
A DEF
DEFOOAMER
AMER™
™
766540
Spa Defoamer™ eliminates unsightly foam from spa water, hot tubs and other water features by
soaps, suntan lotion and detergents.
Features
• Silicone base antifoam to control and prevent foaming
• Quickly eliminates foam from spas, hot tubs and other water features
• Easy to use
Benefits
• Suitable for all pools and spas
• Improves bathing experience

766540 SPA DEFOAMER
206
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Cooling Water Treatment
ROCOR NB LIQUID
LIQUID™
™ 25L
25LTR
TR
571356
NALFLEET™ Rocor NB Liquid™ is a liquid, nitrite/borate based compound with organic corrosion
inhibitors for use in closed cooling water systems.
Features
• Liquid product, easy to use
• By forming an oxide film on the metal surfaces electrolytic corrosion is prevented
• Effective against cavitation and erosion
• Compatible with hoses, gaskets and seals
Benefits
• Approved by major diesel engine manufacturers
The product can be used for corrosion inhibition in • Centralised cooling systems
many types of closed recirculation systems such as: • Hot water heating systems
• Auxiliary machinery cooling systems
• Diesel engine cooling water systems
• Compressor cooling water systems

571356 ROCOR NB LIQUID 25 LTR
Test Kit for Nitrite, Chloride and pH.

739466 SPECTRAPAK 309
Approvals
• Approved by all major engine manufacturers cooling water is used for heating purpose in
• Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of evaporators
Public Health for the use in systems where
Directions for use

NALFLEET™ Rocor NB Liquid is a highly effective using UNITOR™ Descalex. Refer to Water Treatment
corrosion inhibitor for the common ferrous and non- handbook. The use of antifreeze is sometimes required
ferrous metals in cooling water systems. The stable if the vessel is to be laid up in cold areas and so
oxide film that is formed prevents corrosion caused by NALFLEET™ Rocor NB Liquid can be used in
electrolytic action between dissimilar metals used in the conjunction with antifreeze products. If the system
system. NALFLEET™ Rocor NB Liquid has been field contains zinc galvanized parts, it is advisory to clean
tested and found to have no detrimental effects on non the system with Descalex prior to commencing the
metallic substances such as seals, glands, packing, treatment.
hoses, gaskets etc., normally used in these systems.
NALFLEET™ Rocor NB is not suitable for use in cooling
The compound is alkaline and so will suppress acid
systems containing aluminium components.
corrosion, which would otherwise result in corrosion
damage such as pitting. However, the alkalinity control Dosing method
is such that even if the product is accidentally
overdosed, the pH of the water will remain within limits. NALFLEET™ Rocor NB Liquid should be dosed to a
The metals which would be affected by extremes of suitable point in the system. If the expansion tank is
alkalinity or acidity are protected. In cases where used then adequate circulation must be assured.
systems are contaminated with oil and/or scale they
should be cleaned before starting to apply NALFLEET™ Sampling and testing
Rocor NB Liquid. There are suitable WSS products to
carry out the cleaning. Degreasing should be carried The Spectrapak Test Kit provides the necessary
out using UNITOR™ Seaclean Plus and descaling by equipment to carry out the control tests. Obtain a
207
MARINE CHEMICAL
representative sample of the cooling water. Carry out Dosage and Control
the tests immediately after sampling (following the
instructions given in the Test Kit) and log the results in Initial dosage for an untreated system is 9 litres of
Waterproof. The results should be sent to WSS as NALFLEET™ Rocor NB Liquid/1000 litres of untreated
stated in the Waterproof instructions. Use the dosage distilled water. This will bring the treatment up to the
chart overleaf to adjust treatment to obtain the optimum minimum level of 1000 ppm nitrite. The dosage chart
level. It is important that testing is carried out at least given below is for convenience in calculating the
once per week, to ensure levels of treatment are amount of NALFLEET™ Rocor NB Liquid required to
correct. bring the treatment level to the suitable point between
the minimum and maximum - this being 1440 ppm
nitrite.
Normal nitrite limits: 1000-2400 ppm nitrite (NO2)
Nitrite (as PPM NO2) 0 180 360 540 720 900 1080 1260 1440 - 2400
NALFLEET™ Rocor NB Liquid/1000 ltr 13,0 11,3 9,7 8,1 6,5 4,9 3,3 1,7 0
N.B.Buffering agents in NALFLEET™ Rocor NB Liquid Chloride levels should always be as low as possible.
maintain pH values within suitable limits when the Most engine manufacturers recommend a maximum of
product is dosed as recommended. Normal pH should 50 ppm chlorides. For this reason, Wilhelmsen Ships
be maintained between 8.3 and 10 by the treatment. Service recommends the use of distilled water as
The engine manufacturer's recommendations for water make-up.
quality should always be complied with.
208
MARINE CHEMICAL
ENGINE W
WA
ATER TRE
TREAATMENT 9
9--108
108™
™ 25L
25LTR
TR
777703
NALFLEET™ Engine Water Treatment 9-108™ is a balanced mixture of corrosion inhibitors,
formulated to give a high nitrite furnish which is becoming a more frequent requirement for the new
generation of high efficiency diesel engines. Use Motor Ship Test Kit 777066 to test and control
Nitrite, Chloride and P Alkalinity of the engine cooling water.
Features
• Contains dispersant for cleaner and more efficient cooling systems
• Does not affect gaskets or hoses
• Compatible with anti-freeze solutions
Benefits

777703 ENGINE WATER TREATMENT 9-108 25 LTR
Test Kit for Nitrite, Chloride and P Alkalinity.

777066 MOTOR SHIP TEST KIT MO246A.
Approvals
• Approved by major diesel engine manufacturers cooling water is used for distilling sea water for
• Approved by the UK Dept. of Transport for use in domestic purposes in evaporators on board
diesel cooling systems where heat from the • Gold approval by CEFAS for use in the UK and
Netherlands offshore petroleum industries.
Directions for use

NALFLEET™ Engine Water Treatment 9-108 is effective The WSS Test Kit provides the necessary equipment to
in hot and cold water and it is compatible with Glycol carry out the control tests. Obtain a representative
when used with anti-freeze. It contains an anti-scalant sample of the cooling water. Carry out the tests
to minimise scale formation on heat transfer surfaces. It immediately after sampling (following the instructions
will protect all metals commonly found in engine given in the Test Kit) and log the results in Waterproof.
cooling water systems including cast iron, mild steel, The results should be sent to WSS as stated in the
copper, copper alloys, lead and solder. Waterproof instructions. It is important that testing is
Dosing Method carried out at least once per week, to ensure levels of
treatment are correct.
Before start up of treatment the system should be
flushed to remove all sludge and particulate matter and Dosing and Control
where necessary cleaned with an oil remover, such as Dosing should be carried out at the rate of 2.25 liters
UNITOR™ Commissioning Cleaner 624932 to remove per ton of water to give the correct product reserve. It is
oil and grease deposits. recommended that NALFLEET™ EWT 9-108 is
NALFLEET™ Engine Water Treatment 9-108 should be controlled at 700 to 1000ppm Nitrite (1000 to 1500ppm
dosed directly to the cooling system. Sodium Nitrite). Control by a simple test for nitrite and
pH. Refer to table below for dosing guide.
Nitrite ppm 0 250 500 750 1000

Sodium Nitrite ppm 0 375 750 1125 1500
EWT 9-108 ltr/m3 2.25 1.7 1.2 0.6 0
209
MARINE CHEMICAL
NALFLEET 2000
2000™™ 25L
25LTR
TR
777710
NALFLEET 2000™ combines film forming corrosion inhibitors with a scale suppressant in liquid
form for ease of application. Nalfleet 2000 is soluble in water in all proportions and does not contain
chromates.
Features
• Protects all common metals in cooling systems from corrosive attack
• Protects against cavitation erosion
• Simple to control
• Safe to apply and handle
Benefits
• Minimises sludge and scale deposits

777710 NALFLEET 2000 25 LTR

Directions for use

NALFLEET™ 2000 has been designed for use in all and scale deposits before treatment with NALFLEET™
common types of engine cooling water systems. 2000 can begin.
Nalfleet 2000 will protect ferrous metals, copper and NALFLEET™ 2000 is easy to apply as received, and is
copper alloys and all other metals including aluminium fully compatible with water in ethylene glycol solutions.
components. NALFLEET™ 2000 will not affect rubber It contains an anti-scalant which helps to keep engine
gaskets or other non-metallic components within the systems clean and free from corrosion and scale
cooling system. formation. NALFLEET™ 2000 maintains design heat
Sampling and Testing transfer efficiencies and extends the life of the engine.
The WSS Motor Ship Test Kit (777066) provides the Cases of unusual coolant loss should be checked and
necessary equipment to carry out the control tests. remedial action taken. NALFLEET™ 2000 should be
Obtain a representative sample of the cooling water. introduced during circulation of the cooling water.
Carry out the tests immediately after sampling NALFLEET™ 2000 is best added by means of a feeder
(following the instructions given in the Test Kit) and log installed on a by-pass to the circulating system or in
the results in Waterproof. The results should be sent to smaller systems, it can be added directly to the header
WSS as stated in the Waterproof instructions. It is tank. Initial treatment is at a rate of 32 liters of
important that testing is carried out at least once per NALFLEET™ 2000 per 1m3 of coolant to give a control
week, to ensure levels of treatment are correct. level of 700 to 1500ppm as nitrite (1000 to 2250ppm as
Dosing and Control sodium nitrite), pH 8.3 to 10.0. Overdosing with
Engine cooling systems should be drained, flushed and NALFLEET™ 2000 is not harmful to the system. Control
if necessary, chemically cleaned, to remove old rust by a simple test for nitrite and pH. Refer to table below
for guide to dosing.
Nitrite ppm 0 250 500 750 1000 1500

Sodium Nitrite ppm 0 375 750 1125 1500 2250
NALFLEET™ 2000 ltr/m3 32 24 16 8 0 0
210
MARINE CHEMICAL
NALFLEET 2000
2000™™5L
LTR
TR
778640
NALFLEET 2000™ combines film forming
corrosion inhibitors with a scale suppressant in
liquid form for ease of application. Nalfleet 2000
is soluble in water in all proportions and does
not contain chromates.
Features
• Protects all common metals in cooling systems
from corrosive attack
• Safe to apply and handle
Benefits

Directions for Use

NALFLEET™ 2000 has been designed for use in all and scale deposits before treatment with NALFLEET™
common types of engine cooling water systems. 2000 can begin.
NALFLEET™ 2000 will protect ferrous metals, copper NALFLEET™ 2000 is easy to apply as received, and is
and copper alloys and all other metals including fully compatible with water in ethylene glycol solutions.
aluminium components. NALFLEET™ 2000 will not It contains an anti-scalant which helps to keep engine
affect rubber gaskets or other non-metallic components
systems clean and free from corrosion and scale
within the cooling system.
formation. NALFLEET™ 2000 maintains design heat
Sampling and Testing transfer efficiencies and extends the life of the engine.
The WSS Motor Ship Test Kit (777066) provides the Cases of unusual coolant loss should be checked and
necessary equipment to carry out the control tests.
remedial action taken. NALFLEET™ 2000 should be
Obtain a representative sample of the cooling water.
introduced during circulation of the cooling water.
Carry out the tests immediately after sampling NALFLEET™ 2000 is best added by means of a feeder
(following the instructions given in the Test Kit) and log installed on a by-pass to the circulating system or in
the results in Waterproof. The results should be sent to
smaller systems, it can be added directly to the header
WSS as stated in the Waterproof instructions. It is
tank. Initial treatment is at a rate of 32 liters of
important that testing is carried out at least once per NALFLEET™ 2000 per 1m3 of coolant to give a control
week, to ensure levels of treatment are correct. level of 700 to 1500ppm as nitrite (1000 to 2250ppm as
Dosing and Control sodium nitrite), pH 8.3 to 10.0. Overdosing with
Engine cooling systems should be drained, flushed and NALFLEET™ 2000 is not harmful to the system. Control
if necessary, chemically cleaned, to remove old rust by a simple test for nitrite and pH. Refer to table below
for guide to dosing.
Nitrite ppm 0 250 500 750 1000 1500

NALFLEET™ 2000 lit/m3 32 24 16 8 0 0
211
MARINE CHEMICAL
COOL
OLTRE
TREAAT AL
AL™
™ 25L
25LTR
TR
680843
NALFLEET™ Cooltreat AL™ is an organic liquid corrosion inhibitor with extended life for use in
closed cooling water systems. This product offers protection for all commonly used materials in
engine cooling water systems, including aluminium. Unlike other coolants, NALFLEET™ Cooltreat
AL does not contain components subject to rapid depletion i.e. Nitrite and Silicate. Based on
aliphatic acid technology NALFLEET™ Cooltreat AL is stable and hence the test frequency can be
reduced. NALFLEET™ Cooltreat AL is fully organic and biodegradable.
Features
• Liquid product, easy to use
• Environmentally friendly, fully organic product, low toxicity
• Effective against cavitation and erosion. Superior heat transfer properties
• Compatible with hoses, gaskets and seals
• Compatible with glycols for frost protection
• Stable product-non depleting
Benefits
• The product can be used for corrosion inhibition in many types of closed re-circulation system such as:
• Centralised cooling systems
• Hot water heating systems
• Approved by major engine manufacturers

680843 COOLTREAT AL 25 LTR
Test Kit for Cooltreat AL, Chloride and pH.

758904 TEST KIT FOR COOLTREAT AL...
Approvals
• Approved by all major engine manufacturers
Directions for use

NALFLEET™ Cooltreat AL is an organic liquid corrosion react with the metal surface and form oxides that
inhibitor with extended life for use in closed cooling prevent further corrosion, NALFLEET™ Cooltreat AL
water systems. This product offers protection for all applies a thin and durable layer of protective molecules
commonly used materials in engine cooling water to the metal surfaces. This technology prevents the
systems, including aluminium. Unlike other coolants, continuous build-up of insulating layers on heat transfer
NALFLEET™ Cooltreat AL does not contain surfaces. For new builds, Wilhelmsen Ships Service
components subject to rapid depletion i.e. Nitrite and recommends cleaning of the water system before
Silicate. Based on aliphatic acid technology commercing service. The system will always contain
NALFLEET™ Cooltreat AL is stable and hence the test small amounts of oil and iron oxides, and this can be
frequency can be reduced. NALFLEET™ Cooltreat AL removed in one operation with UNITOR™
is fully organic and biodegradable. Commissioning Cleaner. If the system is corroded or is
more heavily contaminated, degreasing with i.e.
Directions for Use NALFLEET™ Cooltreat AL is a highly
effective corrosion inhibitor for all common metals in UNITOR™ Seaclean Plus followed by acid cleaning,
cooling water systems. Testing has shown no with i.e. UNITOR™ Descalex for removal of metal
detrimental effects on non metallic substances such as oxides or scale is recommended. For systems
previously treated with other products, Wilhelmsen
seals, glands, packing, hoses, gaskets etc., normally
Ships Service recommend to drain and flush the system
used in these systems. Where most traditional inhibitors
212
MARINE CHEMICAL
before refilling with distilled water and NALFLEET™ representative sample of the cooling water. Carry out
Cooltreat AL. The system should be clean and free from the tests immediately after sampling (following the
scale and corrosion products when starting the instructions given in the Test Kit) and log the results in
treatment. The use of antifreeze is sometimes required Waterproof. The results should be sent to WSS as
if the vessel is to be laid up in cold areas, stated in the Waterproof instructions. Use the dosage
NALFLEET™™ Cooltreat AL can be used in chart overleaf to adjust treatment to obtain the optimum
conjunction with glycols for frost protection. If used in level. It is important that testing is carried out at least
conjunction with glycols, It is recommended to increase once per week, to ensure levels of treatment are
the product concentration to 8%.* correct.
Dosing method Dosage and Control
NALFLEET™ Cooltreat AL should be dosed to a Initial dosage for an untreated system is 60 litres of
suitable point in the system. If the expansion tank is NALFLEET™ Cooltreat AL/ton of untreated distilled
used, adequate circulation must be assured. water (6%). This will provide sufficient protection of the
system for a period of two to five years under normal
Sampling and testing conditions.
The Spectrapak Test Kit provides the necessary

equipment to carry out the control tests. Obtain a
Cooltreat AL (in %) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
NALFLEET™ Cooltreat AL/1000 ltr 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
6% NALFLEET™ Cooltreat AL should also be dosed in as possible. Most engine manufacturers recommend a
all make up water added to the system to compensate maximum of 50 ppm chlorides. For this reason,
for lost coolant. The engine manufacturer's Wilhelmsen Ships Service recommends the use of
recommendations for water quality should always be distilled water as make-up. pH should be controlled
complied with. Chloride levels should always be as low between 7.0 and 9.0.
213
MARINE CHEMICAL
DIE
DIESEL
SELGU
GUARD
ARD NB
NB™
™ 25K
25KG
G
571349
NALFLEET™ Dieselguard NB™ is a dry powder,
nitrite/borate based compound with organic
corrosion inhibitors for use in cooling water
systems.
Features
• By creating an oxide film on the metal surfaces,
electrolytic corrosion is prevented
• Effective against cavitation and erosion
• Compatible with non-metals such as hoses,
gaskets and seals
• Compatible with glycol used for frost protection
• The product can be used for corrosion inhibition
in many types of closed recirculation systems
such as:
• Centralised cooling systems
• Hot water heating systems
Benefits

571349 DIESELGUARD NB 25 KG
Test Kit for Nitrite, Chloride and pH.

Approvals
• Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of cooling water is used for heating purpose in
Public Health for the use in systems where evaporators
• Approved by numerous engine manufacturers
Directions for use

Dosing method The results should be sent to WSS as stated in the
Waterproof instructions. Use the dosage chart overleaf
NALFLEET™ Dieselguard NB should be dosed into a to adjust treatment to obtain the optimum level. It is
suitable point in the cooling water system, after it has important that testing is carried out at least once per
been thoroughly mixed with water. If the expansion week, to ensure levels of treatment are correct.
tank is used then adequate circulation must be
assured. Dosing and Control
Sampling and testing Initial dosage for an untreated system is 2 kg/1000 litres
of untreated distilled water. This will bring the treatment
The WSS Test Kit provides the necessary equipment to up to the minimum level of 1000 ppm. The dosage
carry out the control tests. Obtain a representative chart given below is for convenience in calculating the
sample of the cooling water. Carry out the tests amount of NALFLEET™ Dieselguard NB required to
immediately after sampling (following the instructions bring the treament level to the suitable point between
given in the Test Kit) and log the results in Waterproof.
214
MARINE CHEMICAL
the minimum and maximum - this being 1440 ppm After a short period of use the operator will be able to
nitrite. easily determine the dosage required to maintain a
proper treatment level.
Normal nitrite limits: 1000-2400 ppm nitrite (NO2)
Nitrite (as PPM NO2) 0 180 360 540 720 900 1080 1260 1440 1620 - 2400
NALFLEET™ Dieselguard NB kg/1000 ltr 2,88 2,52 2,16 1,80 1,44 1,08 0,72 0,36 0 0
N.B. Buffering agents in NALFLEET™ Dieselguard NB manufacturers recommend a maximum of 50 ppm

maintain pH values within suitable limits when the chlorides.
product is dosed as recommended. For this reason, Wilhelmsen Ships Service recommends
The pH should be maintained between 8.3 and 10.0 by to use distilled water as make-up.
the treatment. NALFLEET™ Dieselguard NB is very water soluble. One
The engine manufacturer's recommendations for water kilogram of NALFLEET™ Dieselguard NB should be
quality should always be complied with. Chloride levels dissolved in 10 litres of hot water before adding it to the
should be as low as possible. Most engine system.
215
MARINE CHEMICAL
BIO
BIOGU
GUARD
ARD PL
PLUS
US™
™ 25 L
LTR
TR
778918
NALFLEET™ Bioguard Plus™ is an effective
anti-foulant and corrosion inhibitor for use in sea
water systems. NALFLEET™ Bioguard Plus™
has been specially developed to prevent sea
water (cooling) systems from being fouled by
aquatic life forms such as mussels, barnacles
and algae. Because of its filming properties, the
product also acts as a corrosion inhibitor and
can be used in sea water cooling systems,
intakes, filter boxes, static ballast tanks, stability
trimming tanks and oil rig sea legs.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
NALFLEET™ Bioguard Plus™ is not compatible
with Bioguard™ or Antifoulant 9-321™. Holding
tanks and dosing line must be flushed and
cleaned with fresh water before commencing the
application of NALFLEET™ Bioguard Plus™.
Features
• Liquid treatment which is easy to use
• Extremely effective in the control of sea water
fouling organisms
• Maintains heat transfer in systems and extends
the periods between cleaning
• Biodegradable
• Suitable for all types of systems using sea water,
both static and flowing
Benefits
• Multi-system use
• Many applications covered by one product
• Reduces maintenance and down time
• Economic in use
NALFLEET™ Bioguard Plus cannot be delivered in US & Canada, please see order no. for Nalco 73551 and
& Canada , for deliveries in US & Canada please look under the Documentation tab for further
contact the local Customer Service Organisation. For information.
more information on alternative product delivered in US

778918 BIOGUARD PLUS 25 LTR
L73551.11U NALCO 73551 (19 LTR)
Accessories

767925 SEA WATER DOSING STATION
216
MARINE CHEMICAL
Ditections for Use

NALFLEET™ Bioguard Plus has been specially calculated dose should be dosed over a one hour
developed to prevent sea water (cooling) system from period and repeated every 48 hours. For Static Ballast
being fouled by lower aquatic life forms like mussels, Tanks Dose 1 litre of NALFLEET™ Bioguard Plus per
barnacles and algae. The dispersant in the product 10 tons of water prior to ballasting, followed by a
inhibits the colonisation of such organisms on metal monthly dose of 2 litres per 100 tons. For Trim Tanks,
surfaces. The filming characteristics will also provide Oil Rig Sea Legs and similar systems Dose 25 litres of
anti corrosion properties. NALFLEET™ Bioguard Plus NALFLEET™ Bioguard Plus per 100 tons of water and
can be used in both static and flowing systems. Some add the same for make up water.
application examples are: sea water systems, including Dosing Method The diagram attached shows a typical
seawater intakes; filter boxes and piping; static ballast dosage layout. This can be modified to suit a particular
tanks; stability trimming tanks and oil rig sea legs. situation. A chemical dosing pump, with or without
Dosage and control alarm to be used. Although the product will gradually
clean fouled systems, treatment should preferably be
For Sea Water Cooling Systems Dose 0.6 litre of
started with a clean system. The product can be dosed
NALFLEET™ Bioguard Plus for every 100 tons of sea
neat or if necessary diluted into fresh water to
water flowing through the system per hour. The system
accommodate the dosing equipment. When changing
throughput is either to be determined from the rating of
over from any other product to NALFLEET™ Bioguard
the pump(s) or from the system specifications.
Plus, flush the entire dosing system thoroughly with
Treatment is necessary in coastal waters and should
fresh water.
commence three days before entering these waters and
continue for three days after leaving coastal waters. The
Further Technical Data

Form Liquid
Appearance Pale Yellow
Density 0.97 kg/m3
Flash Point above 100C
Odour Ammoniacal
pH above 7
217
MARINE CHEMICAL
NALFLEET 2000
2000™™ 210 L
LTR
TR
777711
NALFLEET 2000™ combines film forming corrosion inhibitors with a scale suppressant in liquid
form, for ease. NALFLEET 2000™ is soluble in water in all proportions. NALFLEET 2000™ does not
contain chromates.
Features
• Protects all common metals in cooling systems from corrosive attack
• Minimises sludge and scale deposits
• Safe and simple to apply and handle
Benefits

777711 NALFLEET 2000 210 LTR

Directions for use

NALFLEET™2000 has been designed for use in all NALFLEET™ 2000 is easy to apply as received, and is
common types of engine cooling water systems. fully compatible with water in ethylene glycol solutions.
NALFLEET™ 2000 will protect ferrous metals, copper It contains an anti-scalant which helps to keep engine
and copper alloys and all other metals including systems clean and free from corrosion and scale
aluminium components. NALFLEET™ 2000 will not formation. NALFLEET™ 2000 maintains design heat
affect rubber gaskets or other non-metallic components transfer efficiencies and extends the life of the engine.
within the cooling system. Cases of unusual coolant loss should be checked and
Sampling and Testing remedial action taken. Nalfleet 2000 should be
The WSS Motor Ship Test Kit (777066) provides the introduced during circulation of the cooling water.
necessary equipment to carry out the control tests. NALFLEET™ 2000 is best added by means of a feeder
Obtain a representative sample of the cooling water. installed on a by-pass to the circulating system or in
Carry out the tests immediately after sampling smaller systems, it can be added directly to the header
(following the instructions given in the Test Kit) and log tank.
the results in Waterproof. The results should be sent to Initial treatment is at a rate of 32 liters of NALFLEET™
WSS as stated in the Waterproof instructions. It is 2000 per 1m3 of coolant to give a control level of 700 to
important that testing is carried out at least once per 1500ppm as nitrite (1000 to 2250ppm as sodium
week, to ensure levels of treatment are correct. nitrite), pH 8.3 to 10.0. Overdosing with NALFLEET™
Dosing and Control 2000 is not harmful to the system. Control by a simple
Engine cooling systems should be drained, flushed and test for nitrite and pH. Refer to table below for guide to
if necessary, chemically cleaned, to remove old rust dosing.
and scale deposits before treatment with NALFLEET™
2000 can begin.
Nitrite ppm 0 250 500 750 1000 1500

NALFLEET™ 2000 ltr/m3 32 24 16 8 0 0
218
MARINE CHEMICAL
ENGINE W
WA
ATER TRE
TREAATMENT 9
9--111AL
1AL™
™ 25 L
777704
NALFLEET™ Engine Water Treatment 9-111AL™ contains a balanced mixture of corrosion
inhibitors in liquid form, together with an antiscalant. NALFLEET™ EWT 9-111AL™ is formulated to
protect systems containing aluminium components.
Features
• Protects all metals (including aluminium) in engine cooling systems from corrosion attack
• Does not affect gaskets or hoses
• Compatible with antifreeze solutions
Benefits
• Keeps systems free from sludge and scale deposits

777704 ENGINE WATER TREATMENT AL 9-111 25L

Approvals
• Approved by major diesel engine manufacturers • UK Department of Trade approved
Directions for use

Dosing Method The WSS Motor Ship Test Kit (777066) provides the
NALFLEET™ Engine Water Treatment 9-111 AL may be necessary equipment to carry out the control tests.
drawn directly from the drum but because of the Obtain a representative sample of the cooling water.
alkalinity of the neat product, plastic taps should be Carry out the tests immediately after sampling
(following the instructions given in the Test Kit) and log
used for dispensing. Sampling and Testing
NALFLEET™ Engine Water Treatment 9-111 AL is the results in Waterproof. The results should be sent to
particularly effective in preventing corrosion in engine WSS as stated in the Waterproof instructions. Use the
cooling systems. NALFLEET™ Engine Water Treatment dosage chart overleaf to adjust treatment to obtain the
optimum level. It is important that testing is carried out
9-111 AL will protect ferrous metals, copper and
copper alloys , lead , solder and aluminium. It will not at least once per week, to ensure levels of treatment
affect rubber gaskets or hoses. NALFLEET™ Engine are correct.
Water Treatment 9-111 AL is effective in hot and cold Dosing and Control
fresh water, and is fully compatible with glycol/water NALFLEET™ Engine Water Treatment 9-111 AL should
mixtures.
be dosed directly to the cooling system at the rate of 8
NALFLEET™ Engine Water Treatment 9-111 AL also
liters per m3 of water to give the correct product
contains an anti-scalant to prevent deposition on hot
reserve of 700 to 1000ppm Nitrite (1000 to 1500ppm as
surfaces and keep waterways in radiators clear. Sodium Nitrite) and a pH of 9.5 to 10.5. Engine Water
NALFLEET™ Engine Water Treatment 9-111 AL has
Treatment 9-111 AL should be introduced after
been approved by the Department of Trade and
circulation of the cooling water has begun and is best
Industry for use in an engine cooling system circulating
added by means of a feeder installed on a bypass to
as the heating medium for generators producing fresh the circulating system, or connected to a suitable
water for drinking and culinary purposes provided the
dosing pump and storage tank.
recommended dosage rates are adhered to.
Ref. Dosing chart below:
Nitrite ppm 0 250 500 750 1000

Sodium Nitrite ppm 0 375 750 1125 1500
NALFLEET™ EWT 9-111 AL ltr/m3 8 6 4 2 0
219
MARINE CHEMICAL
BRINE C
CORR
ORRO
OSION INHIBITOR
INHIBITOR™
™ 25 LITRE
777044
NALFLEET™ Brine Corrosion Inhibitor™ is a
borate-organic corrosion inhibitor especially
designed for use in chloride brine closed re-
circulating cooling systems. NALFLEET™ Brine
Corrosion Inhibitor™ provides effective
corrosion protection for steel and most other
metals in both low and high temperature
systems and is formulated to perform without
additional supplements. It can be used in
chromate containing systems without causing
precipitation.
Features
• Formulated for brine cooling systems
• Liquid
• Multi metal corrosion protection
Benefits
• Can be used to replace chromate technology

777044 BRINE CORROSION INHIBITOR 25 LITRE
Directions for use

The recommended dosage for NALFLEET™ Brine time and watch for foaming. Gradually increase the
Corrosion Inhibitor is 17.5 litres per tonne of brine in the feed rate. NALFLEET™ Brine Corrosion Inhibitor does
system. NALFLEET™ Brine Corrosion Inhibitor may be not induce foaming at normal dose rates, but if it is fed
added directly to the system either neat or in a water too much too soon, foaming may occur. Feed lines and
dilution. Dilutions should be made with evaporated pumps should be mild steel, stainless steel, Teflon,
water. If a chemical dosing pump is used then pump polyethylene, PVC polypropylene or rubber.
and lines should be mild steel, stainless steel, Teflon, Testing and Control Control NALFLEET™ Brine
polyethylene, PVC, polypropylene or rubber. Corrosion Inhibitor as Boron at 70 - 100 ppm Note:
Conversion from chromate NALFLEET™ Brine Because the specific gravity of the brine varies with
corrosion inhibitor is compatible with chromate. concentration, the resulting level of boron should be
Systems with chromate need not be flushed before calculated as follows:
adding the product. Let chromate deplete naturally and mg/L Boron/S.G. Brine* = ppm Boron ref. attached
maintain boron level at a minimum of 70ppm. table
NALFLEET™ Brine Corrosion Inhibitor should be fed
slowly. Start feeding 5 to 10% of the total dosage at a
220
MARINE CHEMICAL
MAR
MAR--71
71™
™ 3X5 L
735977
MAR-71™ is a very effective biocide, used to
prevent and combat microbiological growth in
closed cooling water systems as well as in
lubricating oil systems. Bacteria are the cause of
many corrosion problems, as while they grow,
they produce a variety of acids and in some
cases slimy layers on metal surfaces which
results in reduced heat transfer and corrosion in
bearings. Nitrites, Phosphates and emulsifying
oils are good nutrient media for bacteria.
MAR-71™ has proven to be a very effective
disinfectant. Lower dosages of MAR-71™ can
also be used to prevent infection.
Features
• Kills micro-organisms in closed cooling water
systems and lubrication oil systems
• Prevents corrosion caused by microarganisms
• No cases have been reported where bacteria
have become immune to MAR-71
• Biodegradable, does not accumulate in the
environment
• HOCNF registered for use in the North Sea
Offshore sector, yellow/gold classification
Benefits
• One product, two different applications
MAR 71 cannot be delivered in US & Canada , for on alternative product delivered in US & Canada, please
deliveries in US & Canada please contact the local see order no. for Spectrus NX 1100 and look under the
Customer Service Organisation. For more information Documentation tab for further information.

735977 MAR-71 BIOCIDE 3X5L NOT IN USA&CAN
661991 SPECTRUS NX 1100 25LTR ( for USA and Canada only)
Directions for use

system is dumped. Before refilling the system with
Closed cooling water circuits Especially when (distilled) water and the initial dosage of Dieselguard or
berthing for a longer period in harbours in warmer Rocor NB Liquid, the system should be thoroughly
climates, the risk of infection of the cooling water flushed with fresh water. It is recommended to re-test
systems with microorganisms is considerable. When for the presence of bacteria after the system has been
this happens, acids are formed and at the same time, in operation for 24 hours. The described procedure is to
the corrosion inhibitors present in the system will be be repeated if necessary. For heavily contaminated
eaten away by the bacteria creating corrosive systems and systems contaminated with scale/oil, it is
conditions. Regular testing for the presence of bacteria recommended to acid clean and/or degrease the
in the cooling water by the use of ”dip slides” is system prior to disinfecting
therefore strongly recommended. Between 0.5 and 1.5 Caution: During disinfecting, evaporators and other
litres/ton. MAR-71 should be added to contaminated equipment which use cooling water and which are
systems. The system should be circulated for three
used in connection with the production of drinking
days after which the complete contents of the cooling
water are not to be used.
221
MARINE CHEMICAL
of filters, and if necessary, cleaning of same, is

Lubricating oils The presence of water in lubricating therefore required. 3. Empty and clean the sump-tank.
oil, either caused by condensation or by leakage of 4. Transfer the circulating oil from the renovation tank
cooling water, provides excellent growing conditions for back into the sump-tank and fill with fresh oil. As an
micro-organisms in lube oil systems. The presence of alternative to the above procedure, increase of the
bacteria will cause changes in lube oil characteristics, bacteriological contamination can be stopped by
cause corrosion, water emulsion and clogging of filters. adding 0.3 - 0.5 litres/ton MAR-71 to the lubrication oil.
Regular control and necessary action to combat At a later stage, proper disinfecting must follow.
bacteriological contamination can avoid above Note: Please check with the lubrication oil manufacturer
mentioned problems. The recommended regarding dosage rates for your brand of oil. In case
decontamination procedure is as follows: bacteriological contamination occurs and has already
1. Transfer 80-90% of the lubricating oil into a caused corrosion, the lubrication oil must be fully
renovation tank and heat till 85-95% °C while exchanged. Consult lubrication oil manufacturer. Before
separating for 12 hours. Continue heating for another refilling the system, it is highly recommended to rinse
12 hours without separating. 2. To the remaining oil in the system for 24 hours with flushing oil to which 0.5 - 1
the sump-tank, between 0.5 and 1 litres/ton MAR-71 is litres/ton MAR-71 is added. This procedure and the
added. Circulate the contents of the sump-tank for addition of 0.1 - 0.5 litres/ton MAR-71 to the new oil will
12-24 hours. Note that during circulation, filters may get prevent re-infection of the lubricating oil.
clogged by dead microorganisms. Special observation
222
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Water Production Treatment
VAP
APTRE
TREA
AT™ 25L
25LTR
TR
571364
NALFLEET™ Vaptreat™ is a concentrated liquid blend of polymer and antifoam agents for
controlling scale and foam in evaporators. NALFLEET™ Vaptreat™ is Approved by the Norwegian
National Institute of Public Health for application in evaporator systems that are used to produce
potable water.
Features
• Ensures that the evaporator works at maximum efficiency by keeping heat transfer surfaces free of scale
• The antifoaming properties ensure that distillate quality is high as carry over is eliminated
• Will gradually remove existing scale when dosed at twice the normal rate
• Concentrated, safe liquid, easy and economical dosing
• Certified by NSF in accordance with Standard 60
Benefits
• Reduces downtime and maintenance

571364 VAPTREAT 25LTR
Directions for use

The specially selected polymers in NALFLEET™ Example: In a 25 ton/day evaporator. Treatment used =
Vaptreat combined with the potential scale forming 25 x 30 ml = 750 ml of NALFLEET™ Vaptreat per day.
salts in the brine to prevent them from adhering to heat Setting the Flow Rate
transfer surfaces. These solids are held in suspension The treatment is added to the dosage tank and mixed
and removed with the evaporator brine. with water. Example: With the 0.75 litres of
The operating efficiency of the plant is maintained for NALFLEET™ Vaptreat add sufficient water to make up
maximum water production. The intervals between 50 litres of liquid.
cleaning are greatly increased. Flow rate calculation:
The product to use for acid cleaning is Descalex, which Flowrate = 50 Litres/24 x 60= 35 ml/min setting This will
will remove old scale prior to treatment with last 24 hours.
NALFLEET™ Vaptreat. A metering pump can also be supplied for use with
Evaporators have a tendency to produce foam while NALFLEET™ Vaptreat if required.
operating - the defoaming properties of NALFLEET™ N.B. The brine density should not exceed 1.038 g/cm3.
Vaptreat will stop this foaming and carry-over will be The scaling potential increases rapidly over this level.
eliminated. Distilled water quality is maintained. An increase in the amount of NALFLEET™ Vaptreat
Dosing method used will assist in retaining potential scale forming salts
The standard dosage, applicable to the majority of in suspension.
systems, is 15-30 ml of NALFLEET™ Vaptreat per ton For example: If the density rises to 1.050 g/cm3 the
of distillate produced. This is based on the rated dosage should be 60 ml/ton of rated capacity.
production capacity of the evaporator.
223
MARINE CHEMICAL
MUL
ULTIV
TIVAP™
AP™ 25L
25LTR
TR
759340
NALFLEET™ MultiVap™ is a concentrated liquid blend of antiscalant and antifoam agents for
controlling scale and foam in seawater evaporators. NALFLEET™ MultiVap™ has been formulated
for optimum efficiency when used in large evaporators with high distillate production.
Features
• Highly concentrated, economical and space saving for large evaporator units
• Ensures optimum efficiency by keeping heat transfer surfaces clean and free of scale
• Contains antifoam to give high distillate quality and prevent carry over
Benefits
• Reduces downtime and maintenance

759340 MULTIVAP 25LTR
Directions for Use

The specially selected polymers in NALFLEET™ water and NALFLEET™ Multivap for additional foam
MultiVap prevent scale formation by salts in the brine prevention.
and will efficiently prevent build up of deposit on heat Dosing method
transfer surfaces. The solids are held in suspension and NALFLEET™ Multivap should always be dosed on
removed with the brine outlet. continuous basis. This can be done with a dosing pump
NALFLEET™ MultiVap will maintain optimum operating or by gravity based dosing unit controlling dosage with
efficiency of the plant and hence maximize water a flow meter. NALFLEET™ MultiVap may be diluted in
production at minimum energy consumption. The water for easier controlling dosing and flow rate.
intervals between cleaning are significantly increased. Dosage and control
Use Unitor Descalex for acid cleaning to remove old Required dosage may vary slightly depending on type
scale prior to treatment with NALFLEET™ MultiVap. of evaporator in use; however 10-15ml of NALFLEET™
MultiVap per ton of distillate produced is recommended
Seawater evaporators have variable tendency to
as initial dosage. The dosage recommendation is based
produce foam during operation. Foam formation may
on the rated production capacity of the evaporator.
vary with operating conditions, i.e. seawater
temperature. NALFLEET™ MultiVap is formulated with Example: In a 500 ton/day evaporator.
antifoam to prevent foaming problems and eliminate Treatment used = 500 x 15ml = 7,5 l of NALFLEET™
carry-over. If foaming should still occur, NALFLEET™ MultiVap per day.
Evaporator Defoamer can be added in a premix with
224
MARINE CHEMICAL
POT
OTABLE
ABLE W
WA
ATER SST
TABILISER LIQUID
LIQUID™
™ 25 L
777714
NALFLEET™ Potable Water Stabiliser Liquid™ is a combination of polyphosphates, having
stabilising properties. The product effectively and economically provides scale and corrosion
control in potable water and other shipboard once-through water systems.
Features
• Prevents “Red Water” in the ship's potable water systems
• Controls corrosion and scaling in pipelines and other equipment handling softened or evaporated water
• Supplied in convenient to use liquid form
Benefits
• Increases system life and reduces maintenance costs

777714 POTABLE WATER STABILISER LIQUID 25L
Approvals
Approved by NIPH and UK DOT for use in potable
water.
Directions for use

Dosing and Control Sampling and Testing
NALFLEET™ Potable Water Stabiliser Liquid is non NALFLEET™ Potable Water Stabiliser Liquid meets the
corrosive to ordinary metals used in feeding equipment requirements of the UK Department of Trade and
and may be fed with a simple by-pass feeder or Industry for use in potable water.
suitable chemical dosing pump. Typical dosage rate is Storage temperature should not exceed 40 C.
15 to 25mls/m3 water.
225
MARINE CHEMICAL
CAL
CAL.. HYP
HYPOOCHL
CHLORITE
ORITE GRANULA
GRANULATE
TE 5K
5KG
G
766402
Calcium Hypochlorite Granulate (4 x 5kg) is a
potable grade chlorine release agent that can be
used to chlorinate and control bacterial growth
in Potable Water, Swimming Pools and Spas
and for Grey Water Sterilisation.
Features
• Contains a high level of available chlorine
• Convenient, fast dissolving granulate
Benefits
• Extended shelf life
• Easy to test (free chlorine)

766402 CAL. HYPOCHLORITE GRANULATE 4 X 5KG

778419 POTABLE WATER TEST KIT
Directions for Use

Grams of Calcium Hypochlorite (70% available chlorine)
required to achieve target free chlorine level.
System Volume m3 1m3 5m3 10m3 20m3

Free Chlorine mg/lit
1mg/lit 1.4 7 14 28
5mg/lit 7 35 70 140
10mg/lit 14 70 140 280
50mg/lit 70 350 700 1400
Note: high chlorine demand, such as effluent and bilge water,

may require substantially more product to achieve the
Add proportionally as in the table, wait 20mins then test
required free chlorine level.
free chlorine level before next addition. Repeat until
desired free chlorine level is achieved. Waters with a
CAS No. 7778-54-3

Molecular Wt. 143
Appearance White solid granules
Density 1.0g/cm3
Available chlorine min. 70%
pH 11.6 (1% aqueous solution)
Solubility 20g per 100g water at 20C
Water content 12.5%
Decomposition temp. 175C
Packaging, Handling, First Aid and Storage and inhalation of vapours. Ensure ample ventilation at
point of use. Wear impervious clothing, rubber gloves
Calcium Hypochlorite Granulate is highly corrosive and
and goggles or face shield. Do not take internally. Wash
a strong oxidising agent. Avoid contact with eyes, skin
contaminated skin with fresh water for at least 15
226
MARINE CHEMICAL
minutes and obtain medical aid. Flush eyes with clean contaminated clothing and wash before re-use. Note:
water for at least 15 minutes and obtain medical aid. If Do not give an unconscious person anything to drink.
swallowed do not induce vomiting, give plenty of water Keep product dry in tightly closed containers when not
to drink and obtain medical aid immediately. in use. Store in a cool, dry, well ventilated area, away
If inhaled remove person to fresh air. Remove from heat or open flame.
BALLAS
ALLASTTT
TANK
ANK INHIBITOR 9
9-9
-9333™ 25L
25LTR
TR
777013
NALFLEET™ Ballast Tank Inhibitor 9-933™ is a liquid film-forming corrosion inhibitor. For use in
ballast tanks, bilges, voids, cofferdams and barges.
NALFLEET™ Ballast Tank Inhibitor 9-933™ is a blend of organic and inorganic inhibitors. It
contains no chromates and is completely soluble in sea water.
Features
• Effective for use in ballast tanks, cofferdams, barges and voids
• Forms tightly bonded protective film on all metal surfaces below water level
• Protective film is stable over a wide pH and temperature range
Benefits
• Formulated to give reduced pollution problems if accidentally discharged to sea
• Ideally suited for ballast and other tank protection during ship lay-up periods

777013 BALLAST TANK INHIBITOR 9-933 25 L
Directions for use

NALFLEET™ Ballast Tank Inhibitor 9-933 is best fed present and the use of air to encourage mixing will not
neat from the drum continuously to the water used to fill impair corrosion protection.
the tank or system. Strict proportioning is not required, Dosing an Control
so long as the turbulence on filling is sufficient to The recommended initial dosage of NALFLEET™
provide effective distribution throughout the system. Ballast Tank Inhibitor 9-933 is 100mls.ton of water. This
Where the system to be treated is already full and will provide 2 to 4ppm zinc in the water system. For
draining and refilling is impractical, distribution of the Ballast tanks or systems which are frequently emptied
Ballast Tank Inhibitor 9-933 treatment in an open vessel and refilled, the initial charge of 100ml per ton of water
can be achieved by air-agitation or pump circulation. should be supplemented by a dosage of 50ml per ton
NALFLEET™ Ballast Tank Inhibitor 9-933 is each time the system is refilled.
recommended for systems in which dissolved oxygen is
227
MARINE CHEMICAL
EVAP
APORA
ORATOR
TOR DEF
DEFOOAMER
AMER™
™
638676
NALFLEET™ Evaporator Defoamer™ is a concentrated antifoam for prevention of foaming
problems in seawater evaporators.
Features
• Concentrated antifoam, safe liquid, easy and economical dosing
• Silicone free formulation
Benefits
• Antifoam properties that ensure distillate quality is high and carry over is eliminated

638676 EVAPORATOR DEFOAMER
Directions for Use
NALFLEET™ Evaporator Defoamer is used in The standard dosage is 1% of the descalant dose.
conjunction with NALFLEET™ Vaptreat antiscalant for example, if the daily consumption of NALFLEET™
when foaming problems occur in the evaporator. Vaptreat is 10 L, the recommended dose of
Foaming problems can occur with certain design of NALFLEET™ Evaporator Defoamer is 0.1L. The
evaporators and under certain conditions like elevated maximum dosage of defoamer should not exceed 1
sea water temperature. NALFLEET™ Evaporator PPM based on rated output of the evaporator.
Defoamer is used to combat such problems and Dosing Method
prevent foaming and carry-over. NALFLEET™ Vaptreat
is formulated with a defoamer in the product, however NALFLEET™ Evaporator Defoamer has limited solubility
under certain conditions additional defoamer is required in water. The best dosing method is to mix the product
to maintain maximum operating efficiency of the plant. with the antiscalant and water in a dosing tank. The
amount of defoamer in the mixture should not exceed
Dosing Instructions 1% of the water added.
228
MARINE CHEMICAL
MAXI-V
MAXI-VAP
AP PL
PLUS
US™
™ 25L
25LTR
TR
777707
NALFLEET™ Maxi-Vap Plus is a concentrated solution of an organic poly-electrolytes specifically
developed for the control of scale deposition in sea water evaporators. It is miscible with water in all
proportions.
Features
• Maintains design output and efficiency of evaporators for extended periods
• Improves distillate quality by controlling foaming and carry over
Benefits
• Reduces downtime and maintenance costs

777707 MAXI-VAP PLUS 25 LTR
Approvals
• Approved by the UK Department of Trade Marine
Safety Agency.
Directions for use

Although best results will be obtained by starting the Dosing and Control
treatment with a clean evaporator, NALFLEET™ Maxi- The flow rate should be adjusted to empty the tank over
Vap Plus Liquid will improve performance of an a 24 hour period. WSS can supply a suitable dosing
evaporator which has not been de-scaled. tank and pump for this purpose. The Marine Safety
Agency of the Department of Trade and Industry has
Dosing Method
agreed that NALFLEET™ Maxi-Vap Plus Liquid can be
The daily requirement of NALFLEET™ Maxi-Vap Plus
used as a scale inhibitor in the feed water evaporators
should be mixed with evaporated water or condensate
producing fresh water for drinking and culinary
and diluted to the normal working level of the mixing
purposes. Typical dose rate is 10mls per ton of
tank. The solution can then be applied continuously via
evaporator output.
a flow meter to the evaporator shell or into the salt
water feed line to the evaporator.
229
MARINE CHEMICAL
POT
OTABLE
ABLE W
WA
ATER SST
TABILISER
ABILISER™
™ 25K
25KG
G
624916
NALFLEET™ Potable Water Stabiliser™ is a concentrated, highly soluble polyphosphate in powder
form.
Features
• Prevents “Red Water” in potable water systems
• Provides scale and corrosion control in hot water heaters, coolers and water tanks
• Controls corrosion in pipelines and other equipment handling softened or evaporated water
• Effective at temperatures up to 60°C (140°F)
• No restrictions on use of the treated water as feed water to boilers or engine cooling systems
Benefits
• Increases system life and reduces maintenance costs

624916 POTABLE WATER STAB 25 KG
Approvals
• Approved by Norwegian National Institute of • Certified by NSF according to Standard 60
Public Health as an additive to drinking water.
Directions for use

NALFLEET™ Potable Water Stabiliser effectively and The product can be injected into the discharge line of
economically provides scale and corrosion control in the fresh water generator or directly into the fresh water
potable water systems and other shipboard once- pumps’ suction manifold. If a high percentage of shore
through water systems. water is used the solution must be “slug” dosed into
the tanks prior to taking water.
Dosage varies between 4 – 8mg/ltr for ordinary water
treatment. For drinking water, dosage should always be Inject a 5% solution at a rate of 0.12 litres per m3 of
kept at or below 9mg/ltr (9g/ton). water to obtain a 6 mg/ltr concentration.
The powder product should not be dosed directly to Example
water system. A water solution should be made prior to
dosing. For 20 m3 per day: Dose 0.1 ltr/hour = 2.4 ltr/day of the
Dosing method solution.
NALFLEET™ Potable Water Stabiliser should be dosed For 100 m3 per day: Dose 0.5 ltr/hour = 12 ltr/day of
to a suitable point in the system. If the expansion tank the solution.
is used, adequate circulation must be assured.
For larger systems, stronger solutions up to 20% can
Dosage and control be made. The dosage rate may then be reduced
Make a 5% solution in fresh water by adding the proportionally, which will extend the time period
powder slowly to the water while stirring. The solution between each filling of the dosing tank. However,
should preferably be portioned to maintain desired production of stronger solutions may require improved
dosage, either by means of a simple bypass feeder, or stirring equipment.
with Dosage System for Water Treatment.
230
MARINE CHEMICAL
RO SSCALE
CALE C
CONTR
ONTROL
OL™
™ 25L
25LTR
TR
777716
NALFLEET™ RO Scale Control™ is a broad spectrum scale inhibitor for Reverse Osmosis systems.
Scaling and iron fouling of the RO membranes will reduce system performance and lead to
premature membrane replacement. Precipitation of scale and deposits build up on the RO
membrane, which leads to poor permeate quality, low permeate production, unscheduled
downtime, increased water consumption and increased energy costs.
Features
• Effective on a broad range of scale forming compounds
• Cost effective dose rate
• Compatible with wide range of RO membranes
• Liquid formulation
Benefits
• Maintains RO performance

777716 RO SCALE CONTROL 25 LTR
Directions for Use

NALFLEET™ RO Scale Control shows excellent via a closed feed system to prevent contamination from
performance against the following scale forming foreign material (a closed feed system being defined as
compounds: - calcium carbonate- calcium sulphate - a system in which fluid is moved from a closed storage
barium sulphate - strontium sulphate - calcium fluoride vessel into a treated media without exposure to the
- silica and iron. NALFLEET™ RO Scale Control is used atmosphere, except through normal venting or pressure
when the silica level in the brine is less than 185 mg/l at relief devices). NALFLEET™ RO Scale Control can be
a brine pH of 7.5 and temperature 25C (77F). diluted using RO permeate (only) following these
NALFLEET™ RO Scale Control conforms to the guidelines: 1. Use RO permeate for dilution. 2. Prepare
requirements of NSF/ANSI Standard 60 - Drinking a fresh antiscalant solution every 3-5 days. 3. Inspect
Water Treatment Chemicals -Health Effects. the antiscalant day tank before adding the new
solution. If needed, the antiscalant tank should be
Dosing and Control
cleaned prior to filling. 4. Dilution rates up to a factor 10
Typical dose rate is 5 to 15mls/m3 flow rate. are typically applied. Dilution factors higher than 10 will
NALFLEET™ RO Scale Control should be fed require more attention with respect to the condition of
continuously to minimize precipitation of scale and the antiscalant tank (cleaning) and preparation of a new
fouling of RO and nano-filtration membranes. It is solution (every 1-3 days). 5. NaOH can be added to the
recommended to operate the dosing pump with the dilution to increase the pH to 10-11. This is especially
highest possible frequency and to adjust the dosage by recommended for warm environments to prevent bio-
adjusting the pump stroke to ensure membrane growth. NALFLEET™ RO Scale Control dosage is
protection. The feed point location should be as close dependent on feedwater chemistry, membrane type,
to the RO membrane as practical but one that ensures and system operating parameters (e.g. recovery,
good mixing with the feedwater prior to entering the RO temperature and pressure).
system. Typically, this is before the cartridge filters. It is
preferred to feed NALFLEET™ RO Scale Control neat
231
MARINE CHEMICAL
RO ALKALINE CLE
CLEANER
ANER™
™ 25L
25LTR
TR
777718
NALFLEET™ RO Alkaline Cleaner™ is a membrane cleaner developed to support the cleaning of
acid in soluble sulfates of calcium, barium and strontium as well as calcium fluoride.
Features
• Mild alkaline formulation
Benefits
• Helps to maintain RO performance
NALFLEET™ RO Alkaline Cleaner is also effective in quality, loss in production, unscheduled downtime and
removing iron oxides and hydroxides as well as calcium membrane replacement. A regular maintenance and
carbonate, though RO Mild Acid Cleaner is preferred for cleaning program can provide return on investment
these foulants. NALFLEET™ RO Alkaline Cleaner is (ROI) results ranging from 100 to 250% by maintaining
highly effective when used in combination with high pH low pump output pressures and extending the
detergent cleaners such as NALFLEET™ RO Surfactant membrane's life.
Cleaner to help remove organic substances and Elements should be cleaned whenever the normalized
microbial slimes. permeate flow rate or salt rejection decreases by
10-15% or the differential pressure increases by
During normal operation, RO membranes can become
10-15% from the original baseline data.
fouled, which greatly reduces the efficiency of the
system. Deposits build up on the membrane until they Storage Instructions RO alkaline Cleaner should be
cause a reduction in permeate flow and loss in salt stored at temperature above 15C. Below 15C the
rejection. The effects of fouling can lead to poor water product can form precipitation.

777718 RO ALKALINE CLEANER 25 LTR

Direction for use
NALFLEET™ RO Alkaline Cleaner should be fed via a NALFLEET™ Alkaline Cleaner. It is sometimes possible
closed feed system. A closed feed system is defined as to monitor the progress of membrane cleaning by the
a system in which fluid is moved from a closed storage "pick-up" of hardness salts in the cleaning solution.
vessel into a treated media without exposure to the Storage Instructions RO alkaline Cleaner should be
atmosphere except through normal venting or pressure stored at temperature above 15C. Below 15C the
relief devices. Cleaning solutions should be made up
product can form precipitation.
with chlorine-free water to give a 2.0 - 2.5% solution of
232
MARINE CHEMICAL
RO BISULPHITE™ 25L
25LTR
TR LIQUID 38-40
38-40%%
777852
NALFLEET™ RO Bisulphite™ is a solution of sodium hydrogen sulphite (sodium bisulphite) used in
the preservation of RO membranes and as a de-chlorinating agent.
Features
• Food grade product
• Suitable for preservation and dechlorination
Benefits

777852 RO.BISULPHITE 25 LTR LIQUID 38-40%

Directions for Use

Procedures B. Lay up and preservation of Reverse Osmosis and
Nano-Filtration membranes and systems.
A. De Chlorination
(Polyamide, TFC, CPA membranes)
If the feed water to the RO system contains free
It is necessary to preserve membranes when the RO or
chlorine it must be removed otherwise it can
NF system is taken out of production for more than 24
breakdown the RO membrane. NALFLEET™ RO
hours. Failure to do so may allow biofilms to form on
Bisulphite is a 40% solution of Sodium Bisulphite
the surface of the membranes which will cause
(NaHSO3) It undergoes the reaction below with free
operational problems upon restarting the system.Prior
chlorine:
to shutdown, the RO needs to be cleaned in-line with
2NaHSO3 + 2HOCl → H2SO4 + 2HCl + Na2SO4 operational guidelines and MUST be flushed with RO
Dosing and Control permeate. After flushing with permeate, the
preservation solution can be pumped into the RO
A dose rate of 3.66ml/m3 of NALFLEET™ RO Bisulphite system. Note: It has to be verified that the plastic
should be applied for each 1ppm of free chlorine in the materials (including pressure vessels) used in the
feed water. Use a suitable free chlorine test kit to membrane plant are resistant to sodium bisulphite.
monitor reduction in free chlorine levels. For continuous Otherwise cracks might occur in the plastic materials.
applications a suitable storage tank and chemical
dosing pump should be used. • Prepare a solution of 2.5 % NALFLEET™ RO
Bisulphite
The solution should be dosed as close to the RO • Fill the entire system to be preserved with the
system as possible (to keep as much of the pre- solution
treatment as possible in contact with chlorine e.g. after • It is recommended to measure the pH regularly. A
the cartridge filters). However, if the free chlorine level is fresh solution is needed when the pH < 3
high, the solution should be dosed prior to the A fresh solution is also needed when the liquid
antiscalant injection point (or antiscalant dosage becomes turbid or changes colour. Regular
adjusted to compensate for chlorine attack, as some inspections (weekly) are recommended.
antiscalants are attacked by free chlorine). The
antiscalant and NALFLEET™ RO Bisulphite dosing NALFLEET™ RO Bisulphite conforms to the
point should be far enough apart to prevent neat requirements of NSF/ANSI Standard 60 - Drinking
product mixing. Water Treatment Chemicals - Health Effects.
233
MARINE CHEMICAL
RO MILD A
ACID
CID CLE
CLEANER
ANER™
™ 25L
25LTR
TR
777715
NALFLEET™ RO Mild Acid Cleaner™ is a membrane cleaner specifically designed to remove iron
fouling. It also is effective against light calcium carbonate scaling. The efficacy of NALFLEET™ RO
Mild Acid Cleaner™ can be enhanced by the addition of NALFLEET™ RO Alkaline Cleaner™ to the
cleaning solution although some minor pH correction may be necessary.
Features
• Mild acid formulation
Benefits

777715 RO MILD ACID CLEANER 25 LTR

Directions for Use

NALFLEET™ RO Mild Acid Cleaner is a membrane Dosing and Control
cleaner specifically designed to remove iron fouling. It NALFLEET™ RO Mild Acid Cleaner should be fed via a
also is effective against light calcium carbonate scaling. closed feed system. A closed feed system is defined as
The efficacy of NALFLEET™ RO Mild Acid Cleaner can a system in which fluid is moved from a closed
be enhanced by the addition of NALFLEET™ RO storage vessel into a treated media without exposure to
Alkaline Cleaner to the cleaning solution although some the atmosphere except through normal venting or
minor pH correction may be necessary. pressure relief devices.
NALFLEET™ RO Mild Acid Cleaner should always be Cleaning solutions should be prepared with chlorine-
used as recommended by the membrane manufacturer free product water to give a 4% (by weight) solution, or
or equipment supplier, in respect to cleaning pH and 1 kg of NALFLEET™ RO Mild Acid Cleaner to every 25
temperature. kg of water. As NALFLEET™ RO MILD Acid Cleaner is
buffered, the cleaning solution will stabilize at pH 3.6.
During normal operation, RO membranes can become
fouled, which greatly reduces the efficiency of the The cleaning time depends on the amount of fouling
system. Deposits build up on the membrane until they present but is usually completed within two to three
cause a reduction in permeate flow and loss in salt hours. If the cleaning solution becomes red/brown in
rejection. The effects of fouling can lead to poor water color, it must be changed as it has become exhausted.
quality, loss in production, unscheduled downtime and The NALFLEET™ RO Mild Acid Cleaner cleaning
membrane replacement. A regular maintenance and solution should always be neutralized with alkali and
cleaning program can provide return on investment discarded after use.
(ROI) results ranging from 100 to 250% by maintaining Before returning the system to service, the operator
low pump output pressures and extending the must ensure that any residual cleaning product is
membrane's life. Elements should be cleaned whenever removed from the membrane surfaces by thorough
the normalised permeate flow rate or salt rejection flushing. This may be done by monitoring the pH of the
decreases by 10-15% or the differential pressure concentration until it returns to the same pH as the
increases by 10-15% from the original baseline data. influent water.
NALFLEET™ RO Mild Acid Cleaner conforms to the Success Factors
requirements of NSF/ANSI Standard 60 - Drinking Membrane fouling via deposit results in decreased
Water Treatment Chemicals - Health Effects. production, unscheduled shutdowns, poor product
Sampling and Testing water quality, and premature equipment failure.
There is no direct test for NALFLEET™ RO Mild Acid Cleaning an RO system when required by the
Cleaner concentration available. membrane manufacturer's operating guidelines, will
234
MARINE CHEMICAL
make it easier to restore membrane performance and within the elements, making it nearly impossible to get
maximize its life. Allowing a membrane system to a cleaning solution to penetrate the bulk of the foulant/
excessively foul or scale often results in the premature scale. This can result in a dramatic increase in the
replacement of the membrane elements. Heavy foulant amount of time required for a successful cleaning,
layers or scale formations can block flow channels assuming it is even possible
RO SURF
SURFA
ACTANT CLE
CLEANER
ANER™
™ 25L
25LTR
TR
777201
NALFLEET™ RO Surfactant Cleaner™ has been developed for the cleaning of reverse osmosis
(RO), nano-filtration (NF) and ultra-filtration (UF) membranes. NALFLEET™ RO Surfactant Cleaner™
is a formulation based on an anionic surfactant and is highly effective in removing colloidal and
other organic matter.
Features
• Effective surfactant formulation
Benefits

Directions for Use

During normal operation, RO membranes can become NALFLEET™ RO Surfactant Cleaner conforms to the
fouled, which greatly reduces the efficiency of the requirements of NSF/ANSI Standard 60 - Drinking
system. Deposits build up on the membrane until they Water Treatment Chemicals - Health Effects.
cause a reduction in permeate flow and loss in salt
Dosing and Control
rejection. The effects of fouling can lead to poor water NALFLEET™ RO Surfactant Cleaner should be fed via a
quality, loss in production, unscheduled down time and closed feed system. A closed feed system is defined as
membrane replacement. A regular maintenance and
a system in which fluid is moved from a closed storage
cleaning program can provide return on investment
vessel into a treated media without exposure to the
(ROI) results ranging from 100 to 250% by maintaining atmosphere except through normal venting or pressure
low pump output pressures and extending the relief devices. NALFLEET™ RO Surfactant Cleaner
membrane's life.
cleaning solutions are made at 1.0 - 2.0% (by weight)
Elements should be cleaned whenever the normalized with chlorine-free product water and sodium hydroxide
permeate flow rate or salt rejection decreases by addition to give a pH of 10.5 - 11.0.
10-15% or the differential pressure increases by
10-15% from the original baseline data.
235
MARINE CHEMICAL
SODIU
ODIUMM HYP
HYPOOCHL
CHLORITE
ORITE P
POT
OTABLE
ABLE GRADE 25L
25LTR
TR
909001
This is the specification for Potable Water Grade Sodium Hypochlorite. Any product supplied under
this specification must meet the properties described and meet with local drinking water approvals,
such as NSF, UK DWI, US EPA. The chemical must be properly labeled in compliance with the
present national and international laws and regulations concerning transport, health, safety and
environment. A Safety Data Sheet must be provided by the manufacturer.
Sodium Hypochlorite solution is a potable grade, chlorine release agent that can be used to
chlorinate and control bacterial growth in potable water, swimming pools and spas, for grey and
black water sterilisation.
Features
• Easy test method (free chlorine)
• Controls bacteria growth in drinking water, grey water, black water and pools and spas.
Benefits
• Reduces risk of illness and infections

909001 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE POTABLE GRADE

778419 POTABLE WATER TEST KIT
Sodium Hypochlorite solution typically contains 10 - Dosage of Sodium Hypochlorite :

15% available chlorine.
• Potable water typically requires 15mls per m³
Sodium Hypochlorite may be applied directly to the
• Pools and Spas typically require 30 to 50mls/m3
water system at any point where there is sufficient time
• Grey water typically requires 40 to 100mls/m³
and turbulence to facilitate dissolution. The product
should be applied and controlled to achieve the target These are nominal dose rates and should be adjusted
free chlorine residual which is system dependent. Each depending on measured free chlorine results. Test kits
system has a chlorine demand which has to be satisfied can be selected from the Potable Water Test Kit range.
before free chlorine residual is obtained. The chlorine
demand is dependent upon system design and water
cleanliness.

CAS No. 7681-52-9
Appearance Green/yellow liquid
Specific Gravity 1.16 to 1.17 g/cm3
Odour Chlorine
Iron Max 1.0ppm
Available Chlorine 10 to 15%
Total Alkalinity as NaOH Min 1.2%
Freezing Point -15 to -18 C
236
Water Treatment Equipment
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Chemical Dosing Systems
AQU
QUA
AGU
GUARD
ARD™
™ CW C
CONTR
ONTROL
OL UNIT
778907
AQUAGUARD™ CW is a new dosing system
designed to safely, control and apply corrosion
inhibitors to engine cooling water circuits. The
application of the chemical is controlled by
conductivity measurement. The conductivity of
the cooling water is proportional to the level of
the engine cooling water treatment.
Features
• Controlled chemical application.
• Treatment chemical dosed direct from the drum
Benefits
• Reduced chemical handling and improved Heath
and Safety
• Surety of application
• Improved corrosion protection
Technical data
Materials of Construction Stainless Steel wetted parts
Voltage 240 or 110V AC
Weight 27.5 kg

Note: Accessories need to be ordered along with Aquaguard CW
778907 AQUAGUARD CW CONTROL UNIT Control Unit for CW System

778909 DRUM BUND FOR 25LTR CHEMICAL DRUM
762532 BETA PUMP BT4B1602PVT 2.2L/H 16 BAR
778911 CONDUCTIVITY PROBE TYPE LMP 1-HT
568683 STD CONDUCTIVITY SOLN FOR CALIBRATN
778927 PVDF INJECTION VALVE 6X4MM R1/2
619692 SUCTION ASSY/PVC/6X4MM/LEVEL SW
Spare parts kit contains:
Diaphragm
683706 SPARE KIT DOSING PUMP 1602PVT Complete O-ring set
Pump inlet and outlet valves
Pieces for tube connections
For use with the following products: Rocor NB, Nallfleet 2000, Cooltreat AL, EWT
9-108, EWT 9-111AL
237
MARINE CHEMICAL
AQU
QUA
AGU
GUARD
ARD™
™BBW
W 2 PU
PUMP
MP C
CONTR
ONTROL
OL UNIT
778921
The AQUAGUARD™ BW control unit is a new
dosing system designed to apply boiler water
treatment chemicals direct from the drum. The
application of the chemical treatment
programme can be controlled in three ways:
Proportional to boiler feed flow
By timer control
Continuous application
NOTE: 778913 is pre-wired for 3 dosing pumps.
778921 is pre-wired for 2 dosing pumps.
Please contact you WSS representative for a
proposal.
Features
• Proportion chemical dosing system
• Chemicals dosed direct from the drum
• Suitable for multiple chemical applications
Benefits
• Reduced chemical handling and improved Health
and Safety
• Improved equipment protection
TD
Materials of Construction Stainless Steel Cabinet
Weight 9.8 kg

Note: Accessories need to be ordered along with Aquaguard BW System
778921 AQUAGUARD BW 2 PUMP CONTROL UNIT Control Unit for 2 Pump System

778919 UNIVERSAL CONTROL CABLE 5MTR
778908 HW INJECTION VALVE/200°C/6MM/R1/2
Diaphragm
778926 GAMMA X PUMP 1602PVT 2.3L/H 16BAR
778928 6MM PTFE DOUBLE WALLED DOSING TUBE
238
MARINE CHEMICAL
AQU
QUA
AGU
GUARD
ARD™
™BBW
W 3 PU
PUMP
MP C
CONTR
ONTROL
OL UNIT
778913
The AQUAGUARD™ BW control unit is a new
dosing system designed to apply boiler water
treatment chemicals direct from the drum. The
application of the chemical treatment
programme can be controlled in three ways:
Proportional to boiler feed flow
By timer control
Continuous application
NOTE: 778913 is pre-wired for 3 dosing pumps.
778921 is pre-wired for 2 dosing pumps.
Please contact you WSS representative for a
proposal.
Features
• Proportion chemical dosing system
• Chemicals dosed direct from the drum
• Suitable for multiple chemical applications
Benefits
• Reduced chemical handling and improved Health
and Safety
• Improved equipment protection
Technical data
Materials of construction Stainless Steel Cabinet
Weight 9.8 kg

Note: Accessories need to be ordered along with Aquaguard BW System
778913 AQUAGUARD BW 3 PUMP CONTROL UNIT Control Unit for 3 Pump System

778908 HW INJECTION VALVE/200°C/6MM/R1/2
Diaphragm
778926 GAMMA X PUMP 1602PVT 2.3L/H 16BAR
778928 6MM PTFE DOUBLE WALLED DOSING TUBE
239
MARINE CHEMICAL
DOSING UNIT F
FOR
OR 25 B
BAR
AR APPLICA
APPLICATION
TION
767923
Dosing unit for BWT 25 Bar, 2.9lit/hr.
The standard dosing unit consists of:
Electronic metering pump
Dosing container
Adjustable suction assembly, with float switch
Dosing tube
Injection valve assembly for hot systems,
complete with 1 metre stainless steel pipe

Refer to drawing in Documentation section
773192 Spare dosing pump
740698 Chemical tank
691692 Suction assembly
619643 Dosing tube
L30046 Dosing connector (200C)
Spare parts kit contain:
Diaphragm
683706 Pump spares pack Complete O-ring set
240
MARINE CHEMICAL
DOSING UNIT F
FOR
OR 116
6BBAR
AR APPLICA
APPLICATION
TION
767922
Dosing unit for BWT 16 Bar, 2.2lit/hr
Electronic Metering Pump
Dosing Container
Adjustable Suction Assembly, with Float Switch
Dosing Tube
Injection Valve Assembly for Hot Systems,
Complete with 1 Metre Stainless Steel Pipe

619643 6X4MM PTFE DOSING TUBE 5MTR
619720 SUCTION ASSY/PP/6X4MM/LEVEL SW
Diaphragm
241
MARINE CHEMICAL
EVAP
APORA
ORATOR
TOR D
DOOSING UNIT ON GRA
GRAVITY
VITY
656207
Easily installed dosing equipment for evaporator
water treatment.

656223 FLOWMETER EVAPORATOR DOSING UNIT
619619 Dosing tank 60lit PE
619643 Discharge Line PTFE 6 X 4 5mtr
Directions for use

Dosage and control also be supplied - Use product no. 773184 as an
An electrical metering pump for these applications can electrical metering pump.
242
MARINE CHEMICAL
SE
SEAAWATER D
DOOSING SST
TATION
767925
Sea Water Dosing Unit. 4 bar, 12,3lt/hr.
The dosing unit consists of:
Electronic metering pump
Dosing container
Adjustable suction assembly, with float switch
Dosing tube

Refer to drawing in Documentation section
619718 SUCTION ASSY/PP/8X5MM/LEVEL SW
773226 BETA PUMP BT4B0413PVT 12.3L/H 4BAR
619619 60 LTR PE 410X590MM 5KG DOSING TANK
L30065 MULTIFUNCTION VALVE FOR 8X5MM
619643 6X4MM PTFE DOSING TUBE 5MTR
L15218 DISCHARGE TUBE PE 8X5 25MTR
619890 3-WAY VALVE SET FOR 2 DOSING POINTS
683714 SPARE KIT DOSING PUMP 0413/0414 PVT
619734 PVDF INJECTION VALVE 8X5MM R1/2
243
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Sample Coolers
SAMPLE C
COOOLER SSC
CC2 8MM O
O/D
/D 116B
6BAR
AR
762538
Sample Coolers are used to reduce the
temperature of Boiler Water to around 25 °C for
immediate analysis
Samples at temperatures exceeding 25 °C must
be cooled prior to collection to maintain a
representative sample, prevent the loss of
sample volatiles and assure the safety of
collection personnel
Better water test results achieved using a
Sample Cooler as the cooling equipment rather
than allowing the sample to cool on its own and
thus, causing steam flashing
Strong recommendations to use Sample Coolers
to ensure compliance with Health and Safety
regulations at work
Sample Cooler for boiler pressures up to 16
Barg, 202 °C
Features
• Type SCC2 - removable copper coil with brass
compression fittings
• Sample Coolers meet the design and
construction requirements of BS5500
• Boiler Water sample available for immediate
analysis
Benefits
• Better and more accurate test results
• Improved safety and better protection for
personnel doing water analysis
• Sample Coolers can also be used for other
sampling and cooling applications where the
materials of construction are suitable and
compatible
Please order Valve Assembly Kit 762540 along with
your sample cooler.
Accessories

762540 VALVE ASSEMBLY 8MM O/D FOR SCC
244
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Sample Coolers
VAL
ALVE
VE AS
ASSEMBL
SEMBLY
Y 8MM O
O/D
/D F
FOR
OR SSC
CC
762540
Valve assembly and accessories for Sample
Coolers:
Discharge Spout 8MM O/D Copper
Coupling Tube 8MM O/D Copper
Globe Valve 1/2" BSP
Hexagon Nipple 1/2" BSP M.Iron
Adaptor 8MM O/D to 1/4" BSP M
Needle Valve 1/4" BSP.PL.F.S.ST
245
Fuel Oil Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Distillate Fuel Treatment
DIE
DIESELP
SELPO
OWER ENHANCER 25 L
LTR
TR
777190
Unitor DieselPower Enhancer is a multifunctional distillate fuel oil additive.
Features
• Improves fuel lubricity
• Reduces wear of fuel pumps and fuel injection equipment
• Proven by independent tests – HFRR and Bosch
• Maintains long term storage and thermal stability of marine distillate fuels
• Protects against corrosion
• Protects against fuel injection fouling and fuel filter plugging
Unitor DieselPower Enhancer is used to improve Unitor DieselPower Enhancer also disperses
lubricity, as well as help maintain colour and stability to accumulated deposits, and reduces filter clogging,
control the formation of organic sludge and to inhibit injector sticking, and corrosion of bunkers and fuel
corrosion. lines.

777190 DIESELPOWER ENHANCER 25 LTR
Directions for use

DieselPower Enhancer may be applied directly to copper, aluminium, brass, mild steel, 304 and 316
bunkers or storage tanks but for best mixing should be stainless steel, PFTE, Buna-N, polypropylene and
applied to feed lines during filling. polyurethane. DieselPower Enhancer should not be
used with rubber, neoprene, PVC Hypalon, Viton, or
DieselPower Enhancer has been tested for compatibility
ethylene/propylene rubbers.
with materials of construction and may be used with
Application usage 1 ton fuel bunkered 10 ton fuel bunkered 50 ton fuel bunkered 100 ton fuel bunkered
As a lubricity improver Dose 0,25 ltr Dose 2,5 ltr Dose 12,5 ltr Dose 25 ltr
As a stability improver and to maintain color Dose 5-35 ml Dose 50-350 ml Dose 0,25-1,75 ltr Dose 0,5-3,5 ltr
Inhibit and disperse sludge Dose 40-80 ml Dose 0,4-0,8 ltr Dose 2-4 ltr Dose 4-8 ltr
Used as a lubricity improver and stabiliser If organic contamination is heavy, treatment at a rate of
1 to 2 litres per 5,000 litres fuel oil is recommended to
To get the full benefit of the lubricity protection a
dosage of 1 liter of DieselPower Enhancer should be all systems. Treat next bunkers at a reduced dosage of
added to 4 tonnes of fuel. 1 to 2 litres per 10,000litres of fuel oil. Thereafter,
assuming tests show satisfactory conditions,
Used to stabilise and maintain distillate colour maintenance dosage of the order of 0.4 to 0.8 litres per
To stabilise and maintain distillate colour, the dosage 10,000 litres of fuel oil should be applied.
level will normally lie in the range of 5 to 35 mg/l and Note: If the tank being filled already contains some fuel,
dosage may vary depending on the fuel used. The ensure that this fuel is also dosed at the same ratio.
correct dosage can be determined by laboratory test.
Note: If microorganism contamination is suspected test
Used to inhibit sludge formation, disperse existing the fuel using Unitor Bacteria Test Kit and if
sludge and control filter plugging contamination is found DieselPower MAR 71 can be
To inhibit sludging formation, disperse existing sludge used to sanitise the fuel.
and control filter plugging the dosage level will normally
lie in the region 40 to 80 mg/l.
246
Fuel Oil Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
DIE
DIESELP
SELPO
OWER MAR 71 25 L
LTR
TR
571257
Unitor DieselPower Mar 71 is a specially designed liquid biocide against micro organisms
contaminating fuel storage tanks and systems.
Features
• Kills micro organisms in fuel oil
• Keeps filters and nozzles free from clogging
• Prevents corrosion in fuel systems and doesn't form any corrosive combustion products
• Safe for use on all materials, including metal and synthetic rubber
Benefits
• You can be sure that Unitor DieselPower MAR 71 will kill all microorganisms
• There have been no reported cases of bacteria becoming immune to this liquid
• With filters and nozzles clean and free from bacteria remnants, you can run a trouble free operation
It's essential to have adequate storage for marine fuel. micoorganisms. More advice on how to detect and
But microorganisms can corrode fuel storage tanks and manage microbial contamination can be found in ASTM
systems, leading to clogged filters and nozzles, and D6469-14 Standard guide for Microbial contamination
degraded fuel. Unitor DieselPower MAR 71 is a in fuels and fuel systems.
specially designed liquid that protects fuel against
DieselPower MAR 71 cannot be delivered in US & Canada, please see order nr for Spectrus NX 1100 and
Canada , for deliveries in US & Canada please contact look under the Documentation tab for further
the local Customer Service Organisation. For more information.
information on alternative product delivered in US &

571257 DIESELPOWER MAR 71 25 LTR
661991 SPECTRUS NX 1100 (For US & Canada Only)
Direction for use

Marine Diesel Oil and Gas Oil The best ways to provide good distribution of the
DieselPower MAR 71 is self dispersing and can biocide in the fuel is:
therefore be added directly to the fuel tank. • By pumping the fuel with DieselPower MAR 71
The recommended dosage rates are: from one tank to another (and back).
Preventive treatment: 0.20 litres/ton continuously • By adding DieselPower MAR 71 when the tank is
(meaning that all new oil charged to the fuel tank is one third full and then fill up the tank with fuel.
treated with 0.20 litres/ton) or This creates turbulence in the tank and also
0.6 litres/ton in periodic dosing to the tank every 2 provides good mixing of the biocide.
months, independent of how much fuel that has passed • By pre-diluting DieselPower MAR 71 in fuel and
through the tank. then add it to the tank. (Not very practical when
Decontamination of contaminated oil: 0.8 litres/ton larger tanks has to be treated. Also concerns with
safety of workers when manually handling the
Shock dosing: 3 litres/ton (biomass can be seen, filter fuel)
blockage)
The tank or system layout to treat has an impact on
how fast the kill rate is, for Shock treatment we
recommend at least 24 hrs treatment time.
247
Fuel Oil Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
DIE
DIESELP
SELPO
OWER L
LUBRICITY
UBRICITY
777195
Unitor DieselPower Lubricity is formulated to enhance the lubricity of diesel fuels.
Features
• Improves the lubricity of low sulphur diesel fuels
• Can be used as a stand-alone product or component in diesel packages
• Effective at 50-150 ppm range in meeting the HFRR requirement for lubricity specifications
• Does not interact with the fuel
Benefits
• Protects your engine from wear so you can avoid unscheduled and expensive maintenance
• Quality is ensured so you can rest easy with good engine protection
• You can safely use the product in all types of fuels
Unitor DieselPower Lubricity has been found to be Unitor DieselPower Lubricity also provides excellent
particularly effective in ultra low sulphur diesel fuels and performance as a lubricity improver component in
gas oils that are blended to meet governmental diesel detergent packages and does not affect the
regulations on fuel sulphur content. water emulsification tendency of a fuel as measured by
ASTMD-1094.

777195 DIESELPOWER LUBRICITY 25 LTR
Direction for use

Dosing Method Dosing and Control
Preferable application of DieselPower Lubricity is The normal dosage of DieselPower Lubricity is between
directly into the transfer pump suction to ensure proper 100 and 200 ppm (100 to 200 mls per m3 fuel).
mixing. Product may be added to storage or blending Independent testing has shown that an application of
tanks with adequate mixing. Dosage of DieselPower around 125ppm can improve the HFRR wear scar
Lubricity may vary depending on the fuel quality. performance of ULSD to below the specification level of
460um. DieselPower Lubricity may be blended with
other components into diesel detergent packages for
DieselPower Lubricity also provides excellent
ultra low sulphur diesel fuel and has no known adverse
performance as a lubricity improver component in
interaction with common components such as
diesel detergent packages and does not affect the
detergents, pour point improvers, cetane improvers or
water emulsification tendency of a fuel as measured by
antifoams.
ASTMD-1094.
248
Fuel Oil Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
DIE
DIESELP
SELPO
OWER CFPP
778405
Unitor DieselPower CFPP is a product that can
help to improve the cold flow properties of a
marine distillate fuel. Unitor DieselPower CFPP
will help reduce the wax formation and also to
reduce the risk of wax fallout and accumulation.
Features
• Cold flow improver and pour point depressant
• Delays the onset of paraffin crystallization to
improve cold flow properties
Benefits
• Enables you to handle the fuel at lower
temperatures
• Adds safety in handling of the fuel by reducing
the pour point of the fuel
• Keep the wax crystals in suspension preventing
wax fallout and accumulation
A distillate fuel paraffin’s. The paraffin’s are quite large fuel with high wax content will have a tendency to
molecules and have a tendency to come together and cause wax formation at higher temperatures. Once the
form larger structures as the temperature drops in the wax particles has formed they are difficult to dissolve
fuel. The paraffin’s can also be referred to as wax and a back into the fuel.

778405 DIESELPOWER CFPP 25 LTR
Directions for use

Unitor DieselPower CFPP should be dosed to the fuel Please note: The dosing temperature should always
tank prior to filling. Recommended dosage is one liter be at least 5oC above the measuered cloud point of
to one thousand liter of fuel (1:1000 or 1000 ppm). In the fuel.
case of poor respons dosage can be increased to one
liter to five hundred liter of fuel (1:500 or 2000 ppm)
Dosage of product 1 ton fuel bunkered 10 ton fuel bunkered 50 ton bunkered 100 ton bunkered
1000 ppm Dose 1 ltr Dose 10 ltr Dose 50 ltr Dose 100 ltr
2000 ppm Dose 2 ltr Dose 20 ltr Dose 100 ltr Dose 200 ltr

Form Liquid
Colour Slightly hazy
Density 0,895 kg/ltr
Flash Point >60C
Pour Point -30C
249
Fuel Oil Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Heavy Fuel Oil Treatment
FUELP
UELPOOWER DEM
DEMUL
ULSIFIER
SIFIER
778791
Unitor FuelPower Demulsifier rapidly breaks water-in-oil emulsions in all grades of fuel. It assists
water removal in the settling tank and fuel centrifuges.
Features
• Rapidly breaks water-in-oil emulsions
• Improves separator efficiency
• Prevents sludge formation in tanks and lines
Benefits
• Helps you to keep your fuel as water free as possible
• Reduction in sludge reduces your maintenance requirements
Unitor FuelPower Demulsifier breaks water-in-oil catalyst fines is improved, reducing abrasion damage.
emulsions by lowering the surface tension between the The homogenising action of FuelPower Demulsifier
two phases. It is insoluble in water and remains keeps heavy fuel particles in suspension, therefore fuel
effective even after the water has been removed. filters block less frequently, tanks and lines remain
Powerful dispersants combat existing sludge cleaner, and in general, fuel systems maintenance is
formations while homogenising the fuel to prevent new minimised. Consequently, a greater proportion of
sludge from being formed. Centrifugal separation of supplied fuel is available for combustion.

778791 FUEL POWER DEMULSIFIER 25 LTR
Directions for use

Dosage and control Dose into the bunker tank prior to, be based on the water content, as per the following
or during bunkering. Allow the product to mix well with table:
the fuel. If fuel analysis is available, the dosage should
Water %Vol 0.5-1.0 1.0-2.0 Above 2.0

Dosage 1:6000 1:3000 1:2000 to 1:500
If no analysis is available either from a laboratory or

Unitor water-in-oil test kit, use an initial dose rate of
1:6000 and adjust according to the results obtained.
250
Fuel Oil Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
FUELP
UELPOOWER C
CONDITIONER
ONDITIONER
778785
Fuel stability and compatibility is an increasing problem with modern marine heavy fuels, especially
with blending of low sulfur fuels. The solution for handling these unstable and incompatible fuels is
Unitor FuelPower Conditioner, it stabilizes and stops sludge formation in fuel tanks. Unitor
FuelPower Conditioner also improves separation reducing the amount of sludge wasted keeping
the fuel homogeneous through the whole fuel system delivering a stable fuel ready for combustion.
Features
• Stabilizes fuel blends, reducing compatibility problems
• Disperses and prevents sludge formation
• Reduces the amount of sludge wasted in the centrifugal separator
Benefits
• The conditioning properties of FuelPower Conditioner ensures your fuel is stable and that a minimum of
sludge is wasted in tanks and centrifugal separators
• With purifier working efficiently, filters clean and fuel system in good shape you can focus on the important
things

778785 FUEL POWER CONDITIONER 25 LTR
Direction for use

Dosage and control from storage. Dosage rates are best determined from
Ideally, FuelPower Conditioner should be dosed directly the results of fuel analysis, i.e. sediment content or
into the bunker tank prior to bunkering. However, it can compatibility test which is easily performed on board
be introduced to the settling tank or during transfer using the Compatibility Test Kit.
ASTM SPOT 1 2 3 4 5
SEDIMENT% 0.05 OR LESS 0.05 0.1 0.2* 0.5 OR OVER*
DOSE RATE **1:20 000 1:10 000 1:5000 1:2500 1:1000
treatment may be necessary, especially if other

* Avoid using this fuel if possible. problems such as water content or corrosion are
** Fully compatible blends, with a sediment percentage apparent.
of less than 0.05, should not require treatment for If test results are not available, an initial dose of 1:15
incompatibility. Marginal number 1 spots may cause 000 is recommended, and adjustments made as
sludging if the fuel is not handled carefully, so some necessary.
251
Fuel Oil Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
FUELP
UELPOOWER CA
CAT
TAL
ALY
YST 25 L
LTR
TR
778787
The environment has a high focus on today's marine market. The need to improve emissions from
combustion of hydrocarbons is ever present.
Unitor FuelPower Catalyst has been formulated to help improve combustion while at the same time
make sure the fuel is stable and homogeneous. The combustion catalysts in Unitor FuelPower
Catalyst reacts with soot particles during combustion reducing them by improving the oxidation of
the soot particles.
Features
• Improves combustion by reducing the burn out temperature for the soot
• Reduces carbon/ash deposits
• Limits soot formation and smoke emissions
Benefits
• You will see an overall improvement in fuel combustion and a reduction in the soot emissions
• Helps you to keep the fuel system in good shape and to make sure the fuel is stable and ready for
combustion
The fuel ignition temperature is reduced, resulting in Sulphuric acid corrosion caused by condensing
increased combustion efficiency with less carbon left to exhaust gases may be seen in any of the cooler parts of
form smoke and soot. Engine and exhaust systems are the boiler or engine system. Typical problem areas are
kept cleaner with longer service life and less cylinder liners (clover-leaf corrosion), valve stems and
maintenance. funnel uptakes. Unitor FuelPower Catayst catalytically
inhibits the formation of acid gases. This reduces the
Anti-polymerisation agents inhibit sludge formation,
amount of acid present, thereby reducing acid
while dispersants stabilise the fuel. This results in a
corrosion.
cleaner fuel system and better fuel flow, giving
improved fuel atomisation and greater combustion
efficiency.

778787 FUEL POWER CATALYST 25 LTR
Accessories

767924 FUEL DOSING STATION
Direction for use

Dosage and control dosage should be 1:15 000. Alterations can then be
Unitor FuelPower Catalyst is completely oil-soluble and made according to operating experience and results
should be added via a metering pump into the suction obtained. Where fuel analysis for Micro Carbon
side of the booster pump. Alternatively, it can be added Residue, (MCR) is available, dose according to the table
into the settling tank. If so, the dose rate should be below:
increased by 10%. As a general guide, the average
MCR% 10 12 14 16 18
Dosage Rate 1:15 000 1:12 000 1:10 000 1:7 500 1:4 000
CCAI 835 840 845 850 850+
Dosage Rate 1:15 000 1:12 000 1:10 000 1:7 500 1:4 000
Unitor FuelPower Catalyst can be dosed using Fuel Oil

Treatment Dosing Unit, product No 664 619353.
252
Fuel Oil Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
FUELP
UELPOOWER ASHFREE 25 L
LTR
TR
778789
In today's market it is essential to have an efficient and reliable operation. Unitor FuelPower
AshFree is especially formulated to protect against the build up of deposits on sensitive engine
parts like exhaust valves and turbo chargers. Unitor FuelPower AshFree also includes a combustion
catalyst to ensure good combustion to avoid additional build up of insulating soot deposits.
Features
• Raises the melting point of corrosive ashes
• Reduces the high temperature corrosion on sensitive surfaces
• Keeps exhaust valves and turbochargers clean
Benefits
• You can rely on Unitor FuelPower AshFree to keep your sensitive engine parts free from corrosive deposits
• Reduction of deposits and corrosion ensures your engine operates more efficiently
Unitor FuelPower AshFree physically modifies fuel ash, catalytic action, increasing the conversion from sulphur
raising the sinter and melting points of the ash above dioxide to sulphur trioxide during combustion. The
the normal engine operating temperatures. Modified sulphur trioxide then reacts with steam in the exhaust
ash particles are solid, small and non-adhesive and are system, increasing the dew point to form sulphuric
ejected with the exhaust gas stream. Valve seating acid. Unitor FuelPower AshFree keeps the complex
remain intact as ash deposits on valve seats are vanadium and sodium ash compounds in a solid, non-
reduced. Guttering is minimised and valve cone and molten state, inhibiting fused salt corrosion.
seat lives are extended, allowing for greater time The combustion catalyst improves combustion by
between overhauls. Turbocharger and exhaust system reducing the energy needed to oxidise the soot,
fouling is controlled as the ash particles in the gas resulting in increased combustion efficiency with less
stream are less adhesive. Exhaust systems remain carbon left to form smoke and soot. Engine and
cleaner and any ash that is formed is friable and easily exhaust systems are kept cleaner with longer service
removed by conventional methods such as brushing. life and less maintenance.
Another advantage found with Unitor FuelPower
AshFree is acid reduction. Vanadium in the fuel has a

778789 FUEL POWER ASHFREE 25 LTR
Accessories

Directions for use

Dosage and control dose rates vary between 1:2000 and 1:6000 depending
Unitor FuelPower AshFree should be dosed either on the nature and severity of the problem. Use the table
directly into the service tank or by automatic metering below for optimum dosage.
into the suction side of the booster pumps. Typical
Sodium Vanadium Vanadium Vanadium Vanadium Vanadium Vanadium Vanadium

ppm 50ppm 100ppm 150ppm 200ppm 300ppm 400ppm 500ppm
Tons of fuel
25 6 8 5 4 3 2,5 2,5
35 4 8 5 4 3 2,5 2,5
50 4 4 5 4 3 2,5 2,5
65 3 4 4 4 3 2,5 2,5
75 3 4 3 4 3 2,5 2,5
85 3 4 3 4 3 2,5 2,5
253
Fuel Oil Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
Sodium Vanadium Vanadium Vanadium Vanadium Vanadium Vanadium Vanadium

ppm 50ppm 100ppm 150ppm 200ppm 300ppm 400ppm 500ppm
100 3 4 3 4 3 2,5 2,5
Dosage based on MCR
MCR% 10 12 14 16 18
Dose 1:6000 1:4000 1:3000 1:2000 1:1000
Example: A fuel contains 50ppm Sodium and 150ppm

Vanadium. The dose rate should therefore be: 1 Itr
Unitor FuelPower AshFree per 5 tons of fuel (1:5000)
FUELP
UELPOOWER SST
TABILISER 25 L
LTR
TR
778793
Unitor FuelPower Stabiliser is a concentrated organic fuel stabiliser. It contains no metals and can
be used in diesel engines and boilers.
Unitor FuelPower Stabiliser indirectly promote a better combustion by improving fuel stability that
leads to better atomisation and improved burnout of the fuel. Unitor FuelPower Stabiliser will also
minimize sludge in fuel tanks and fuel system.
Features
• Indirectly improves combustion
• Stabilises heavy fuels
• Very low dosage
Benefits
• Helps you to keep your fuel system in good condition and to minimize sludge formation in tanks
Sludge formation is inhibited through the action of anti- result is improved combustion efficiency through a
polymerization agents. Fuel stability is improved better fuel atomisation.
through the action of solvents and dispersants. The

778793 FUEL POWER STABILISER 25 LTR
Directions for use

Dosage and control should be added via a metering pump. If no metering
FuelPower Stabiliser is completely oil soluble. The initial pump is available, use the suction manometer on the
dosage rate is one litre to twenty five tons of fuel (1:25 transfer pump as the dosage point. For diesel engines
000). Actual dosage rates will be dependent on fuel and boilers, FuelPower Stabiliser should be dosed
quality and operating experience. FuelPower Stabiliser during transfer from storage to the settling tank.
FuelPower Stabiliser can be dosed using Fuel Oil
Treatment Dosing Unit, product No 664 767924.
Directions for use

Where fuel analysis for Micro Carbon Residue (MCR) is
available, or where CCAI values are known, dose
according to the following table:
MCR% 8 9 10 12
Dose rate 1:30 000 1:25 000 1:22 000 1:20 000
CCAI 835 840 845 850
Dose Rate 1:30 000 1:25 000 1:22 000 1:20 000
254
Fuel Oil Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
FUELP
UELPOOWER SL
SLOOWSTE
TEAMING
AMING
765042
Slow Steaming is becoming a more and more common practice in the marine transport market. The
main benefit of slow steaming is clearly the saving of fuel consumption.
The main disadvantage is the increase in particulate emission from poor combustion during low
load operations. Unitor Fuel Power SlowSteaming has been formulated to help manage these
problems by reducing the particle emissions avoiding efficiency loss and the risk of fires in exhaust
gas recovery systems. FuelPower SlowSteaming is a combustion catalyst blend especially
formulated for slow steaming operations.
Features
• Contains combustion improvers to help reduce particulate matter
• Reduces the carbon/ash deposits in the engine and exhaust gas heat recovery systems
Benefits
• You can be sure that Unitor FuelPower SlowSteaming will help you to reduce the particulate matter problem
from slow steaming
• Unitor FuelPower SlowSteaming will help you reduce the deposits in the combustion chamber and limit the
efficiency loss from the engine and turbo charger
• Unitor FuelPower SlowSteaming will reduce the soot particle load to exhaust heat recovery systems helping
with the safety of avoiding possible exhaust gas fires
An engine is built to perform best at its maximum rating econmiser, the reduced flow of the exhaust gases
and operating at a lower power output can lead to means that deposit formation is quicker with loss of
problems with combustion, lubrication and fouling of heat transfer and reduced efficiency. The insulation
turbo charger and exhaust gas boiler. It is important to effect of soot is very high and a 2 mm layer will increase
have a good combustion performance at low loads to oil consumption with about 8,5%.
avoid fouling of the turbo charger and the exhaust gas

765042 FUEL POWER SLOW STEAMING 25LTR
Accessories

Directions for use

Dosage and control increased by 10%. As a general guide, the average
FuelPower SlowSteaming is completely oil-soluble and dosage should be 1:6 000. Alterations can then be
should be added via a metering pump into the suction made according to operating experience and results
side of the booster pump. Alternatively, it can be added obtained.
into the settling tank. If so, the dose rate should be
255
Fuel Oil Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
FUELP
UELPOOWER SSO
OOT REM
REMOOVER LIQUID PL
PLUS
US
778848
Unitor FuelPower Soot Remover Liquid Plus is
formulated for effective prevention of soot and
firescale deposits from boilers and diesel engine
exhaust systems.
Features
• For the prevention of soot and firescale deposits
in diesel engine and boiler exhaust systems
• For reduction of cold-end corrosion where
surface temperatures are lower than the dew
point of the exhaust gases
• Improves soot blowing operations
Benefits
• Increase the intervals between cleaning with up to
12 months minimizing down time and improving
overall efficiency.
• Reduces the discharge of cleaning water to the
sea
• Reduced cold-end corrosion reduces your need
for maintenance
• Helps to keep exhaust gas system clean while
slow steaming and will also reduce cold end
corrosion
If firescale is allowed to form on heat exchangers, the efficiency at lower temperatures. The ignition
loss of efficiency can be directly related to extra fuel temperature of Soot Remover Liquid Plus on the soot/
consumption. A 1 mm deposit is approximately firescale is as low as 170°C. The carbon deposits are
equivalent to a 10% efficiency loss, a 3 mm deposit can thus ignited, leaving an easily removable ash.
reduce efficiency by up to 50%. The use of Unitor FuelPower Soot Remover Liquid Plus
The normal ignition temperature of soot is around not only provides greater fuel efficiency, but also
600°C. This means that it is burned only in the hottest prevents acid formation in areas where severe
parts of the boiler or diesel exhaust systems. The new corrosion could result in expensive damage, i.e. heat
features of Soot Remover Liquid Plus with a new exchangers, superheaters, economisers, exhaust
organic catalyst instead of copper salt has a higher paths/stacks.

778848 FUELPOWER SOOT REMOVER LIQUID PLUS
Accessories

767926 AUT .DOSING UNIT FOR SOOT REMOVER L
625194 MANUAL DOSING UNIT F/SRL
Directions for use

Dosage and control For Diesel engines, inject Soot Remover Liquid Plus
Soot Remover Liquid Plus should be introduced to the directly into the exhaust system upstream of the area to
boiler through a suitable port, preferably with an be treated. Soot Remover Liquid Plus should be
injector, ensuring that the liquid is spread through the injected with the dosing equipment mentioned under
flame path toward the back of the combustion Accessories.
chamber.
256
Fuel Oil Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
Steam Raised (tons/hr) Boiler fuel (tons/day) Dose rate (Ltr/day)

Boiler
3 5.5 1.0
6 11 2.0
9 16 3.0
12 21 3.5
15 27 4.0
23 41 4.5
31 55 5.0
46 82 5.5
62 110 6.5
Direction for use 2
Fuel Consumption (Tons/Day) Dose Rate (Ltr/Day)

Diesel Engines
10 1.5
20 3.0
30 3.5
40 4.0
50 4.5
60 5.0
70 5.0
80 5.7
90 5.7
100 6.1
100-125 6.4
125-150 7.0
150-200 7.7
200+ 8.3
257
Fuel Oil Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
FUELP
UELPOOWER SSO
OOT REM
REMOOVER
571240
Unitor FuelPower Soot Remover is a dry powder compound formulated for safe removal of soot and
deposits from boilers and diesel engine exhaust systems.
Features
• Reduces soot and slag deposits
• Reduces cold-end corrosion
• Assists soot blowing
Benefits
• Saves you money by improving heat transfer
• Saves you money by increasing boiler efficiency
If deposits are allowed to form on heat exchangers, the the soot/deposit is reduced to less than 280°C. The
loss of efficiency can be directly related to extra fuel carbon deposits are thus ignited, leaving an easily
consumption. A 1 mm deposit is approximately removed ash.
equivalent to a 10% efficiency loss, a 3 mm deposit can The use of Unitor FuelPower Soot Remover not only
reduce efficiency by up to 50%. The normal ignition provides greater fuel efficiency, but also prevents acid
temperature of soot is around 600°C. This means that it formation in areas where severe corrosion could result
is burned only in the hottest parts of the boiler or diesel in expensive damage, i.e. heat exchangers,
exhaust systems. Due to the catalytic action of Unitor superheaters, economisers, exhaust paths/stacks.
FuelPower Soot Remover, the ignition temperature of

571240 FUELPOWER SOOT REMOVER 25 KG
Accessories

572073 FIXED INJECTOR
572065 PORTABLE SOOT INJECTOR
Directions for use

Dosage and control Diesel engines, inject FuelPower Soot Remover directly
FuelPower Soot Remover should be introduced to the into the exhaust system upstream of the area to be
boiler through a suitable port, preferably with a blower, treated. FuelPower Soot Remover is preferably dosed
ensuring that the powder is spread through the flame using Unitor's Fixed Injector, product No. 664 572073
path towards the back of the combustion chamber. For and/or Portable Injector, product No. 664 572065.
Steam Raised (tons/hr) Boiler fuel (tons/day) Dose rate (kg/day)

Boiler
3 5.5 1.0
6 11 2.0
9 16 3.0
12 21 3.5
15 27 4.0
23 41 4.5
31 55 5.0
46 82 5.5
62 110 6.5
Direction for use 2
Fuel Consumption (Tons/Day) Dose Rate (Kg/Day)

Diesel Engines
258
Fuel Oil Chemicals
MARINE CHEMICAL
Fuel Consumption (Tons/Day) Dose Rate (Kg/Day)

10 1.5
20 3.0
30 3.5
40 4.0
50 4.5
259
Fuel Oil Treatment Equipment
MARINE CHEMICAL
FUEL OIL TRE

TREAATMENT D
DOOSING UNIT
767924
Fuel Oil Treatment Dosing Unit
Electronic Metering Pump
Dosing Container
Adjustable Suction Assembly, with Float Switch
Dosing Tube
Injection Valve Assembly for Hot Systems,
Complete with 1 Metre Stainless Steel Pipe.
Max. operating temperature 200C.
POR
ORT
TABLE SSO
OOT REM
REMOOVER IN
INJE
JEC
CTOR
572065
Equipment for blowing soot remover powder
into boiler fire-side or into the gas side of
exhaust gas boilers. This simple, low cost
injector ensures rapid and effective dosing of
powder so that soot and firescale may be
removed most efficiently.
Accessories

260
MARINE CHEMICAL
FIXED SSO
OOT REM
REMOOVER IN
INJE
JEC
CTOR
572073
Equipment for blowing soot remover powder
into boiler fire-side or into the gas side of
exhaust gas boilers. This simple, low cost
injector ensures rapid and effective dosing of
powder so that soot and firescale may be
removed most efficiently.
Accessories

MANU
MANUAL
AL D
DOOSING UNIT F
FOR
OR SSO
OOT REM
REMOOVER LIQUID
625194
Equipment for the injection of Soot Remover
Liquid into the exhaust ducting.
The product is finely dispersed and prevents the
build-up of soot and fire scale in the exhaust
system and exhaust boiler. The installation and
operation is fully described in the installation
instructions. For installation of Soot Remover
Liquid please refer to the file under the
Documentation tab.
Accessoties

261
MARINE CHEMICAL
AUTO
UTOMA
MATIC
TIC D
DOOSING F
FOR
OR SSO
OOT REM
REMOOVER LIQUID
767926
Soot and exhaust deposits greatly reduce
efficiency and can ultimately lead to boiler
failure. Effective control of those deposits will
ensure reliable boiler operation. The Automatic
Dosing Unit gives you full control at the touch of
a button.
Features
• Provides automatic dosage of soot remover
treatment
• Automatic shut-off when temperature becomes
low
• All in one unit with programmable pump
Benefits
• Trouble free operation, no need for you to worry if
the dosage is being done
• No risk that the product will be dosed when the
engine is not in operation or at optimum
temperature
• Compact unit that doesn't waste valuable space
for you
The Automatic Soot Remover unit can be programmed The atomised Soot Remover Liquid is quickly
to meet all dosing requirements. The unit injects Soot evaporated and reacts with the unburned hydrocarbon
Remover Liquid as a fine mist into the exhaust through which is burned into a dry ash.
a nozzle. Atomisation of the chemical is air assisted.
Accessories

262
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Equipment Spares
IN
INJE
JEC
CTION V
VAL
ALVE
VE F
FOR
OR HOT W
WA
ATER
778908
Stainless steel chemical injection valve for use
with Aquaguard BW system or other high
pressure chemical applications.
UNIVER
UNIVERSSAL C
CONTR
ONTROL
OL CABLE 5M
5MTR
TR
778919
Cable used to supply a 4-20mA signal from
signal source to dosing pumps.
263
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Equipment Spares
UNIVER
UNIVERSSAL C
CONTR
ONTROL
OL CABLE 10M
10MTR
TR
766408
Cable used to supply a 4-20mA signal from
signal source to dosing pumps.
SP
SPARE
ARE KIT D
DOOSING PU
PUMP
MP 1160
602P
2PVT
VT
683706
Diaphragm
Complete O-ring set
Technical data
Technical data
ALARM KIT F
FOR
OR BET
BETA
A PU
PUMP
MP
683771
Alarmkit for dosing station.
264
Test Kits and Reagents
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Water Test Kits
SPE
SPECCTRAP
TRAPAK
AK™
™ 309
739466
Spectrapak™ 309 - Cooling Water Test Kit.
Compact test kit package to enable you to
maintain control of engine cooling water quality
for optimum corrosion protection.
Test included:
Nitrite
Chloride
pH
Features
• Sturdy plastic case
• Simple to use test kit
• Test methods included
Benefits
• Helps to maintain optimum corrosion protection
• Protects valuable equipment assets
Test recommended to maintain cooling water within the range. Treatment ensures that this pH range is
prescribed limits. observed when the nitrite level is sufficiently maintained
to prevent corrosion.
Nitrite - Recommended Limits can be in the range of
700-2400 ppm as NO2. Please refer to the inhibitor Chlorides - Recommended limit max. 50 ppm. The
Product Data Sheet for product specific control limits. chloride value of the cooling water should be kept as
The nitrite concentration should be maintained within low as possible, any increase in value whether sudden
the above recommended limits to effectively inhibit any or gradual, will be an indication of sea water
corrosive or scaling action within a closed cooling contamination. Check with engine manufacturer for
system. Too high a concentration should be avoided to other specified limits. If the chloride level exceeds 50
minimize the cost to maintain the system. Insufficient ppm, the possibility of corrosion in the system
dosage can set up a condition where accelerated increases because chlorides have a negative effect on
corrosion can occur in areas which become the passivation film created by nitrites. Therefore, until
unprotected. corrective action has succeeded in bringing the
chloride level back down below 50 ppm, the nitrite level
pH - Recommended Limits 8.3-10. The effectiveness of
should be kept close to the upper limit (2400 ppm).
a corrosion inhibitor is restricted to within a certain pH
Acessories

Consumables:
739458 CHLORIDE TEST TABLETS
555623 NITRITE NO.1 TABLETS
555631 NITRITE NO.2 TABLETS
555698 PH PAPER F/ 309 TEST KIT
Spares
555714 SHAKER TUBE 309 TEST KIT
778648 PLASTIC STIRRING RODS (10)
265
MARINE CHEMICAL
SPE
SPECCTRAP
TRAPAK
AK™™ 310
739474
Spectrapak™ 310 Test kit - Low Pressure Boiler
Water Test Kit.
Compact test kit package to enable you to
maintain control of boiler system water quality
for protection against corrosion and scale
formation.
Test included
P Alkalinity
Chloride
pH
Daily testing is recommended to maintain your
boiler water within the desired level of quality.
Recommended limits:
A. p-Alkalinity - 150-300 ppm as CaCO3
B. Chlorides - 200 ppm maximum as Cl-.
C. Condensate pH - 8.5-9.2
D. Hotwell temperature > 80°C
Features
• Simple to use test kit
Benefits
• Helps you to protect valuable boiler system
equipment from the damaging effects of
corrosion and scale formation

Consumables:
555664 P-ALKALINITY TABLETS
555706 PH PAPER + PH REAGENT
Spare parts available for purchase:
555557 SAMPLE BOTTLES 250ML
764418 pH POWDER SCOOP
266
MARINE CHEMICAL
SPE
SPECCTRAP
TRAPAK
AK™™ 31
3111
739482
Spectrapak™ 311 - Boiler Water Test Kit.
Compact test kit designed for medium and high
pressure boiler systems. Enables you to
maintain control of boiler system water quality
for protection against corrosion and scale
formation. Daily testing is recommended to
maintain your boiler water within the desired
level of quality.
Tests included
Phosphate
P Alkalinity
Chloride
pH
Please note that oxygen scavenger testing is
provided separately (Spectrapak™ 312 for
Hydrazine. Spectrapak™ 313 for DEHA and
Sulphite test kit for Sulphite).
Features
• Simple to use tests
Benefits
• Helps you to protect valuable boiler system
equipment from the damaging effects of
corrosion and scale formation
Accessories

Consumables:
555730 FILTER PAPER
555680 HYDRAZINE TEST POWDER
555599 MOULDED CELLS 10ML + CAPS (5 PACK)
555649 PHOSPHATE TABLETS
555581 HYDRAZINE DISC 3/126
555565 LOVIBOND 2000 COMPARATOR
555573 PHOSPHATE DISC 3/70
Accessories:
267
MARINE CHEMICAL
SPE
SPECCTRAP
TRAPAK
AK™™ 312 - HYDRA
HYDRAZINE
ZINE TE
TESST KIT
555490
Spectrapak™ 312 - Test reagent and
comparator disc to test for hydrazine based
oxygen scavengers. Recommended to ensure
boiler water is free from dissolved oxygen.
Features
• Compact, portable test kit
• Test method included in the kit
Benefits
• Helps to protect your boiler system against
oxygen corrosion
Hydrazine reacts with oxygen, acting as a scavenger. Boiler Water Test Kit, Hydrazine ORDER CODE: EDP
The reaction results in nitrogen and water with no solids 555490 Photometer 312 HYDRAZINE (PPM N2 H4) This
being added to the boiler system. Some of the is an option to the Spectrapak 311 and 315. This test
hydrazine will carry over with the steam, aiding in must be performed below 21°C. A cooling coil should
maintaining the condensate pH in an alkaline range, be fitted at the sampling point or the sample should be
which thereby helps combat acid formation. Hydrazine cooled immediately under cold running water. Cloudy
will also form magnetite which will act as a protective samples should be filtered before testing.
layer against further corrosion. SPECTRAPAK 312
Accessories
Product name Product Number

LOVIBOND 2000 COMPARATOR 555565
MOULDED CELLS 10ML + CAPS (5 PACK) 555599
HYDRAZINE TEST POWDER 555680
HYDRAZINE DISC 3/126 555581
268
MARINE CHEMICAL
SPE
SPECCTRAP
TRAPAK
AK™™ 313 - DEHA
698746
Spectrapak™ 313 - Reagents and comparator
disc for testing for DEHA based oxygen
scavengers.
Features
• Compact, portable test kit
• Test method included in the kit.
Benefits
• Helps to protect your boiler system against
oxygen corrosion
Controlling dissolved oxygen in boiler feed water and distributed throughout the boiler system. Dosage level
boiler water is important to avoid pitting corrosion in of Oxygen Scavenger Plus is based on the DEHA value
boiler systems. Oxygen Scavenger Plus contains of the condensate water.
DEHA, a low toxicity oxygen scavenger that is
Accessories

Consumables:
698761 DEHA TEST SOLUTION
698753 DEHA TEST TABLETS
698928 DEHA DISC 3/170
269
MARINE CHEMICAL
SPE
SPECCTRAP
TRAPAK
AK™™ 315
739490
Spectrapak™ 315 - Low Pressure Boiler Water
Test Kit, Parameters: P. ALKALINITY,
CHLORIDE and pH.
Compact portable boiler water test kit. Please
note that oxygen scavenger testing is provided
separately (Spectrapak™ 312 for Hydrazine.
Spectrapak™ 313 for DEHA and Sulphite test kit
for Sulphite).
Features
• Simple to use tests
Benefits
• Helps to protect your boiler system against the
damaging efects of corrosion and scele formation
Accessories

Consumables
555730 FILTER PAPER
568717 BEAKER 100ML AZLON
573048 FUNNEL
Accessories:
270
MARINE CHEMICAL
TE
TESST KIT F
FOR
OR C
COOOL
OLTRE
TREAAT AL
758904
Cooling Water Test Kit, Parameters;
COOLTREAT AL CONCENTRATION, CHLORIDE
& pH
Accessible sampling cocks should exist on all cooling sample the sampling line if present, should be
systems for each diesel engine. This including, but not thoroughly flushed with cooling water to ensure a
limited to, main jacket water, piston cooling, fuel oil representative sample is used for testing. In each case
valve, auxiliary engines, low temperature systems, etc. of drawing a sample, the container should be filled with
A representative sample must be taken from each the water to be tested, sealed and labelled. It is
cooling water system to be tested. To minimize the advisable to conduct the appropriate tests within 30
effort in obtaining cooling water samples, a sample minutes of drawing the sample, although this time limit
cock located in a position to draw a sample/having can be extended when the sample container is
access to draw the sample quickly and easily, will make completely filled and sealed.
the task of drawing samples simple. Before taking the

735738 COOLTREAT SHAKER TUBE 50ML
758912 CHLORIDE TITRATOR...
735761 COOLTREAT CONSUMABLES REP PACK
555698 PH PAPER F/ 309 TEST KIT
735746 COOLTREAT REAGENT REP PACK
758912 CHLORIDE TITRATION STRIPS
271
MARINE CHEMICAL
MOTOR SHIP TE
TESST KIT
777066
Combined drop test kit for engine cooling waters
and low pressure boilers. Test parameters are P
Alkalinity, Chloride and Nitrite.
Benefits
• Compact and portable
• Suitable for LP boilers and engine cooling waters

777124 P.ALKALINITY INDICATOR MPA1X2(30ML)
777125 P ALKALINITY TITRANT MPA3X2(65ML).
777050 CHLORIDE INDICATOR MBC1X2 (65 ML).
777051 CHLORIDE TITRANT MBC2X2 (65 ML).
777121 NITRITE INDICATOR MN1X2 (65ML).
777122 NITRITE TITRANT MN2X2 (65ML).
777049 PLASTIC SYRINGE 2ML 2MLSYR.
777093 20ML FILTER SYRINGE MO369.
778113 TITRATION JAR 40ml
766416 10 ML TEST TUBE
272
MARINE CHEMICAL
CONDUC
ONDUCTIVITY
TIVITY METER PEN M
MODEL
ODEL
607801
Low cost, waterproof hand-held Conductivity/
TDS meter.
Features
• Dust tight
• Waterproof
• Thermometer function

736637 Spare conductivity electrode
568691 COND NEUTRALISING SOLN
766414 DE-IONISED WATER 1 LTR
273
MARINE CHEMICAL
PH METER PEN M
MODEL
ODEL
607800
Low cost, waterproof hand-held pH meter for
the measurement of pH in a range of water
samples.
Features
• Dust tight
• Waterproof
• Included pH calibration reagents
• Thermometer function included
Accessories

736629 Spare pH electrode
729632 PH BUFFER 7 & 10 REPLACEMENT PACK
766412 pH ELECTRODE STORAGE SOLN. 100ML
274
MARINE CHEMICAL
SALINITY TE
TESST METER
778904
Hand held, waterproof Salinity Meter. The meter
will measure salt (NaCl) content up to 2000ppt
(parts per thousand) and temperature between
0-60C and is supplied in a protective case with
instructions.
The Salinity Meter is used to check the IMO D1
standard is for ballast water exchange. The D1
standard specifies the volume of water to be
exchanged and the target salinity of the ballast
water, typically >30ppt.
Features
• LCD Display
• Dust tight
• Waterproof
D1 Standard least 200 metres depth;

Ships performing ballast water exchange, should do so
Ships undertaking ballast water exchange should
with an efficiency of at least 95% volumetric exchange
conduct it at least 200 nautical miles from the nearest
of ballast water. For ships exchanging the ballast water
land and in water at least 200 metres in depth; or in
by the pumping-through method, pumping through
cases where the ship is unable to conduct ballast water
three times the volume of each ballast tank will be
exchange in accordance with the above, as far from the
considered equivalent to meeting the 95% standard.
nearest land as possible, and in all cases at least 50
nautical miles from the nearest land and in water at
275
MARINE CHEMICAL
ECOSCAN C
CONDUC
ONDUCTIVITY
TIVITY METER M
MO34
O3477
777079
Ecoscan CON 6 TDS Meter and probe.
Compact, portable meter for testing boiler water,
condensate water and enginge cooling water.
Features
• Multi-Point Push-button Calibration (up to 5
points) with ±1% full scale accuracy
• Automatic or Manual Calibration - for quick, easy

calibration; use automatic mode with preset
calibration points at most popular values or
manually set values in the manual mode for more
flexibility
• Automatic Temperature Compensation (ATC) for

the optimum accuracy under fluctuating
temperatures
• Hold Function momentarily freezes reading for

easy viewing
• Auto-Power Off saves battery power after non-

use
• Protective Rubber Boot shields meter from drops

and features a sturdy built-in stand for easy
bench-top operation

777091 Spare Conductivity probe
568691 COND NEUTRALISING SOLN
276
MARINE CHEMICAL
ECOSCAN
CAN.PH6
.PH6 METER & ELE
ELECCTR
TRODE
ODE M
MO348
O348
777080
Features
• Multi-Point Calibration (up to 3 points) with Auto-
Buffer Recognition - choice of USA, NIST or pure
water buffer standards with ±0.01 pH accuracy
• Automatic Temperature Compensation (ATC) for

the highest accuracy under fluctuating
temperatures
• Hold Function momentarily freezes reading for

easy viewing and recording
• Auto-Power Off saves battery power after non-

use
• Large Custom LCD provides optimum viewing

even at a distance
• Protective Rubber Boot shields meter from

accidental knocks and features a sturdy built-in
stand for easy bench-top operation

777098 Spare pH eletrode and lead
777152 Spare Temperature probe and lead
777087 pH7 Buffer Solution 125ml
777088 pH10 Buffer Solution 125ml
766412 pH ELECTRODE STORAGE SOLN. 100ML
277
MARINE CHEMICAL
MAXIDIRE
MAXIDIRECCT PHOTO
PHOTOMETER
METER MD600
777180
A hand held spectrophotometer that can be
used to produce a wide range of accurate water
tests. This instrument offers a unique ability in
that it can be used, dependent upon parameter,
with liquids, powders, tablets, or powder
sachets. It operates a six filter system for greater
accuracy and uses a LED light source, keeping
power consumption low.
Features
• Uses tablets, powder packs, liquids or vials
• Wide range of test parameters
• Reproducible results
• Results displayed as ppm (mg/l)
Accessories and Spares
Product number Product name Contents

777180 MAXIDIRECT MD600 PHOTOMETER
666665 VARIO HYDRAZINE 2 RGT SOLUTION .005 to 0.6mg/l
698753 DEHA TEST TABLETS .02 to 0.5mg/l
698761 DEHA TEST SOLUTION
777182 IRON PHOTOMETER MO404 0-2 PPM. .02 to 3mg/l
778646 COPPER NO.1 TABLETS(100) .05 to 5mg/l
666667 COPPER 2 TABLETS Provides total Copper result
666655 PHOSPHATE LR P1 TABLETS, 100 PCS .05 to 4mg/l
666657 PHOSPHATE LR P2 TABLETS, 100 PCS
777181 PHOSPHATE.PHOTOMETER MO403 0-80 PPM High Range Phosphate Pack 1 to 80mg/l
666661 CHLORIDE T1 TABLETS 100 PCS 0.5 to 25mg/l
666663 CHLORIDE T2 TABLETS 100 PCS
666659 SILICA REAGENT PACK 100 PCS 0.1 to 1.6mg/l
777185 AMMONIA PHOTOMETER MO407 0-1 PPM 0.2 to 1mg/l as N
777073 FREE CHLORINE DPD 1 TABLETS (250)
778209 CA HARDNESS PHOTOMETER TABLETS
777935 CHLORINE DPD NO.3(TOTAL)(250 TESTS) .01 to 6.0mg/l
778141 MAXIDIRECT TEST CELLS(5 PCS)
736645 MAXIDIRECT VERIFICATION SET.
278
MARINE CHEMICAL
WATER SSAMPLE
AMPLE KIT
767164
The water analysis service is introduced to
respond to the increasing need for laboratory
services with regards to water treatment. Your
convenient water sample kit contains: 2 x 500 ml
sample bottles and sample information forms.
Cooling Water Test Analysis of boiler water or related make-up, feed water
or condensate including test report and
Analysis of cooling water or related make-up water
recommendations. Analysis of the following elements:
including test report and recommendations in
P-alkalinity, Phosphate, Calcium, Magnesium, Iron,
compliance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
Copper, Silica, Chloride, Sulphate, pH, Conductivity.
Analysis of the following elements: Nitrite, Nitrate ,
Calcium , Magnesium, Iron, Copper, Choride, Sulphate, Brine Test
pH, Conductivity, Bacteria (total count). Brine test to verify the level of corrosion inhibitor in
Boiler Water Test brine systems. Analysis of the following elements:
Borate, pH, Conductivity.

767164 WATER SAMPLE KIT
279
MARINE CHEMICAL
PERMANG
PERMANGAN
ANAATE V
VAL
ALUE
UE TE
TESST KIT
778861
The Permanganate Value (PV) is a test for
indicating the general quality of final effluents
from on board sewage treatment systems. The
PV result enables the COD and BOD of the
effluent to be calculated and the effluent
classified as to its acceptability for discharge
according to MARPOL Annex IV guidelines.
References
MEPC 159 13th Oct 2006 describes the
performance criteria for effluent treatment plant
installed on ships for the period 2010 to 2016.
MEPC 227 (annex 22) 5th Oct 2012 (supersedes
MEPC 159) and will apply to sewage treatment
plants installed on or after 1 January 2016.
Features
• Rapid test to calculate COD and BOD of effluent
waters
• Easy and cost effective

778863 PERMANGANATE VALUE TABLETS PCK 100
778868 ACIDIFYING SE TABLETS PCK 100
BACTERIA C
COUNT
OUNT TE
TESST (10 P
PCCS)
568568
BT2 general purpose microbiological dip slides
are used for rapid, on board monitoring of
microbial contamination in water systems. They
can be used to test waste waters and engine
cooling waters. The slide is coated with TTC
media which supports the growth of most
common bacteria.
Features
• Easy 3 step procedure; dip in fluid, incubate and
read results
• Convenient and cost effective on-site testing
• Incubate at 27 to 30° C for 24-48 hours for
detection of bacteria
Benefits
• Helps prevent equipment breakdowns by
detecting early signs of corrosion or
contamination
• Enables on board testing
280
MARINE CHEMICAL
BOILER PL
PLUS
US TE
TESST KIT M
MO380
O380
777100
Combined drop test kit for engine cooling waters
and low pressure boilers. Test parameters are P
Alkalinity, Chloride and Nitrite, Tannin and pH.
Features
• Compact and portable
• Suitable for LP boilers using tannin for corrosion
protection and engine cooling waters utilising a
nitrite based corrosion inhibitor

777125 P ALKALINITY TITRANT MPA3X2(65ML).
777050 CHLORIDE INDICATOR MBC1X2 (65 ML).
777051 CHLORIDE TITRANT MBC2X2 (65 ML).
777101 TANNIN.INDICATOR MO381 MTN1 (2X50G)
777102 TANNIN.TITRANT MO382 MTN2 (2X65 ML)
777987 UNVERSAL INDICATOR SOLUTION
777093 20ML FILTER SYRINGE MO369.
778113 TITRATION JAR 40ml
766416 10 ML TEST TUBE
281
MARINE CHEMICAL
MD 100 P
POOOL
OLCCONTR
ONTROL
OL 6IN1
768129
The MD 100 PoolControl 6in1 Photometer is a
portable handheld instrument designed for the
testing of Pool and Spa waters. Simple button
layout and robust waterproof design make them
easy to use and ideal for testing pool waters.
With a large backlit display they are also suitable
for use in the Plant Room. The units supply
accurate, reproducible results using high quality
interference filters with long-life LEDs as a light
source. Tests are conducted using tablet
reagents which give long-term stability. Test
results are automatically stored with time and
date for later review.
Contents
Instrument in carrying case
4 Micro batteries (AAA)
3 Round vials (Glass) with lids
Tablets reagents
Crushing / Stirring Rod
Guarantee sheet
Certificate (COC)
Instruction manual
Technical data • Alkalinity Total 5-200 mg/l
• Ca Hardness 0-500 mg/l
Test Ranges:
• Bromine 0.05-13 mg/l
• Chlorine 0-6.0 mg/l • Cyanuric Acid 2-160 mg/l
• pH Value 6.5-8.4

768129 MD100 POOLCONTROL 6IN1

777073 FREE CHLORINE DPD 1 TABLETS (250)
777935 CHLORINE DPD NO.3(TOTAL)(250 TESTS)
777936 PHENOL RED(PH) (250 TESTS)
778207 M ALKALINITY PHOTOMETER TABLETS
778209 CA HARDNESS PHOTOMETER TABLETS
778211 CYANURIC ACID PHOTOMETER TABLETS
778141 MAXIDIRECT TEST CELLS(5 PCS)
736645 MAXIDIRECT VERIFICATION SET.
282
MARINE CHEMICAL
POOL
OLCHE
CHECK
CK 6 IN 1 TE
TESST KIT 6 P
PCCS.
767020
The Poolcheck 6 in 1 test kit provides simple
testing for the most popular pool and spa water
treatment parameters. The kit uses rapid
dissolving tablets to give accurate reliable
results quickly, and provides a simple, cost
effective solution for Pool and Spa water
management.
Each Poolcheck 6 in 1 test kit comes in a robust
case and includes the Poolcheck unit,
accessories, reagents for 20 tests and
instructions.
Features
• The tests are fast, accurate and simple.
• Ready to use, no preparation or calibration
needed.
• Utilises rapid dissolving tablets that reduces the
risk of operational errors
The Poolcheck 6 in 1 test kit contains tests for the • Calcium hardness 100 – 200 mg/l
following parameters: • Total alkalinity 25 – 200 mg/l
• Cyanuric acids 20 – 100 mg/l
• Chlorine - 0,5 – 5,0 mg/l
• Acid demand
• pH value 6,8 – 8,2
CHL
CHLORINE/BR
ORINE/BRO
OMINE CHE
CHECKIT
CKIT KIT
777074
A comparator type test kit for the measurement
of free chlorine and bromine levels in potable
water, waste water and pools and spas.
Range: 0.2 to 8ppm.

777934 CHLORINE DPD NO 1 (FREE) 250 TESTS
283
MARINE CHEMICAL
HR TOT
TOTAL
AL HARDNE
HARDNESSS TE
TESST KIT
755775
Water hardness is caused by the presence of
calcium and magnesium salts. High levels of
hardness prevent the formation of lather with
soap, and can cause scaling in water systems,
particularly steam boilers, engine cooling
systems and fresh water pipework. Hardness is
an important control test in a wide variety of
applications. The Total Hardness Test provides a
simple method of checking water hardness over
the range 5 - 500 mg/l.
Note
This test measures total hardness, i.e. the total
content of calcium and magnesium ions in the
water.
The expression of hardness results is normally
expressed as mg/l CaCO3 (calcium carbonate).
This is a convention to allow the comparison of
different results and does not necessarily
indicate that the hardness is present in the water
in only the calcium form.
755779 HR TOTAL HARDNESS TABLETS PCK( 250)
LR HARDNE
HARDNESSS KIT DR
DROP
OP TE
TESST 4-
4-100
100 PP
PPMM
778114
The Low Range Hardness Drop Test is a quick
and simple method to test the levels of
Hardness in water samples from Engine Cooling
Systems, Boiler Feed Water, Evaporator Supply
Water and Pools and Spas.
Features
• Easy to use
• Small disposable kit
• Can be used on a wide range of water samples
284
MARINE CHEMICAL
NITRITE F
FULL
ULL KIT M
MO2
O248A
48A
777067
Packaged drop test kit for nitrite. Suitable for
testing nitrite levels in engine cooling water
systems.

OXY
XYGEN
GEN F
FULL
ULL KIT 0 - 40 PPB O2 M341
777060
Chemet sample tubes work by placing the
ampoule into the sample and then gently
breaking the end off. The correct amount of
sample then gets sucked into the ampoule
allowing the test to be performed quickly and
accurately. Kit comes in a cardboard box and
contains everything needed to perform 30 tests:
Refill, Comparator, adhesive mounting clamp,
permanent mounting clamp, sampling tube, and
instructions.
Features
• Premade reagent vials
• Vacuum sealed ampoules

777059 Replacement Oxygen Ampoules (0 to 40ppb)
285
MARINE CHEMICAL
SULPHITE TE
TESST KIT
574913
Test kit for the determination of Sulphite levels in
Boilerwater.
TITRA
TITRATION
TION..APP
APPARA
ARATUS
TUS P
PA
ACK NO 1
777063
Apparatus pack for the performance of
boilerwater titration testing.
Features
• Enables accurate titration analysis
• Free standing auto fill burettes
Supplied with:
Automatic Burettes 3 x 10ml
Amber Galll Auto Burette 1 x 10ml
Burette Valves 1 pack
Stirring Rods 2 x 150mm
Polythene resevoir 2 x 250ml
286
MARINE CHEMICAL
TITRA
TITRATION
TION..APP
APPARA
ARATUS
TUS P
PA
ACK NO 2
777064
Apparatus pack for the performance of
boilerwater titration testing.
Features
• Enables accurate measurement of water samples
Supplied with:
Plastic Measuring Cylinders 1 x 25ml
Plastic Measuring Cylinders 1 x 50ml
Plastic Measuring Cylinders 1 x 100 ml
Graduated Pipette 1 x 10ml
Stirring Rods 2 x 150mm
Porcelain Casserole 2 x 175ml
Filter Funnel 1 x 90ml
FIL
FILTER
TER P
PA
ACK
CK,, 1 CARDB
CARDBOOARD B
BOOX M
MO213
O213..
777062
Filter pack for the performance of boilerwater titration testing.
Features
• Filter pack for the clarification of boilerwater samples
Benefits
• Filtration enables clearer titration end point observation
Supplied with:
5 Boxes Whatman Filter Papers No. 1 15cm diam.
1 Box Whatman Filter Papers No. 6 15cm diam.
ALKALINITY TITRA
TITRATION
TION P
PA
ACK M250
777055
Titration solution and indicator for the performance boilerwater Alkalinity analysis.
Supplied with:
N/50 Sulphuric Acid Solution 4 x 250mls
Phelophthalein Indicator 2 x 65 ml
287
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHL
CHLORIDE
ORIDE TITRA
TITRATION
TION P
PA
ACK M251
777056
Titration solution and indicator for the
performance of boilerwater Chloride analysis.
Product name Product Number

CHLORIDE TITRATION PACK M251. 777056
Contains: N/50 Silver Nitrate Solution 4 x 250mls
Chloride Titration Indicator 2 x 65ml
TOT
TOTAL
AL HARDNE
HARDNESSS TITRA
TITRATION
TION P
PA
ACK M204
M204..
777052
Titration solution, buffer solution and indicator for the performance of boilerwater Hardness
analysis.
Supplied with:
N/50 EDTA Solution 2 x 250 ml
Ammonia Buffer Solution 1 x 250 ml
Total Hardness Indicator Tablets 2 x 200
Dropper bottle for Ammonia Buffer Solution 1 x 65 ml
288
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Potable Water Test Kits and Spares
POT
OTABLE
ABLE W
WA
ATER TE
TESST KIT
778419
The Nalfleet Potable Water Test Kit range
enables ships staff to monitor the quality of the
drinking water on board the ship by providing
tests for important operational control
parameters and verification tests for bacteria
that can be of risk to human health. The range of
tests can be used on the ship either as a
standalone control solution or as a supplement
to laboratory analysis, dependant on flag state
guidelines.
Features
• Self contained testing kit for E Coli and Coliforms
• Helps you to meet MLC 2006 recommendations
for the quality of drinking water
• Includes compact and robust sample incubator
• Training video included
Benefits
• Incubator ensures that you achieve consistent
test results
• Additional test kits can be added as required to
meet flag state and/or company requirements
• Video supports you with crew training and
competency
Diseases on board ships Maritime Labour Convention 2006

Improperly managed water is an established route for The Marine Labour Convention (MLC) 2006 is the
infectious disease transmission on ships. This was platform for the International Labour Organisation (ILO)
illustrated in a review of more than 100 outbreaks to implement standards for the employment and living
associated with ships undertaken by Rooney et al. conditions for workers in the marine industry These
(2004). One fifth was attributed to a waterborne route. standards include the requirement that “ Each member
WHO “Guide to Ship Sanitation” (Third Edition) shall adopt laws and regulations or other measures to
provide minimum standards for the quantity and quality
“A ship operator’s role is to provide safe water to of food and drinking water and for the catering
passengers and crew, fit for all intended purposes. standards that apply to meals provided to seafarers on
Water on board should be kept clean and free from ships that fly its flag, and shall undertake educational
pathogenic organisms and harmful chemicals. activities to promote awareness and implementation of
Responsibilities are to monitor the water system, the standards referred to in this paragraph.” (Standard
particularly for microbial and chemical indicators, to A3.2 Food and Catering)
report adverse results under the IHR 2005, where
required, and to take corrective action”.

CONTENTS OF BASE TEST KIT 778419
777932 E.COLI/COLIFORM TEST SET(25 TESTS)
777930 PORTABLE INCUBATOR
777931 UV LAMP (F/E.COLI CONFIRMATION)
720998 INCUBATION POT F/POTABLE WATER TESTING
ADDITIONAL TESTS
TOTAL BACTERIA TEST
778413 BACTERIA PLATES (40 PCS)
778414 DILUTION POTS (40 PCS)
289
MARINE CHEMICAL

778483 1 ML STERILE SYRINGES (30)
777722 LEGIONELLA TEST KIT...
CHLORINE AND PH TESTS
778420 CHECKIT COMPARATOR
778457 CHECKIT TEST CELLS 2 required per comparator
778421 CHECKIT FREE CHLORINE DISC
777934 CHLORINE DPD NO 1 (FREE) 250 TESTS
777935 CHLORINE DPD NO.3(TOTAL)(250 TESTS)
778458 CHECKIT HIGH RANGE CHLORINE DISC
777937 ACIDIFYING GP TABLETS(CHLORINE)
777938 CHLORINE HR TABLETS (250)
778422 CHECKIT pH DISC (6.8 TO 8.4)..
777936 PHENOL RED(PH) (250 TESTS)
778416 INTESTINAL ENTEROCOCCI KIT(PK20)
778163 COLITAG THIO BAGS (25)
TURBIDITY TEST
778415 TURBIDITY TUBE
COLOUR MEASUREMENT
778417 COLOUR DISC
778418 40MM CELLS F COLOUR MEASUREMENT
IRON AND COPPER TESTS
778644 CHECKIT IRON DISC (0 TO 1 MG/L)
778645 IRON LR TABLETS(100)
778647 CHECKIT COPPER DISC (0 TO 5MG/L)
778646 COPPER NO.1 TABLETS(100)
POR
ORT
TABLE INC
INCUB
UBA
ATOR
777930
A ruggedised, portable incubator is included
with the base test kit. This ensures that bacteria
samples are cultured at the correct temperature
for consistent and reproducible results.
290
MARINE CHEMICAL
LE
LEGIONELLA
GIONELLA TE
TESST KIT
777722
The Nalfleet Industrial Legionella Test Kit is a
quick and effective kit to deliver microbiological
results in minutes instead of days. The test kit is
a compact kit delivered in a case with easy and
clear instructions.
The Nalfleet Industrial Legionella Test Kit uses
an immunochromatographic assay to detect the
presence of cell surface antigens from Legionella
bacteria in a sample. The presence of antigen
causes the “Test Line” to turn red.
The kit contains all the items required to perform
5 tests:
5 individual foil wrapped tests.
5 hollow fibre filters.
5 syringes with recovery buffer.
1 filtrate collection bottle.
1 pipework adapter with ½" and ¾" female
threaded connectors.
Note that this can also connect to a shower
head thread.filters, recovery buffer, collection
vessel and sample point.
764491 FILTRATION PACK FOR LEGIONELLA KIT
INTE
INTESSTIN
TINAL
AL ENTER
ENTERO
OCOCCI KIT(PK20
KIT(PK20))
778416
Intestinal Enterococci are bacteria that can be
used as a marker to indicate fecal contamination
of potable water.
291
MARINE CHEMICAL
TURBIDITY TUBE
778415
2 pieces fit together to make one tube. Quick
and easy test for turbidity. Simply fill with water
until you cannot see the X at the bottom of the
tube and read off turbidity in NTU.
Features
• Turbidity in NTU is a useful operational test of
water clarity and can be used as an early warning
test for contamination.
• Quick and easy test
LOVIB
VIBOND
OND 2000 C
COOMP
MPARA
ARATOR
TOR
555565
A compact, versatile colorimiter. Suitable for a
wide range of chemical tests.
Spare part for water test kits.

555565 Lovibond Comparator
555599 Lovibond Glass Cells 5x10ml
777177 Lovibond Light Source
777084 Phosphate Disc 0 to 20ppm
777071 Phosphate Disc 0 to 100ppm
777082 Hydrazine Disc 0 to 0.5ppm
292
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Ballast Water Testing
BALLAS
ALLASTT CHE
CHECK
CK 2 TE
TESST KIT
777848
RAPID, INDICATIVE TESTING OF
DISCHARGED BALLAST WATER.
Ballast-Check 2 is a multiple turnover Pulse
Amplitude Modulated (PAM) fluorometer that
provides a rapid, indicative analysis of the
Abundance and Activity of algae in ballast water
samples. The instrument is configured to provide
ship operators with a rapid, indicative
determination of whether treated ballast water is
at risk of non-compliance with the IMO and
USCG, D2 quality standard. Ballast Check 2
measures algae in the 10 to 50um range.
Abundance of Algae
Ballast-Check 2 is configured for detecting
chlorophyll fluorescence from live algal cells.
Light from the fluorometer is absorbed by algae,
which causes the cells to fluoresce.
Fluorescence emitted by the cells is detected,
quantified, and displayed as a digital number
estimating the abundance of algae in the sample
as cells/ml for 10 – 50 micron sized cells. The
Ballast-Check 2 has a set threshold value of 10
cells per ml. When the measured Abundance of
algae is greater than or equal to the set
threshold, this indicates a high risk that algae
may be in gross exceedance of the discharge
standard.
Activity of Algae
Ballast-Check 2 uses two measuring LEDs to
estimate photosynthetic efficiency (viability). The
first LED (monitoring) is used to excite the
sample with very low light intensity so as not to
induce a change in chlorophyll reaction centres.
While continuously monitoring the sample using
the monitoring LED, the second LED (saturating)
blasts the sample with a high intensity of light to
bring algae to a higher fluorescence state (Fm).
The difference between the monitoring LED's
measurement of the maximum (Fm) and
minimum (Fo) fluorescence states is called
variable fluorescence (Fv). The ratio (Fv/Fm) is a
good measure of the algal activity, which is
measured as a ratio between 0.01 and 0.75.
Please refer to the User Manual for more
details
293
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Ballast Water Testing
Coupled with the WSS Potable Water Test Kit

enables you to implement an on board
monitoring programme for your Ballast Water
quality.
Features
• Rapid, indicative test
• Hand held instrument
• Easy to use, results in a minute
• Measure of gross non compliance
• No chemical reagents are required
Benefits
• Low cost of operation
• Enable you to make quick adjustment decisions
• Improves control of your Ballast Treatment
system
• Helps you to maintain compliance
Additional Test Kits and Spares

Spares and Accessories
735173 10UM FILTER CAPSULES
735175 10MMX10MM SQUARE CUVETTES
735177 FILTER WASHING KIT
735179 60CC PLASTIC SYRINGE (PACK OF 3)
Supplementary Test Kits for E Coli and Enterococci bacteria
778419 POTABLE WATER TEST KIT Includes 25 E Coli Test Sachets
777932 E.COLI/COLIFORM TEST SET(25 TESTS) 25 E Coli Test Sachets
778416 INTESTINAL ENTEROCOCCI KIT(PK20) 20 Intestinal Enterococci Test Sachets
294
MARINE CHEMICAL
CHEMICALSS Oil Test Kits
BUNKER SSAMPLER
AMPLER
The most common and economic means of obtaining a representative sample is by using a drip
type Bunker Sampler. In back to back tests performed by a major fuel testing laboratory over an
extended period, samples obtained by drip samplers were identical to those from more expensive
automatic fuel samplers.
Features
• Lloyds Register approved and manufactured under strict ISO 9001:2000 quality assurance standards
• IMO MARPOL 73/78 Annex VI compliant - helps you stay within the legal requirements for bunker sampling
• Lightweight and very easy to install - obtaining a representative sample is quick and easy
Benefits
• Complies with current regulation

606252 BUNKER SAMPLER 3 INCH
Accessories

606265 5 LITRE CUBITAINER, 24 PACK
757252 CASE OF 70 SAMPLE BOTTLES
757245 SAMPLE BOTTLE MAILER KIT (40xX)
606262 SAMPLER VALVE COVER PSA
Approvals
Lloyds Register approved and manufactured under
strict ISO 9001:2000 quality assurance standards
IMO MARPOL 73/78 Annex VI compliant
295
MARINE CHEMICAL
BUNKER SSAMPLER
AMPLER 33''''
606252
The most common and economic means of
obtaining a representative sample is by using a
drip type Bunker Sampler. In back to back tests
performed by a major fuel testing laboratory over
an extended period, samples obtained by drip
samplers were identical to those from more
expensive automatic fuel samplers.
Features
• Lloyds Register approved and manufactured
under strict ISO 9001:2000 quality assurance
standards
• IMO MARPOL 73/78 Annex VI compliant - helps
you stay within the legal requirements for bunker
sampling
• Lightweight and very easy to install - obtaining a
representative sample is quick and easy
Benefits

Accessories

Approvals
• Lloyds Register approved and manufactured • IMO MARPOL 73/78 Annex VI compliant
standards
296
MARINE CHEMICAL
BUNKER SSAMPLER
AMPLER 4
4''''
606253
Features
standards
sampling
Benefits

Accessories

Approvals
standards
297
MARINE CHEMICAL
BUNKER SSAMPLER
AMPLER 55""
606254
Features
standards
sampling
Benefits
Accessories

Approvals
standards
298
MARINE CHEMICAL
BUNKER SSAMPLER
AMPLER 6
6""
606255
Features
standards
sampling
Benefits
Accessories

Approvals
standards
299
MARINE CHEMICAL
BUNKER SSAMPLER
AMPLER 77""
606256
Features
standards
sampling
Benefits
Accessories

Approvals
standards
300
MARINE CHEMICAL
BUNKER SSAMPLER
AMPLER 8
8""
606257
Features
standards
sampling
Benefits
Accessories

Approvals
standards
301
MARINE CHEMICAL
BUNKER SSAMPLER
AMPLER 10
10""
606259
Features
standards
sampling
• Lightweight and very easy to install - easy to
obtain a representative sample
Benefits
Accessories

Approvals
standards
302
MARINE CHEMICAL
BUNKER SSAMPLER
AMPLER 1111"
606260
Features
standards
sampling
• Lightweight and very easy to install and obtain a
representative sample
Benefits
• Complies with current regulations

Accessories

Approvals
• Lloyds Register approved and manufactured • IMO MARPOL 73/78 Annex VI compliant - helps
under strict ISO 9001:2000 quality assurance you stay within the legal requirements for bunker
standards sampling
303
MARINE CHEMICAL
FUEL OIL TE
TESST CABINET
607820
A new design, microprocessor controlled, easy
to use, fast and accurate electronic instrument
to determine the viscosity of lube oil at ambient
temperature but corrected to 40°C.
Features
• Viscometer
• Density Meter
• Compatibility Test
• Water in Oil Test
• TBN Test
• Insolubles Test
Benefits
• All equipment is contained in a robust, metal case
that is fully lockable for safe and secure sample
storage.
• Certified by Germanischer Lloyd, providing
everything you need to ensure that your fuel
samples are compliant with IMO MARPOL 73/78
Annex VI regulations.
• Replacement consumables and a full range of
bunker samples are easily available through our
network.
Viscometer Density Meter

A new design, microprocessor controlled, easy to use, An easy to use, fast instrument to determine the density
fast and accurate electronic instrument to determine of a fuel. 850-1010 kg/m3 @ 15°C. Calculates the CCAI.
the viscosity of lube oil at ambient temperature but Compatibility Test
corrected to 40°C, or heated to the standard Compatibility and stability determination. Prediction of
temperature of 40°C, and for viscosity measurement of a fuel's sludging tendencies.
Intermediate Fuels heated to 50°C. Estimation of the
combustion performance, Calculated Carbon Water in Oil Test
Aromaticity Index (CCAI). Reports directly in cSt, repeat To determine the water content 0-1%, 0-10% or
reading in one minute. 1-10000 ppm in lube and fuel oil.
Range: TBN Test
For accurate testing of TBN (Total Base Number) in the
• 20 - 810 cSt @ 50°C (ISO Fuel Grades RMA 10 range of 0-60.
RML 55)
• 20 - 810 cSt @ 40°C (lube oils SAE 5 through SAE Insolubles Test
50) Comprehensive Training Manual included
Accessories

Consumables:
773156 UNITOR EASYSHIP REAGENT PACK WATER
632406 TBN REAGENT PACK
602805 WATER IN OIL REAGENT
632414 ELECTRONIC REACTION CELL
632521 HYDROMETER HYD900-1.010
632513 HYD 850-950
632554 HYD 800-1.010
625756 SALT WATER DETERM. TEST
304
MARINE CHEMICAL

625749 INSOLUBLES TEST KIT
INS
INSOL
OLUBLE
UBLESS TE
TESST
625749
Insolubles contamination usually comes from
combustion and mainly in the form of unburned
hydrocarbon. High insolubles loading will cause
laquering and other undesirable effects like
stiction and increased wear.
Supplied with:
1 pc bottle 100 ml
1 pc bottle cap
1 pc plastic stirring rod
1 pc drop bottle label
100 pcs chromatography papers
1 pc large module box
1 pc test kit manual
305
MARINE CHEMICAL
SAL
ALT
TWWA
ATER DETERMIN
DETERMINAATION TE
TESST
625756
A simple qualitative test to verify if there is salt
water contamination.
Features
• Distinguishes between salt and fresh water
Benefits
• You can find out if the water in your tanks are
fresh or salt
Supplied with:
1 pc salt test pads (For 25 tests)
4 pcs pipette disposable 1 ml
1 pc test tube
1 pc disposable syringe 5 ml
1 pc white closure
1 pc reagent
1 pc large module box
1 pc test kit manual
306
MARINE CHEMICAL
TBN TE
TESST KIT
773150
The Unitor TBN (Total Base Number) Test Kit is a
major advance in portable tests for oil alkalinity.
Features
• TBN digital cell
• 100 mL plastic beaker
• 10 mL disposable syringe
• Disposable plastic gloves
• TBN reagent pack
• Manual TBN test kit
Benefits
• Easy to use
• Reliable result in a few minutes
• One reagent only (patented by Unitor)
• Non-toxic and non-flammable
• Simple cleaning with water after use
The kit gives results for crankcase and other lubricants results may be used as an in-service check of depleting
in a very short time, normally about 5 minutes. TBN to the equilibrium value.
Designed for testing lubricants with TBN up to 100. The
Accessories
Product number Product name Comments

Consumables:
Spares parts available for purchase:
632430 ELECTRONIC REACTION CELL FOR TBN TESTING
307
MARINE CHEMICAL
HE
HEAATED VIS
VISCCOSITY METER
773151
Small, fast and reliable. Measurements without
heating (but corrected to 40°C) or heated to
40°C for lube oil viscosity and to 50°C for fuel oil
viscosity.
Features
• 110-240 V AC
• Reports directly in cSt, repeat reading in one
minute
• Calculation of Calculated Carbon Aromaticity
Index (CCAI)
• Clear and comprehensive user instructions
• Monitors changes in lubricating oil viscosity,
preventing costly engine and machinery failures
• Verifies correct fuel grade or blend has been
delivered
• Checks that fuel viscosity is acceptable for
storage, pumping and purifiers
• Estimates the combustion performance (CCAI) of
fuel oil
• Correct density from 50°C. to kg/m3 @ 15°C in
vacuo
The Heated Oil Viscometer is suitable for measuring combustion performance, plus adjusting of fuel
both fuel oil viscosity & lube oil viscosity from a wide handling and injection systems. Viscosity of lube oil is
variety of applications including diesel engines, gas and the most important property with the correct viscosity
aviation turbines, gear boxes, hydraulics and fuel oils. providing optimum film strength in system clearances,
with minimum friction losses and leakage.
Testing fuel oil viscosity is important for verifying the
correct grade of fuel is delivered, for calculating
308
MARINE CHEMICAL
DENSITY METER
773152
A fast and reliable device to accurately
determine the density of fuels from 800-1010 kg/
m3 @ 15°C (ISO Fuel Grades DMA to RML 55).
Unitor Density Meter allows rapid determination
of exact bunker delivery quantities.
Features
With information and the viscosity of the fuel, the
Density Meter can determine:
• Mass of fuel delivered
• Calorific value
• Calculation of density at 15°C in vacuo
• centiPoise to centiStoke
• CCAI (Calculated Carbon Aromaticity Index)
• Clear instructions
• 110-240 V AC
• Easy to use with quick results
• Easy to clean
Unitor Density Meter measures diesel and residual fuel the units can be set to warm to 70ºC. There is a
density and confirms the quantity of fuel delivered, calculator feature, which allows the reading to be
verifies that the correct grade of fuel has been delivered adjusted to show density at 15°C in a vacuum. If the
and estimates the combustion performance (CCAI), diesel and fuel viscosity is known in centiStokes or
correct viscosity in cP to cSt. centiPoise the calculator will display the CCAI. The
Density Meter uses Hydrometers to measure the fuel
Unitor Density Meter measures fuel density using a
hydrometer dropped in warmed oil. Most oils can be density and marine diesel's density corrected to kg/m3
measured at 50ºC but for very viscous fuels and diesels at 15°C.
Accessories

632554 HYD 800-1.010
632521 HYDROMETER HYD900-1.010
632513 HYD 850-950
309
MARINE CHEMICAL
COMP
MPA
ATIBILITY TE
TESST KIT
773153
The Unitor Oil Compatibility Tester is possibly
the most useful and underrated tool available for
testing fuel oils. This kit provides a quick and
extremely useful tool for engineers faced with
the necessity to mix or blend residual fuel oil.
Features
• Small and compact
• Completely portable
• Specifically designed for onboard use
• Complete with guide on methods to prevent
sludging
Benefits
• Completely portable
• Results can be used to determine if pre
combustion additives are required and to assess
dose rate
• Easy to use
• Fast - less than five minutes operator time
• No reagents, no glassware, disposable sample
containers and No cleaning
• Confirm that the fuel delivery will remain stable in
the bunker tanks
• Identify possible stability problems before mixing
two fuels
• Help prevent sludge deposits, failure of fuel
handling systems and costly combustion related
engine damage
Accessories

Consumables:
555771 COMPATIBILITY SAMPLE TUBE
555789 COMPATIBILITY TEST PAPER
310
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYY SHIP C
COOMBINED OIL TE
TESST KIT
773154
Supplied ready for use, in durable ABS cases,
Unitors multi-parameter DIGI Combined Oil Test
Kit
contains all of the necessary equipment and
consumables for oil condition monitoring needs.
The DIGI Combined Oil Test Kit from Unitor
comes complete with tests for Water in Oil, Total
Base Number (TBN), Salt, Insolubles and a
Viscosity comparison test.
Features
• Water in oil test
• TBN test
• Insolubles test
• Salt water determination test
• Viscosity comparison test
• All necessary reagents and consumables
• Practical and clear instructions provide guidance
and interpretations of test results for the complete
range of tests
• The test kit comes with reagents for 25 tests
Benefits
• Fast, accurate and reliable oil test results
• Multiple oil parameters in an easy to use, portable
oil analysis kit
• Make informed on-site maintenance decisions
• Act before the onset of critical failure
• Robust and reliable for use in harsh or remote
environments
Accessories
Product Number Product name Comments

Consumables:
632414 ELECTRONIC REACTION CELL FOR WATER IN OIL AND TBN TESTING
632489 VISCOSITY INDICATOR STICK
Direction for use

When using Easy Ship Paste range 0.02-1% (200-10000ppm). This can cause
Before starting the test: make sure that the inside of the permanent damage to the pressure sensor.
cell is clean and dry (pay particular attention to the When using Powder Reagent
seal). Make sure the inside of the cell is clean and dry (pay
EasySHIP Test Reagent must be above 18ºc particular attention to the seal).
Always start the test with the highest range selected, Always start your test with the highest range, when you
when in doubt about the approximate amount of water are in doubt about the approximate amount of water in
in your test oil. Overpressure can occur if an oil sample your test oil. Overpressure can occur if you test an oil
is tested with a very high water content on the low sample with a very high water content on the low range
311
MARINE CHEMICAL
0.02-1% (200-10000ppm). This can cause permanent Performance data

damage to the pressure sensor.
Range: 0.02-1%, 200-10000 ppm, 0-10%, 0-20%

Test Time: 2 or 3 Minutes depending on reagent
Memory: Previous test, plus five oils
Battery Life: Five years (10,000 tests)
312
MARINE CHEMICAL
EAS
ASYY SHIP W
WA
ATER IN OIL TE
TESST KIT
773155
Maintain and protect equipment, whilst
eliminating damage caused by water in oil. With
an easy to read digital display providing
instructions and water in oil test / analysis
results, a five year (10,000 tests) battery life and
built in memory for recording previous test
results, Unitor DIGI Water in Oil Test / Analysis
Kits have become a favoured test method
worldwide for onsite and onboard testing.
Using this cell the Unitor DIGI Water in Oil Test
Kit provides state of the art, digital analysis and
gives fast, accurate results for easy monitoring
of trends.
Features
• Reliable test for water content: 0-1%, 0-10% or
0-10000ppm
• Short testing time: 3 min
• Good accuracy
• Reagent packs available worldwide
• The test kit comes with reagents for 25 tests
Benefits
• Eliminates damage caused by water in lube oil
which will rapidly cause severe damage to an
engine, bearing or hydraulic system
• Prevents corrosion, cavitation or failure of
machinery by detecting water in oil, before any
damage occurs
• Minimises instability of additive packages and
damaging microbe growth by monitoring oil
• Fully portable for use onboard or in the field, test
cells are extremely robust, durable and easy to
use
Accessories
Product number Product name Comments

Consumables:
632380 ELECTRONIC REACTION CELL FOR WATER IN OIL TESTING
Directions for use

When using Easy Ship Paste in your test oil. Overpressure can occur if an oil sample
is tested with a very high water content on the low
Before starting the test: make sure that the inside of the
cell is clean and dry (pay particular attention to the range 0.02-1% (200-10000ppm). This can cause
seal). permanent damage to the pressure sensor.
When using Powder Reagent
Unitor EasySHIP Test Reagent must be above 18ºc
Make sure the inside of the cell is clean and dry (pay
Always start the test with the highest range selected,
particular attention to the seal).
when in doubt about the approximate amount of water
313
MARINE CHEMICAL
Always start your test with the highest range, when you 0.02-1% (200-10000ppm). This can cause permanent
are in doubt about the approximate amount of water in damage to the pressure sensor.
your test oil. Overpressure can occur if you test an oil Performance data
sample with a very high water content on the low range
Range: 0.02-1%, 200-10000 ppm, 0-10%, 0-20%

Test Time: 2-3 Minutes depending on reagent used
Memory: Previous test, plus five oils
Battery Life: Five years (10,000 tests)
314
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR B
BAACTERIA TE
TESST
764493
Unitor Bacteria Test detects the microorganisms
which grow in marine oil. It is a rapid, accurate
on site test which requires no special facilities,
equipment or skills. The treatment indicating
results are delivered in 10 minutes using
pregnancy style technology. All that is required
to conduct a test is a 15 mL sample of water
from the tank to be tested or a 200 mL sample
of fuel and water if less than 15 mL of water is
available.
Features
• Only rapid onsite test with zero capital investment
• Only rapid test kit with zero set up time
• Fast, accurate and easy to read results
• Distinguishes between type of organism
• No false positives or negatives
Benefits
• Helps you minimize the cost of managing your
fuel
• Enables you to know if your fuel is in good
condition
• We want you to be certain that you can trust the
result
Why is the fuel contaminated? Proper fuel hygiene is becoming more and more
More and more problems are seen with distillate fuels important. Managing the water content of the fuel and
being infected by microorganisms such as bacteria, make sure the water is frequently drained is important.
The microorganisms need the water to be able to live
fungus and algae. The reduction of sulphur is a main
reason for the increase in contamination. Sulphur acts and thrive. Regular testing for the presence of
as a natural protection against microbial growth in fuel microorganisms is also an important part to keep
and the more environmentally friendly fuels with low contaminations at bay.
sulphur levels have the unfortunate drawback of making Wilhelmsen Ships Service can offer a complete solution
the fuel more hospitable for microbial growth. through the new test kit together with our chemical
A more recent contributing factor is the addition of offer. We can offer the test kit for control of fuel
FAME (Fatty Acid Methyl Esters) to the distillate fuels. contamination but we can also offer the products to
help you if the fuel has been contaminated. From
The FAME is a biofuel component and greatly enhances
the environmental profile of the fuel but again has the products to sanitise the fuel by killing the
drawback of increasing microbial growth in a fuel. microorganisms to removal of water or sludge created
by the microorganisms.
Fuel Hygiene

764493 UNITOR BACTERIA SINGLE TEST KIT
Accessories
Product type Product number Product name

Biocide - Fuel Sanitation 571257 DIESELPOWER MAR 71 25 LTR
Fuel polisher - Removes sludge 777190 DIESELPOWER ENHANCER 25 LTR
Demulsifier - Removes water 778791 FUEL POWER DEMULSIFIER 25 LTR
315
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR FERR
FERROUS
OUS WE
WEAR
AR METER
735754
The Ferrous Wear Meter (FWM) detects metal
particles in an oil samples taken from lubricated
machinery. The Unitor Ferrous Wear Meter offers
a simple, easy to use instrument that offers
Wilhelmsen Ships Service Unitor quality,
accuracy and reliability. This unit is ideal for
testing and analysing oil samples on-site, on-
board or in remote locations where full
laboratory analysis is not possible
Features
• Suitable for testing on-board, on-site or in remote
locations.
• Simple, easy to operate instrument requiring
minimal training.
• Direct reading in PPM on the LCD screen within 2
seconds
Benefits
• Gives you a quick answer on the wear in your
engine
• Your crew can easily do the test within minutes
with minimal training
A rugged, simple, easy to use instrument provides By trending of ferrous wear measurements over time,
instant, accurate measurements of ferrous wear content any increase in wear levels can be monitored and
on the units screen. Contained in a fully portable case, appropriate actions taken to mitigate any damage.
its rugged design is ideal for testing and analysing oil Machinery degradation can be observed as it happens
samples both on-board, in the field or in the laboratory. and machines serviced as and when they need to be,
rather than on a time or hours of operation basis, saving
A sample of oil is placed in the supplied 5 mL test tube
cost and manpower
and this is inserted into the instrument. No further
sample preparation is required and the ferrous debris The FWM is constructed using a sophisticated
content is displayed instantly on the easy to read magnetometer adapted for field applications. A 5 ml
screen, providing you with a quick, simple and clean test tube, filled with the sample, is placed directly in the
method of analysis. Simple graphical instructions are hole in the instrument and its metallic content, in PPM,
displayed on the screen, requiring little or no training for is displayed on the screen in less than 2 seconds.
users to operate.

Display resolution: 5 ppm
Sample detection
Magnetometary
technology:
Measurement range: 0 - 2500 ppm
Operating temp. range: 15oC - 40oC (60oF - 104oF)
24 V DC (Power supply including UK, EU and US
Power:
power adapters)
+/- 10 ppm (0 - 1000 ppm), +/- 20 ppm (> 1001
Repeatability:
ppm)
Sample bottle: Standard 5 ml test tube
Test time: <3 seconds per sample
Weight: 1,1 kg
316
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR C
COLD
OLD C
CORR
ORRO
OSION TE
TESST KIT
735742
The Unitor Cold Corrosion Test Kit from
Wilhelmsen Ships Service allows ship owners
and operators to obtain an accurate picture of
the level of corrosive elements present in
cylinder oil, potentially preventing critical
damage before it occurs. The kit provides
accurate results on-board in less than five
minutes, negating the need to send samples to a
laboratory to be analysed
Features
• Excellent correlation between field measurements
and lab Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) results
(see graph)
• Monitors products of corrosion that cannot be
detected magnetically
• Each test is simple, cost effective and quick (<5
minutes) to complete
Benefits
• Provides early warning that cold corrosion is
underway
• Gives a running commentary on internal corrosion
as the operator adjusts the cylinder liner jacket
temperature or oil feed rate
The Unitor cold corrosion test kit goes beyond other ferrous iron compounds. The resulting colour is
cylinder oil test kits, which give a total iron figure, by matched to a reference colour wheel that provides a
providing users with an accurate measure of the parts measurement of the corrosive wear present in the
per million (PPM) value of Fe2+ and Fe3+ compounds sample. When used in conjunction with ferro-magnetic
in used scrape down oil, corresponding to the wear analysers, such as Unitor Ferrous Wear Meter, the
attributable to cold corrosion. Using a colour-matching exact wear conditions within the cylinder chamber can
test the Unitor Cold Corrosion Test Kit alters the colour be monitored and corrective action taken when higher
of an oil sample, indicating the concentration of non- levels of wear are observed.

Measurement range: 0 - 400 ppm (Accuracy +/- 20 ppm)
0 - 800 ppm (Accuracy +/- 40 ppm)
Ambient temperature: 20 - 55oC
317
MARINE CHEMICAL
UNITOR CA
CAT
TAL
ALYTIC
YTIC FINE
FINESS TE
TESST KIT
735748
Much of the heavy fuel oil (HFO), burnt in the
cylinders of large 2-stroke marine diesel engines,
is contaminated with hard particles known as
catalytic (cat) fines. These particles, which find
their way into the fuel at the oil refinery, can
cause catastrophic abrasive damage to engine
cylinder liners during the combustion process.
This problem has been inadvertently
exacerbated by recent changes to the regulation
of marine air pollution because it has driven the
use of cat-fine prone, low-sulphur fuel oils. As a
means of self-preservation, vessels collect
representative fuel samples during bunkering
and then send them off for laboratory analysis.
However, the test results often only become
available once a ship has set sail and is far out
to sea, by which time significant engine damage
may already be in progress.
Features
• Suitable for testing on-board, on-site or in remote
locations.
• Cost effective, and can be completed within a few
minutes
Benefits
• Simple, easy to operate instrument requiring
minimal training.
• Clear sail or don’t sail indication
The Unitor Catalytic Fines Test has been designed to The extent of the removal also depends on the height of
flag up HFO samples that may be contaminated with the tank (fixed) and the size of the particles (variable).
dangerous levels of cat fines before the fuel has even As far as the centrifuge is concerned, the critical factor
been pumped aboard. The test is simple to perform, is the relationship between the actual viscosity of the
cost effective, and can be completed within a few fuel and that for which the centrifuge was sized. If there
minutes. Experimental results demonstrate that the new is a difference in viscosity, the residence time of the fuel
test is capable of identifying those fuel samples that in the centrifuge will be greater than the design value;
have a cat fine concentration of > 60 ppm (Al + Si), and hence directionally the centrifuge should be able to
which therefore exceed the limit recommended by ISO remove fines of a smaller size. Whilst this approach is
8217:2012. In fact the test has been specifically theoretically correct, the operational result is totally
designed to provide the crew with a clear sail or don’t dependent on the size distribution of the fines. With the
sail indication with regards to fuel quality. introduction of modern centrifuges without gravity discs
The rate of settling is determined by Stokes’ Law, the recommendation is now to operate all available in
which takes account of the particle size, difference in parallel, which enables the flow through each to be
density of the catalyst fine and the fuel, and the reduced to the minimum practical level. The fuel is
viscosity of the fuel. Various values are quoted for the afforded the longest residence time in the centrifuges
density of catalyst fines, but in reality they may be and the highest separation efficiency can be achieved.
likened to honeycombed structures, which retard the Combined output should be equal to the consumption.
rate of separation. This is further hindered by the outer The temptation of using a higher rate so the daily
service tank overflows back to the settling tank and is
shell of water by virtue of the close proximity of the
density of water to that of the fuel. re-circulated should be avoided.
318
MARINE CHEMICAL
Accessories

735750 CATALYTIC FINES REPLACEMENT PACK
319
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
DOOSING Mobile High Pressure Cleaners
HP Cleaners 150 - 220 bar
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
HIGH PRE
PRESSSURE CLE
CLEANING
ANING
What is high pressure cleaning? This includes service and repair and supply of spare
parts and accessories, as well as professional advice
High pressure cleaning is an effective and economical on various maritime cleaning operations.
method of removing dirt and contaminants. Using high
pressure cleaning, it is possible to clean in inaccessible Safety notes
places where cleaning would otherwise be impossible
or Careless use of a high pressure cleaner may result in
costly and time consuming. serious damage or injury. Users should turn the
machine off and lock the gun handle when leaving the
Choosing the right high pressure cleaner cleaner. Never direct the jet straight at people, animals
or electrical installations. Read and follow the directions
A high pressure cleaner should be selected on the basis in the instruction manual carefully before using the
of the jobs it needs to carry out. Depending on the type machine for the first time.
of dirt, surface, working method etc., users can choose
between Increased maintenance efficiency
cold water cleaners, hot water cleaners, stationary units
and detergents and accessories. The two main factors Why clean on board? Because a clean ship is a safer
are required cleaning impact and intensity of use. ship, a ship which is more efficient, and more pleasant
Please see 'WSS's High Pressure cleaner selection to work on and to live in. Keeping a ship clean by
guide' for recommended application areas for each conventional methods can be time consuming and
unit. inefficient, which is why it is often given low priority.
Modern high pressure cleaning equipment solves these
Cleaning impact problems: cleaning with a water jet of up to 300 bar
pressure is fast, efficient and thorough. Reducing time
Cleaning impact reflects the cleaning efficiency of the spent on individual cleaning jobs by 70 – 80% means
unit. The higher the number given, the more time increased cleaning economy, onboard efficiency, and
efficient the unit is. Unitor products are named using ultimately, money saved,
this number system in order to simplify selection of the
correct unit. The cleaning impact calculation is a General cleaning
formula developed by the industry to describe the
combination of waterflow and pressure and their All-purpose cleaning is done with a jet spray with up to
combined effect on the surface. 200 bar pressure. This method eases cleaning of hard
to reach places, and gets into hidden corners which
Intensity of use might normally be ignored, removing dirt and
contaminants that could contain moisture which create
Intensity of use is related to the durability of the unit; rust attacks on the metal underneath the thickest paint.
this does not mean that some of our units are inferior
products, but that they are simply designed for different Engine room cleaning
applications. A choice has to be made based on the
intended use onboard. If the unit will be used for heavy Using pre-heated water (up to 85°) or adding solvents
duty cleaning of cargo holds or tanks, high intensity and other chemicals will result in cleaning power that
units should be used. However, if the machine is to be cuts through oil and grease in engine rooms - at
used for spot cleaning on deck, there is no need for a pressures high enough to flush out dirt from corners
unit that is designed to run for 8 hours every day. and from behind pipes. Clean machinery is easier to
operate and easier to service.
Why Unitor cleaners?
Efficient paint removal
WSS offers a wide range of high pressure cleaners that
meet most requirements and the large range of Add a sand lance and a sand injector to a standard
accessories and detergents available makes them easy Unitor cleaner and you have converted it to the most
to use. The cleaners are designed to satisfy user superior instrument for removing rust or paint - a
demands and to suit various tasks. watersand blaster. On flat or curved surfaces, there is
no other method more efficient.
WSS global network service back up
In most cases, WSS’s global network offers a complete

after-sales service package on high pressure cleaners.
320
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
Thorough disinfection Unitor offers a wide range of cleaning chemicals made
especially for marine usage and that comply to IMO.
Another efficient use for the Unitor cleaner is to
incorporate a disinfecting foam which is sprayed onto 3 Pieces of good advice
surfaces and sticks to them for up to 30 minutes. It´s
guaranteed to get into corners and behind shelves, • Apply detergent on dry surfaces where possible.
leaving food storage rooms spotless. A dry surface will absorb detergent far better than
a wet surface.
The importance of detergents in high-pressure • When applying detergent on vertical surfaces:
cleaning start application from the bottom and work
upwards. By beginning from the top and going
High pressure cleaning efficiency can be improved by downwards, the detergent may produce
using the correct detergents in correct dosages. Using ‘channels’ down the surface, and run off it too
a high pressure cleaner alone, without any detergent, quickly.
will not achieve optimal cleaning results. High-pressure • During high pressure cleaning, it is important that
cleaning primarily refers to cleaning of hard surfaces, the rinsing water does not run over non-cleaned
such as decks, tanks, engine-rooms etc. and in the surfaces. The rinsing water can draw soap from
majority of cases, cleaning is done according to the the surface if running over non-cleaned surfaces.
two-step method: High pressure together with optimum
Step 1: Spray the detergent over the area to be cleaned concentration of detergent will give the best
effect. There are several Unitor Chemicals which
Step 2: Wash down the area using a high-pressure are suitable for use together with Unitor high
water jet pressure cleaners. Detergent is mixed into the
After the detergent has been sprayed on the surface water at a pre-set dosage through the cleaners’
and before the wash down begins, the detergent chemical injector (built in or detachable).
penetrates and thoroughly moistens dirt and other
grime. During wash down, the proper detergent
thoroughly dissolves the particles of dirt, including oil
and fat, in the water spray and thus achieves optimal
cleaning results. In addition to being more effective, the
use of proper detergents substantially reduces the time
required for the cleaning operation, as well as
preventing dirt from reforming on the surface.
321
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
UNITOR HP
HPCC 554
4/1 3X440
3X440/60HZ
/60HZ
777886
The ideal partner for cleaning tasks onboard.
High performance, excellent ergonomics, low
noise levels and easy servicing make this an
efficient pressure washer.
For more efficient cleaning with reduced
chemical consumption the unit can be fed with
hot water up to 60 degrees C.
The Unitor™ HPC 54/1 with it's robust and
stable design make it adapted to even the
toughest environments.
Ideal for 3-4 hours continuously operations.
The 3 piston pump as a low rpm of 1750. 50%
reduction in noise level. All controls in one place
for ease of use. Visible oil level. Hose reel,
additional hose,
Ceramic pistons.
Features
• Robust unit
• Low RPM for reduced noise and longer life span
• Practical storage for lance and cable
Benefits
• Economic all purpose high pressure cleaner
• Effectively removes dirt
• Compact and easy to store
• Solves smaller to medium sized cleaning jobs
with ease
Technical data
Working pressure 200 bar
Water flow 1000 l/h
Cleaning impact 5,3 kg
Max water inlet temp 60 º C
Voltage 3~440/60Hz/11,4 A
Power, Rated 6,1
Dimensions L x W x H (mm) 735 x 570 x 1020
Weight 71
Rotation speed 1750 rpm
IP protection X5
Water inlet connection 3/4" male
Nozzle 0500
Cable length 5
Suction heigth 1
Accessories

High pressure hoses:
586776 HEAVY DUTY HOSE 10 MTR
322
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT

671800 HEAVY DUTY HOSE, BLUE 10M
671792 HEAVY DUTY DECK HOSE 25M
For connecting multiple hoses:
546036 COUPLING KIT ERGO 3000
Water supply hose:
671735 AIR HOSE 1", PVC
671727 AIR HOSE 3/4", PVC (50 MTR)
Lances & nozzles:
659151 EXTENDABLE LANCE 5.5M W/OUT NOZZLE
718585 NOZZLE 05/25DGR. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE
662171 POWERSPEED LANCE WITH 05 NOZZLE
662163 TORNADO LANCE 92CM WITH 05 NOZZLE
Cleaning equipment accessories:
621821 DRAIN CLEANER, COMPLETE
545327 CHEM. INJECTOR DETACHABLE
545335 FOAM INJECTOR DETACHABLE
621896 HOSE CART, MOBILE
Spare spray gun:
665158 ERGO 3000 SPRAY GUN
Approvals
Corresponds to the following pertinent regulations: EC RoHS Directive 2011/65/EC
EC Machine Directive 2006/42/EC Applied harmonised standards:
EC Low-voltage Directive 2006/95/EC EN ISO 12100-1, EN ISO 12100-2, EN 60335-2-79,
EN 55014-1(2002), EN 55014-2(2001), EN 61000-3-2
EC EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
(2006)
EC RoHS Directive 2011/65/ECEC
Applied national standards and technical specifi
Machine Directive 2006/42/EC cations:
EC Low-voltage Directive 2006/95/EC IEC 60335-2-79
323
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
UNITOR HP
HPCC6
677/1 3X440
3X440/60HZ
/60HZ
777889
The new Unitor™ HPC 67/1 is a heavy duty cold
water high pressure washer that combine
renowned lifetime and quality. Optimal
ergonomics and mobility offer an innovative
partner for applications onboard all vessel types.
Features
• High mobility and ergonomic design
• 4 full ceramic piston pump – ensures long unit life
• Up to 85º C inlet water
• Two tank chemical dosing
Benefits
• Effectively removes intense dirt
• Reduces cleaning time - cleanes faster
• Reduces water consumption compared to
conventional cleaning
• Designed for intense applications up to 8 hours
continuous operation
Technical data unloader system and 1750 rpm motor for high intensity
use with maximum performance and comfort. Capable
Water pressure 195 bar
of accepting 85°C inlet water, the Unitor™ HPC 67/1
Water flow 1280 l/h can be used as an effective hot water cleaner. At 85°C
Max inlet water temp 85C degreasing can be performed without usage of
Cleaning impact 6,7 kg chemicals. The new chemical system allows two
Dimensions 775x570x1020mm different chemicals. If higher volume is needed the
Weight 90 kg suction hose in the tank can be place in a larger
Rotation speed 1750 rpm canister.
Voltage 3~440/60Hz/11,4A
Power, Rated 8 kW
The unit is equipped with additional motor protection
for supurb marine operational safety.
IP protection X5
Water inlet connection 3/4" male The Unitor™ HPC 67/1 gives you high cleaning
Nozzle 0680 efficiency combined with reduced downtime and
Cable length 8 meter increased lifetime. Unitor™ HPC 67/1 comes with a
Suction heigth 1 meter castor wheel with brake for high mobility and safety.
The Unitor™ HPC 67/1 is equipped with the 4 ceramic
pistons pump, double roller bearings, flow activated
Supplied with:
Supplied with:
Tornado lance
Spray handle ERGO 2000
Quick coupling
10 m HP hose
8 m electric cable (without socket)
Conical water inlet coupling with a 3/4" hose socket
Accessories

324
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT

Water supply hose:
671727 AIR HOSE 3/4", PVC (50 MTR)
Lances & nozzles:
545343 FOAM LANCE 120CM LONG
621938 LONG REACH LANCE
662189 UNIVERSAL 3000 LANCE 05 NOZZLE
Spare spray gun:
Recommended cleaning chemicals
571729 HP WASH 25 LTR
Approvals
EN 55014-1(2002), EN 55014-2(2001), EN 61000-3-2
(2006)
Applied national standards and technical specifications:
Machine Directive 2006/42/EC
IEC 60335-2-79
EC Low-voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
325
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
UNITOR HP
HPCC6
677/1 3X400
3X400/50HZ
/50HZ
777888
The new Unitor™ HPC 67/1 is a heavy duty cold
water high pressure washer that combine
renowned lifetime and quality. Optimal
ergonomics and mobility offer an innovative
partner for applications onboard all vessel types.
Features
• High mobility and ergonomic design
• 4 full ceramic piston pump – ensures long unit life
• Up to 85º C inlet water
• Two tank chemical dosing
Benefits
• Effectively removes intense dirt
• Reduces cleaning time - cleanes faster
• Reduces water consumption compared to
conventional cleaning
• Designed for intense applications up to 8 hours
continuous operation
Technical data unloader system and 1750 rpm motor for high intensity
use with maximum performance and comfort. Capable
Water pressure 195 bar
of accepting 85°C inlet water, the Unitor™ HPC 67/1
Water flow 1280 l/h can be used as an effective hot water cleaner. At 85°C
Max inlet water temp 85 C degreasing can be performed without usage of
Cleaning impact 6,7 kg chemicals. The new chemical system allows two
Dimensions 775x570x1020 mm different chemicals. If higher volume is needed the
Weight 90 suction hose in the tank can be place in a larger
Rotation speed 1450 rpm canister.
Voltage 3~400V/50Hz/11,4A
Power, Rated 8
The unit is equipped with additional motor protection
for supurb marine operational safety.
IP protection x5
Water inlet connection 3/4" connical The Unitor™ HPC 67/1 gives you high cleaning
Nozzle 0680 efficiency combined with reduced downtime and
Cable length 8 increased lifetime. Unitor™ HPC 67/1 comes with a
Suction heigth 1 m (dry) castor wheel with brake for high mobility and safety.
The Unitor™ HPC 67/1 is equipped with the 4 ceramic
pistons pump, double roller bearings, flow activated
Supplied with:
Supplied with:
Tornado lance
Spray handle ERGO 2000
Quick coupling
10 m HP hose
8 m electric cable (without socket).
Conical water inlet coupling with a 3/4" hose socket
Accessories

326
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT

Water supply hose:
671727 AIR HOSE 3/4", PVC (50 MTR)
Lances & nozzles:
Spare spray gun:
Approvals
EN 55014-1(2002), EN 55014-2(2001), EN 61000-3-2
(2006)
Applied national standards and technical specifi
Machine Directive 2006/42/EC cations:
EC Low-voltage Directive 2006/95/EC IEC 60335-2-79
Direction for use

See user manual for details. Oil: Castrol AlphaSyn 150
327
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
UNITOR HP
HPCC 30
30/1
/1 220V
220V/60HZ
/60HZ
729333
Compact and light high pressure cleaner ideal
for marine use. Ideal for small and random spot
cleaning onboard. Can be used where electrical
power supply is limited. Ideal for use as an extra
machine or in areas where space is limited and
larger machines are not appropriate, e.g engine
rooms and accommodation decks.
Features
• Innovative foam sprayer
• Washable feed water filter 50μ
• Oil level indicator
• Stainless steel pistons
• Pressure gauge
Benefits
• Light and compact - easy to transport and store
• Fast to connect - saves time
• Ideal for areas with limited space
• Ergonomic design - improves work capabilitites
Technical data The new HP Cleaner Unitor™ HPC 30/1 has 20 % more
pressure on the nozzle compared to previous model.
Dimensions LxWxH 382x382x1017mm
Higher effect reducing cleaning time and hence labor
Weight 35.7 kg costs.
Max. water pressure 200 bar
Max water flow 660 l/h Practical transport handle making storage and transport
Working pressure 150 bar easy. The with large wheels helps to increase mobility
Power, rated 3.5 kW and stability.
Voltage 1 x 220V The pump has 3 stainless steel pistons, long life pump
Electric cycles 60 Hz for light cleaning tasks onboard.
Fuse 16 A
Unitor™ HPC 30/1 is supplied with a 2,5 ltr bottle for
IP protection IP 5X
foaming application. The bottle can be attached to the
Hose length 10M
gun. Foaming makes cleaning easier and more efficient.
Inlet Temperature 60 When parked, the bottle can be stored on the back of
Suction heigth 0.5 the machine.
Practical storage for cable and hose enhances mobility.
The built in lance holder provides ideal storage and
protects lance from damage.
Supplied with:
Tornado lance
Spray handle 3000
Quick couplings
10 m H.P. hose
Accessories

328
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT

Water supply hose:
671727 AIR HOSE 3/4", PVC (50 MTR)
Lances & nozzles:
Spare spray gun:
Approvals
Corresponds to the following pertinent regulations: Applied harmonised standards:
EC Machine Directive 2006/42/EC EN 12100, EN 60335-2-79, EN 55014-1, EN 55014-2,
EN 61000-3-2
EC Low-voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
Applied national standards and technical specifications:
DIN EN 60335-2-79
EC RoHS Directive 2011/65/EC
Directions for use
Oil change: use oil SAE 80W-90.

Oil capacity 0,42 liter
Feed water temperature max 60C. For operation exceeding one hour max 40C is allowed.
Always refer to user manual.
329
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Spares & Accessories for HP Cleaners 150 - 220
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
DE
DECK
CK HO
HOSE
SE L
LOOW FRIC
FRICTION
TION 25 M
671792
Solid two layer metal hose that is recommended
to avoid wear and tear on the hose outer layer if
the hose is dragged on the deck frequently.
Features
• The hose is tailor-made to reduce friction on the
hose by drag and wear
Benefits
• With the low friction hose your hoses will last
longer due to less drag and wear
Technical data Cover: Abrasion, ozine and hydrocarbon resistant

synthetic rubber. Pin pricked.
ID 10 mm
ID in 3/8" Constant operation: -40 C + 155 C
OD 17,4 mm Ambient temperature: -40 C + 80 C
Work Pressure 400 bar
Application: High pressure cleaners, specially designed
Burst Pressure
for hot water applications, not recommended for steam
Bend radius 90 mm
service.
Weight kg/m 0,4 (w/o balls and connections)
Fits all models from HPC 30, HPC 54, HPC 62, HPC 66
Tube: Oil, detergent and hot water resistant synthetic and HPC 67/1 and stationary systems. (Not air driven)
rubber
Reinforcement: Two high tensile steel braids
330
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
HE
HEAAVY DUTY HO
HOSE
SE
The heavy duty hose is a high pressure hose
suitable for all Unitor high pressure cleaners
between 150 and 220 bar.
Features
• Internal hose: Synthetic rubber, extruded whole
joints, of uniform thickness.
• Reinforcement: 1 high tensile steel wire braids
• External covering: Anti-abrasive synthetic rubber,
resistant to oils, fuels and atmospheric condtions
• Operating temperature range: from +5°C to 135°C
/ 155° intermittently
Benefits
• The hose is flexible and therefore easy for you to
use when cleaning
Technical data Fits all models from HPC 30/1, HPC 54/1 and HPC 67/1
and stationary systems. (Not air driven) To extend
ID in 3/8"
multiple hoses the Quick Coupling 546036 is required.
ID mm 9,5
OD mm 15,6
Max WP 250 bar
Min BP 625 bar
Weight 0,256 kg/m

Approvals
Exceeds EN 857 1SC - ISO 7751
331
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
NON BLA
BLACKENING
CKENING HO
HOSE
SE 10 M
671800
The non-blackening hose is suitable for working
pressure up to 250 bar. DN 10. 3/8". The hose
does not leave any blackening on deck. Ideal for
cruise ships, ferries, pool areas or galleys where
a spotless surface is essential.
Features
• Max 155°C
• Max working pressure 250 bar
• Burst pressure 650 bar
• Non-blackening
Benefits
• Ideal for hot (up to 155°C) and cold water
• Ideal for working pressure up to 250 bar
• No blackening of surfaces from hose
Technical data Reinforcement: 1 high tensile steel wire braids

ID in 3/8 External covering: Anti-abrasive synthetic rubber,
ID mm 9,5 resistant to oils, fuels and atmospheric condtions
OD mm 15,6 Operating temperature range: from +5°C to 135°C /
Max WP 250 bar 155° intermittently.
Min BP 625 bar
Min Bend Radius 90 mm
and HPC 67/1 and stationary systems. (Not air driven)
Weight (approx) 0,256 kg/m
Internal hose: Synthetic rubber, extruded whole joints,

of uniform thickness
Approvals
Exceeds EN 857 1SC - ISO 7751
332
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
NON BLA
BLACKENING
CKENING HO
HOSE
SE 25 M
671818
The non-blackening hose is suitable for working
pressure up to 250 bar. DN 10. 3/8". The hose
does not leave any blackening on deck. Ideal for
cruise ships, ferries, pool areas or galleys where
a spotless surface is essential.
Features
• Max 155°C
• Burst pressure 650 bar
• Non-blackening
Benefits
• No blackening of your surfaces from the hose
• Ideal for hot (up to 155°C) and cold water
• The hose is flexible and therefore easy for you to
use when cleaning
Technical data Reinforcement: 1 high tensile steel wire braids

ID in 3/8 External covering: Anti-abrasive synthetic rubber,
ID mm 9,5 resistant to oils, fuels and atmospheric condtions
OD mm 15,6 Operating temperature range: from +5°C to 135°C /
Max WP 250 bar 155° intermittently.
Min Bend Radius 625 bar
Min BR 90 mm
and HPC 67/1 and stationary systems. (Not air driven)
Weight (approx) 0,256 kg/m
Internal hose: Synthetic rubber, extruded whole joints,

of uniform thickness
Approvals
Exceed EN 857 1SC - ISO 7751
SPRA
SPRAY
Y HANDLE 3000
665158
The Ergo spray gun is very comfortable and
ergonomic to work with. The recoil effect is
among the lowest in it's class allowing for less
stress on operator.
Accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual
pumps. Use the model number to identify the
correct accessories.
Features
• Two way swivel.
Accessories

718742 REPAIR KIT FOR SPRAY HANDLE
333
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
REP
REPAIR
AIR KIT F
FOR
OR SPRA
SPRAY
Y HANDLE
718742
Repair kit for the release trigger of spray handle Ergo 3000.
CHEMICAL IN
INJE
JEC
CTOR DET
DETA
ACHABLE
545327
The Chemical injector is ideal for applying and
dosing cleaning chemicals. Chemicals are
connected to the pressure side of the machine.
Equiped with knob to regulate dosing. Can be
connected to HPC 66, HPC 62, uno and duo
booster and solar booster.
DOUBLE LANCE 200 C

CMM
546150
Double lance - 200 cm.
The accessories are tailor-made to suit the
individual pumps. Use the model number to
identify the correct accessories.
Technical data
Length: 2000 mm
Width: 100 mm
Height: 100 mm
Weight: 5 kg
334
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
DRAIN CLE
CLEANER
ANER C
COOMPLETE KIT WITH 20 M HO
HOSE
SE
621813
For internal cleaning of blocked pipes. Connects
directly to spray handle by quick coupling
(included).
Note! For use with HPC 54
Features
621821 Drain nozzle with hose are taylor-made to be
used and suit the HPC 66/67/62/53/solar/uno/duo
booster
Technical data 621813 - Drain cleaner complete kit with 20 m hose F/

HPC54
Outer hose diameter 17,5 mm
621821 - Drain cleaner complete kit with 20 m hose
Nozzle head outer diameter 25mm FHPC66/67/62/53
FOAM LANCE
545343
The Foam lance creates rich foam. Equipped
with handle for improved ergonomic use.
These accessories are tailor-made to suit the
Features
• Ergonomic
• Creates rich foam
Benefits
• Enables foam to stick easily to vertical surfaces
• Allows the operator to easily identify where
chemicals have been applied
Technical data
Length: 1200 mm
Width: 200 mm
Height: 70 mm
Weight: 3 kg
335
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
FOAM IN
INJE
JEC
CTOR
545335
Foam injector in galvanized steel. 30 cm
extension hose with ergo coupling. The foam
injector is connected to the pressure side of the
machine.
Features
• Creates rich foam
• Regulator for chemical dosing
Benefits
• Allows foam to stick to vertical surfaces more
easily
• Allows the operator to idenitfy areas where
chemicals have been applied
HO
HOSE
SE QUICK C
COUPLING
OUPLING SET
546036
The hose quick coupling set is to be used when
you would like to connect more high pressure
cleaning hoses together or extend the high
pressure cleaner that is supplied with your
Unitor HPC 30, 54, 62, 66 and 67/1.
Technical data
Length: 50 mm
Diameter: 50 mm
LONG RE
REAACH LANCE
621938
The long reach lance enable cleaning on more remote areas.
Accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps. Use the model number to identify the
Supplied with 0 degree nozzle.
336
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
WASHING BR
BRUSH
USH 22335 C
CMM
546044
The washing brush combines the power from
the high pressure cleaner with the mechanical
force from a brush.
Features
• Ideal length for most operators.
Benefits
• Removes even stubborn dirt.
Technical data
Length: 2350 mm
Width: 500 mm
Height: 200 mm
Weight: 6 kg
TORN
TORNAD
ADO
O SHOR
SHORT
T LANCE 10 C
CMM
662155
The tornado short lance is speciifcally suited to
cleaning in areas where space is limited.
Benefits
• Enables cleaning in narrow areas with limited
space
Technical data
Length: 100 mm
Width: 100 mm
Height: 100 mm
Weight: 1 kg
337
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
TORN
TORNAD
ADO
O NORMAL LANCE 9
922 C
CMM
636159
For use with Unitor HPC 30.
Accessories are tailor-made tosuit the individual
Features
• Supplied with nozzle.
TORN
TORNAD
ADO
O NORMAL LANCE 104 C
CMM
For use with Unitor HPC 30.
TORN
TORNAD
ADO
O NORMAL LANCE 104
662163
For use with Unitor HPC 54. Supplied with
nozzle suitable for the HPC 54.
338
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
POWER
WERSPEED
SPEED LANCE
659128
The function of the Powerspeed lance is that it
combines the force from a single jet nozzle by
rotating it fast. In this way a larges area is
covered and the effect is 40 % increased.
Technical data
Length: 1000 mm
Width: 100 mm
Height: 100 mm
Weight: 4 kg
339
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
HP EXTEND
EXTENDABLE
ABLE LANCE 55,,5M
659151
The Unitor 5,5m lance has been developed in
order to enable chemical application above the
normal reach of any standard pump. The lance
has 3 telescopic tubes which, when extended,
slide out to a full length of 5,5m. Inside the
sliding tubes the fluid is transported using a 3/8"
hose which starts at the trigger and exits at the
end of the lance in a quick connector. The quick
connector enables rapid changing of the nozzle
according to the task at hand- 25 for high
volume or 0 for spot cleaning. The lance can be
used with both the 10:1 and the smaller 2:1
chemical pumps as well as the high pressure
cleaners.
Typical set up Pump > Hose quick connector M
& F > Heavy duty hose > Hose quick connector
F & M > 5,5m lance > 25 nozzle
Features
• 3 telescopic tubes reach up to 5,5m
• Light weight and easy to operate
Benefits
• Allows cleaning and access to elevated areas
Technical data
Max working pressure 270 bar
Accessories

Nozzles
Hoses
340
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
NO
NOZZLE
ZZLE 05
05/25
/25 DE
DEGREE
GREE F
FOR
OR EXTEND
EXTENDABLE
ABLE LANCE
718585
Nozzle for use with Unitor HPC 54.
NO
NOZZLE
ZZLE 06
06/25
/25 F
FOR
OR EXTEND
EXTENDABLE
ABLE LANCE
718577
Nozzle 06/25 for extendable lance. Nozze for
use with Unitor HPC 66, HPC 62, HPCH 53 and
stationary systems.
NO
NOZZLE
ZZLE 06
06/0
/0 DE
DEGREE
GREE F
FOR
OR EXT
EXTAND
ANDABLE
ABLE LANCE
718593
For use with Unitor HPC 66, HPC 62, HPCH 53
and stationary systems.
341
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
NO
NOZZLE
ZZLE 05
05/0
/0 DE
DEGREE
GREE F
FOR
OR EXTEND
EXTENDABLE
ABLE LANCE
718601
For use with HPC 54.
The accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps. Use the model number to identify the
UNIVER
UNIVERSSAL 3000 LANCE
662189
For use with Unitor HPC 54. Supplied with
nozzle suitable for HPC 54. The accessories are
tailor-made to suit the individual pumps. Use the
model number to identify the correct
accessories.
342
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
HP
HPCC EXTREME 3330
30 440V
440V/60HZ
/60HZ
720987
Unitor™ Extreme 330™ high pressure cleaner –
removes dirt and rust quickly and efficiently.
Ideal for the toughest jobs onboard. Low RPM
motor and heavy duty unit constructed for the
toughest cleaning and surface application.
Heavy duty steel frame protects the unit and
enables lifting.
The machine is designed for 24 hours
operations.
Features
• Low RPM motor
• Heavy duty steel frame – protects the unit and
enables lifting with a crane
• Four wheels – the units can be moved with ease
and can be stored safely
• Wheel brake – ensures the unit stays in place
during operations or storage
• Built-in inlet filter – protects the pump from
damage
• Well proven pump – the pump design is based on
years of experience and development
• Full ceramic stainless steel pistons
Benefits
• Removes dirt and rust fast and efficient
• Long life time and reliable operation
• Versatile – the units can be used for paint and
scale removal as well as day to day cleaning task
• Efficient – with the Unitor™ Powerspeed
Attachement (optional) the Unitor™ HPCE 330™
can prepare 25 -30m2/h of surface to a quality of
SA 0,3 - with sandblasting, even higher.
Technical data
Pressure 310
Water flow 1320
Max water inlet temperature 60° C
Voltage 440
Electric cycles 60 Hz
Minimum feed water pressure 2 - 8 bar
Amperage 23 A (slow)
IP protection 55
Length 700
Height 720
Weight 112
Power, Rated 12.5
Cable length 10m
Lead lenght - cross section <20 m 4 mm2
lead lenght - cross section 20m- 50m 6 mm2
Water supply hose min size 3/4"
HP outlet connection 3/8" NPT Conical (M)
343
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
Supplied with:
Sand filter
Extra o ring for filter holder
Geka coupling
10 m HP Hose
Spray handle
Lance (800 mm)
Accessories

Extreme high pressure hoses:
721365 EXTREME HP 500BAR HOSE 10M
Water supply hose:
671727 AIR HOSE 3/4", PVC (50 MTR)
721076 SPRAY HANDLE EXTREME 330
721092 LANCE EXTREME 330 WITHOUT NOZZLE
721183 POWERSPEED ROTARY NZZL EXTREME 330
721167 SANDBLASTING EXTREME PACK 330 - 405
Nipples for connection multiple hoses:
721936 CONNECT. NIPPLE FOR EXTENSION HOSE.
Spare parts:
729228 REP.KIT VALVES FOR HPC EXTREME 330
729229 REP.KIT SEALS FOR HPC EXTREME 330
Approvals
CE
Directions for use
First oil change after 50 operating hours, further oil changes after every 500 operating hours, minimum once per year. In case the oil becomes milky, stop the machine
immediately and carry out oil change. If this happens repeatedly, arrange r eplacement of all pump seals by qualified personnel.
Use Use Hypoid Oil SAE 85/90, 78 cSt./10,3 ° E/50 °C with EP high pressure additives, e.g. TEXACO Geartex EP-B-85W/90
Insufficient water supply will cause heavy damage on high pressure pump (cavitation).
Use teflon tape on connection between hose and gun (cone). Too extend hose length with addittional hose product number 721936 nipple for for extension hose is
needed.
For water supply it is recommended to order the 50 mtr 3/4" hose 671727.
The powernozzle can not be connected to the double lance, a singe lance must be ordered.
344
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
HP
HPCE
CE 5520
20 INO
INOX
X, 3 X 440V
440V/60HZ
/60HZ
721520
Unitor™ Extreme 520 INOX™ high pressure
cleaner – removes paint, rust and dirt fast and
efficient. Ideal for surface preparation and
cleaning of large areas onboard at less time.
Heavy duty design with low RPM motor
constructed for the toughest tasks.
The solid stainless steel frame protects the unit
and enables lifting.
The unit is designed for 24 hours operations.
Features
• Low RPM motor
• Heavy duty steel frame – protects the unit and
enables lifting with a crane
• Four wheels – the units can be moved with ease
and can be stored safely
• Wheel brake – ensures the unit stays in place
during operations or storage
• Built-in inlet filter – protects the pump from
damage
• Well proven pump – the pump design is based on
years of experience and development
• Full ceramic stainless steel pistons
• Pump head in INOX
• Stainless steel frame
• Inlet water pressure gauge
• Air bleed valve on feed water side
• Feed water line coated for improved sea water
handling (always flush with fresh water after use)
Benefits
• Removes dirt and rust fast and efficient
• Long life time and reliable operation
• Versatile – the units can be used for paint and
scale removal as well as day to day cleaning task
• Efficient – with the sandblasting nozzle the unit
can prepare up to 10m2/h of surface for painting
Surface quality of SA 2.5
• Grit blasting combined with water removes all
dust
345
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
Technical data Cold water high pressure cleaner with 3 cyl. inline
plunger pump
Length 800 mm
(Inox pump head, ceramic plungers) - flanged to electric
Width 600 mm motor motor/pump rpm 1720 1/min - slowly, quietly
Height 745 mm running machine. Pump system pressureless by closing
Power Rating 18 kW spray pistol (stand by operation). Thermo valve protects
Weight 154 kg pump from overheating and water shortage control
Electric Cycles 60 Hz protects pump from cavitation. Water micro filter
Voltage 3~440V protects pump from soiled water. Motor/pump unit
Amperage 27 A protected by solid, surrounding stainless steel frame.
Working pressure 500 bar Chassis with 4 wheels on twin axle, locking brake. Hose
Flowrate, normal 1020 l/h swivel prevents hp hose from messing up.
Water feed inlet pressure 2 - 8 bar
Inlet Temperature Max 60C
Pump speed 1720 rpm
Lead length-cross section >20m Min 4 mm2
Lead length-cross section 20m-50m Min 6mm2
Water supply hose Min 3/4"
IP protection 5X
Supplied with
Supplied with:
Electrical cable 5 meter
INOX lance 800 mm
Supplied with 1 extra sandfilter
Standard gun
10 m Extreme HP hose
Sand filter
Tool for opening filter cartridge
GEKA 3/4" on water inlet

Extreme high pressure hoses:
Water supply hose:
671727 AIR HOSE 3/4", PVC (50 MTR)
721084 SPRAY HANDLE EXTREME 405-520
721118 LANCE EXTREME 405-520WITHOUT NOZZLE
721134 NOZZLE EXTREME 520 FOR 721118
729218 HOSE SWIVEL FOR HPC EX. 405&520
728915 REP.KIT FOR POWERSPEED FOR HPCE 520
721209 POWERSPEED ROTARY NZZL EXTREME 520
721175 SANDBLASTING EXTREME PACK 520
721142 WATER FILTER INSERT EXTREME 10PCS
728899 CHEMICAL INJECTOR FOR HPCE 405&520
Nipples for connection multiple hoses
Spare parts
729239 REP.KIT SEALS FOR HPC EXTREME 520
729238 REP KIT VALVES FOR HPC EXTREME 520
737452 PISTON SEAL RING /FOR HPC 520
First oil change after 50 operating hours, further oil changes after every 500 operating hours, minimum once per year. In case the oil becomes milky, stop the machine
immediately and carry out oil change. If this happens repeatedly, arrange r eplacement of all pump seals by qualified personnel.
Use Use Hypoid Oil SAE 85/90, 78 cSt./10,3 ° E/50 °C with EP high pressure additives, e.g. TEXACO Geartex EP-B-85W/90
346
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
Insufficient water supply will cause heavy damage on high pressure pump (cavitation).
Use teflon tape on connection between hose and gun (cone). Too extend hose length with addittional hose product number 721936 nipple for for extension hose is
needed. For water supply it is recommended to order the 50 mtr 3/4" hose 671727.
347
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Spares & Accessories for HP Cleaners 300 - 500 bar
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
POWER
WERSPEED
SPEED A
AT
TTACHMENT
CHMENT,, HP
HPCE3
CE330
30
721183
The Unitor™ Powerspeed™ attachment
increases the cleaning power with up to 50 % by
combining the single jet nozzle's power by
rotating it fast.
The Unitor™ Powerspeed™ Attachment can not
be mounted on the Double Lance. Unitor™
Powerspeed™ can only mounted on single lance
(not standard equipment).
Benefits
• Cleans larger areas more powerful.
• Removes loose paint easily.
REP
REP.KIT
.KIT SE
SEAL
ALSS F
FOR
OR HP
HPCC EXTREME 3330
30
729229
Complete kit for seal change of your Unitor™ HPC Extreme 330™. Maintaining your high pressure
cleaner reduces down time.
REP
REP.KIT
.KIT V
VAL
ALVE
VESS F
FOR
OR HP
HPCC EXTREME 3330
30
729228
Complete kit for valve service on your Unitor™ HPC Extreme 330™. Maintaining your high pressure
POWER
WERSPEED
SPEED A
AT
TTACHMENT
CHMENT,, HP
HPCE405
CE405
721191
The Powerspeed attachment increases the
cleaning power with up to 50 % by combining
the single jet nozzle's power by rotating it fast.
Features
• Increases cleaning power with up to 50 %
• Reduce cleaning time
Benefits
• Removes loose paint, cargo residues and sement
easy
348
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
REP KIT V
VAL
ALVE
VESS F
FOR
OR HP
HPCC EXTREME 405
729233
Complete kit for valve service on your Unitor™ HPC Extreme 405™. Maintaining your high pressure
CONNE
ONNECCT. NIPPLE F
FOR
OR EXTENSION HO
HOSE
SE..
721936
To be used when extending or connecting multiple lengths of the Extreme hose designed for the
HPC Extreme machines.
REP
REP.KIT
.KIT F
FOR
OR P
POOWER
WERSPEED
SPEED F
FOR
OR HP
HPCE
CE 5520
20
728915
Consumable for the Unitor™ HPCE 520 Extreme
Powerspeed™ Attachment. Complete kit with
assembly instructions.
If larger cleaning / surface preparation jobs is planned it kit available. The rep.kit for the powerspeed attachment
is recommended to ensure you have replacement rep is a consumable.
REP
REP.KIT
.KIT SE
SEAL
ALSS F
FOR
OR HP
HPCC EXTREME 5520
20
729239
Complete kit for seal change of your Unitor™ HPC Extreme 520 INOX™. Maintaining your high
pressure cleaner reduces down time.
349
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
SANDBLAS
ANDBLASTING
TING P
PA
ACK
CK,, HP
HPCE5
CE520
20
721175
Sandblasting pack, Unitor™ HPCE520™
Allows fast surface preparation of more than
40m2/h to SA 2,5. Kit includes container for grit
(Garnet grit is recommended)
Features
• Included helmet with ear and facial protection
• Suction hose
• Container
Benefits
• Dust free surface blasting
• Leaves no static cling of dust on surface
• Best treatment prior to painting
Technical data protect both the media and the surface from excess
damage. This has the dual advantage of lowering media
Grit consumption 2-2,5 kg/min
breakdown rates and preventing impregnation of
Optimal grit size 0,8-1,2 mm (max 3mm) foreign materials into the surface. Hence surfaces after
In several countries sandblasting is banned. Water wet blasting are extremely clean, there is no embedded
blasting combines with abrasive like Garnet is a safer secondary contamination from the media or from
and dust free method. Process speeds can be as fast previous blasting processes, and there is no static cling
as conventional dry sand blasting when using the of dust to the blasted surface. Subsequent coating or
equivalent size and type of media. However the bonding operations are always better after wet blasting
presence of water between the media and the substrate than dry blasting because of the cleanliness levels
being processed creates a lubricating cushion that can achieved.

721340 SAND.SUCT.NIPPLE EXTREME20PCS
350
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
SANDBLAS
ANDBLASTING
TING P
PA
ACK
CK,, HP
HPCE3
CE330
30 AND 405
721167
Sandblasting pack, Unitor™ HPCE 330™ and
Unitor™ HPCE 405™
Allows fast surface preparation of up to 40m2/h
to SA 2,5 depending om high pressure cleaner
used. Kit includes container for grit (Garnet grit
is recommended)
Features
• Included helmet with ear and facial protection
• Suction hose
• Container
Benefits
• Dust free surface blasting
• Leaves no static cling of dust on surface
• Best treatment prior to painting
In several countries sandblasting is banned. Water breakdown rates and preventing impregnation of
blasting combines with abrasive like Garnet is a safer foreign materials into the surface. Hence surfaces after
and dust free method. Process speeds can be as fast wet blasting are extremely clean, there is no embedded
as conventional dry sand blasting when using the secondary contamination from the media or from
equivalent size and type of media. However the previous blasting processes, and there is no static cling
presence of water between the media and the substrate of dust to the blasted surface. Subsequent coating or
being processed creates a lubricating cushion that can bonding operations are always better after wet blasting
protect both the media and the surface from excess than dry blasting because of the cleanliness levels
damage. This has the dual advantage of lowering media achieved.
POWER
WERSPEED
SPEED A
AT
TTACHMENT
CHMENT,, HP
HPCE5
CE520
20
721209
The Unitor™ Powerspeed™ attachment
increases the cleaning power with up to 50 % by
combining the single jet nozzle's power by
rotating it fast.
Features
• Increases cleaning power with up to 50 %
• Reduce cleaning time
Benefits
• Removes loose paint, cargo residues and sement
easy
Accessories

728915 REP.KIT FOR POWERSPEED FOR HPCE 520
351
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
SAND
AND..SUC
SUCTION
TION NIPPLE EXTREME 20P
20PCCS
721340
Consumable for Unitor™ Sandblasting Kit™.
Plan to have a set of extra sand suction nipples onboard to enable continues work.
WATER FIL
FILTER
TER INSER
INSERT
T EXTREME 10 P
PCCS
721142
Water filter replacement for models Unitor™
HPC Extreme series. With micro filter cartridges
50 μ, fabricated in polypropylene, these reliably
protect the high-pressure unit against
penetration of polluted water. Filter should
always be used when operating the machine.
Bag contains 10 filters.
Ensure you change the filter is dirty as a clogged
filter will reduce the water supply and might stop
the machine.
Features
• 50 μ ensure that pollution will not enter the pump.
Benefits
• Use of filter protects your high pressure cleaner.
SPRA
SPRAY
Y HANDLE EXTREME 405
405--520
721084
Replacement Spray handle for Unitor™ HPCE
405™ and Unitor™ HPCE 520™. It is
recommended to have a spare on board to avoid
unnecessary stop when critical cleaning
operations is ongoing.
Use a Teflon tape to ensure that connection
between gun and hose is leakage free.
352
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
EXTREME HIGH PRE

PRESSSURE HO
HOSE
SE - 10 M
721365
The Unitor™ Extreme Hose™ is suitable for the
extreme high pressure range.
Features
• From + 5° to + 135° / 155°C intermittently
Benefits
• Long-lasting heavy duty high pressure hose
Technical data Internal hose: Synthetic rubber, extruded whole without

ID in 3/8
ID mm 9,5 Reinforcement: 2 high tensile steel wire braids
OD mm 17,4 External covering: Anti-abrasive synthetic rubber,
Max WP 500 bar resistant to oils, fuels and atmospheric conditions
Min BP 1250 bar
Can be used with HPCE 330, 405 and 520.
Min BR 90 mm
Weight (approx) 0,418 kg/m To extend hose length with additional hose product
number 721936 nipple for extension hose is needed.
Accessories

Approvals
353
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
EXTREME HIGH PRE

PRESSSURE HO
HOSE
SE - 25 M
721381
The Unitor™ Extreme Hose™ is suitable for the
extreme high pressure range. Suitable for
working pressure up to 500 bar.
Features
• From + 5° to + 135° / 155°C intermittently
Benefits
• Long-lasting heavy duty high pressure hose
Technical data Internal hose: Synthetic rubber, extruded whole without

ID in 3/8
ID mm 9,5 Reinforcement: 2 high tensile steel wire braids
OD mm 17,4 External covering: Anti-abrasive synthetic rubber,
Max WP 500 bar resistant to oils, fuels and atmospheric conditions
Min BP 1250 bar
Can be used with HPCE 330, 405 and 520.
Min BR 90 mm
Weight (approx) 0,418 kg/m To extend hose length with additional hose product
number 721936 nipple for extension hose is needed.

Approvals
LANCE EXTREME 405

405--520WITHOUT NO
NOZZLE
ZZLE
721118
Stainless steel lance for the Unitor™ HPC Extreme 520 INOX™. The lance is supplied without
nozzle and must be ordered separate.
NO
NOZZLE
ZZLE EXTREME 5520
20 F
FOR
OR 721
7211118
721134
Replacement nozzle for lance 721118, Unitor™ HPCE 520 INOX™.
SPRA
SPRAY
Y HANDLE EXTREME 3330
30
721076
Replacement spray handle for Unitor™ HPC Extreme 330™
354
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
REP KIT F
FOR
OR SP
SP.. HANDLE F
FOR
OR HP
HPCE
CE 5520
20
729217
Repair kit for spray handle used with Unitor™ HPCE 520 INOX™
PRE
PRESSSURE G
GA
AUGE F
FOR
OR HP
HPCC EXTREME 5520
20
729220
Spare pressure gauge for Unitor™ HPC Extreme 520 INOX™
HO
HOSE
SE SSWIVEL
WIVEL F
FOR
OR HP
HPCC EX
EX.. 405
405&5
&520
20
729218
LANCE EXTREME 3330

30 WITHOUT NO
NOZZLE
ZZLE
721092
Lance for the Unitor™ HPC Extreme 330™. The lance is supplied without nozzle and must be
ordered separate.
HELMET C
COOMPLETE F
FOR
OR SSANDBLAS
ANDBLASTING
TING
721324
Helmet for Unitor™ Sandblasting Pack™. The Sandblasting Pack is supplied standard with a
helmet.
REP KIT V
VAL
ALVE
VESS F
FOR
OR HP
HPCC EXTREME 5520
20
729238
Service kit for the valves on Unitor™ HPC Extreme INOX™. Fits for 721035 and 721520.
PIS
PISTON
TON SE
SEAL
AL RING /F
/FOR
OR HP
HPCC 5520
20
737452
Service kit for piston seal rings.
CHEMICAL IN
INJE
JEC
CTOR F
FOR
OR HP
HPCE
CE 5520
20
728899
Chemical injector to be connected on the pressure outlet on the machine.
355
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Air Driven HP Cleaners
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
HP
HPCC AIR
AIRCLE
CLEAN
AN 25
734087
Unitor's series of air-driven high-pressure
cleaners includes some of the most advanced
air-driven units on the market. The machines are
developed in cooperation with shipping and
offshore customers. They are reliable and can
withstand the rigorous demands on the marine
environment.
Since the Unitor™ HPC Airclean™ models
contain any electric or other ignition items, they
are regarded as "cold" and therefore do not
need any explosion proof certification. They can
thus be be used everywhere in hazardous areas.
The units are widely used by major oil and gas
companies as well as on vessel with ex areas.
Features
• Supplied ready for use including lubricator, hose,
handle and lance
• Lightweight and easy to set up – can be moved
with ease
• Can be used with hot water, speeding up the
cleaning process
• Simple and robust air motor for easy maintenance
and long operating lifeboosters
Benefits
• Durable and long lasting
• Can be used in explosive area
Technical data
Max pump pressure (at 11 bar air pressure) 220 bar
Max water flow 1140 l/h
Ratio 25:1
Air Consumption 2,3 - 4,5 m/-3-\/min
Hose length 10
Length 690
Width 380
Height 540
Water pressure (at 8 bar air pressure) 200 bar
Recommended air pressure 5-11 bar
Recommended air flow 4
Water inlet 3/4" bsp male
Water outlet 3/8" bsp male
Air inlet 3/4" bsp female
Product is supplied with
Supplied with:
10 m hose
Spray handle
Single lance incl. nozzle
356
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
Supplied with:
Air lubricator
Exhaust air muffler
Accessories

729194 HOSE 25M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 25 & 32
Lances & nozzles:
721945 LANCE 1.5M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 25 & 32
191916 600 UPM PLUG 3/4'' MALE BSP.T
Approvals
CE -Can be used in EX GD
357
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
HP
HPCC AIR
AIRCLE
CLEAN
AN 3322
734095
Unitor's series of air-driven high-pressure
cleaners include some of the most advanced air-
driven units on the market. The machines are
developed in cooperation with shipping and
offshore customers. They are reliable and can
withstand the rigorous demands on the marine
environment.
Since the Unitor™ HPC Airclean™ models
contain any electric or other ignition items, they
are regarded as "cold" and therefore do not
need any explosion proof certification. They can
thus be be used everywhere in hazardous areas.
The units are widely used by major oil and gas
companies as well as on vessel with ex areas.
Features
handle and lance
with ease
cleaning process
Benefits
• Can be used in explosive areas
Technical data
Max pump pressure (at 11 bar air pressure) 350 bar
Max water flow 1440 l/h
Air consumption 7
Ratio 32:1
Hose length 10
Length 720
Width 520
Height 980
Weight 32
Water inlet 3/4" bsp female
Water outlet 3/8" bsp male
Air inlet 3/4" bsp male
Supplied with:
10m hose
Spray handle
Air lubricator
Exhaust air muffler
358
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
Accessories

Lances & nozzles:
191965 600 UPF PLUG 3/4'' FEMALE BSP.T
Approvals
CE - Can be used in EX GD
359
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
HP
HPCC AIR
AIRCLE
CLEAN
AN 48
734103
Features
handle and lance
with ease
cleaning process
Benefits
• Can be used in explosive area
Technical data and can withstand the rigorous demands on the marine
environment.
Max pump pressure (at 11 bar air pressure) 480
Air flow 540 m3/h Unitor™ HPC Airclean 48™ do not contain any electric
Max water flow 1140 l/h or other ignition items, they are regarded as "cold" and
Air consumption 9 therefore do not need any explosion proof certification.
Ratio 48:1 They can thus be be used everywhere in hazardous
areas.
Unitor's series of air-driven high-pressure cleaners
includes some of the most advanced air-driven units on The units are widely used by major oil and gas
the market. The machines are developed in cooperation companies as well as on vessel with ex areas.
with shipping and offshore customers. They are reliable
Available on request. Expect longer lead time.
Supplied with:
10m hose
Spray handle
Air lubricator
Exhaust air muffler
Accessories

729202 HOSE 25M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 48
Approvals
CE - Can be used in EX GD
360
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Spares & Accessories for Air Driven HP Cleaners
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
SINGLE LANCE HP
HPCC AIR
AIRCLE
CLEAN
AN
The single lances are especially designed for the
Unitor air clean offer.

SINGLE LANCE - 1.
1.55 M, HP
HPCC AIR
AIRCLE
CLEAN
AN 25
25&3
&322
721945
Single lance - 1.5 m for use with the HPC
airclean 25&32
361
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
HIGH PRE
PRESSSURE HO
HOSE
SE,, HP
HPCC AIR
AIRCLE
CLEAN
AN
Each hose is specifically designed to fit the
Airclean unit it is made for.

729202 HOSE 25M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 48
HIGH PRE
PRESSSURE HO
HOSE
SE,, HP
HPCC AIR
AIRCLE
CLEAN
AN 25
25&3
&322 - 15 M
729178
15 m high pressure hose for use with HPC
airclean 25&32.
Female 3/8" BSP and Male 3/8" BSP. 1 layer
metal reinforcement, rubber hose.
Working Pressure max 400 bar.
362
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
HIGH PRE
PRESSSURE HO
HOSE
SE,, HP
HPCC AIR
AIRCLE
CLEAN
AN 25
25&3
&322 - 25 M
729194
25 m high pressure hose for use with the HPC
airclean 25&32.
Female 3/8" BSP and Male 3/8" BSP. 1 layer
metal reinforcement, rubber hose.
Working Pressure max 400 bar.
363
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Hot Water HP Cleaners
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
HP CLE
CLEANER
ANER HP
HPCH5
CH533 HW
HW,, 200 B
BAR
AR 60HZ
665174
The Unitor HPCH53 is a high-pressure cleaner
with electric motor and diesel burner to deliver
constant hot water. Cleaning with hot water can
reduce both chemical consumption and cleaning
time severely. Easy to transport and operate.
Available in 50Hz on request.
Features
• Chassis and frame in steel
• Broad large rubber wheels and brakes on rear
wheel
• Ceramic piston pump
• Eco power – boiler system designed to be clean
and fuel efficient -compliant with EN303-2
directive
• Built-in detergent tank and an internal injector
• Information and control panel – all functions and
service information displayed
Benefits
• Mobile and robust unit, resistant to shock and
vibration
• Easy and quick to service
• Longer lifespan and lower noise emission
• Reduction in cleaning time and use of chemicals
• Reduced emissions
• Easy to transport and operate
Technical data
Pressure 200
Water flow 1050
Water temperature (water/steam) 90 °C / 150 °C
Inlet temperature 40 ºC
Length 1190
Width 702
Height 987
Weight 161
Power Rating 7.8 kW
Cable length 5m
Hose length 10m
Fuel consumption 4.8 L/H AT 45C
Fuel type Diesel
Supplied with:
Tornado lance
Spray handle 3000
Quick couplings
10 m H.P.hose
364
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Hot Water HP Cleaners
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
Accessories

Lances & nozzles:
546150 DOUBLE LANCE 2OOCM LONG
545434 DOUBLE LANCE 10CM LONG
565853 LANCE F/VSB 300 03K
682070 UNIVERSAL.3000 LANCE 06 NOZZLE
546044 WASHING BRUSH 235CM LONG
545277 ROTARY BRUSH 170CM LONG
565861 RUBBER NOZZLE F/VSB 300
545640 SUCTION HOSE&ROD F/VSB300
Spare spray gun:
365
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Spares & Accessories for Hot HP Cleaners
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
DOUBLE LANCE 10C

10CMML
LONG
ONG
545434
The tornado short lance is speciifcally suited to
cleaning in areas where space is limited.

Benefits
• Enables cleaning in narrow areas with limited
space
366
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
DOOSING Stationary High Pressure Systems
Stationary Cold Water Cleaners
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
UNITOR HP
HPCC SST
TATION
TIONAR
ARY
Y 1P
729401
The Unitor™ HPC Stationary 1P™ is a one
pump stationary cold water high pressure
washers for medium to heavy cleaning.
Features
• Stainless steel cabinet and robust frame – ensure
long lifespan
• Up to 70° C inlet water – ideal for use with pre-
heated water in order to obtain an increased
cleaning effect
• 4 ceramic piston heavy duty pump for long
working life
Benefits
• Stationary solution reduces time to prepare
cleaning
• Small and compact – easily fixed to the bulkhead
or deck
• Long life pump for intense applications
• High level of serviceability
• Supplied with water break tank – ensures trouble
free water supply
Technical data
Max. pressure 250 bar
Max. water flow 1200 l/h
Voltage 440 V
Electric Phase 3
Electric Cycles 60 Hz
Electric Ampere 13 A
Capacity 8.3 kW
Inlet temperature 70°C
Dimension 355 mm x 860 mm x 560 mm
Weight 93 kg
Accessories

711127 HP.OUTLET HOSE FOR STATIONARY 1M
621904 HOSE, HP OUTLET
565960 INLET FILTER F/1-3 PUMPS
367
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
UNITOR HP
HPCC SST
TATION
TIONAR
ARY
Y 2P
729402
The Unitor™ HPC Stationary 2P™ is a twin
pump stationary cold water pressure washers for
use by up to two users simultaneously.
Features
• Small and compact – easily to fix to the bulkhead
or deck
• Inlet water temp 70° C – ideal for use with pre-
heated water in order to obtain an increased
cleaning effect
• 4 ceramic piston pump – long life pumps for
intense applications over 8 hours per day
• With the right equipment, one single user can
obtain the output of both pumps for heavy
flushing and rinsing applications
Benefits
• 2 pump system (2P) with electronic control –
enables selection of one or two users
simultaneously
• Stainless steel design for added hygiene and
protection against corrosion
• High level of serviceability
• Supplied with water break tank – ensures trouble
free water supply
Technical data Twin pump stationary cold water unit for medium and
heavy cleaning applications in maritime use.
Max. pressure 250 bar The Unitor duo booster is a 2-pump model for heavy
Max. water flow 2400 l/h cleaning applications with 1 or 2 users at same time.
Voltage 440 V The stainless steel design ensures that hygiene is
Electric Phase 3 optimal, with reduced risk of corrosion.
Electric Cycles 60 Hz
Electric Ampere 23 A
Capacity 16.4 kW
Inlet temperature 70°C
Dimension 355 mm x 860mm x 1000mm
Weight 177 kg
Accessories

621904 HOSE, HP OUTLET
368
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
DEL
DELT
TA B
BOOOSTER
TER--3 3X440
3X440/60
/60
613803
Three pump stationary system allowing up to 3 operators to clean simultaneously. Further pumps
may be added at any time if the cleaning needs increases. Stainless steel frame and robust cabinet
ensure that both pumps and electronics are well protected. Flexible system gives possibility of
combining several Delta Boosters – allowing for multiple simultaneous users on a single line.
Features
• 3 pump system, allowing up to three simultaneous uses
• 4 ceramic piston pumps with 1750 RPM motors – long life pumps for intense applications
• Electronic pump control system – control system will detect amount of water required automatically
• Different line pressures available – the Delta booster is configured standard to 160 bar, but can be supplied
with line pressure down to 80 bar which gives the vessel a tailor made system that suits the needs on board
• Inlet water capacity to 80º C – the unit is equipped with a hot and a cold inlet with a temp control system
and a brake tank. The double inlet will mix cold and hot water to the set temeorature. The control system will
maintain the selected temperature within a given temperature range.
• Compact design with door opening both left and right – the Delta Booster is easy to transport, install and
service
• High level of serviceability – the pumps and motors are quickly and easily removed and the unit will continue
to function even with one or more pumps removed
• Oil changes are easy – reduces the down time of the system
Benefits
• Multiple users - reduces cleaning time
• Flexible system - can be extended
• Ergonomic cleaning - only hose must be connected to outlet
• Low service requirements and low wear and tear
Technical data required, one pump can be taken out, leaving 2 pumps
operational for cleaning. Electronic pump control
Pressure 160 bar
system – control system will detect the amount of water
Water flow 1040-3120 l/h required by the relevant number of user and start the
Voltage 440 correct number of pumps automatically. As water
Electric cycles 60 Hz requirement drops, pumps will be stopped. Starting of
Inlet temperature 85º C pumps is done by rotation to avoid excessive wear on
Operating pressure 160 bar. Waterflow 1040 - 3120 l/h. any one pump. As water requirement drops, pumps will
The unit revolves between different pumps. The system be stopped. Starting of pumps is done by rotation to
starts up one pump per user; 1 user - pump, 2 users - 2 avoid excessive wear on any one pump.
pumps and finally 3 pumps for 3 users. If service is
Supplied without water inlet or outlet hose. Electrical connection cable is not included.
Accessories

Lances & nozzles:
369
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT

565853 LANCE F/VSB 300 03K
623595 TAKE OFF VALVE S.S.
623603 TAKE OFF VALVE
Spare spray gun:
370
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
DEL
DELT
TA B
BOOOSTER
TER-4
-4 3X440
3X440/60
/60
613804
Delta booster 4 pump high-pressure cleaner
Features
• Stainless steel frame and robust cabinet ensuring that pumps and electronics are well protected
• 4 pump system, allowing up to 6 simultaneous uses - piston pump with 1750 RPM motor – long life pump
for intense applications over 8 hours per day
• Electronic pump control system – control system will detect the amount of water required by the relevant
number of user and start the correct number of pumps automatically
• As water requirement drops, pumps will stop. Pumps starts on rotation to avoid excessive wear on any one
pump
• Different line pressures available - the Delta Booster is configured standard to 120 or 160 bar, but can be
supplied with line pressure down to 80 bar
• Inlet water capacity to 80º C – the unit is equipped with a hot and a cold water inlet and temp control
system and a brake tank. The double inlet allow mixing of both cold and to a set temperature. The control
system will maintain the selected temperature within a given temperature range.
• Compact design with door opening both left and right
• High level of serviceability – pumps and motors are quickly and easily removed and the unit will continue to
function even with one or more pumps removed
Benefits
• Efficient operation- reduced time for oil changes
• Ability to combine several delta boosters – allowing for multiple users on single line
• Easy to transport, install and service
Technical data
Pressure 160
Water flow 1040 - 4160
Voltage 440
Electric phase 3
Accessories

Lances & nozzles:
565853 LANCE F/VSB 300 03K
371
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT

Spare spray gun:
372
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
DEL
DELT
TA B
BOOOSTER
TER--5 3X440
3X440/60
/60
613805
A 5 pump stationary system where up to five operators may clean simultaneously. Further pumps
may be added at any time.
Features
• 5 pump system, allowing up to 5 simultaneous uses - piston pump with 1750 RPM motor – long life pump
number of users and start the correct number of pumps automatically
• As water requirement drops, pumps will stop. Pumps starts on rotation to avoid excessive wear on any one
pump
• Inlet water capacity to 80º C – the unit is equipped with a hot and a cold water inlet with a temp control
system and a brake tank. The double inlet allow mixing of both cold and pre-heated water to a set
temperature. The control system will maintain the selected temperature within a given temperature range.
Benefits
• Efficient operation- reduced time for oil changes
• Ability to combine several delta boosters – allowing for multiple users on single line
Technical data
Pressure 160
Voltage 440
Electric phase 3
Accessories

Lances & nozzles:
565853 LANCE F/VSB 300 03K
373
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT

Spare spray gun:
374
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
DEL
DELT
TA B
BOOOSTER
TER--6 3X440
3X440/60
/60
613806
A 6 pump stationary system facilitating up to six operators cleaning simultaneously.
Features
• 2-6 pump system, allowing up to 6 simultaneous uses - piston pump with 1750 RPM motor – long life pump
number of users and start the correct number of pumps automatically
• As water requirement drops, pumps will stop. Pumps started on rotation to avoid excessive wear on any
one pump
• Inlet water capacity to 80º C – the unit is equipped with a hot and a cold water inlet with a temp control
system and a brake tank. The double inlet allow mixing of both cold and pre-heated water to a set
temperature. The control system will maintain the selected temperature witin a given temperature range.
Benefits
• Efficient operation: reduced time for oil changes
• Ability to combine several Delta boosters – allowing for multiple users on single line
Technical data
Length 715
Width 790
Height 1800
Weight 450
Power, rated 40.5 kW
Electric phase 3
Voltage 440
Inlet temperature 85º C
Accessories

Lances & nozzles:
375
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT

565853 LANCE F/VSB 300 03K
Spare spray gun:
376
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Spares & Accessories Cold Water Stationary Systems
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
HO
HOSE
SE CAR
CART
T, M
MOBILE
OBILE
621896
Mobile hose cart capacity up to 50 m 3/8" hose
Features
• Space for up to 50m 3/8"hose
• Fast set up time - quick connector
• Excellent mobility - large wheels and handle
Benefits
• Stores your hose tidy and orderly
• Protects the hose during storage
HO
HOSE
SE,, HP OUTLET
OUTLET..
621904
Connection hose for outlet between machine outlet and pipeline. The hose is designed for the
pressure, flow and temperature.
HP OUTLET HO
HOSE
SE F
FOR
OR SST
TATION
TIONAR
ARY
Y 1M.
711127
1 meter hose for connection to fixed pipeline. NOTE that a longer hose is recommended (for
example the two meter)
HP OUTLET HO
HOSE
SE F
FOR
OR SST
TATION
TIONAR
ARY
Y 2M.
711119
2 meter hose for connection to fixed pipeline.
377
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Spares & Accessories Cold Water Stationary Systems
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
TAKE OFF V
VAL
ALVE
VE A F
FOR
OR SSA
ATION
TIONAR
ARY
YAACID
CID PR
PRO
OOF 31
3166
623595
Take off valve for pipeline connected to Unitor
Stationary High Pressure Systems.
Designed to be used with Unitor stationary
systems and Unitor chemicals.
Take-off valva A together with the detachable
chemical injector facilitates use of chemicals.
TAKE OFF V
VAL
ALVE
VE A F
FOR
OR SST
TATION
TIONAR
ARY
Y CHR
CHRO
OMIU
MIUM
M PLA
PLATED
TED
BRAS
BRASSS
623603
Take off valve A for stationary chromium plated
brass. Suitable for Unitor high pressure cleaning
systems.
Take-off valve A together with detachable
chemical injector facilitates use of chemicals.
378
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Stationary Hot Water Cleaners
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
SOLAR B
BOOOSTER WITH 118
8 KW HE
HEAATER
TER,, 3X440 V
V/60
/60 HZ
665190
Unitor Solar booster
Features
• Small and compact – easy fixed to the deck
• Stainless steel frame and robust cabinet – ensures long life span and protects the pump from damage
• Inlet water temp 85º C – ideal for use with pre-heated water in order to reduce the power needed to heat the
water to the required temperature
• 4 ceramic piston pump – unit designed using long life pumps for intense applications over 8 hours per day
• Lowered pressure output – units run on 160 bar only, although the pump is capable of delivering 190 bar, in
order to lower the service requirements and wear and tear
• 1400 RPM motor – slow running motor gives longer working life in high intensity uses
• Built in water tank with heaters – ensures constant and trouble free heating and constant water supply to the
pump
• Electric water heating – unit is pollution free and can be set up almost anywhere
• 1x18 kW heating coils in standard model – can be extended up to 54 kW with 3x18 kW if required
Benefits
• Environmentally friendly, pollution free
• Highly portable unit can be set up almost anywhere
• Long lifespan
Technical data The Unitor Solar Booster electric version can optionally
be delivered with 36 kW or 54 kW heating element on
Length 690
special request.
Width 860
Height 950
Weight 175
Power, rated 7.7 + 18 kW
Electric phase 3
Pressure 160
Voltage 440
Heating capacity 85º C
Water flow 1200
Accessories

Lances & nozzles:
565853 LANCE F/VSB 300 03K
379
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Stationary Hot Water Cleaners
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT

Spare spray gun:
380
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
DOOSING Vacuum Cleaning Equipment
Wet & Dry Cleaning Units
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
VCWD27 WET AND DR

DRY
YVVA
ACUU
UUMM CLE
CLEANER
ANER
681924
Flexible vacuum cleaner ideal for all sorts of jobs
onboard. Be it wet dirt or blocked pipes or
connecting to power tools this Unitor vac will
solve many task onboard.
Features
• Rubber enclosed power cord which stays flexible
even in very low temperatures and is resistant to
wear and tear
• Large application area as the unit is resistant to
most chemicals and oils and can be used for a
variety of cleaning tasks including removal of
liquids and solids in the workshop, engine room,
deck areas and accommodation areas
• Large on/off switch can be started or stopped
without removing gloves
• Large wheels provide stability even on rough
surfaces
• Power cord hook ensures the cord stays secured
to the unit while in transit or in storage
Benefits
• Low noise level means the unit can be used for
longer periods and in environments where noise
must be held at a minimum
• Ergonomic design means the unit can be used for
longer periods of time due to lower user fatigue
Technical data
Flowrate l/min 216000
Vacuum 230 MBAR
Power, rated 1500 kW
Voltage 220
Container capacity 27
Length 390
Width 380
Height 570
Hose length 3m
Container capacity 27
381
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
VCWD7
CWD700 WET AND DR
DRY
YVVA
ACUU
UUMM CLE
CLEANER
ANER
721944
The VCWD70 heavy duty vacuum cleaner is the
most advanced unit in the Unitor vacuum range.
The machine is equipped with a stainless steel
container and a built-in pump for easier liquid
removal from small tanks, double bottoms or
engine rooms. With use of accessories it can
also remove liquid from the deck areas.
Features
• Built-in submerged pump can operate without
removing or lifting the container
• Heavy duty stainless steel container makes the
unit capable of removing a wide range of liquids
and solid particles without damaging the
container
• Two large wheels at the rear ensure stability
during transport and storage
• Brakes on the front wheels means the unit
remains stable when in use or in storage
• Heavy-duty steel frame protects the unit from
damage during transport and use
• Power supply socket for connection of electric
tools; when the pump is not in use the socket can
be used to power a power tool
• Dirt basket – when vacuuming dirty liquids the
basket makes sure that the particles stay inside
the unit when the liquid is pumped out
Benefits
• Cable and accessories holder ensures safe
transport and storage
• Large area liquid removal capabilities – with the
correct accessories the unit can be used to
remove liquids from large areas like decks, pool
areas & passenger decks
• Soft start – limits the starting power to reduce the
initial power surge on the fuses and reduce wear
and tear on the motor
Technical data suction performance, stainless steel tilt or lift-out

container, automatic filter cleaning, anti-static capability
Power, rated 1500 + 640 W
and more.
Flowrate, normal 216000
Vacuum 230 MBAR The 70 liter container found on the wet and dry vacuum
Container capacity 64 cleaner allows long periods of use without emptying the
Voltage 220 container, and Tilt or lift-off container system is
Power supply cycles 50/60 Hz convenient and time-saving.
Length 605
Operating costs are minimized with the washable PET
Width 580
Fleece filter elements, and the low working noise level
Height 970
allows work when others are nearby, without disturbing
them. Automatic On/Off models are suitable for use
Main connection (V/~/HZ/A) 230/1/50-60
with electric hand tools as starting or stopping the tool
VCWD70 wet and dry vacuum cleaner is perfect for also starts and stops the vacuum. An accessory airbox
users who need big capacity and features that focus on is available which performs the same function when
efficiency. Our most silent vacuum ever, with superior using pneumatic tools.
382
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
• XtremeClean. Fully automatic filter cleaning • SilentPower provides high performance that is
system (on many models) takes care of filter seen, but not heard.
cleaning tasks in just a few seconds. • 70 L stainless steel container and a filter bag for
• Washable PET fleece filter for high efficiency and the ultimate in effective filtration and working
low maintenance costs. efficiency.

681940 LARGE.DECK CLEANING KIT FOR VCWD 70
681957 LIQUID.REMOVAL KIT FOR VCWD 70
681965 SUCTION.HOSE 4M FOR VCWD 70
383
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
VCAD200 WET AND DR

DRY
YVVA
ACUU
UUMM CLE
CLEANER
ANER
682054
VCAD200 air driven vacuum cleaner. Handles
particles and liquids that would damage a
normal electric vacuum cleaner.
Features
• Attaches on top of any 200 L drum – no need to
store a big container when not in use
• Air driven
• No moving parts
• Oil resistant – the unit can be used for small oil
spills on board, as an oil transfer pump or to
remove wastewater from tanks or double bottoms
Benefits
• Universal - the unit will use any obsolete drum
• No danger of sparks
• Virtually maintenance free
• Versatile – unit can be used as a transfer pump, if
needed
• Ideal for removal of liquid on tank tops during
cargo hold cleaning
Technical data spillage, emptying drums or moving chemicals. Able to

handle particles and liquids that many electric vacuums
Air consumption 0.2-1.0
would not be able to handle.
Vacuum 390 MBAR
Connection size/type 1/4'' By using the VCAD 200 during cargo hold cleaning
Weight 5 drying time is cut down significantly enabling holds
Noise level 80 DB (A) ready for next cargo faster. Removes ponds from tank
top and also excessive Slip Coat Plus on tank top for
The unit has no moving parts and is designed to be faster curing of the barrier.
fitted on a standard 200 L drum. The unit can be used
for a variety of tasks including removing water and oil
Supplied with:
Suction hose
Crevice nozzle
Coarse dirt deck nozzle
Tubes
Drum is NOT included
Accessories

191692 40 USH SOCKET 1/2'' HOSE
191726 20 USM SOCKET 1/4'' MALE BSP.T
191841 40 UPH PLUG 1/2'' HOSE
671719 AIR HOSE 1/2", PVC (50 MTR)
384
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Accessories & Spares Vacuum Cleaners
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
SUC
SUCTION
TION.HO
.HOSE
SE 4M F
FOR
OR V
VCWD
CWD 770
0
681965
This extendable hose increase operating radius
and speed up cleaning process.
Allows operation without relocating the Vac all
the time.
Features
• Connector fits direct to the VCWD 70.
LAR
LARGE
GE DE
DECK
CK CLE
CLEANING
ANING KIT F
FOR
OR V
VCWD
CWD 770
0
681940
Well equipped kit allows for cleaning within most
areas on board.
LIQUID
LIQUID.REM
.REMOOVAL KIT F
FOR
OR V
VCWD
CWD 770
0
681957
For easy and fast removal of liquids. Connects
easily to your VCWD70.
385
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
DOOSING Cargo Hold Cleaning
Cargo Hold Cleaning Kit & Accessories
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
UNITOR
UNITOR™
™ HAND
HANDY
YMAX CAR
CARG
GO HOLD CLE
CLEANING
ANING KIT
KIT™™
778866
The Unitor™ Handymax™ kit has been
developed in order to facilitate cargo
changeover on board small to medium bulk
carriers fast and efficient.
Features
• Simple to use - the 3.6 m lance applies foaming
chemicals from the tank top
• Supplied with 1" Stainless Steel double
diaphragm pump
• Ready for use - all hoses and equipment are fitted
with quick connectors and couplings
• Designed for Handysized bulk carriers
• Supplied with Personal Safety Equipment for one
user.
Benefits
• Fast and efficient cleaning solution reduces
turnaround time in port
• Simplicity through simple to assembly and clear
instructions
• Safe in use and no need for cranes
• Complete ready to use package
The kit consists of all necessary equipment needed for Note! The new Unitor™ Handymax™ kit may only be
a complete cleaning operation. The kit is supplied ready available in limited ports and the replaced
to use in a shock proof plastic container which can be Handymax kit may only be available
easily transported between vessels. The equipment has Note! The Unitor™ Handymax™ kit is supplied with
been designed for application of both cleaning one bottle of eyewash. This bottle has a expiry date.
chemicals and temporary coatings as well as rinsing The Unitor™ Handymax™ kit has therefore a expiry
and wash down. date as well. Note that this expiry date is only valid
The Unitor™ Handymax™ kit is not equiped with a for the eyewash, not the kit.
Unitor™ Tornado 3™ gun for clean down and we do
recommend a high pressure cleaner in addition.
Supplied with:
Double diaphragm pump 1050
Handymax Lance 3.6 m with 3 nozzles
Medusa air distributor
5 m, 1" suction hose
40 m, 3/8” air hose with quick connectors
10 m, 3/8” air hose with quick connectors
50 m, 3/4” chemical hose with quick connectors
600 L plastic container of 100 % recycled plastic (Nordic Ecolabel)
Accessories
Product number Product name Comment

Recommended cleaning chemicals:
386
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
Product number Product name Comment

757395 SLIP-COAT WR (25 LTR)
Related products:
571028 CLEANING BOOTS S5 SIZE42
576853 CLEANING SUIT PVC-ONE SIZE
510737 CLEANING HOSE 2" W/STORZ C CPL 15MTR
593996 MUCKING PUMP - MARINE GM2 For removal of, mud, sludge, wet and dry cargo residues
604926 DOUBLE DIAPHRAGM PUMP 2150 ALU Pump for sloap removal
682054 VCAD200 WET AND DRY VACUUM CLEANER
658229 TORNADO 3 CARGO HOLD CLEANING JET
777889 UNITOR HPC 67/1 3x440/60Hz
721520 HPCE 520 INOX, 3 x 440V/60HZ
Spare parts:
778826 NOZZLE KIT
778819 LANCE KIT HANDYMAX
Always wear safety protection during operations. Refer water after use, aggressive chemicals can cause
to full user manual and SDS for each chemical and damage to equipment.
product used. Note! The Handymax kit is supplied with one bottle of
Note! All Cargo Hold Cleaning Equipment must be eyewash. This bottle has a expiry date. The Handymax
rinsed with fresh water immediately after use and kit is therefore a expiry date as well. Note that this
before storage. If equipment is not rinsed with fresh expiry date is only valid for the eyewash, not the kit.
387
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
UNITOR
UNITOR™
™PPAN
ANAMAX
AMAX CAR
CARG
GO HOLD CLE
CLEANING
ANING KIT
KIT™™
778855
The Unitor™ Panamax Kit™ is designed for use
onboard all bulk carriers equipped with a
working air compressor that delivers minimum 2
m3/min.
The equipment is also suitable for cleaning of
superstructure or offshore rigs.
Features
• Simple to use - 6 m lance applies foaming
chemicals from the tank top
• Fast - covers up to 150 m2/min of bulkheads with
foaming chemicals
• Supplied with Tornado 3 jet
• Designed for panamax sized or cape sized
vessels
Benefits
• Fast and efficient cleaning solution reduces
turnaround time in port
• Simplicity through simple assembly and clear
instructions
• Safe in use and no need for cranes
• Easy to maneuver on tank top due to mobile
design.
The equipment has, depending on the air on board, a Note! The Unitor™ Panamax Kit™ may only be
reach of up to 25 m using the foam nozzle which available in limited ports and the replaced Unitor™
enables the crew to work from the tank top without the Panamax Kit™ may only be available.
use of cranes or scaffolding even on a Panamax size Note! The Unitor™ Panamax Kit™ is supplied with
vessel. By using the guide wire kit (included) this reach one bottle of eyewash. This bottle has a expiry date.
may be further extended for use on board cape size The Unitor™ Panamax Kit™ is therefore a expiry
vessels. date as well. Note that this expiry date is only valid
for the eyewash, not the kit. Eye wash not included
in kits delivered from Japan
Supplied with:
Chemical Pressure tank 155
Long reach lance - 6 m with 3 nozzles
Dual T bar nozzle for Slip Coat
Tornado 3 Cleaning Jet w/wheels
Medusa Air Distributor
2" Water supply hose - 45 m with Storz C couplings
1/2" Air supply hose - 50 m with Unitor quick couplings
1/2" Air supply hose - 50 m with Unitor quick couplings
1/2" Chemical hose - 50 m with Unitor quick couplings
Guide wire kit
600 L plastic container of 100 % recycled plastic (Nordic Ecolabel) (2 pieces)
388
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
Accessories

757395 SLIP-COAT WR (25 LTR)
Related products
593996 MUCKING PUMP - MARINE GM2
682054 VCAD200 WET AND DRY VACUUM CLEANER
725077 COMBI-MATE 3 PACK O2+CH4+H2S+CO
721520 HPCE 520 INOX, 3 x 440V/60HZ
777889 UNITOR HPC 67/1 3x440/60Hz
Always wear safety protection during operations. Refer Note! The Panamax kit is supplied with one bottle of
to full user manual and SDS for each chemical and eyewash. This bottle has a expiry date. The Panamax
product used. kit is therefore a expiry date as well. Note that this
expiry date is only valid for the eyewash, not the kit.
Note! All Cargo Hold Cleaning Equipment must be
Note! Eyewash is not included on products delivered in
rinsed with fresh water immediately after use and
Japan.
before storage. If equipment is not rinsed with fresh
water after use, aggressive chemicals can cause
damage to equipment.
389
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Cargo Hold Cleaning Kit - Accessories, consumables
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT & spares
CHEMICAL APPLICA
APPLICATOR
TOR 150
778839
Spare Chemical Applicator for the Unitor™ Panamax kit™.
LANCE KIT P
PAN
ANAMAX
AMAX
778818
Spare lance kit containing 3 middle sections, inlet and outlet section and the Unitor™ Slip Coat
Dual Bar™ nozzle. Nozzle kit (778826) must be ordered separately.
NO
NOZZLE
ZZLE KIT
778826
Nozzle kit containing 3 nozzles; Foam nozzle,
standard nozzle (long reach nozzle) and Slip
Coat nozzle (singe type).
LANCE KIT HAND

HANDY
YMAX
778819
Spare lance for the Unitor™ Handymax™ kit. Containing Inlet and outlet section and one middle
section. Nozzles is not included.
MIDDLE SE
SECCTION LANCE
778821
Middle section of the Handymax or Panamax
lance kit
390
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Cargo Hold Cleaning Kit - Accessories, consumables
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT & spares
TRIP
TRIPOD
OD WHEEL KIT
778830
Spare wheel kit for the Tripod supplied in the
Unitort™ Panamax Kit™
TRIP
TRIPOD
OD CLAMP KIT
778831
Spare clamp kit. For connecting the lance to the tripod.
WEIGHT F
F/LANGE
/LANGE C
COUTERB
OUTERBALANCE
ALANCE
778840
391
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Mucking Pumps
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
MUCKING PU
PUMP
MP - MARINE G
GM2
M2
593996
The Unitor™ Mucking pump is designed to
undertake heavy duty liquid and semi-liquid
removal from tanks, cargo holds, double
bottoms and ballast tanks. Submursed pump
capacity in excess of 40 tons per hour or 4-6
tons per hour when materials are shovelled
directly into the pump.
Features
• Supply liquid can include most pressurised fluids
including water, crude oil, refined oil and certain
chemicals
• Operates on normal pressure of a vessel's fire,
tank cleaning or cargo lines and does not require
any additional equipment
• Passes through a standard butterworth opening
enabling access to all parts of the vessel
• Built in pressure gauge enables easy ability
control and monitor flow
Benefits
• Versatile pump with unlimited applications
• Handles solids up to 1” in diameter – great for
removing scale and rust from cargo holds
• Corrosion resistant stainless steel parts are
virtually maintenance free
• Simple to operate with no moving parts and is
lightweight
• Fastest way of removing liquids
Technical data removal. The supply water is fed to the pump through
two 2" hoses and a Y connection, the discharge liquid
Weight 30
is pumped out via a 4" heavy-duty hose. The sturdy
Capacity submerged 40 TONS/HOUR construction and the Venturi systems allows the pump
Capacity manual load 6 TONS/HOUR to function in all positions and fully submerged. The
The solution is based on the Venturi principle, the pump can be placed up side down in the tank in order
pressurized supply fluid is converted by the nozzle into to reach even the smallest amounts of fluid in the
velocity energy. The material can be shovel fed into the bottom of the tank. The pump can also be used to
unit if it is solidified. The emerging supply fluid is move solid particles by the means of shovelling them
collected in the mixing chamber, mixed with the into the pump, in addition there is an extension
surrounding liquid or particles and than ejected as a "vacuum pack" available. With the vacuum hose and
fully mixed solution through the diffuser. nozzle connected the pump can move slurry, sludge
and liquids from areas normally concidered
The pump is fully portable and has no moving parts, inaccessible.
hence it is highly reliable and virtually maintainance
free, making it an economical solution for liquid
Accessories

Equipment & accessories:
708131 2 PCS TPI CONNECTOR
708156 BUTTERWORTH CONNECTORS
708099 VACUUM KIT
Cargo hold cleaning kit
392
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Mucking Pumps
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT

778866 HANDYMAX CARGO HOLD CLEANING KIT
778855 PANAMAX CARGO HOLD CLEANING KIT
635326 MUD & SILT REMOVER 25 LTR
393
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Mucking Pump - Accessories, consumables & spares
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
VACUU
UUMM KIT F
FOR
OR M
MUCKING
UCKING PU
PUMP
MP
708099
Complete Vacuum kit for mucking pump. Allows fast removal of residue water from for example
cargo hold cleaning.
TPI C
CONNE
ONNEC
CTOR
TORSS F
FOR
OR M
MUCKING
UCKING PU
PUMP
MP
708131
TPI connectors for mucking pump
BUT
UTTER
TERW
WOR
ORTH
TH C
CONNE
ONNEC
CTOR
TORSS F
FOR
OR M
MUCKING
UCKING PU
PUMP
MP
708156
Butterworth connector between pump and supply hose.
394
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Cleaning Jets
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
TORN
TORNAD
ADO
O 3 CAR
CARG
GO HOLD CLE
CLEANING
ANING JET
658229
The Unitor™ Tornado 3™ has been designed for
use on board medium to large bulk carriers. Shut
off ball valve for both air and water supply is
mounted on the Tornado for increased safety
and simpler operations.
Features
• Stainless steel design
• Swivel connection between gun and tripod
• Works on normal fire line and working air line on
board
• High water volume
Benefits
• Long operating life with minimum maintenance
• Easy to set-up and connect without any
additional equipment
• Enables crew to clean cargo holds quickly
• Easy to use, aim and transport and does not
require any special training
Technical data The intended use is cleaning and descaling of cargo

holds. It uses the suppression pump as a water source.
Recommended water pressure 6 bar
This enables the jet to reach the top of the hold and at
Recommended air pressure 7 bar the same time giving the capacity needed to remove
Air consumption 2 M3/MIN even the most stubborn dirt or scale.
Total weight
Air hose 3/4"
Water hose 2" Female Fire hose coupling required
Accessories

574947 GUARDMAN FIREHOSE 2" PER MTR
191866 600 UPH PLUG 3/4'' HOSE
191817 600 USF SOCKET 3/4'' FEMALE BSP.T
671776 AIR HOSE 3/4", RUBBER LTH=50MTR
233965 STORZ C CPL W/2'' MALE THREAD
233858 STORZ C CPL W/2'' HOSE SOCKET
395
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
DOOSING Dosing, application and mixing equipment
Applicators
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
JET SPRA
SPRAY
Y UNIT 10 L SSTE
TE
572099
The Jet Spray Unit Steel steel is polyester
coated inside tank. Ideal for applying Unitor
cleaning chemicals. Please refer to SDS and
user manual.
The Jet Spray Unit is supplied complete with
Instantaneous Control Lance, Cone Spray
Nozzle, Charge Pump, Pressure Gauge and
Relief Valve (set to operate at 6 bar).
Features
• 10 L tank with carrying strap
• Spray gun and flexible hose
• NBR gasket
Benefits
• Ergonomic application of chemicals
• Safe to operate
• Fast to pressurize
• Easy to apply pre-mixed dilution
Directions for use

To assemble reaches the red line (6 bar). Lower pressures can be
Fit lance tube to trigger control valve and connect hose used if desired. The Sprayer is now ready for use.
to outlet of the container, ensuring that all washers are To empty
in place. Test machine with water to ensure that it is in Before removal of the pump from container, push the
correct working order. pressure release valve to reveal the pressure in the unit.
To operate THIS UNIT MUST BE THOROUGHLY WASHED OUT
Remove complete pump by pressing down on handle, IMMEDIATELY AFTER USE with fresh water, shaking
engaging lugs and unscrewing. Pour in up to, but not the unit well and spraying the water out. Remove nozzle
more than, 10 litres of spray liquid. to save time. Also rinse nozzle in fresh water.
Replace pump; screw home firmly onto rubber sealing
ring. Charge with air until pointer of Pressure Gauge
396
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Applicators
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
JET SPRA
SPRAY
Y UNIT 10 L SST
TAINLE
AINLESSS SSTEEL
TEEL
572123
The Jet Spray Unit is ideal for applying Unitor
Electrosolvents, Degreasers, and cleaning
chemicals. Supplied complete with
Instantaneous Control Lance, Cone Spray
Nozzle, Charge Pump, Pressure Gauge and
Relief Valve (set to operate at 6 bar).
Features
• Durable stainless steel design
• 10 L tank with carrying strap
• Spray gun and flexible hose
Benefits
• Ergonomic application of chemicals
• Safe to operate
• Fast to pressurize
• Easy to apply pre-mixed dilution
Directions for use

To assemble reaches the red line (6 bar). Lower pressures can be
Fit lance tube to trigger control valve and connect hose used if desired. The Sprayer is now ready for use.
to outlet of the container, ensuring that all washers are To empty
in place. Test machine with water to ensure that it is in Before removal of the pump from container, push the
correct working order. pressure release valve to reveal the pressure in the unit.
To operate THIS UNIT MUST BE THOROUGHLY WASHED OUT
Remove complete pump by pressing down on handle, IMMEDIATELY AFTER USE with fresh water, shaking
engaging lugs and unscrewing. Pour in up to, but not the unit well and spraying the water out. Remove nozzle
more than, 10 litres of spray liquid. to save time. Also rinse nozzle in fresh water.
Replace pump; screw home firmly onto rubber sealing
ring. Charge with air until pointer of Pressure Gauge
397
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Dosing units
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
UNITOR
UNITOR™
™ CLE
CLEANING
ANING SST
TATION 2
778822
The Unitor™ Cleaning Station™ allows mixing of
dilution.
The Unitor™ Cleaning Station™ is ideal for fixed
Features
water
Benefits
Technical data Cleaning station complete for one or two products.

Suction height 2
Selector PVDF
Gaskets Dutral
Spring Hastelloy
Accessories

398
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Dosing units
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
TIP
TIPSS F
FOR
OR UNITOR DIL
DILUTION
UTION
778825
Replacement Tips for Unitor™ Cleaning Station
2™ (778822).
The color coded tips enables you to find the
right tip size that fits you needs.
Features
• 14 Color coded tips
• Multiple nozzle sizes
Benefits
• Easy to understand coding.
399
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Dosing units
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
UNITOR
UNITOR™
™ MIXING SST
TATION 4 - 4
778844
Unitor™ Mixing Station 4 - 4™ is ideal for filling
smaller sprayers when low foaming is required.
For filling of larger volume, the the 4 - 14 is
recommended.
Features
concentrates.
• Matches Unitor™ Easyclean™ series
Benefits
risk of spilling
connection
Technical data The Unitor™ Mixing Station 4-4™ can be mounted in

Working pressure 1.8 - 6 bar The unit can also be connected in series with the
Inlet Temperature 45 C (max) Unitor™ Mixing Station 4-14™.
Standard mixing ration 3:1 - 125:1 (low flow) / 3:1 - 350:1 (high flow)
400
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Dosing units
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
UNITOR
UNITOR™
™ MIXING SST
TATION 4 - 114
4
778833
Unitor™ Mixing Station 4 - 14™ is ideal for filling
buckets, sprayers or floor cleaning equipment.
For filling of smaller bottles the 4 -4 is
recommended.
Features
concentrates.
• Matches Unitor™ Easyclean™ series
Benefits
risk of spilling
connection
Technical data The Unitor™ Mixing Station 4-14™ can be mounted in

Working pressure 1.8 - 6 bar The unit can also be connected in series with the
Max working temp 45 C Unitor™ Mixing Station 4-4™
Standard mixing ratio 3:1 - 125:1 (low flow) / 3:1 - 350:1 (high flow)
Approvals
Complies with European water regulations EN1717
401
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
DOOSING
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
UNITOR
UNITOR™
™ HAND CARE DISPENSER 2
778841
The Unitor™ Hand soap dispenser™ is ideal for
Unitor™ Easyclean™ hand soap and hand
sanitizer.
The dispenser is designed to fit the Unitor™
Easyclean™ Hand Soap D and Unitor™
Easyclean Hand Sanitizer™ 2 ltr bags.
Features
• 1ml dispensed per pump
• Easily refilled
• Supplied with wall bracket and tool to open the
dispenser
Benefits
Technical data
Dispenser capacity 2 ltr
Dispensed per pump 1 ml
402
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
DOOSING Ultrasonic - Part and Filter cleaners
Ultrasonic
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
UNITOR
UNITOR™
™ UL
ULTRAS
TRASONIC
ONIC CLE
CLEANER
ANER SS--700
00/HM,
/HM, 1110
10 V
766899
Unitor™ ultrasonic cleaning machines are
specially designed for use in the engine room on
board to remove even the most stubborn dirt,
cleaning inside areas that are out of reach for
conventional cleaning methods.
Features
• Sweep function - Using the sweep function
means that a more homogenous sounding of the
bath is achieved which results in improved
cleaning performance through out the bath
• Low water level sensor prevent dry run
• Front mounted panel for electronics, enabling
efficient servicing of electronics in the machine
• Efficient and fast heating
Benefits
• Reduced chemical consumption
• Cleans inside filters and fuel nozzles
• Logical operation panel
• Pulse function for increased cleaning power
during operation
• Included shock absorbers for mounting on stand
reduces vibrations
Technical data Technical data:

Max capacity 76 ltr Compared with traditional cleaning methods, use of
Tank working volume 51 ltr ultrasonic cleaning units results in reduced manual
Material tank Stainless Steel V2A work, reduced consumption of hazardous chemicals
Material casing Stainless Steel V2A and improved cleaning performance without damaging
Weight 55 kgs the items to be cleaned.
Basket loading max (ca kg) 40 kgs Use of an ultrasonic machine combined with suitable
External measurements 640mm(L), 540mm(W), 830*mm(H) detergent makes it particularly effective for cleaning
Internal measurements 550mm(L), 300mm(W), 470mm(H) complex machine parts like injection nozzles, fuel and
Basket measurements 500mm(L), 225mm(W), 240mm(H) pump parts, inlet and exhaust valves, etc. The unit is
Mesh size of the basket 12x1,5mm well suited for cleaning of fine mesh fuel and lube oil
Drain 3/4" filters which can be cleaned without damaging the fine
Operating frequency 37 kHz filter elements.
Mains voltage 1x110V/50 and 60Hz
New ECA regulations increase pressure on optimal
Mains connection 1 phase, 1N, 1PE
performance. Cleaning of cleaning filters and fuel
Average overall power 2750W
nozzles are required and Unitor™ Ultrasonic™ will
2200W, temperature adjustable 30-80 enable such cleaning combined with Unitors fuel oil
Heating
degree C
chemicals.
Effective utrasonic power 500W
Ultrasonic peak perf. Max 1000W Unitor™ Ultrasonic™ cleans all surfaces which are
Timer 0-120minutes, contineous operation covered with water. As a consequence it cleans in
Protection class IP 23 areas where no other cleaning technology can reach.
Cable length 5m
Max length of filters to be
500 mm
cleanded
Heating Direct
403
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Ultrasonic
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
Supplied with:
Drain
Lid
Basket
Stainless steel frame for secure fastening to the floor

404
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Ultrasonic
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
UNITOR
UNITOR™
™ UL
ULTRAS
TRASONIC
ONIC CLE
CLEANER
ANER SS--700
00/HM,
/HM, 2230
30 V
766881
Features
Benefits
during operation
reduces vibrations
Technical data work, reduced consumption of hazardous chemicals

and improved cleaning performance without damaging
Tank working volume 51 L
the items to be cleaned.
Average overall power 2750 W
Ultrasonic peak perf Max 2000 W Use of an Ultrasonic machine combined with suitable
Heating 2200 W, temperature adjustable 30-80º C detergent makes it particularly effective for cleaning
Max capacity 76L complex machine parts like injection nozzles, fuel and
Basket max load 40Kg pump parts, inlet and exhaust valves, etc. The unit is
External measurements 640mm(L), 540mm(W), 830*mm(H)
well suited for cleaning of fine mesh fuel and lube oil
Basket measurements 500mm(L), 225mm(W), 240mm(H)
filters which can be cleaned without damaging the fine
2200W, temperature adjustable 30-80 degree
filter elements.
Heating
C New ECA regulations increase pressure on optimal
Effective utrasonic performance. Cleaning of cleaning filters and fuel
500W
power nozzles are required andUnitor Ultrasonic will enable
Ultrasonic peak perf. such cleaning combined with Unitors fuel oil chemicals.
2000W
Max
Timer 1-30minutes, infinity Ultrasonic cleans all surfaces which are covered with
Protection class IP 23 water. As a consequence it cleans in areas where no
other cleaning technology can reach.
Compared with traditional cleaning methods, use of
Ultrasonic cleaning units results in reduced manual
Supplied with:
Bottom drain
Lid
Basket
405
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Ultrasonic
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
406
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Ultrasonic
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
UNITOR
UNITOR™
™ UL
ULTRAS
TRASONIC
ONIC CLE
CLEANER
ANER SS--1600
600/HM,
/HM, 2230
30 V
766907
Features
Benefits
during operation
reduces vibrations
test Compared with traditional cleaning methods, use of

Technical data Ultrasonic cleaning units results in reduced manual
Technical data work, reduced consumption of hazardous chemicals
Average overall power 3050 W
Ultrasonic peak perf Max 1600 W Use of an Unitor™ Ultrasonic™ machine combined with
Heating 2200 W, temperature adjustable 30-80º C suitable detergent makes it particularly effective for
max capacity 156 ltr cleaning complex machine parts like injection nozzles,
weight 78 kg fuel and pump parts, inlet and exhaust valves, etc. The
External measurements 740mm(L), 730mm(W), 830mm(H)*
unit is well suited for cleaning of fine mesh fuel and lube
oil filters which can be cleaned without damaging the
2200W, temperature adjustable 30-80 degree
fine filter elements.
Heating
C New ECA regulations increase pressure on optimal
Effective utrasonic power 800W performance. Cleaning of cleaning filters and fuel
Ultrasonic peak perf. Max 1600W nozzles are required andUnitor Ultrasonic will enable
Timer 1-30minutes, infinity such cleaning combined with Unitors fuel oil chemicals.
Protection class IP 23
Unitor™ Ultrasonic™ cleans all surfaces which are
Basket max loading (ca
50 kg covered with water. As a consequence it cleans in
kg)
areas where no other cleaning technology can reach
Supplied with:
Bottom drain
Lid
Basket
407
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Ultrasonic
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
408
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Ultrasonic
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
UNITOR
UNITOR™
™ UL
ULTRAS
TRASONIC
ONIC CLE
CLEANER
ANER SS--2000
2000/HM,
/HM, 2230
30 V
766923
Features
cleaning performance through out the bath.
Benefits
during operation
reduces vibrations
Technical data Use of an Unitor™ Ultrasonic™ machine combined with

suitable detergent makes it particularly effective for
cleaning complex machine parts like injection nozzles,
Average overall power 3250 W fuel and pump parts, inlet and exhaust valves, etc. The
Ultrasonic peak perf max 2000 W unit is well suited for cleaning of fine mesh fuel and lube
Heating 2200 W, temperature adjustable 30-80º C oil filters which can be cleaned without damaging the
Weight 85 kg fine filter elements.
External measurements 910mm(L), 740mm(W), 830mm(H)*
Timer 1-30minutes, infinity
nozzles are required and Unitor™ Ultrasonic™ will
enable such cleaning combined with Unitors fuel oil
Compared with traditional cleaning methods, use of chemicals.
Ultrasonic cleaning units results in reduced manual
Unitor™ Ultrasonic™ cleans all surfaces which are
work, reduced consumption of hazardous chemicals
covered with water. As a consequence it cleans in
areas where no other cleaning technology can reach.
Supplied with:
Bottom drain
Lid
Basket

409
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Ultrasonic
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
410
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
Ultrasonic
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
UNITOR
UNITOR™
™ UL
ULTRAS
TRASONIC
ONIC CLE
CLEANER
ANER SS--3300
300/HM,
/HM, 440 V
766956
Unitor™ ultrasonic cleaning machines are specially designed for use in the engine room on board to
remove even the most stubborn dirt, cleaning inside areas that are out of reach for conventional
cleaning methods. The S-3300/HM offers cleaning capacity with a length of up to 107 cm.
Features
• Sweep function - Using the sweep function means that a more homogenous sounding of the bath is
achieved which results in improved cleaning performance through out the bath
• Front mounted panel for electronics, enabling efficient servicing of electronics in the machine
Benefits
• Large tank enables cleaning of larger filters
• Saves costs related to filters
• Pulse function for increased cleaning power during operation
• Included shock absorbers for mounting on stand reduces vibrations
Technical data Use of an Unitor™ Ultrasonic™ machine combined with

suitable detergent makes it particularly effective for
cleaning complex machine parts like injection nozzles,
Average overall power 8050 W fuel and pump parts, inlet and exhaust valves, etc. The
Ultrasonic peak perf Max 4000 W unit is well suited for cleaning of fine mesh fuel and lube
Heating 6000 W, temperature adjustable 30-80º C oil filters which can be cleaned without damaging the
Weight 97 kg fine filter elements.
External measurements 1240mm(L), 800mm(W), 990*mm(H)
Basket measurements 1075mm(L), 460mm(W), 360mm(H
Timer 1-30minutes, infinity
nozzles are required andUnitor Ultrasonic will enable
such cleaning combined with Unitors fuel oil chemicals.
Basket max loading (ca kg) 50 kg
Ultrasonic cleans all surfaces which are covered with
Reduced manual work, reduced consumption of
water. As a consequence it cleans in areas where no
hazardous chemicals and improved cleaning
other cleaning technology can reach.
performance without damage, compared to traditional
methods. The S 3300 is only available on request. Contact
WSS for delivery information
Supplied with:
Bottom drain
Lid
Basket

411
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
DOOSING Circulation cleaning
Circulation cleaning
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
CHEMICAL CLE
CLEANING
ANING UNIT
737189
The Circulation Cleaning Unit is a portable
integral unit comprising mixing tank with lid,
airdriven Graco Double Diaphragm 1050
stainless steel pump (product number 777991),
hoses, heating element and thermostat (without
contactor) and connections. The Pump is
installed inside a protective powder coated
frame.
Technical data • Descaling Liquid

• Disclean
Drum size 210 ltr
• Metal Brite H.D.
Hose length 9m • Seaclean
Hose dim 1" • Coldwash
Inlet connector 1" (m) • Enviroclean
Outlet connector 1" (m) • Alkleen Liquid
Designed for use with acid and caustic based products • Aquabreak PX
for descaling boilers, calorifiers, heat exchangers and • Carbonclean
other types of equipment where rust and scale form. It • ACC Plus
is also ideally suited for degreasing or decarbonising • Air Cooler Cleaner
contaminated systems. The unit is supplied with a 210 • Carbon Remover
litre steel drum with expoxy coated interior. • Electrosolv-E
• Aquatuff
The Chemical Cleaning Unit can be used in conjunction • Seaclean Plus
with the following Unitor chemicals: • Commissioning Cleaner
• Descalex • Ultra CIP
accessories

765651 HEATING ELEMENT CCU F/CH.CLEAN.UNIT
412
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
DOOSING Cleaning Wokwear
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
CHEMICAL SUIT SSAFETY

AFETY B
BOOOT
OTSS
The nitrile rubber safety boots provides high
flame and chemical resistance. They are
impervious to a wide range of chemicals and
biological hazards ensuring your protection in
multi hazard environments.
These are the standard boot for all Trellchem
rubber based gas tight suits.
Features
• Steel toe cap and midsole
• Anti static
• Cold insulating
• Available in sizes 42 to 45
Benefits
• Yellow to identify with Chemical clothing
• Resistant to minerals, oils & fats, disinfectants
and various chemicals
Standards • EN 15090 type F3A

• EN 20345 type S5 HRO SRC

Approvals
CE
413
CLE
CLEANING
ANING & D
DOOSING Cleaning Wokwear
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT
CHEMICAL RE
RESIS
SIST
TANT CL
CLOTHING
OTHING KIT
576843
The Unitor personal chemical protection kit
protects you against splashes when filling or
opening drums, moving chemicals around or
mixing them.
We supply a complete one size kit except for the
boots giving you good levels of protection
against none hazard gaseous chemicals.
Features
• Helmet with visor cap and bib
• Kit comes with suit, goggles, gloves and apron
Benefits
• The fully approved helmet includes a visor for
splash protection
• Goggles can be worn under the visor to ensure
eyes are fully protected
• Protecting hands is imperative so we include
gauntlets to give full hand and lower protection
Helmet Assembly White safety helmet to EN397 High- Suit Blue PVC with elasticated hood, single elasticated
density polyethylene shell Low-density polyethylene sleeves, elasticated single legs. polyester/nylon zip with
head harness Acetate visor BS2092 Grade 2 Chemical double storm flap over. Press stud closure Size - Large
chest 112cm
Goggles EN166 1C
Apron Blue PVC apron 76x93cm with eyelet and tapes
Gloves Rubber gauntlet 43cm long
EN374

Accessories

Required
414
Gas Welding, Brazing & Cutting
WELDING Gas Cylinder Regulators and Flashback Arrestors
RE
REGULA
GULATOR
TORSS 510
Unitor cylinder regulators for Acetylene and
Oxygen are designed for reliability and safety of
use by reducing cylinder pressure to suitable
working pressure and keep it constant.
The large adjustment knobs are red for
acetylene and blue for oxygen for easy
identification of gas type. Both contents and
working pressure gauges are clearly graded in
psi and bar.
Features
• Easy identification of gas types with colour-coded
adjustment knobs
• Immediate identification of gas pressures with
easy to read gauges marked both in psi and bar
• Full capacity for all types of gas welding and
cutting work
• Designed for use with Unitor gas cylinders
• Full conformance with EN ISO 2503 - Class 3
Technical data All regulators are delivered with spare washers, hose
connection for 1/4" and 3/8", gas hoses and
Oxygen 0-16 bar (145 psi) max. 40 m/-3-\/h
instructions for use. Unitor regulators ensure a correct
Acetylene 0-2.5 bar (22 psi) max. 5m/-3-\/h and stable working pressure with sufficient capacity for
all types of gas welding and cutting work.

510000 REGULATOR 510 OX PRESSURE 0-10 BAR
510001 REGULATOR 510 AC PRESSURE 0-2.5 BAR
619379 MANOMETER/GAUGE GUARD +
Accessories

SPARE PARTS
550178 CONTENTS GAUGE OX/AR 0-400 BAR
550194 WORKING GAUGE OX 0-16 BAR
550152 WASHER NYL 10 PCS FOR AC REGULATOR
550202 WORKING GAUGE AC 0-2.5 BAR
415
WELDING Gas Cylinder Regulators and Flashback Arrestors
FLASHB
FLASHBAACK ARRE
ARRESSTOR
TORSS
Protects regulators and gas cylinders against
flashback and burnback from the welding /
cutting flame
Features
• Non-return valve preventing reverse flow of
gases, thereby preventing a gas mixture from
reaching pipelines or cylinders. Flame filter to
quench the flame front of a flashback or a
burnback
• Temperature activated cut-off to prevent further
gas supply in case of fire (activated if the
temperature rises to approx. 100° C)
• Pressure activated cut-off to prevent further gas
supply after a flashback (activated by the
pressure shock in front of the flashback)
• Pressure relief valve to vent off excessive
pressure in case of flashback or wrongly set
working pressure (on W-66S only)
• Indicator lever showing that the pressure
activated cut-off has been activated; the lever is
also used for resetting the flashback arrestor
(W-66 only)
• Indicator ring showing that the pressure activated
cut-off has been activated; the ring is also used
for resetting the flashback arrestor (S55 only)
Maritime authorities, such as the Norwegian Maritime some cases it may also pass the regulator and
Directorate, require the installation of flashback ultimately reach the cylinder.
arrestors for acetylene and oxygen, as incorrect The flashback arrestors supplied by Unitor are
maintenance or use of gas welding equipment may designed for use both with gas cylinders and gas outlet
cause flashbacks of various types. stations and incorporate the safety functions in the
Normally these will stop in a well designed torch, and 'Features' list above.
are only noticed as a popping sound in the torch. The flashback arrestors are build Conform to: EN 730/
However, faulty handling, maintenance or gas pressure ISO 5175 and with BAM Certification no.: ZBF/009/12
setting may lead to a penetrating flashback. This means
that the gas flame passes back through the hose(s). In
Product number Product name Flow capacity (m/-3-\/h) Inlet pressure (bar)
183970 FLASHBACK ARRESTOR W-66S ACETYLENE 19 1,5
302976 FLASHBACK ARRESTOR W-66S OXYGEN 110 10
708537 FLASHBACK ARRESTOR S55 AC 8,5 1,5
708545 FLASHBACK ARRESTOR S55 OX 50 10
416
WELDING Gas Hoses and Couplings
WELDING G
GAS
AS HO
HOSE
SESS AND RETRA
RETRAC
CTABLE HO
HOSE
SE REEL
Self-retracting hose reels let you pull out the
required length of hose and store the rest on the
reel out of harms way. This saves time, makes
the job easier and contributes to increased
efficiency. A workshop floor free from hoses
reduces tripping accidents, improves access for
carts and trolleys and allows for easier cleaning.
The Unitor Self-Retracting hose reel is made of
robust steel construction, easy to install, and has
a well proven design that vouches for safe and
maintenance free usage. Single-layer retraction
of the hose and open design for safety and easy
service.
The reel is supplied with 20m 6mm (1/4") twin
hose for Ac and Ox
Unitor's hoses for welding gases are made according to The hoses are colour-coded red for acetylene, blue for
ISO 3821 / European Norm EN 559. oxygen and black for shielding gases.
UNITOR’s hoses for acetylene and oxygen are specially
Normal working pressure up to 20 bar. made for use with welding and cutting equipment.
Test pressure 40 bar
Minimum bursting pressure 60 bar

526434 Twin gas hoses blue/red 6mm (1/4") AC +OX per m
624312 Twin gas hoses blue/red 9mm (3/8") AC+ OX/m
175554 Gas hose red 6mm (1/4") Acetylene/m
175562 Gas hose blue 6mm (1/4") Oxygen/m
175539 Gas hose red 9mm (3/8") Acetylene/m
175547 Gas hose blue 9mm (3/8") Oxygen/m
576157 Gas hose black 6mm (1/4") Argon/m
725260 SELF-RETRACKTING HOSE REEL AC/OX
417
QUICK
QUICK-C
-COUPLING
OUPLINGSS, HO
HOSE
SE JOINT
JOINTSS AND CLAMP
CLAMPSS
The quick couplings are designed for use on gas
regulators and flashback arrestors, ensuring
quick and gas-tight connection of hoses without
use of tools. Connection of wrong gas is
prevented by different design of male/female
connections for acetylene and oxygen. In
addition connecting sleeves are color-coded red
and blue. When disconnected the female socket
(side towards the regulator) automatically shuts
off the gas flow.
The screw connection hose joints are supplied in
sets consisting of two hose sockets with nuts for
connection to gas regulator and torch. A a
connection stub for use between the hose
sockets completes the set as a hose joint. Nuts
and connection stub for acetylene are left-hand
threaded and marked with a groove. Argon and
Oxygen are right-hand threaded. The hose joints
are made of high-grade brass.
Hose clamps are available as screw type -to be

tightened with a screw driver, supplied in bags
of 10, or one ear clamps which require a pincher
tool for closing. These clamps are supplied in
bags of 20 and provide a fastening practically
without protruding parts that could damage
operator's hands. Worm drive hose clamps are
used where there is a need for rapid mounting/
dismantling of hoses.
Ear clamps offer a better and safer solution
comparred to worm type / jubilee clips when
mounting hoses.
In some countries the use of worm type / jubilee
clips is not allowed. Ear clamps are than the
alternative product.

320218 QUICK COUPL.1/4IN HOSE AC
320192 QUICK COUPL.1/4IN HOSE OX
320200 QUICK COUPL.3/8IN HOSE AC
320184 QUICK COUPL.3/8IN HOSE OX
175588 HOSE JOINT F/6MM (1/4 INCH) AC HOSE
175596 HOSE JOINT F/6MM (1/4 INCH) OX HOSE
175604 HOSE JOINT F/9MM (3/8 INCH) AC HOSE
175612 HOSE JOINT F/9MM( 3/8 INCH) OX HOSE
729442 HOSE CLAMP FOR 1/4" HOSE (10 PCS
768416 CLAMP 1 EAR 12,3-14,3MM 1/4" HOSE
418

768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE
768507 PINCER TOOL FOR EAR TYPE HOSECLAMPS
419
WELDING Gas welders accessories
STAND
ANDARD
ARD G
GAS
AS A
AC
CCE
CESSSORIE
ORIESS F
FOR
OR M
MOBILE
OBILE E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENTSS
526509
A kit comprising all necessary accessories
needed for UNITOR acetylene and oxygen
cylinders used in portable or transportable
solutions.
The equipment fits together and all items are in
accordance with international rules and
regulations for use on board, and with one order
number the necessary products of right quality is
available.
A complete movable gas welding workshop will
consist of the gasses, a trolly for the gas
cylinders, and a torch kit.
The UCT-500 Master Kit is recommended for the
40l gas cylinder solution.
The UCT-500 Compact Kit is recommended for
the 5l gas cylinder solution
The kit contains: • Welding goggles
• Gas welding gloves
• Acetylene and oxygen 510 regulators for cylinder
• Heat resistant mitten
• Flashback arrestors S55
• Unitor handbook for maritime welders
• 10 m twin hose 1/4" with clips
• Gas ignitor

526509 STANDARD GAS ACCESSORIES
Recommended trolly 5l cylinders and torch
778143 TROLLEY A-5/O-5 F/GAS WELDING KIT
500001 UCT-500 COMBINATION TORCH COMPACT
Recommended trolly 40l cylinders and torch
778147 TROLLEY F/1 40-50L GAS CYLINDER
500000 UCT-500 COMBINATION TORCH MASTER
420
STAND
ANDARD
ARD G
GAS
AS A
AC
CCE
CESSSORIE
ORIESS
526509
A kit comprising all necessary accessories
needed for UNITOR acetylene and oxygen
cylinders used in portable or transportable
solutions.
The equipment fits together and all items are in

accordance with international rules and
regulations for use on board, and with one order
number the necessary products of right quality is
available.
A complete movable gas welding workshop will
consist of the gasses, a trolly for the gas
cylinders, and a torch kit.
The UCT-500 Master Kit is recommended for the
40l gas cylinder solution.
The UCT-500 Compact Kit is recommended for

the 5l gas cylinder solution
The kit contains: We recommend that the Ac/Ox twin hose are been
checked for cracks in the outer rubber and leaks every
• Acetylene and oxygen 510 regulators for cylinder
time before you start welding; change the hose if
• Flashback arrestors S55
necessary and make sure you have non-return valves
• 10 m twin hose 1/4" with clips
attached to the shank. For safety reasons we strongly
• Gas ignitor
recommend annual testing of the Flash back arrestors,
• Welding goggles
and to change regulators and flashback arrestors every
• Gas welding gloves
5 years, calculated from the date you start using the
• Heat resistant mitten
equipment.
• Unitor handbook for maritime welders
Safety
Accessories

778143 TROLLEY A-5/O-5 F/GAS WELDING KIT Recommended for 5 litre cylinder solution
500001 UCT-500 COMBINATION TORCH COMPACT Recommended for 5 litre cylinder solution
778147 TROLLEY F/1 40-50L GAS CYLINDER Recommended for 40 litre cylinder solution
500000 UCT-500 COMBINATION TORCH MASTER Recommended for 40 litre cylinder solution
421
SAFETY SPE
SPECCTACLE
CLESS AND G
GOOGGLE
GLESS
The safety spectacles have scratchproof
hardcoated polycarbonate lenses, side shields
and adjustable arms. Lenses are clear or shade
4 green. The shade 4 lenses may be used for
light duty gas welding and brazing work.
The light half mask goggle of clear soft synthetic

material is designed for protection against dust
spatter and sparks during grinding.
The gas welding goggles with flip-up front has
soft and comfortable surfaces against the face.
The ventilation slots are designed to prevent
entry of sparks and spatter, at the same time
ensuring sufficient air circulation to prevent
dampness and fogging of the glasses.
The filter shade glass is mounted in a flip-up
front frame with a protection glass in front to
protect the filter glass against spatter.
A protection glass is also fitted in the fixed frame
for protection when grinding and using the
chipping hammer.
Spare glasses are supplied in packages of 10
Features
• Safety Spectacles and goggles comply to
European Norms.
Benefits
• The headband is adjustable and elastic for
comfortable use
• The lenses are clear, anti-mist acetate
• The design provides ample ventilation

632943 SAFETY SPECTACLES CLEAR
632950 SAFETY SPECTACLES SHADE 5
653410 SAFETY GRINDING GOGGLES
175273 WELD.GOGGLES W/LIFT-FRONT
633305 SHADE 3 GLASS. 10 PCS
633297 PROTECTION GLASS. 10 PCS
422
GAS WELDING OPERA

OPERATOR'S
TOR'S A
AC
CCE
CESSSORIE
ORIESS
HEAT RESISTANT MITTEN
Special mitten with heat and flame resistant
woven kevlar outer layer and ample insulation
against heat in the inner layers. Should always
be kept by acetylene cylinders and outlets to
make it possible to close the valve in case of
fire. May be used on either right or left hand.
Comply to: EN 388:2003 and EN 407:2004
TIG & GAS WELDING GLOVES

Special softskin gloves for gas and TIG welding.
They protect from sparks and the radiation from
an arc, and still enables good control of the rod.
Comply to: NEN-EN 12477 type A/B and
Protection EN 388 3232 and EN 407 332222
GAS IGNITOR
The triplex gas ignitor is a popular and reliable
design. Easy to use, with large sparks that
effectively ignite the gas flame. Three flints are
mounted in the head: one connected for
operation, 2 more as spares by rotating the flint
holder head. Spare flints are delivered in
packages of 10 three flint holders
WELDERS CHALK
Flat 5x13x127MM. 144 pcs/pack is used to mark
out positions when gas and plasma cutting on
metals.
GALVANIZING SPRAY
6 pcs 400 ml cans, for restoring galvanizing
protection where coating has been destroyed

233148 HEAT RESISTANT MITTEN
632794 TIG GLOVES. 6 PAIRS
633198 GAS IGNITOR TRIPL. 2 PCS
633206 SPARE FLINT SET. 10 PCS
632968 WELDERS CHALK. FLAT
633156 GALVANIZING SPRAY. 6PCS
423
WELDING Welding, Brazing & Cutting Torch
UC
UCTT-500 C
COOMBIN
MBINAATION TOR
TORCH
CH MAS
MASTER
TER KIT F
FOR
OR G
GAS
AS
WELDING
WELDING/C /CUT
UTTING
TING
500000
The UCT-500 Master kit has been assembled to
cover all ordinary Acetylene / Oxygen welding,
brazing and cutting work that may occur on
board.
Welding
Heating
Gouging
Flame cleaning
Soldering
Cutting
Rivet burning
Flame straightening
The kit is assembled in a strong polyethylene
case where each component clicks into it’s
reserved compartment for good protection and
complete overview. Size of case: 435 x 380 x
125 mm. Weight with content 6,0kg
Conform to: EN/ISO 5172
Torch components
UCT-500 shank, 6mm and 9mmhose sockets
with non-return valves
Welding attachments: 40, 80, 230, 400, 650,
1000 and 1250 nl/h for wending up to 14mm
thick steel plates
Cutting attachment 90 degr. with spare nozzle
screw
Cutting nozzles for 3-10mm, 10-25mm,
25-50mm and 50-100mm steel thickness
Roller guide for 45-90 degr. cutting angles, with
spare clamp sleeve
Circular motion bar complete with center and
sleeve for 84-960mm diameter circles
Torch maintenance equipment
Spanner 15-, 17-, 18-, 19-, 23- and 24 mm for
UCT-500
Cleaning needle set for UCT-500 welding
attachments and cutting nozzles
Spare valve and complete O-ring set for
UTC-500, including spare coupling nut for
welding attachments
424
UC
UCTT-500 C
COOMBIN
MBINAATION TOR
TORCH
CH C
COOMP
MPA
ACT KIT F
FOR
OR G
GAS
AS
WELDING
WELDING/C /CUT
UTTING
TING
500001
The UCT-500 Compact kit is a handy kit
consisting of most equipment needed to perform
the normally occurring heating, brazing, welding
and cutting applications on board. The compact
kit is recommended as an additional welding and
cutting outfit on board. It is excellent for use with
the portable gas welding equipment, and it may
also be mounted on the trolley for A-5/0-5
cylinders thereby making the trolley a complete
portable gas welding and cutting workshop.
Within the limits of the content it covers
applications within:
Welding
Heating
Gouging
Flame cleaning
Soldering
Cutting
Rivet burning
Flame straightening
The kit is assembled in a strong polyethylene
case where each component clicks into it’s
reserved compartment for good protection and
complete overview.
The case is 375 x 300 x 105 , Weight with
content 3,5kg. Conform to: EN/ISO 5172
Torch components
UCT-500 shank with 6mm and 9mm hose
sockets with non-return valves
Welding attachments: 80, 230 and 650 nl/h for
welding up to 7mm steel plates
Cutting attachment 90 degr. with spare nozzle
screw
Torch maintenance equipment
UCT-500
Cleaning needle set for UCT-500 welding
attachments and cutting nozzles
425
SHANK
SHANK,, SHANK FB
FBA'S
A'S AND WELDING
WELDING/HE
/HEAATING A
AT
TTACHMENT
CHMENTSS
Shank
The shank is delivered with hose sockets for
6mm hoses. Non-return valves are included in
the sockets.
Shank flashback arrestors

are available as an alternative to the sockets.
Welding and heating attachments

The size indicates consumption of oxygen in nl/
h. Acetylene consumption is approximately 10%
lower. Material thickness for welding refers to
mild steel.
Equipment conform to relevant European Norms
Product number Product name Material thickness mm

174656 SHANK W/NON-RETURN VALVES
597336 SHANK NONRETURN VALVE F/6MM AC HOSE
597344 SHANK NONRETURN VALVE F/6MM OX HOSE
619270 FLASHBACK ARRESTOR FR-20 FOR AC+OX
174565 WELDING ATTACHMENT 40 L <0.5
174573 WELDING ATTACHMENT 80L. 0.5-1
174581 WELDING ATTACHMENT 230 L 2-3
183780 FLEX.WELD.ATTACHMENT 160L 1-2
183756 HEATING ATTACHMENT 5000 L. for heating
603399 MULTIFLAME HEATING ATTACHMENT 5000L for heating
426
CUT
UTTING
TING A
AT
TTACHMENT WITH HE
HEAD
AD ANGLE F
FOR
OR UC
UCTT-500
Cutting attchment are available with cutting
head in three different angles 75, 90 an 0
degrees. The 0 degrees cutting attachment is
used for gouging.
Features
• Adjustable towards shank
• Slim and simple design
• Made according to international norms
• Equipment conform to: EN/ISO 5172
Benefits
• Able to reach difficult locations
• Less strain on opperator
• Provide safety and long lasting quality

174664 CUTTING ATTACHMENT 75 DGR
Accessories

174730 GOUGING NOZZLE
174698 CUTTING NOZZLE 3- 10MM
174722 CUTTING NOZZLE 50-100MM
183855 CUTTING NOZZLE 140MM LENGTH 40-75MM
174672 ROLLER GUIDE STANDARD
174680 CIRCULAR MOTION BAR
427
CUT
UTTING
TING NO
NOZZLE
ZZLE
Product number Product name Nozzle number Consuption OX nl/h Consumption AC nl/h
174698 CUTTING NOZZLE 3- 10MM No.2 1300 460
174722 CUTTING NOZZLE 50-100MM No.5 7800 810
183855 CUTTING NOZZLE 140MM LENGTH 40-75MM - 7000 800
428
TO
TOOL
OLSS & SP
SPARE
ARE P
PAR
ART
TS F
FOR
OR UC
UCTT-500
NON-RETURN VALVES
The non-return valves are for mounting on
UCT-500 shank in order to prevent back flow of
gas into hose. They are delivered with nuts. The
non-return valves for 6mm hoses are also
mounted on the shank when delivered.
TOOLS
The two tools required:
thightening up all connections on shank and
attachments.
Cleaning needles set for cleaning the flame
holes in welding attachments and cutting
nozzles. The set includes 13 needles of assorted
thicknesses and a file for removal of spatter
SPARE PART KIT
The kit contains the spares an operator can
replace on shank and attachments

174649 SPANNER
175356 CLEANING NEEDLES SET
500100 UCT-500 SPARE PART KIT
The UCT-500 spare part kit contains one each of the following items
174789 VALVE ASSEMBLY BLUE FOR OXYGEN
613762 VALVE ASSEMBLY RED FOR ACETYLENE
535005 O-RINGS SET OF 4 F/WELD./CUTT. ATT.
174771 COUPLING NUT FOR SHANK ATTACHMENTS
174813 COUPLING SCREW FOR CUTTING NOZZLES
n.a CLAMP SLEEVE FOR ROLLER GUIDE
n.a SLEVE FOR CIRCULAR MOTION IN ROLLER GUIDE
429
WELDING Transportable Gas Welding Equipment
GAS WELDING TR
TROLLE
OLLEYYF
FOR
OR 5 L CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS, A
AC
CCE
CESSSORIE
ORIESS AND
ROD
ODSS
Specially designed by Unitor for on board use
this trolley is developed to be a complete
portable / transportable gas brazing, welding
and cutting workshop for smaller jobs on board.
It has a low center of gravity which will keep it

standing upright even at 30° out of vertical with
all equipment mounted.
The strong lightweight steel construction is fitted

with solid rubber wheels for easy transport.
Handles at top and bottom ensure easy carrying
and lifting.
Two double brackets for Unitor rod containers

give the possibility to include a selection of four
different rod types when transporting.
Gas hoses may be coiled on hooks designed for

this, UCT-500 compact kit fit in the front box,
and remaining gas welders accessories will fit in
the back accessories box.
The trolley is tested and certified according to

the International Labour Office for the testing
and examination of lifting gear used in the
loading and unloading of ships.
Test load 100 kg. Safe Working Load (S.W.L.) 50

kg.

Recommended accessories in addition to 5l Acetylene and Oxygen cylinders
500001 UCT-500 COMBINATION TORCH COMPACT
The accessories kit contains:
Ac and Ox cylinder regulators
Ac and Ox flashback arrestors type S55
10m 6mm Ac/Ox twin hose with necessary hose clamps
Gas welding goggles with flip up front
Softskin gas welding gloves and heat resistant mitten with kevlar insulation
Gas ignitor and Unitor Welding Handbook
430
GAS WELDING TR
TROLLE
OLLEYYF
FOR
OR 40 L CYLINDER
CYLINDERSS, A
AC
CCE
CESSSORIE
ORIESS
AND R
ROD
ODSS
This trolley is specially designed for on board
use. The sturdy but lightweight construction of
steel pipes is powder painted for corrosion
protection. The trolley takes both 40 I and 50 I
size cylinders, which are firmly secured in the
trolley by means of two clamps with wing
screws. As the weight of two full gas cylinders is
approximately 150 kilos, the trolley has been
fitted with extra large rubber wheels for easy
mobility. For transport by crane the trolley is
fitted with a lifting bow.
Being intended to function as a complete mobile

gas-welding workshop for all applications
required on board, the trolley is fitted with a
large, lockable accessories box with room for
both UCT-500, accessories and consumables
for the job at hand. Gas hoses are coiled on the
lifting bow or driving handle.
Weight of trolley is 28 kg and the width is narrow

for easy passage through gangways on board.

Test load 400 kg. Safe Working Load (S.W.L.)

200 kg.

778145 TROLLEY A40/O40 F/GAS WELDING KIT
Recommended accessories in addition to 40l Acetylene and Oxygen cylinders
500000 UCT-500 COMBINATION TORCH MASTER
The accessories kit includes:
Ac and Ox cylinder regulators
Ac and Ox flashback arrestors type S55
10m 6mm Ac/Ox twin hose with necessary hose clamps
Gas welding goggles with flip up front
Softskin gas welding gloves and heat resistant mitten with kevlar insulation
Gas ignitor and Unitor Welding Handbook
431
POR
ORT
TABLE WELDING T TABLE
ABLE AND SST
TAND
ANDARD
ARD G
GAS
AS A
AC
CCE
CESSSORIE
ORIESS
FOR M
MOBILE
OBILE E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENTSS
Foldable and Portable welding table
In on site situations a suitable work surface may
be needed. This welding table has been
designed for this, with work surface 60x40 cm,
height 63cm and only 8cm when folded.
All galvanized steel construction, still weight only
14kg.
Standard gas accessories

The kit is a complete solution comprising all
necessary equipment to use with acetylene and
oxygen cylinders in portable / transportable
solutions

176024 PORTABLE WELD.TABLE
526509 is supplied with:
Acetylene and oxygen cylinder regulators
Flashback arrestors
10 m twin hose 1/4" with clips
Gas ignitor
Welding goggles
Gas welding gloves
Heat resistant mitten
Unitor handbook for maritime welders
Accessories

Welding gas cylinder devices for mobile solutions:
176040 BACK PORTABLE RACK
176032 PORTABLE RACK
778145 TROLLEY A40/O40 F/GAS WELDING KIT
432
GAS CYLINDER TRANSP

TRANSPOR
ORT
T SSOL
OLUTIONS
UTIONS
ONE CYLINDER TROLLY
This trolley is specially designed for on board

use when lifting or transporting 40 l and 50 l
cylinders.
Should it be necessary to lift up and carry the
trolley with cylinder attached, there is ample
holding space for 2 to 4 persons.
The driving handle is also a support for keeping
the cylinder stable during work on board by
resting the handle on deck, still keeping it an
acceptable angle for Acetylene use.
The strong lightweight steel construction is fully
corrosion protected by powder coating.
Test load 200 kg. Safe Working Load (S.W.L.)
100 kg.
BACK PORTABLE RACK
Lightweight back-pack for carrying two 5l gas

cylinders, Thecylinders are firmly and safely
secured in place with straps.
PORTABLE RACK
Sturdy lightweight construction for carrying two

5l gas cylinders by hand,

176040 BACK PORTABLE RACK
176032 PORTABLE RACK
433
WELDING Gas Welding Cabinet
GAS
ASWELDING
WELDING CABINET EMP
EMPTY
TY
589846
Empty storage cabinet for gas welding rods,
brazing rods, fluxes and gas welding equipment.
Features
• Compact design
• Sturdy and corrosion resistant
• Large storing capacity
Benefits
• Easy overview and access to content
• Long lasting with no maintenance
• Opportunity to customise content to vessel
requirements
Technical data accessories. Sturdy, corrosion resistant construction

from electro-galvanized steel plates, with final coating
Length 600 mm
by powder spraying and baking. Shelves are zinc/
Height 600 mm yellow-chromate passivated for optimal corrosion and
Depth 300mm scratch resistance, with hardplast protection surface for
Weight 37,5 kg nozzles and blowpipes. The door construction provides
Necessary free distance a stable work surface for torch assembly when open,
above cabinet 310 mm and allows for mounting the cabinet in corners or
narrow openings.
New compact design with improved access to
contents, and ample room for additional spares and
434
WELDING Gas Welding Cabinet
GAS
ASWELDING
WELDING CABINET
This cabinet is a complete gas welding work
shop with equipment and consumables for all
normal gas welding, brazing and cutting
operations onboard
Compact design provides good access to
contents, and ample room for additional spares
and accessories. Sturdy, corrosion resistant
construction from electro-galvanized steel
plates, with final coating by powder spraying
and baking, made for marine conditions. Shelves
are zinc/yellow-chromate passivated for optimal
corrosion and scratch resistance, with hardplast
protection surface for nozzles and blowpipes.
The door construction provides a stable work
surface for torch assembly when open.
Technical data
Height 600
Width 600
Depth 300 mm
Weight with content 56 kg
Weight without content 37,5 kg

589846 GASWELDING CABINET EMPTY
589861 GASWELDING CABINET COMPLETE
589861 is supplied with:
The complete contents of the UCT-500 Master kit
Welder´s accessories: Gas goggles with lift front Softskin welding gloves for gas and TIG welding Gas ignitor triplex Double row steel wire brush
Silver brazing: AG-60 2,0 mm 0,5 kg. AG-45 2,0 mm 0,4 kg. One box each AG-60/45 flux for general use and Albroflux for use with AG-60 on Yorcalbro
Bronze brazing: FC Bronze 2,0 mm 1,0 kg, 3,0 mm 1,0 kg. Bronze 3,0 mm 4,0 kg FC-Wearbro 3,0 mm 1,0 kg, 5,0 mm 1,0 kg. One box each of Bronzeflux and
Wearbroflux
Cast iron joining and rebuilding: Cast Iron rod, 5,0 mm 1,0 kg and one box Cast Iron Flux
Aluminium joining: Alumag 3,0 mm 0,5 kg and one box Aluflux
Tin soldering: Silver alloyed Led free Tin-241Ag soft solder on spool, 1,6 mm/0,5 kg
Mild steel/heat resistant steels: MS 2,0 mm 3,5 kg, MS 3,0 mm 3,5 kg and Icromo 2,5 mm 2 kg
Instructions and information: Unitor handbook for maritime welders
435
WELDING Gas Welding and Brazing Consumables
GAS WELDING AND BRA

BRAZING
ZING C
CONSU
ONSUMABLE
MABLESS
Selected for Maritime use
Unitor rods for gas welding and brazing have

been carefully selected from the wide range of
alloys available to the industrial production and
repair industries, with the aim to cover a wide
range of on board requirements and reduce the
numbers of alloys required to store on board.
Flux-coated Rods
Where practical, flux coated rods have been

selected to ensure the best soldering/brazing
properties. In addition a range of fluxes for both
flux-coated and bare rods is available.
Sealed Containers
The rods are are supplied in sealed plastic

containers and in 500 mm length for convenient
use.
Fluxes
The fluxes are supplied in 250g sealed

containers with instructions for use and where
applicable information about toxic content on
the label.
Instructions for use
The label on each container fully identifies the

contents, and also gives rod data and basic
information on application areas and use
For complete information on each rod and
instructions on use and welding / brazing
techniques see the Unitor Welding Handbook for
Maritime welders
Product
Product name Description
Number
TIN 241 AG 1.5 MM Lead free silver alloyed flux cored soft solder wire on spool for tinning and joining of electric conductors, electrical connections,
777973
0.5 KG SOLDER electrical instruments, radios, batteries,
AG 60 252 2.0 X A flux coated cadmium free, seawater resistant, high strength silver rod for joining all types of steel, stainless steel, copper, copper
233601
500MM 0,5KG alloys, nickel, nickel alloys, cast iron, Yorcalbro pipes (aluminiumbrass), cunifer pipes type 90/10 and 70/30.
AG 45 253 2.0 X Bare cadmium free silver rod for joining of all types of steel, stainless steel, copper, copper alloys, nickel and nickel alloys, cast iron
519744
500MM 0,4KG and hard match. This brazing rod gives a very good joint and can be used for brazing nipples, sleeves and unions to copper pipes.
436
WELDING Gas Welding and Brazing Consumables
Product
Number
ALBRO-FLUX 263 PF
604371 Flux for silver brazing rod AG-60-252 on Yorcalbro
250G
AG-60/45 FLUX 252
778461 Flux for silver brazing rods AG-60-252 and AG-45-253
PF.250G
FC-BRONZE 261 2.0 A flux-coated brazing rod for joining and surfacing copper, brass, bronze, aluminium bronze, cast iron and steel. May be used for
233551
X500MM 1,0KG brazing galvanized steel without destroying the galvanized surface.
FC-BRONZE 261 3.0 A flux-coated brazing rod for joining and surfacing copper, brass, bronze, aluminium bronze, cast iron and steel. May be used for
233569
X 500MM 1,0KG brazing galvanized steel without destroying the galvanized surface.
BRONZE-264 3.0 X An easy-flowing, universal brazing bronze (brass) rod for the brazing of steel, cast iron, copper and copper alloys, nickel and nickel
174326
500MM 1,7KG alloys. It gives a very smooth and attractive surface. The addition of Si, Mn and Sn guarantees a strong and high-quality deposit.
BRONZE-FLUX 261
603076 Flux for brazing rod Bronze-264 and FC-Bronze-261
PF. 250G
FC-WEARBRO 262 A flux-coated wear-resistant bronze rod used for applying a hard-wearing surface to bronze, brass, copper, steel, cast iron and
233577
3.0 X500MM 1,0KG malleable cast iron. Also used for braze welding cast iron.
FC-WEARBRO 262 A flux-coated wear-resistant bronze rod used for applying a hard-wearing surface to bronze, brass, copper, steel, cast iron and
233585
5.0 X500MM 1,1KG malleable cast iron. Also used for braze welding cast iron.
WEARBRO-FLUX 262
603068 Flux for brazing rod FC-Wearbro-262
PF. 250G
ALUMAG 235 3.0MM
Gas welding rod for wrought and cast aluminium alloys containing up to 5 % Mg. Generally it can be used for all cast alloys
514265 GAS TIG WELD
containing magnesium as the main alloying element.
0.5KG
ALUFLUX 234 F. 250
603043 Flux for gas welding rod Alumag-235 on aluminium
G
CAST IRON 237 Cast Iron rod for joining and surfacing cast iron and welding cast iron to steel. Should be used with Unitor Cast Iron Flux 236,
764485
5.0X500 MM 1.1 KG product number 764487. Oil impregnated cast iron may also be brazed with FC-Castiron 268.
CAST IRON FLUX 236
764487 Flux for use together with Cast Iron 237 for braze welding of Cast Iron
F. 250 G
MS-200 2.0 X 500M
539551 Gas welding rod for welding of unalloyed structural steel with a carbon content of less than 0.2%
3,5KG
MS-200 3.0 X
539569 Gas welding rod for welding of unalloyed structural steel with a carbon content of less than 0.2%
500MM 3,5KG
437
Arc Welding Equipment
WELDING Arc welding/cutting machines
UWI-
UWI-150
150 TP WELDING INVER
INVERTER
TER
150150
Compact and only 4,4kg weight for ease of use
onboard, the UWI-150 TP offers excellent
performance-to-weight ratio with full capacity for
welding all normal coated electrodes up to
3,2mm, including Aluminum electrodes.
Lift-Arc TIG start provides contamination free
deposit. Amperage remote control on torch
ensures full control during welding and
downslope when finishing.
Easy to use TIG pulse option provides excellent
sheet metal welding properties which cannot be
obtained with standard TIG characteristic.
Plugs in anywhere, 1phase 230V and only 16A
slow fuses.
Features
• Line Voltage compensation keeps output of the
power source constant regardless of fluctuation in
input power of +/- 10%
• Automatic hot start provides easy arc start and
prevents sticking.
• Thermal overload protection with indicator lights
helps prevent machine damage if the duty cycle is
exceeded or airflow is blocked.
• TP function (Total Protection) prevents damage to
the machine if primary supply voltage is too high.
• Safe in use. VRD function reduces touchable
open circuit voltage to only 9V when the welding
arc is broken. Full arc striking voltage is re-
established immediately when the electrode
touches the work-piece.
• Casing of high-grade aluminium and panels of
high grade industrial plastic reduces weight and
risk of corrosion.
• Delivered complete in carrying case with
electrode holder and return clamp.
Technical data
Welding current range 5-150 A
Max touchable OCV voltage 9V
Duty cycle at max current 30%
Power Supply 1 phase 230V 50/60Hz
Recommended fuses (Slow) 16 A
Certifying authority/institution S, CE
IP protection 23 S
Weight 4,4 kg
Length x Width x Height 310 x 120 x 215mm
438
Supplied with:
UWI-150 TP welding machine
1 pc carrying strap
2,5m primary cable, mounted on the welding machine
3m welding cable with dix 25 quick connector and electrode holder
3m return cable with dix 25 quick connector and return clamp
All delivered in a strong protective suitcase
Instruction manual
Accessories

Recommended protective equipment for welder
767001 AUTOVISION PLUS WELDING SHIELD
632786 WELDERS GLOVES. 6 PAIRS
510438 LEATHER JACKET LARGE
633016 LEATHER TROUSERS W/BELT
510453 LEATHER SPATS. PAIR
Recommended tools for stick electrode welding:
632976 WIRE BRUSH STEEL. 6PCS
632984 WIRE BRUSH STAINL. 6PCS
633008 CHIPPING HAMMER ST. 2PCS
632992 CHIPPING HAMMER STAINLESS
516161 WELDING GAUGE TYPE J
Recommended consumables selection for stick electrode welding
670001 ELECTRODE CABINET WITH 9 PACKAGES
Recommended accessories for TIG welding:
150000 TIG TORCH T-150 W.DIX 25 CONNECTOR
150151 REMOTE CONTROL FOR UWI-150 TP
607810 TIG TORCH ACCESSORIES KIT
Shielding gas and gas cylinder trollies. NOTE: Lifting certificates are available.
905565 ARGON E-10 FILLING
778149 TROLLEY E10/M10 F/TIG/MIG WELDING
Gas hose extension and flow control at torch when welding at a distance from gas cylinder
576157 GAS HOSE 1/4" 6.3MM BLACK
768416 CLAMP 1 EAR 12,3-14,3MM 1/4" HOSE
597310 FLOWCONTROL VALVE, ARGON
597328 FLOWCONTROL METER, ARGON
Recommended spare parts
150161 SPARE PARTKIT UWI-150TP/UWW-161TP
439
UWW
UWW--161 TP M
MUL
ULTI
TI PR
PRO
OCE
CESSS WELDING INVER
INVERTER
TER
161161
A welding machine for
MIG/MAG welding
Stick electrode welding
TIG welding
of all weldable metals on board.
Features
• Fully portable, only 12 kg net weight. 1 phase 230
V 16A for use anywhere on board
• Safe in use- voltage reduction function reduces
touchable open circuit voltage to 10 V
• Individual stepless adjustment of both wire speed
and welding voltage through whole adjustment
range provides optimal settings for any wire
• Select between softer or crisper arc on the front
panel to optimize the wire welding arc
• 2-step or 4-step trigger function for wire welding
operator comfort
• 2-step TIG-torch control with lift-arc start and
adjustable gas post-flow
• Polarity selection allows for wire welding with all
wires including self-shielding wires without
shielding gas, and even for TIG welding with +
polarity
• Automatic hot start and arc force control provides
easy start and a stable arc in MMA modus
• Protection against both overload and high input
voltage, with indicator light on the front panel,
prevents machine damage from wrong primary
voltage and overheating
Technical data
Welding current range MIG/MAG 5-160 A
UWW 161 TP is supplied complete for stick
Wire speed range MIG/MAG 2-13 m/min electrode welding and wire welding with gasless
Voltage adjustment range MIG/MAG 10-26 V wire:
Welding current range TIG 5-140 A
Welding current range MMA 5-140 A 2,5 m primary cable with plug, fitted on the welding
Open circuit voltage (OCV) 10 V machine.
Electric phase 1 phase Gas hose socket with nut and hose clamp for
Power supply voltage 230 connection to the gas inlet of the machine
Power supply cycles 50/60 Hz
Recommended fuses (slow) 16 A Wire welding torch with 3m cable and Euro connector
Certifying authority/institution S, CE complete for 0,8 mm wire
Recommended fuses (slow) 10 A
IP protection 23 S Electrode holder for stick electrode welding with 2.5m
Weight 12,6 cable and Dix 25 connector
Length 460 mm
Width 230 mm 3 m return cable with Dix 25 connector and return
Height 325 mm clamp
Adjustable carrying strap
440
Instruction manual
Accessories

General accessories recommended for welding:
Recommended accessories for stick electrode welding:
Recommended consumables selection for stick electrode welding
670001 ELECTRODE CABINET WITH 9 PACKAGES
Wire for gasless (FCAW) welding of steel
160100 MS-W-201 SELFSHIELDWIRE 0,8MM 4.5KG
Recommended accessories for transport and gas supply:
768416 CLAMP 1 EAR 12,3-14,3MM 1/4" HOSE
905573 UNIMIX 20 M-10 FILLING
Recommended consumable spares for wire welding
590075 NONIRON LINER 1,2MM FOR UWW-160
613746 STEEL LINER F.UP TO 1.2MM F.UWW-160
160004 DRIVEROLL U-GROOVE FOR UWW 161
160005 DRIVEROLL KNURLED V-GR.FOR UWW 161
160003 DRIVEROLL V-GROOVE FOR UWW 161
633149 ANTI SPATTER SPRAY. 6PCS
591990 MULTI-PURPOSE PLIER FOR WIRE TORCH
160001 GAS NOZZLE FOR UWW-160
712018 10 TIPS 1,0-1.2MM FOR UWW-160 TORCH
712000 10 TIPS 1.0MM FOR UWW-160TORCH
711994 10 TIPS 0.8MM FOR UWW-160 TORCH
711986 10 TIPS 0.6MM FOR UWW-160 TORCH
160010 TIG TORCH T-161 WITH EUROCONNECTOR
Skid / Trolley
764550 SKID TROLLEY FOR PLASMA AND WELDING
150161 SPARE PARTKIT UWI-150TP/UWW-161TP
441
UWI-
UWI-203
203 TP SSTICK
TICK / TIG WELDING INVER
INVERTER
TER
203203
A lightweight, portable and powerful welding
machine for stick electrode and TIG welding.
Connects to any primary voltage between 380
and 440 V without need for any action from the
operator
Line voltage compensation keeps output of the
power source constant regardless of fluctuation
in input power from 10% below lowest to above
highest rated input voltage
Safe in use with VRD function for touchable
open circuit voltage only13V (from serial no.
129431, 70V on older models)
Automatic hot start for stick arc starts makes arc
striking easy and prevents electrode sticking
Adjustable arc force for stick electrode welding

allows the arc characteristics to be changed for
specific applications and electrodes: low arc
force setting for smooth running electrodes like
LH and Special and increased setting options
provides optimal characteristics for stiffer, more
penetrating electrodes like E6010 types,
chamfering electrodes like CH2 and electrodes
for ACA gouging
Lift-start in TIG mode provides easy and soft TIG

arc starting
Stepless adjustment of welding current through

whole current range: 5 –200A
Casing of high grade aluminium and industrial

plastic to eliminate corrosion damage also
contributes to low weight which together with
compact outer dimensions provides good
portability
Wind tunnel design for the internal cooling air

flow protects electrical components and PC
boards from dirt, dust, and debris, greatly
improving reliability
Thermal overload protection with indicator lights

helps prevent machine damage if the duty cycle
is exceeded or airflow is blocked
442
Technical data Supplied with:

Welding current range MMA 5-200A DC • Carrying strap
Open circuit voltage (OCV) 13V • Electrode holder with 3m cable and connector
Duty cycle at max current 40% • Return clamp with 3m cable and connector
Electric phase 3 • 4m primary cable mounted on the machine
Power supply voltage 380/440V
Power supply cycles 50/60Hz Note:
Recommended fuses (slow) 10A Plug for the primary cable must fit the socket types
Certifying authority/institution S,CE used on board and is therefore not included.
IP protection 23S
Weight 12,2kg
Length 460mm
Width 230mm
Height 325mm
Product Number 203203
Accessories

768416 CLAMP 1 EAR 12,3-14,3MM 1/4" HOSE
Skid/Trolley
203205 SPARE PART KIT FOR UWI-203TP
443
UWI-
UWI-3320 TP WELDING INVER
INVERTER
TER
320320
Compact and lightweight for ease of use on-
board, the UWI-320 TP welding inverter offers
excellent performance-to-weight ratio..
Designed for Operator Safety
Voltage reduction function (VRD) ensures that
maximum touchable voltage the stick electrode
welder can be exposed to is 8V
Designed for durability
Its design utilises an active fan control, which
reduces the amount of dust and dirt inside the
machine, thereby reducing the risk of short
circuiting and increasing efficiency and life time.
The unique TP (Total Protection) function
effectively prevents damage to the machine in
case one phase in the primary power supply
fails.
Thermal overload protection prevents damage
due to overload.
Easy and efficient TIG welding function
Lift-start in TIG mode provides easy and soft arc
start.
With the use of remote control the welder has
full control of arc and heat input during welding,
and at finish he has full control of down-slope
and arc stop.
For all coated welding electrodes
With up to 320A output it provides full capacity
for welding all coated electrodes including most
6mm high recovery electrodes.
Parallel Connection
Parallel connection of two machines provides
640A output for the few coated electrodes that
require more than 320A, and full Air Carbon Arc
gouging capacity.
Technical data
Welding current range 10-320A
Open circuit voltage 9V
Power supply 380-440V 3 phase 50/60Hz
Recommended fuses 20-16A
IP protection 23 S
Weight 18kg
Length 460mm
Width 230mm
Height 325mm
444
Accessories

Stick welding accessories
670406 ACCESSORIES KIT F/UWI-230,-320,-500
The kit consists of :
Flipvision Welding Shield and Welding gloves,
Electrode holder, Return Clamp and Remote control all with 3m cables and connectors,
Chipping hammer and Wire brush
TIG welding accessories
Argon shielding gas
Cable and gas hose extensions
670422 REMOTE CONTROLCABLE FOR UWI-320/500
175844 WELDING CABLE 50 MM2
632893 CABLE CONNECTOR DIX70 MALE-FEMALE
768416 CLAMP 1 EAR 12,3-14,3MM 1/4" HOSE
Parallel connection of two UWI-320 machines. Note: Should be done at the work site when cable extensions are used.
676973 REMOTE CONTROL PARALLEL CONNECTION
632901 TRIPLE CONNECTION DIX-70 MMF, 2 PCS
Air Carbon Arc gouging accessories
528703 AIR CARBON ARC TORCH 600A
634121 CONVERSION ASSEM. 2 PCS
Skid/Trolley
445
UWI-
UWI-2230 TP A
AC/D
C/DCC SINGLE PHASE 2230V
30V HIGH CAP
CAPA
ACITY
POR
ORT
TABLE WELDING INVERINVERTER
TER
230231
The UWI-230TP AC/DC welding inverter
connects to single phase 230V and offers TIG
welding of all materials including aluminium and
Stick/ Electrode Welding up to 4mm diameter
electrodes.
Designed for Operator Safety
Safe in use. Open Circuit Voltage only 9V, well
below the 70V limit set by the Code of Safe
Working Practices for Merchant Seamen.
Designed for durability
Connects to any primary voltage between 195
and 265V. Line-voltage compensation keeps the
output constant regardless of variations in input
voltage.
Casing of high-grade aluminium reduces weight
and risk of corrosion.
The unique TP (Total Protection) function
effectively prevents damage to the machine in
case of over voltage ( 275V)
Thermal overload protection with indicator lights
helps prevent machine damage if the duty cycle
is exceeded or airflow is blocked
Easy and efficient TIG welding function
TIG welding of all materials including Aluminium
by use of square wave current
Turbo function for aluminium welding makes it
possible to weld thicker gauge
Lift-start in TIG mode provides easy and soft arc
start.
With the use of remote control, the welder has
full control of arc and heat input during welding,
and at finish, he has full control of down-slope
and arc stop.
For all coated welding electrodes
With up to 220A output it provides full capacity
for welding all coated electrodes including most
4mm electrodes.
Features
• Step-less adjustment of welding current through
completely current range: 5 – 220A.
• Automatic Arc Force for stick electrode welding
allows the arc characteristics to be changed for
specific applications.
446
• Automatic hot start provides easy arc start and

prevents sticking.
Technical data
Welding current range 5-220A
Open circuit voltage 9V
Power supply 230V 1 phase 50/60Hz
Recommended fuses 16A slow
IP protection 23 S
Weight 19.4kg
Length 460mm
Width 230mm
Height 325mm
Accessories

Stick welding accessories
The kit consists of :
Flipvision Welding Shield and Welding gloves,
Electrode holder, Return Clamp and Remote control all with 3m cables and connectors,
Chipping hammer and Wire brush
TIG welding accessories
778924 ALUMINA NOZZLE 8 FOR TIG TORCH
Argon shielding gas
Cable and gas hose extensions
768416 CLAMP 1 EAR 12,3-14,3MM 1/4" HOSE
Skid/Trolley
447
ACCE
CESSSORIE
ORIESS F
FOR
OR UWI-
UWI-3320TP AND UWI-
UWI-500TP
500TP
670406
Basic kit for making UWI-320TP, UWI-500TP
(and old model UWI-400) welding machine fully
operational for stick electrode welding
Features
• Accessories for electode welding
• Remote amp control
Benefits
• Remote control saves time as the welder can
adjust the amperage from work site also when the
welding machine is not close by.
• The other accessories are basic to do stick
electrode welding, and is the minimum needed if
not already available on board

Supplied with:
594317 RETURN CLAMP ASSY 400A W/DIX 70
594325 EL.HOLDER 400A WITH DIX70 CONNECTOR
670414 REMOTE CONTROL FOR UWI-320/400
709485 FLIPVISION WELDING FACE SHIELD
Welding gloves
Chipping hammer steel
Wire brush steel two rows
Accessories

448
SKID TR
TROLLE
OLLEYYF
FOR
OR PLAS
PLASMA
MA AND WELDING
764550
Sturdy and light weight skid for giving additional
protection to UWW-161TP, UWI-203TP,
UWI-320TP and UPC-1041 towards mechanical
damage.
Features
• High handles in front and back enables coiling of
cables for easy transport.
• Retractable handle and large wheels
• Bracket for safe cable storing during transport
• Increased protection of the machine the design
also provides easy carrying between two persons.
Benefits
• Easy transport
• Limits damage to equipment
449
TR
TROLLE
OLLEYY E10
E10/M10
/M10 F
F/TIG
/TIG/MIG
/MIG WELDING
778149
Transport trolley for 10l shielding gas cylinders,
welding machine, welders accessories and
welding consumables.
Each trolley has a unique serial number and

lifting certificate, and can therefore also be used
for lifting gas cylinders on board. Safe working
load 70kg allows for all the equipment needed.
The cylinder fastening system allows for two

cylinders side by side. If one cylinder is used it
can be placed in centre, providing good balance
during transport.
The welding machines UWI-203TP, UWI-320TP

and UWW-161 fit on the shelf for welding
machines.They are fastened with two strong
straps with good locking function.
A large toolbox has room for welders

accessories and electrodes
Cables are coiled on the driving handles

Technical data • UWI-203TP
• UWI-320TP
Height 1090
• UWW-161TP
Width 575
Depth 617 mm to be the basis of a complete movable arc welding
Weight 25.5 workshop for the TIG and MIG welding processes.
It provides a safe and fast way of getting all equipment
The trolley is specifically designed for the welding to the work site in one go.
machines
450
UWI-
UWI-500
500 TP WELDING INVER
INVERTER
TER
500500
Compact and powerful for a complete solution
on board, the UWI 500 TP cover all arc welding
processes that can be needed on board.
Process selection on front panel provides quick
and easy selection of optimal welding
characteristics for normal stick electrodes,
cellulosic stick electrodes, TIG (with Lift Arc),
wire welding and air carbon arc gouging. 5-500A
current range covers the use of any size of
welding electrodes and parallel connection of
two machines provide 1000A for the most power
demanding Air Carbon Arc gouging tasks. Low
weight and compact dimensions provide easy
transport to wherever welding is needed. A
specially designed trolley is also available for
easy transport along deck
Features
• The UWI-500TP is designed for welding with all
types and sizes of welding wires, coated
electrodes, carbon electrodes and TIG rods, with
current range: 5 – 500A.
• Line Voltage compensation keeps output of the
power source constant regardless of fluctuation in
input power from 10% below lowest to above
highest rated input voltage.
• Total Protection function with indicator light
prevents machine damage if one phase in the
primary power supply falls out or if over-voltage is
supplied to the machine.
• Thermal overload protection with indicator lights
helps prevent machine damage if the duty cycle is
exceeded or airflow is blocked.
• Safe in use. The Voltage Reduction Device
function reduces touchable open circuit voltage
to only 9V, providing optimal safety for the
operator.
• The remote amperage control can be used for all
processes, and also for two machines in parallel
for up to 1000 Amperes for Air Carbon Arc
gouging.
• Separate characteristics are available for welding
with standard electrodes, for cellulosic
electrodes, for TIG, for Air Carbon Arc gouging
and for Wire welding with or without shielding
gas. This ensures optimal properties for all
processes
• Adjustable Hot Start for MMA welding provides
optimal arc striking for all electrode types and
prevents electrode sticking.
451
• Adjustable Arc Force for MMA welding allows the

arc characteristics to be changed for specific
applications and electrodes.
• 2-step TIG-torch control with Lift-Arc provides an
easy and soft TIG arc start, and remote control
from 5 amp to maximum ensures total arc control
both during welding and for the down-slope finish
of the weld.
Adjustable gas post-flow prevents faults in the
end phase of the weld.
Technical data
Welding current range 5-500
VRD Open circuit voltage 9
Duty cycle at max current 50
Electric phase 3
Power supply voltage 380-440 V
Power supply cycles 50/60 Hz
Recommended fuses (slow) 32 A
Certification (approval) CE
IP protection IP 23S
Weight 47
Length 670
Width 290
Height 510
Accessories
Required accessories for stick electrode welding

Consisting of: electrode holder with 3m cable and connector, return clamp with 3m cable and connector, remote control with 8m cable, welding gloves, face shield
with head band, flip-up front and shade 11 glass, chipping hammer, wire brush & Unitor welding handbook
633263 SHADE 11 GLASS. 5SET
619098 FACE SHIELD W/HANDLE
767000 AUTOVISION PLUS FRESHAIR WELDSHIELD
500103 UNDERCARRIAGE FOR UWI-500TP
Recommended accessories for TIG welding):
452

768416 CLAMP 1 EAR 12,3-14,3MM 1/4" HOSE
Recommended accessories for Air Carbom Arc gouging 600A:
Recommended cable extensions:
175729 CABLE DRUM W/CRANK
Parallel connection of two machines at the work site (both machines always on and with parallel remote)
For Wire Welding see product 500102 UWF-102 Wire Feeder:
UNDER
UNDERCARRIA
CARRIAGE
GE F
FOR
OR UWI-
UWI-500TP
500TP
500103
Undetcarriage specially designed for mounting
under UWI 500TP for easy transport of machine,
cables and electrodes
Features
• The undercarriage is delivered with assembly
instructions.
• UWI-500 is fastened to the undercarriage with 4
bolts
• The driving handles folds backwards when not in
use to ensure good access to the front of the
welding machine.
• A shelf for accessories or electrode packages is
placed between the legs of the undercarriage
Technical data
Height 690
Width 450
Length wlth handles open 1120 mm
Length wlth handles folded 730 mm
Weight 16
453
UWF
UWF--10
1022 WIRE FEEDER
500102
UWF-102 wire feeder is a compact and
lightweight wire feeder designed for use with
UWI-500TP welding inverter
Features
• Spool sizes 200 mm to 300 mm can be used
• Spools are completely protected inside the case
• Takes wire sizes from 0.6 mm to 2 mm including
flux-cored wires and gasless wires
• Delivered with euro-connector for torch and 4 m
connection cables and gas hose for connection to
UWI-500TP
• Drive roll kit for 0,8 mm wires are included with
the feeder
Technical data UWF-102 is delivered with 4m connection cables and

hose for connection to UWI-500TP.
Power supply from UWI-500TP 48 V AC 50/60Hz
V-groove drive roll kit for use with 0,8-1 mm solid wire
Welding current rating 450A @ 60% is installed.
Wire speed range 1,5-18 M/MIN
Wire size range 0,6-2 Torch is not included with the unit.
IP protection IP 23
Length 690
Width 385
Height 440
Weight 17.4
Accesories
Product number Product name Unit

Drive roll kits for UWF-102
778192 DRIVE ROLL V-GROOVE 0,8/1,0MM set
778194 DRIVE ROLL V-GROOVE 1,2/1,6MM set
778195 DRIVE ROLL KNUR. V-GROOVE 0,8/1,0MM set
778196 DRIVE ROLL KNUR. V-GROOVE 1,2/1,6MM set
778197 DRIVE ROLL U-GROOVE 0,8/1,0MM set
778198 DRIVE ROLL U-GROOVE 1,2/1,6MM set
778191 OUTGOING WIRE DRIVE GUIDE F/UWF-102 pcs
Torch for gasless wire welding T-350
750179 WIRE TORCH T-350 GL WITH 3M CABLE pcs
750181 CONTACT TIP 0.8-1.0MM 10 PCS T-350 set
750182 CONTACT TIPS 1.2-1.6MM 10 PCS T-350 set
750184 CERAMIC NOZZLE F/T-350 TORCH, 5 PCS pcs
750185 TIP ADAPTER FOR T-350 TORCH, 2 PCS pcs
Torch for gas-shielded wire welding T-400
607451 WIRE TORCH T-400GS W/3M CABLE pcs
613765 GAS NOZZLE FOR T-400 TORCH pcs
594622 CONTACT TIP 0.6-0.8MM 10 PCS T-400 set of 10
594630 CONTACT TIP 1.0-1.2 MM 10 PCS T-400 set of 10
613766 NOZZLE INSULATOR 5 PCS T-400 TORCH set of 5
613763 GAS DIFFUSOR 5 PCS FOR T-400 TORCH set of 5
613764 NECK INSULATION 5 PCS T-400 TORCH set of 5
Liners for torches T-350 and T-400
454
Product number Product name Unit

594606 TORCH LINER,TEFLON,0.6-1.2 MM, 4.5M pcs
594614 TORCH LINER,STEEL, 0.6-1.0 MM 3.0M pcs
607457 TORCH LINER, STEEL, 1.0-1.4MM, 3.0M pcs
777846 TORCH LINER, STEEL, 1.4-1.6MM, 3.0M pcs
Shielding gases and equipment
510010 REGULATOR 510 AR/CO2 FLOW 0-35L/MIN pcs
597328 FLOWCONTROL METER, ARGON pcs
619379 MANOMETER/GAUGE GUARD + pcs
597310 FLOWCONTROL VALVE, ARGON pcs
905581 UNIMIX 20 M-50 FILLING pcs
905573 UNIMIX 20 M-10 FILLING pcs
905174 ARGON E-50 FILLING pcs
905565 ARGON E-10 FILLING pcs
778147 TROLLEY F/1 40-50L GAS CYLINDER pcs
Cable/hose extensions UWI-500 to UWF-102
500104 CONTROL CABLE 25M FOR UWI-500TP pcs
175851 WELDING CABLE 70 MM2 mtr
175844 WELDING CABLE 50 MM2 mtr
632893 CABLE CONNECTOR DIX70 MALE-FEMALE pcs
576157 GAS HOSE 1/4" 6.3MM BLACK mtr
768416 CLAMP 1 EAR 12,3-14,3MM 1/4" HOSE
175596 HOSE JOINT F/6MM (1/4 INCH) OX HOSE pcs
670422 REMOTE CONTROLCABLE FOR UWI-320/500 pcs
455
UP
UPCC-1041 TP PLAS
PLASMA
MA C
CUT
UTTER
TER
404121
The UPC-1041TP is ideal for cutting and
gouging all current carrying materials. It is far
superior compared to gas cutting with a much
faster cutting speed and in addition it also allows
you to cut materials as brass and copper alloys,
stainless steel and Aluminium. It is a compact
and lightweight machine that makes it easy to
move around, and combined with the cutting
capacity of up to 40mm steel plates makes it an
ideal machine for even the bigger maintenance
jobs
Features
• Lightweight, small and easy to operate
• Spare part kit included with the machine
• High duty cycle, 40°C 35% @ 100A 60% @ 80A
100% @ 60A
• Robust cabinet with IP23S protection
• Torch with safety trigger and safety circuit
according to CE standard
• No HF ignition system*
• Cuts up to 40mm on Stainless and Mild steel and
up to 30mm on Aluminum
• Change nozzle and the UPC-1041TP can perform
gouging
• High quality self-draining pressure regulator
• Overheat protection (70?c)
• Low air pressure protection
• Power switch with built in 32 A fuse
• Over and under voltage protection (360-480V)
and Phase detector, measuring that all 3 phases
are supplying – Total Protection
• Active fan control. Fan only run when need be
• Filter cassette with filter on front air intake
• Fixed torch connection on the front of the
machine. EN 60974 standard state that a plasma
torch connection should be made so that there is
no risk for electrical shock and no possibility to
remove the torch without a tool
• Double coating of electric circuit cards
• Built according to rules and regulations (CE/S)
Benefits
• Fast and easy access to all locations onboard
456
• All you need of equipment and spares to get

working. Good order and overview of spare/
consumable situation
• High cutting and gouging capacity gives no work
interruption
• All necessary safety features to protect the
operator
• All necessary protection feature to protect the
machine towards the working environment
• TP (Total Protection) which monitors the input
voltage and phases and protects the machine
when the voltage is outside the limits or one
phase is missing in the mains supply. If the TP
LED is active when turning on the machine then
check the input voltage and phases
• No use of High Frequency disturbing radio
communication onboard. The ignition system in
UPC-1040/1041/1041TP is high voltage low
frequency 5Hz so it will never be anywhere close
to the Radio Frequency bandwidth
Technical data
Power supply 440 V *, 3~50/60 Hz
Mains fuse min 20 A slow blow
Maximum power 14,7 kVA
Process power 120 V, 20-100 A
35% @ 100 A /
Duty cycle 60% @ 80A /
100% @ 60A
Power factor 0,95
Open circuit
240 VDC
voltage (OCV)
Protection class IP 23S
Cooling Forced
Temperature class F
Dimensions L x W
560x190x320
xH
Weight 16Kg
Maximum cutting
40mm
capacity
Quality cut 25mm
Air pressure 5 Bar
Air flow PTA 120 190l/min
Standard torch
6m
length
* May be set for 400(380)V see user manual, higher
fuse size is then required
Supplied with
Machine supply complete with 6m primary cable 3+G 4mm*
Torch with 6m cable package
Return clamp with 4m cable and Dix cable connector
Air regulator with filter and water separator on the machine
Replacement filter
Accessories kit with initial supply of torch spares & consumables containing:
457
Supplied with
3 Pcs Electrodes
1 Pcs Tool for electrodes
3 Pcs Nozzles 1 and 2
1 Pcs Spatter shield
1 Pcs Drag shield
1 Pcs Box for accessories kit
User manual
*)Plug for primary cable and air hose is not supplied as this will depend on the connections available onboard
Accessories

404124 FILTER FOR UPC-1041TP (5 PCS)
404115 TORCH WITH 15M CABLE FOR UPC-1041
404013 CONSUMABLES KIT F/UPC-1040/1041
404005 ELECTRODE LONG F/UPC-1040/1041 5PCS
404006 SWIRL RING FOR UPC-1040/1041 2PCS
404007 NOZZLE 1.0 F/UPC-1040/1041 5PCS
404008 NOZZLE 1.2 F/UPC-1040/1041 5PCS
404009 NOZZLE GOUGING F/UPC-1040/1041 5PCS
404010 SHIELD CUP F/UPC-1040/1041 2PCS
404111 SPATTER SHIELD F/UPC-1040/1041 2PCS
404112 DRAG SHIELD F/UPC-1040/1041 2PCS
404016 CIRCLE CUTT. GUIDE F/ UPC-1040/1041
624585 AIR LINE UNIT FIL/REG/LUB
510420 LEATHER APRON F/WELDING
Air line and couplings
671750 AIR HOSE 3/8", RUBBER
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE
Skid Trolley
Spare parts
404126 PRIMARY PCB FOR UPC-1041/1042TP
404128 RECTIFIER BRIDGE 3-PHASE F/UPC-1041/1042TP
458
UP
UPCC-310TP PLAS
PLASMA
MA C
CUT
UTTER
TER
310310
The UPC-310 TP uses a blowback ignition
system and therefore avoiding use of high
frequency ignition systems. This is of great
importance for shipboard use. (Do not interfere
with radio communication and other
electronically controlled equipment.) Cutting
capacity is up to 10mm steel and typical cutting
speed is 500mm/min on 6mm steel. The output
is steplessly adjustable for precision cutting at
lower speeds. Compact and Portable, the unit is
built on the inverter principle which in addition to
excellent cutting properties provides low weight
and compact dimensions. The plasma cutter
may easily be passed through manholes and
brought to any workplace on board.
Features
• Lightweight, small and user friendly machine in
robust cabinet with IP23S protection.
• High duty cycle, 35%@30A/95V (230V supply) or
25%@30A/95V (110V supply).
• Torch PTA 25 with safety trigger fixed connected
at front and no HF ignition system.
• Dedicated spare part compartment on the
machine.
• Cuts up to 10mm on Stainless and Mild steel and
up to 8mm on Aluminum; Best performance-to-
weight ratio on the market.
• High quality self-draining pressure regulator.
• Overheat protection (70?) and Low air pressure
protection
• Over and under voltage protection (85-265V) – TP
• Power factor correction – utilizes the connected
power more efficient,
• Ready for generator use (7,5 kVA ).
• Built according to rules and regulations
Benefits
• Fast and easy access to all locations onboard
without interruption of work due to light weight
and small size.
• Withstand the rough environment onboard
without breakdowns due to mechanical damage.
• No use of High Frequency disturbing radio
communication onboard
• Over and under voltage protection (85-265V) – TP
Protects the machine towards damage and keeps
it working
• Built according to EU rules and regulations
459
Technical Data
Description Value
Input data
Supply Voltage 230V (110V)
Power supply Cycles 50-60Hz
Phases 1
Fuse (slow) 16A (32A)
Power consumption 2.85 kVA (kW)
Open Circuit Voltage 424V
Temperature class Class F - 155 degr. C
Output data
Current range 5-30A
Max. current 30A
Duty cycle at rated current 35% at 230V and 25% at 110V
Air / Nitrogen supply
Supply pressure 4-9 bar
Setting at free flow 3.5bar
Air consumption 115l/min
Miscellaneous
IP protection IP23S
Length 440mm
Width 190mm
Height 320mm
Weight 11kg
Supplied with:
Primary cable with Euro connector
Torch with 4m cable package
Return clamp with cable & connector
Air regulator with filter, water separator and 6mm (1/4") hose socket for air hose
Starter kit with initial supply of 2 electrodes, 2 nozzles and 1 distance cutting guide in plastic box.
Owner’s manual
Accessories
The below accessories and consumables are available:

Accessories for UPC-310TP
310324 CONSUMABLE KIT F/UPC-310TP W.PTA25
310328 PTA25 HAND TORCH 4M
310312 ELECTRODE F/UPC-310TP W.PTA25 10PCS
310314 NOZZLE 0,8F UPC-310TP W.PTA25 10PCS
310318 PROTECT CUP F/UPC-31TP W.PTA25 2PCS
310316 SWIRL RING F/UPC-310TP W.PTA25 2PCS
310322 TOOL F/UPC-310TP W.PTA25
310326 CIRCLE GUIDE F/UPC-310TP W.PTA25
310320 CUTTING GUIDE UPC-310TP WPTA25 5PCS
624585 AIR LINE UNIT FIL/REG/LUB
Operator's protection accessories
619098 FACE SHIELD W/HANDLE
460

Skid/Trolley
Approvals
CE-marked RoHS Non asbestos decleration
461
WELDING Cables and Connectors
WELDING CABLE
The welding cable supplied by Unitor is
recognized by its marking at regular intervals
with the text:
“Unitor oil resistant welding cable”, size of cable,
and the standard for oil resistant welding cable:
H01N2-D.
Cable drum
The drum is supplied with brackets for bulkhead
mounting. It has a folding crank which locks the
drum from uncoiling the cable when the crank is
folded inwards. Capacity up to approximately
100m 70mm2 welding cable. Weight 10,5kg
Features
• The cable is oil resistant, flame resistant and wear
resistant. The conductor is built up from 0.2 mm
diameter copper wires to ensure high flexibiIity
• The cable complies with the harmonised standard
HO1N2D for flexible welding cable
• Available in cross-section areas 35 mm2, 50 mm2
and 70 mm2, in standard lengths of 10 m, 20 m
and 50 m, fitted with Unitor safety connectors.
• The standard length cable extensions are fitted
with Unitor safety cable connectors for optimal
protection. Connection to the machine panel
sockets is done with 2 pcs Dix/Unitor conversions
• When cable extensions with safety connectors
are used the electrode holder and ground clamp
with safety connectors should be used
Product number Product name Max Amp 35% duty cycle Weight per 100 m
175729 CABLE DRUM W/CRANK
175836 WELDING CABLE 35 MM2 375 A 41.5 kg
175794 WELDING CABLE 35 MM2 10M 375 A 41.5 kg
175844 WELDING CABLE 50 MM2 480 A 57 kg
175828 WELDING CABLE 50 MM2 10M 480 A 57 kg
175851 WELDING CABLE 70 MM2 600 A 78.5 kg
655266 WELDING CABLE 95 MM2 730 A 106 kg
462
WELDING Cables and Connectors
CABLE C
CONNE
ONNEC
CTOR
TORSS AND AD
ADAP
APTER
TERSS
UNITOR connectors are available in two
versions:
Dix version available in three sizes according

to current capacity:
DIX 25 for welding machines up to 150A and

welding cable up to 25mm2
DIX 70 for bigger machines, and welding cables

up to 70mm2. In this range there also is an
adapter for connecting DIX 70 to DIX 25, and an
adaptor for parallel connection of two 70mm2
welding cables with DIX 70 connectors.from two
UWI-500 machines in case more than 500A is
required for ACA gouging.
DIX 120 connectors for up to 120mm2 welding

cable should be used if extension cables from
the parallel connection point is required and
minimum 95mm2 cable should be used
UNITOR Safety connectors
These connectors are designed for outdoor use

where they may be exposed to rain and sea
water. Correctly mounted they can be close to
splash water proof. They will fit welding cables
up to 70mm2. A conversion assembly enables
connection to the welding machine. Standard
10, 20 and 50m welding cable extensions are
delivered with these connectors. At the welding
site electrode holder and return clamp listed
below should be used.

633073 ADAP.PLUG DIX70/25.2 PCS
513044 CABLE CONNE.SAFETY COMPL
463
WELDING Stick electrode arc accessories
ELE
ELECCTR
TRODE
ODE HOLDER
HOLDERSS AND RETURN CLAMP
CLAMPSS
Unitor’s fully insulated electrode holders
Available in sizes: 200A, 400A and 600 A.
The 200A is also available with 3m cable and
DIX 25 or DIX 70 cable connector.
The 400A is also available with 3m cable and
DIX 70 or UNITOR safety connector.
Electrode holders are produced inaccordance
with Standard 2006/95/EEG concerning low
voltage, and conform to EN 60974-11
All electrode holder assemblies are produced in
accordance with Standard 2006/95/EEG
concerning low voltage, and conform to CEI/IEC
60974-7: 2005-07
The return clamps
The return clamps available in sizes: 400A and
800A. The 400A are spring loaded with good
contact jaws. The 800A is screw type for best
possible contact with a cleaned work-piece
surface.
The 200A is available with 3m cable and DIX 25
or DIX 70 cable connector. The 400A is also
available with 3m cable and DIX 70 or UNITOR
safety connector.
Unitor Air Carbon Arc torches
600A for up to 10mm electrodes, with 2,5m
cable and UNITOR safety cable connector , and
1600A for all electrode sizes, with 2,5m cable
and DIX 120 cable connector

552497 ELECTRODE HOLDER TWISTY 200AMP
513051 ELECTRODE HOLDER TWISTY 400AMP
511006 ELECTRODE HOLDER UNIKING 600AMP
522680 EL.HOLDER 400A WITH SAFETYCONNECTOR
653899 RETURN CLAMP 400A.
175745 RETURN CLAMP 800A
633180 RETURN CLAMP ASSY 400 A W/SAFETY
740969 AIR CARBONARC TORCH HEAVYDUTY 1600A
464
WELDING TIG Welding Accessories
TIG TOR
TORCH
CH T
T--150 WITH DIX 25 C
CONNE
ONNEC
CTOR
150000
The T-150 torch is a lightweight torch well
adapted to general applications onboard.
Features
• The torch is rated at a full 150A welding current at
100% duty cycle- at lower duty cycles higher
current may be used
• The handle ensures a secure grip and reduces
heat transfer to the welder’s hand
• A screw type gas valve opens fully at only 3/4
turn, switches the gas on and off
• Being gas cooled, the torch has low weight and is
easy to operate for repair and maintenance work
in all positions
• Unitor supplies nozzles of aluminium oxide
(AL203), recognisable by the pink colour. These
nozzles will stand for higher temperatures than
the ordinary ceramic cups, which are recognised
by a light brown color. Note that TIG gas nozzles
are brittle and may break if dropped or treated
carelessly
• A remote amperage control can be fixed on the
TIG torch by velcro straps in order to adjust
amperage during welding
Supplied with: directly onto the Unitor argon regulator or to the
standard right hand threaded screw couplings for
• 4 m cable/hose package- separate welding cable
gas hoses
and gas hose ensure that extensions may be
easily connected The torch is equipped with an on/off switch and screw
• A standard Unitor DIX 25 connector is mounted type gas valve.
on the welding cable, and the gas connection fits
Accessories

Remote control equipment:
719575 REMOTE CONTROL FOR UWI-150 AUTOLINE
551192 SHORT BACK CAP FOR TIG-TORCH
551200 LONG BACK CAP FOR TIG-TORCH
551168 COLLET 1,6MM FOR TIG-TORCH
551184 COLLET BODY 1,6MM FOR TIG-TORCH
551135 TIG NOZZLE 6 FOR TIG-TORCH
674710 TUNGSTEN EL. 1.6MM. 10PCS
465
TIG TOR
TORCH
CH T
T--161 WITH 4 M CABLE
CABLE,, EUR
EURO
OCCONNE
ONNECCTOR AND
TOR
TORCH
CH M
MOUNTED
OUNTED TRIG
TRIGGER
GER
160010
The T-161 for UWW-161 TP torch is a
lightweight torch well adapted to general
applications onboard.
Features
• The torch is rated at a full 161 amp welding
current at 100% duty cycle. At lower duty cycles
higher current may be used
• It is delivered complete ready for use, with 1,6mm
electrode and nozzle no. 6
heat transfer to the welder’s hand. A torch
mounted trigger opens and closes the argon
selenoid valve in order to control the gas flow,
and also controls current on/off
in all positions
(AL203), recognizable by the pink colour. These
the ordinary ceramic cups, which are recognized
carelessly
Accessories

466
TIG TOR
TORCH
CH T
T--200 W
W.DIX
.DIX 770
0CCONNE
ONNECCTOR
200000
The T-200 torch is a lightweight torch well
adapted to general applications onboard.
Features
• The torch is rated at a full 200A welding current at
100% duty cycle. At lower duty cycles higher
current may be used
heat transfer to the welder’s hand. A screw type
gas valve opens fully at only 3/4 turn, switches
the gas on and off
in all positions
(AL203), recognizable by the pink colour. These
the ordinary ceramic cups, which are recognized
carelessly
• A remote amperage control can be fixed on the
TIG torch by velcro straps in order to adjust
amperage during welding
Supplied with: directly onto the Unitor argon regulator or to the
standard right hand threaded screw couplings for
• 4 m cable/hose package. Separate welding cable
gas hoses.
and gas hose ensure that extensions may be
easily connected The torch is equipped with a screw type gas valve.
• A standard Unitor DIX 70 connector is mounted
on the welding cable, and the gas connection fits
Accessories
Product number Product name For use with:

Remote control equipment:
670414 REMOTE CONTROL FOR UWI-320/400 UWI-320TP / UWI-500TP
670422 REMOTE CONTROLCABLE FOR UWI-320/500 UWI-320TP and UWI-500TP REMOTE AMP EXTENTION CABLE
467
ACCE
CESSSORIE
ORIESS KIT TIG TOR
TORCH
CH
607810
Accessories kit for T-150,T-161 and T-200 TIG-
torches.
The kit contains
1 pcs Short backcap
1 pcs Heat shield
3 pcs Collet 1,6mm
3 pcs Collet 2,4mm
1 pcs Collet body 1,6mm
1 pcs Collet body 2,4mm
2 pcs Alumina nozzle #6
2 pcs Alumina nozzle #7
3 pcs Tungsten electrode 1,6mm
3 pcs Tungsten electrode 2,4mm
Unitor torches are supplied complete for use, but the necessary spares for 1.6 and 2.4mm tungsten
accessories kit is recommended as it contains electrodes.
Supplied with: • Collet body 2.4mm 1 pcs
• Alumina nozzle 6 2 pcs
• Short back cap 1 pcs
• Alumina nozzle 7 2 pcs
• Heat-shield 1 pcs
• Tungsten electrodes 1.6 mm alloyed for DC TIG
• ColIet 1.6mm 3 pcs
welding 3 pcs
• CoIlet 2.4mm 3 pcs
• Collet body 1.6 mm 1 pcs
SHOR
SHORT
TBBA
ACK CAP F
FOR
OR F
FOR
OR TIG TOR
TORCH
CH
551192
Short back cap for T-150, T-161 and T-200 TIG
torch.
468
LONG B
BAACK CAP F
FOR
OR TIG TOR
TORCH
CH
551200
Long back cap for T-150, T-161 and T-200 TIG
torch.
COLLET B
BOD
ODY
Y 1.
1.6MM
6MM F
FOR
OR TIG TOR
TORCH,
CH, SIZE 1/1
1/166"
551184
Collet body 1.6mm for T-150, T-161 and T-200
TIG torch.
469
COLLET B
BOD
ODY
Y 22..4MM F
FOR
OR TIG TOR
TORCH,
CH, SIZE 33/3
/322"
551176
Collet body 2.4mm for T-150, T-161 and T-200
TIG torch size.
COLLET 1.
1.6MM
6MM F
FOR
OR TIG TOR
TORCH,
CH, SIZE 1/1
1/166"
551168
Collet 1.6mm for T-150, T-161 and T-200 TIG
torch.
470
COLLET 22..4MM F
FOR
OR TIG TOR
TORCH,
CH, SIZE 33/3
/322"
551150
Collet 2.4mm for T-150, T-161 and T-200 TIG
torch.
TIG NO
NOZZLE
ZZLE 6 F
FOR
OR TIG TOR
TORCH,
CH, DIAM. 9
9,,5MM
551135
TIG nozzle 6 for T-150, T-161 and T-200 TIG
torch.
TIG NO
NOZZLE
ZZLE 7 F
FOR
OR TIG TOR
TORCH,
CH, DIAM. 111MM
1MM
551127
TIG nozzle 7 TIG nozzle 6 for T-150, T-161 and
T-200 TIG torch.
471
AL
ALU
UMIN
MINA
A NO
NOZZLE
ZZLE 8 F
FOR
OR TIG TOR
TORCH
CH 12
12..7MM
778924
Alumina nozzle #8 fits all UNITOR TIG welding
torches and are the recommended size for TIG
welding Aluminium.
Fits T-150, T-161 and T-200
TUNG
TUNGSSTEN EL
EL.. 1.
1.6MM
6MM 10 P
PCCS ALL
ALLOOYED F
F.. D
DCC TIG WELDING
674710
Tungsten electrode 1.6mm 10 pcs alloyed for
DC TIG welding.
Features
• Environmentally friendly- no radioactive
components
• Can be transported, stored and disposed of
without legal restrictions
• Suitable for welding all materials
• Better ignition performance than thorium alloyed
type electrodes
• Low burn off rate, longer service life
• Standardised in national and international norms
(ISO 6848, EN 26848, AWS A5.12, JlS Z3233)
Thoriated TIG welding electrodes with 2 % thorium electrode tip (grinding dust). In the near future, more
oxide (colour code red) are currently the most widely stringent legal regulations regarding production, use
used electrodes worldwide. Thorium is however a and disposal of thoriated electrodes are expected. It is
radioactive element and as such represents a potential expected that TlG-welding electrodes containing
danger to health and environment. Thorium is a so- thorium will disappear from the market in the
called “a-emitter,” but when enclosed in a tungsten foreseeable future, especially as an environmentally
matrix, the “a” radiation emitted externally is negligible. friendly and technically better solution is already
The danger to the welder arises when thorium oxide available. Unitor tungsten electrodes are alloyed with
gets into the respiratory canals. This problem can occur Lanthanum (colour code gold) and are sold in sturdy
during welding (vapours) as well as when grinding the boxes of 10 pcs.
472
TUNG
TUNGSSTEN ELE
ELECCTR
TRODE
ODE 22..4MM 10P
10PCCS ALL
ALLOOYED F
F.D
.DCC TIG
WELDING
674736
Tungsten electrode 2.4mm 10pcs alloyed f.dc
TIG welding.
Features
• Environmentally friendly- no radioactive
components
• Can be transported, stored and disposed of
without legal restrictions
• Suitable for welding all materials
• Better ignition performance than thorium alloyed
type electrodes
• Low burn off rate, longer service life
• Standardised in national and international norms
(ISO 6848, EN 26848, AWS A5.12, JlS Z3233)
Thoriated TIG welding electrodes with 2 % thorium electrode tip (grinding dust). In the near future, more
oxide (colour code red) are currently the most widely stringent legal regulations regarding production, use
used electrodes worldwide. Thorium is however a and disposal of thoriated electrodes are expected. It is
radioactive element and as such represents a potential expected that TlG-welding electrodes containing
danger to health and environment. Thorium is a so- thorium will disappear from the market in the
called “a-emitter,” but when enclosed in a tungsten foreseeable future, especially as an environmentally
matrix, the “a” radiation emitted externally is negligible. friendly and technically better solution is already
The danger to the welder arises when thorium oxide available. Unitor tungsten electrodes are alloyed with
gets into the respiratory canals. This problem can occur Lanthanum (colour code gold) and are sold in sturdy
during welding (vapours) as well as when grinding the boxes of 10 pcs.
473
WELDING Wire Welding Accessories
WIRE TOR
TORCHE
CHESS F
FOR
OR UWF
UWF--10
1022 WIRE FEEDER
These high capacity air cooled torches have an
ergonometric handgrip for easy and good
control of the torch for the welder.
They are delivered complete with tools for neck
adjustment and contact tip change, h 3m cable
and euro-connector for connection to wire
feeder.
T-400
has an adjustable neck which may be rotated in
relation to the handle. It is primarily for gas
shielded welding and is delivered complete with
nylon liner and contact tips for 1-1,2mm wire.
The nylon liner allows for all wire types including
aluminium.
T-350
is only for self-shielded wire with a a heat shield
protecting the welder’s hand both from spatter
and heat which can be considerable from the
larger size wires.
A special neck design gives smooth and stable
wire feed and good electric contact with the wire
Accessories
Product number Product name Unit Qty.

T-400 torch for gas shielded wire welding
607451 WIRE TORCH T-400GS W/3M CABLE
613765 GAS NOZZLE FOR T-400 TORCH pcs 1
594622 CONTACT TIP 0.6-0.8MM 10 PCS T-400 set 10
594630 CONTACT TIP 1.0-1.2 MM 10 PCS T-400 set 10
613766 NOZZLE INSULATOR 5 PCS T-400 TORCH set 5
613763 GAS DIFFUSOR 5 PCS FOR T-400 TORCH set 5
613764 NECK INSULATION 5 PCS T-400 TORCH set 5
T-350 torch for gasless wire welding
750179 WIRE TORCH T-350 GL WITH 3M CABLE pcs 1
750182 CONTACT TIPS 1.2-1.6MM 10 PCS T-350 set 10
750184 CERAMIC NOZZLE F/T-350 TORCH, 5 PCS pcs 1
750185 TIP ADAPTER FOR T-350 TORCH, 2 PCS pcs 1
Liners for torches T-350 and T400
594606 TORCH LINER,TEFLON,0.6-1.2 MM, 4.5M pcs 1
594614 TORCH LINER,STEEL, 0.6-1.0 MM 3.0M pcs 1
607457 TORCH LINER, STEEL, 1.0-1.4MM, 3.0M pcs 1
777846 TORCH LINER, STEEL, 1.4-1.6MM, 3.0M pcs 1
474
WELDING Wire Welding Accessories
DRIVE R
ROLL
OLL
Drive rolls and outgoing wire tube for UWW-161
TP and UWF-102
Product number Product name Use for

160003 DRIVEROLL V-GROOVE FOR UWW 161 UWW-161TP
160004 DRIVEROLL U-GROOVE FOR UWW 161 UWW-161TP
160005 DRIVEROLL KNURLED V-GR.FOR UWW 161 UWW-161TP
161164 OUTGOING WIRE GUIDE TUBE F. UWW-161 UWW-161TP
778192 DRIVE ROLL V-GROOVE 0,8/1,0MM UWF-102
778194 DRIVE ROLL V-GROOVE 1,2/1,6MM UWF-102
778195 DRIVE ROLL KNUR. V-GROOVE 0,8/1,0MM UWF-102
778196 DRIVE ROLL KNUR. V-GROOVE 1,2/1,6MM UWF-102
778197 DRIVE ROLL U-GROOVE 0,8/1,0MM UWF-102
778198 DRIVE ROLL U-GROOVE 1,2/1,6MM UWF-102
778191 OUTGOING WIRE DRIVE GUIDE F/UWF-102 UWF-102
475
WELDING Shielding gas accessories
SHIELDING G
GAS
AS A
AC
CCE
CESSSORIE
ORIESS
Shielding gas regulators with flow control
Unitor Argon and C02 regulators for shielding
gas are designed for reliability and safety of use.
The large adjustment knob is black for easy
identification of gas type.
They reduce cylinder pressure to suitable
working pressure and supplies a steady flow of
shielding gas to the torch / wire feeder. Contents
gauges have scale in psi/bar.
Outlet gauges are have scale in l/min.
Full conformance with EN ISO 2503
Argon cylinder connection 24.32 x 1/14"
CO2 cylinder connection CGA320/0.825"-14
NGO-RH-EXT
The regulators are delivered with spare washers,

connection for 1/4" gas hose and instructions
1/4” Gas hose for shielding gas

Unitor hoses for welding gases conforms to
European Norm EN 559.
Working pressure up to 20 bar, test pressure is
40 bar, minimum bursting pressure 60 bar.
Colour-code black for shielding gases.
Flow Control Needle-valve

The flow-control needle valve used at the gas
inlet of the TIG-torch or the wire feeder provides
final flow adjustment at the work place
regardless of distance to the gas cylinder/gas
outlet.
Flow Control meter

The flow-control meter measures actual gas flow
at the torch nozzle and provides the operator
with accurate information of flow in l/min

510012 REGULATOR 510 CO2 FLOW CGA320
550178 CONTENTS GAUGE OX/AR 0-400 BAR
550210 WORKING GAUGE AR/CO2 0-32L/MIN
476
WELDING Plasma cutting accessories
CONSU
ONSUMABLE
MABLESS KIT C
COOMPLETE
MPLETE.. F
FOR
OR UP
UPCC-1040 /-41
404013
Consumables kit complete

404013 CONSUMABLES KIT F/UPC-1040/1041
The kit includes:
3 pcs electrodes
1 pcs tool for electrodes
3 pcs nozzles 1,2
1 pcs spatter shield
1 pcs drag shield
1 pcs gauging nozzle
NO
NOZZLE
ZZLE 1.
1.0
0 20
20--50A F
FOR
OR UP
UPCC-1040
1040/1041
/1041 5P
5PCCS
404007
Nozzle 1.0 20-50A for both UPC-1040 and
UPC-1041.
Features
• High quality nozzle for plasma cutting
5 Pcs. in one pack
477
WELDING Current distribution system
CURRENT DIS
DISTRIB
TRIBUTION
UTION SSY
YSTEM
The Unitor welding current distribution system is
based on two components,
an inlet connection box at the location of the
welding machine,
and outlet connection boxes at locations where
welding is normally done.
Cables for welding current and remote control
are installed between inlets and outlets.
The welding machine is located in the workshop

and is connected to the inlet station in the
distribution system when welding outside the
workshop is required.
Electrode holder, return clamp and remote

control is connected to the outlet station where
welding is needed.
Benefits
• Accidental falling/tripping due to loose cables
along decks, in ladders etc. is avoided
• Accidental short circuiting somewhere along the
often excessive lengths of live welding cables
lying about is prevented
• The need for replacement of damaged lengths of
welding cable is eliminated
• Manhandling of long welding cables, often more
time consuming and strenuous than the actual
welding job, is avoided
• Fire and gas proof doors can be kept shut
• Outlets in possible gas danger areas may be
disconnected when not in use
• Permanently installed and correctly dimensioned
cables ensure more efficient use of power from
welding machine
• Correct welding parameters are easily obtainable
as all the remote control possibilities of the
welding machine is available at the outlet
Technical data The hinged door is closed with a key.

Height 150 mm
The remote control socket is a 10 pole amphenol type
Width 230 mm with screw cover.
Depth 230 mm
The inlet/outlets are made in stainless steel and are Between welding machine and inlet a remote control
supplied with brackets for bulkhead mounting. connection cable listed below is required.
478
WELDING Current distribution system
At the outlet side a remote control adaptor, also listed The 400A boxes uses standard Dix 70 contact, male on
below must be used. inlet station and female on the outlet.
Cables for welding current and remote control and The 800A boxes use special heavy duty Dix 120
cable glands for the boxes are to be selected by the contacts for welding current, allowing for up to
installer. 120mm2 welding cable
The system comes for 400A or 800A welding current.
A red diode is placed between the welding terminals to
warn when outlet is live.

624320 INLET STATION WELDING CURRENT 400A
624338 OUTLET STATION WELDING CURRENT 400A
736728 INLET STATION WELDING CURRENT 800A
736736 OUTLET STATION WELDING CURRENT 800A
608760 REMOTE CONNECTION CABLE UWI-320/400
604157 REMOTECONTR. ADAPTER F/ UWI-320/400
479
WELDING Welder's Protection
AUTO
UTOVISION
VISION PL
PLUS
US FRE
FRESH
SH AIR WELD
WELDSHIELD
SHIELD WITH
RE
RESPIRA
SPIRATOR
TORY
Y UNIT
767000
Head mounted face shield for protection of the
welder's eyes and face against rays, heat and
sparks during welding. Also prevents inhalation
of welding fumes.
Features
• Air pump respiratory unit
• Automatic darkening filter glass
• Adjustable shade of darkness
• Darkening filter powered by solar panel (the light
from the arc)
• Conforms to relevant standards: CE approved
and conforms to EN 12941:2009.
Benefits
• Gives user clean filtered air and prevents fume
inhalation and accidents
• Protects welder from developing " arc eye". More
accurate start location when welding is to
commence
• Same face shield can be used for all arc welding
processes and amperage settings
• No need for battery change or charging
• Provides safety and long lasting quality
This shield is the AutoVision Plus with respiratory unit. It work. The kit is CE approved and conforms to EN
gives the user clean, filtered air inside the helmet, and 12941-TH2P. The fan battery recharges in 2-4 hours
prevents inhalation of welding fumes. The airflow will and will provide up to 220 litres per minute for at least 8
keep the user fresh and let him concentrate on the hours.
Accessories

766997 AUTOVISION PLUS OUTSIDE COVER LENS
766998 AUTOVISION PLUS HEADBAND COMPLETE
766999 AUTOVISION PLUS FRESHAIR HEADGEAR
767002 AUTOVISION PLUS FRESHAIR FACE SEAL
767003 AUTOVISION PLUS FRESH AIR PARFILTER
480
AUTO
UTOVISION
VISION PL
PLUS
US WELDING SHIELD
767001
sparks during welding
Features
• Automatic darkening filter glass
• Adjustable shade of darkness
• Darkening filter powered by solar panel (the light
from the arc)
• Conforms to relevant standards: EN 175:
1997-08.
Benefits
• Protects welder from developing " arc eye". More
accurate start location when welding is to
commence
• Same face shield can be used for all arc welding
processes and amperage settings
• No need for battery change or charging
The basis is a lightweight well designed shield which The shield is equipped with a light powered quick
allows good air flow for the welder, and a head band automatic darkening glass that switches from low
that allows unique possibilities for adjustment: shade (4) to selected shade within to selected dark
state within 0,4 milliseconds (0,0004 sec). The low
• Distance to face
shade state allows for good vision while chipping slag,
• Angle in relation to face grinding and repositioning for next arc striking. Dark
• Height on head mode is adjusted with a knob at the side of the shield,
from shade 9 to 13 which is from the lowest TIG
• Head diameter welding settings (5-10A) to extreme processes at +
• Stay-up friction 400A arc current.
Replaceable outside protective lenses, headband and

the sweatband for the headband is available as a spare.
Accessories

766997 AUTOVISION PLUS OUTSIDE COVER LENS
766998 AUTOVISION PLUS HEADBAND COMPLETE
481
FLIP
FLIPVISION
VISION WELDING F
FA
ACE SHIELD WITH HE
HEADB
ADBAND
AND AND
SHADE 1111 GLAS
GLASSS
709485
sparks during welding
The Flipvision face shield with head band fitted

with a flip-up front frame.
A clear safety glass is placed in the fixed frame
under the flip-up frame protecting the eyes when
chipping slag.
The flip-up front frame is fitted with a filter shade
glass with shade selected according to welding
current used.
The filter shade glass is protected against
spatter by a clear protection glass fitted in front
of it. Shade 11 glass is supplied as standard
with the shield.
Proper protection is absolutely necessary to

guard the welder against the danger of ultra-
violet rays and bits of welding slag in the eye.
Unitor face shields for welding are made from a
lightweight, robust plastic material which is
unaffected by heat, cold or moisture, and both
glasses and shields conform to relevant EN
standards: CE approved and conforms to EN
175: 1997
Accessories
Product number Product name Amperage Filter Shade Quantity in Unit

633230 SHADE 8 GLASS. 5SET < 20 A 8-9 5 sets
633248 SHADE 9 GLASS. 5SET 20–40 A 9-10 5 sets
633255 SHADE 10 GLASS. 5SET 40–80 A 10 5 sets
633271 SHADE 12 GLASS. 5 SET 175–300 A 12 5 sets
633214 PROTECTION GLASS. 10PCS 10 pcs
633222 SAFETY GLASS. 10PCS 10 pcs
709493 HEADBAND FOR AUTOVISION+FLIPVISION
709501 SWEAT BAND F/AUTOVISION+FLIPVISION
482
SAFETY HELMET WITH F

FA
ACE SHIELD AND SHADE 1111 GLAS
GLASSS
619114
Safety helmet mounted face shield for protection
of the welder's eyes and face against rays, heat
and sparks during welding. The flip vision face
shield is fitted with safety helmet instead of head
band.
Features
• Safety helmet
• Flip up frame
• Lightweight design
• Adjustable headband
• Conforms to relevant standards: CE approved
and conforms to EN 175: 1997
Benefits
• Protects welder from head injury
• Protects welder when chipping slag and when
grinding
• Comfortable to use
• Fits all head sizes
A clear safety glass is placed in the fixed frame under

the flip-up frame protecting the eyes when chipping Proper protection is absolutely necessary to guard the
slag. The flip-up front frame is fitted with a filter shade welder against the danger of ultra-violet rays and bits of
glass with shade selected according to welding current welding slag in the eye.
used. The filter shade glass is protected against spatter Unitor face shields for welding are made from a
by a clear protection glass fitted in front of it. Shade 11 lightweight, robust plastic material which is unaffected
glass is supplied as standard with the shield. by heat, cold or moisture, and both glasses and shields
conform to relevant EN standards.
Accessories

483
FACE SHIELD WITH HANDLE AND FIL

FILTER
TER SHADE 1111 GLAS
GLASSS
619098
Hand held face shield for protection of welders
eyes and face towards rays, heat and sparks
during welding
Features
• Sturdy lightweight design
• Conforms to relevant stadards: CE approved and
conforms to EN 175: 1997
Benefits
• Comfortable to use
• Provides safety and long lasting quality
Proper protection is absolutely necessary to guard the by heat, cold or moisture, and both glasses and shields
welder against the danger of electric shocks, burns, conform to relevant EN standards.
ultra-violet rays and bits of welding slag in the eye. The face shield with handle is supplied with shade 11
Unitor face shields for welding are made from a dark glass and clear protection glass as standard. It is
lightweight, robust plastic material which is unaffected designed to also protect the hand holding it from
radiation.
Accessories

484
AR
ARC
C WELDING GLAS
GLASSE
SESS
Filter glasses for arc welding
The glasses have dimensions 60 x110 mm and are the filter shade 11 glasses which is included. The filter
manufactured in accordance with DIN standard and are glasses are supplied in sets consisting of 5 safety
CE approved. When ordering face shields, filter shade glasses, 5 protection glasses and 5 filter shade glasses.
glass of correct shade should be ordered in addition to

Approvals
CE
Direction for use

Items to be mounted into Unitor face shield in the visible light to a level which is sufficient to see the
following manner: welding process without straining the welder’s eyes.
A. Safety glass (Polycarbonate) The glass should be Filter shade glass should be selected after consulting
the welding process and amperage (see table). The
placed nearest to the eyes to protect against slag or
other articles while chipping/ grinding. When using a glasses are marked protane shade SO 1 DIN 0196 CE
shield with a flip-up front frame, the safety glass shall C. Protection glass Is placed in front of the filter shade
be placed in the fixed frame. glass to protect gainst spatter. The protection glass
should be replaced at regular intervals.
B. Filter shade glass filters out harmful infra-red and
ultra-violet rays from the welding arc, and reduces
485
PR
PROTE
OTECCTIVE CL
CLOTHING
OTHING
A welder should bear in mind that proper
protection is absolutely necessary to guard
against the danger of electric shocks, burns,
ultra-violet rays or bits of welding slag in the eye.
Made from specially treated leather, these

protective garments are heat and moisture
resistant.
They provide good protection during welding,

especially when the welder has to work close to
the work-piece, or where movement is limited.
It is especially important that a welding jacket is

worn when welding in the overhead position, to
protect the body and arms against falling sparks
and slag.

633057 WORKING GLOVES. 12 PAIRS
510446 LEATHER JACKET EX LARGE
184184 ARM PROTECTOR PAIR
486
WORK SITE PR
PROTE
OTECCTION
Welding Curtain with hooks
The purpose of the welding curtain is to avoid

other personnel being harmed by the welding
work taking place.
The curtain reduces light emission , but still
enables one to see trough the curtain. It is made
of self-extinguishing material.
The size of the curtain is 2 m high and 1,3 m

wide. The top of the curtain has 7 holes and the
curtain comes complete with 7 heavy-duty
hooks. With the hooks the curtain can be put in
a frame, or hooked up on an existing pipe or
wire.
Maximum pipe diameter which the hooks will fit
on is 41 mm. In order for the curtain to be drawn
freely the pipe should be less than 30 mm.
It is possible to join two or more curtains
together by the use of snap on buttons along the
side.
The curtain with hooks is supplied in a plastic
bag.
Produced according to EN 1598: 2002-04.

Welding Spatter Blanket
Non-asbestos woven glass fabric with a fire

retardent weavelock, for protecting combustible
materials and delicate machinery from spatter
and spark during welding and cutting.
Available in a roll 1m x 10m. Nom. Thickness
0,82mm. Max operating temperature 550 °C.
The welding blanket is supplied in a carton box.
Produced according to EN-ISO 25980: 2012

633065 WELDING CURTAIN W/HOOKS
646067 WELDING SPATTER BLANKET 1 X10M
487
WELDING Welder's Tools
PLIER F
FOR
OR WIRE WELDING
WELDING,, WELDER
WELDERSS CHALK
CHALK,, WELDING
SP
SPA
ATTER SPRA
SPRAYY AND G
GAL
ALV
VANIZING SPRA
SPRAY
Y
Plier for use on all MIG/MAG wire torches
Six function tool includes nozzle and tip

installation grips, wire cutters, nozzle cleaner,
slag hammer and long nose pliers.
Fitted spring loaded, fully insulated handles
The multipurpose pliers provides means for
spatter removal from the nozzle inside, tip and
outside.
It has jaws for contact tip and nozzle removal
and installation, and for cutting and pulling wire.
The multipurpose pliers provides means for
spatter removal from the nozzle inside, tip and
outside.
It has jaws for contact tip and nozzle removal
and installation, and for cutting and pulling wire.
Welders chalk, flat 5x13x127. 144 pcs/pack
Welders chalk is used to mark out positions

when gas and plasma cutting on metals.
Galvanizing spray 400 ml in a box, 6 pcs
For touching up pipes where galvanizing has

been burnt of during welding.
Anti Spatter spray
Anti spatter spray, 400 ml in a box, 6 pcs

preventing welding spatter sticking to the
adjecent welding seam.
Product Number Product name Unit

632968 WELDERS CHALK. FLAT pcs
591990 MULTI-PURPOSE PLIER FOR WIRE TORCH pcs
633156 GALVANIZING SPRAY. 6PCS set
633149 ANTI SPATTER SPRAY. 6PCS
488
CHIPPING HAMMER
HAMMERSS, WIRE BR
BRUSHE
USHESS AND WELDING G
GA
AUGE
Chipping Hammers
The chipping hammers are used for the removal

of slag after arc welding. The hammers are of
robust construction and well balanced. They are
available in steel or stainless steel.
For Stainless Steel
It is most important that stainless steel hammers

are used for stainless steel, and not on black
steel.
Black steel contamination can cause corrosion
damage on stainless steel.
Wire Brushes
For the same purpose wire brushes are available

in both steel and stainless steel quality.
The two row design provides easy access also in
narrow T-joints to remove the last residues of
slag.
Welding Gauge
The welding gauge type J is for measuring 60,

70, 80 and 90 degree groove angle for weld
preparation.
After welding it is used to measure effective
throat thickness up to 20mm in T-joints and
reinforcements up to 10mm on flat welds
Product Number Product name Unit

633008 CHIPPING HAMMER ST. 2PCS pck
632992 CHIPPING HAMMER STAINLESS pcs
632976 WIRE BRUSH STEEL. 6PCS pck
632984 WIRE BRUSH STAINL. 6PCS pck
516161 WELDING GAUGE TYPE J pcs
489
SAFE
AFEGRINDER
GRINDER 42V
42V// F WELD
WELD.. M.
526015
A Low Voltage grinder powered by the UNITOR
TP welding machines.
Features
Easy to use low voltage safety grinder. Connects
straight in to your UNITOR welding machine with DIX
25 connectors. This gives you the advantage of only
have to run one power cord for the welding machine,
and you have power for your grinder in the same cable.
If you want to use the UNITOR safety grinder on a
UNITOR welding machine with a DIX 70 connector, we
offer a complete conversion cable with DIX 25 female
connectors for the grinder over to DIX 70 male
connectors to fit the bigger machine.
Benefits
• No need for extra extention cables.
• Low working Voltage (42V), limits the risk for
operator to be electrocuted.
• Safe to use in areas were extended risk of
electrocution.
Technical data For use with welding machines UWI-203TP, UWI-230TP

AC/DC, UWI-320TP and UWI-500TP remember to order
Power Supply Voltage 42V
the convertion cable kit DIX25 Female to DIX 70 male
Weight 2,3Kg connector product no: 526025.
Rotation speed 10000 Rpm
Effect 950W
Disc size 100mm
Wheel spindle thread M12
Insulation class II
Accessories

526025 CONVERSION DIX 25 FEMALE TO 70 MALE
633515 CUTTING DISCS 100X2.5X16
633523 GRINDING DISCS, 4" - 10 PCS
633699 MOP DISCS 100X16MM, #60
633707 MOP DISCS 100X16MM, #80

Noise level Lpa 90 dB
Noise level Lwa 101 dB
Uncertainty 3 dB
Vibration level m/s² 5,50
Uncertainty m/s² 1,5
490
MA
MAGN
GNAFL
AFLUX
UX CRA
CRACK
CK DETE
DETECCTION KIT
653535
Magnaflux crack detection kit comes in a
convenient shoulder carrying bag.
It contains:
3 pcs cleaner spray cans,
2 pcs penetrant spray cans,
3 pcs developer spray cans, and 1pc cloth.
By using dye penetrant we can detect surface

cracks not readily visible to the eye.
The dye penetrant kits consist of a cleaner to

clean the surface for grease and oil,
a dye penetrant that penetrates down in cracks
and porosity,
and a developer for showing the cracks.
It is an efficient and easy to use inspection
method.
Step 1) Step 3) Remove all excess penetrant using a dry cloth
and wipe dry.
Remove surface rust, scale, paint by mechanical
means, spray cleaner to degrease the inspection area. Step 4) Spray developer evenly over the inspection
Leave to dry. area and wait a few minutes until the area dries white.
Any surface defects will appear in red contrast.
Step 2) Spray penetrant over the area and allow to
soak for about ten minutes.
491
Arc Welding Consumables and Storing
WELDING Coated Stick Electrodes
INF
INFORMA
ORMATION
TION AB
ABOUT
OUT C
COOATED SSTICK
TICK ELE
ELECCTR
TRODE
ODESS
The Unitor standard electrode range contains
electrodes for
Mild and low alloy steels
Cast steels
Heat resistant steel
Low temperature steel
Weathering steel
Stainless and acid-resistant steels
Tool- and machine-part steels
Cast iron
Aluminium and aluminium alloys
Copper and copper alloys
Air-carbon-arc gouging
Gouging with standard equipment
A product range selected for maritime Use: hydrogen cracking also known as cold cracking in the
weld. In order to extend the electrodes usable lifetime
High quality coupled with versatility is a basic factor for and safeguard against cold cracking, the Unitor
the selection of arc welding electrodes in the Unitor electrodes for structural work have been given Low
standard range. It is composed to cover all normally Moisture Absorption properties when manufactured.
occurring applications onboard, yet to be as compact This greatly reduces the electrodes moisture absorption
as possible. Each electrode therefore covers a wide rate. Electrodes with LMA properties are marked "LMA
range of applications. This reduces the number of electrodes".
electrode types needed on board.
Packed for maritime conditions:
With the best welding properties:
The electrode box is made of high density polyethylene
Special care has been taken to select electrodes with making it the right place for storing and protecting
the best all-round welding properties. Easily welded electrodes from moisture pickup, contamination and
electrodes are necessary to achieve good results physical damage. The information label that is placed
without too stringet demands on the welder's skill. on the box gives all relevant information to how the
Welding onboard often requires awkward positions. The electrodes are to be used. Label, cap and box are
Unitor standard range has been composed with this in made out of the same recycled material and does not
mind, whenever possible the electrodes' welding need to be separated when recycling.
properties are equally good also in the vertical and
under-up positions. With full instructions for use:
LMA properties The label on each box fully identifies the contents, and
also gives basic information on application areas.
All electrode coatings are hygroscopic (they absorb Complete information on each electrode, with
moisture from the atmosphere ). When welding the instructions for use and application examples are given
moisture turns into hydrogen in the arc that again ends in the Unitor handbook for maritime welders
up as hydrogen porosity in the weld deposit. Combined
with other undesirable effects this can turn into
Classifications and Approvals - Unalloyed, Low Alloyed and Stainless Steel:
Product Name AWS EN DNV GL LR BV ABS

GPO-302 N E 6013 E 38 0 RC 11 2 2 2 2 2
GPR-300 H E 7024 E 42 0 RR 73 2 2Y 2Y 2 2
SPECIAL-303 N E 7016 E 38 2B 32 H10 3YH10 3YH10 3YH15 3,3YH10 3H10,3Y
LH-314 N E 7018 E 42 4 B 42 H5 3YH5 3YH5 3YH5 3YH5 3YH5
LHH-314 H E 7028 E 42 4 B 73 H5 3YH5 3YH5 3 YH5 3YH5 3YH5
LHV-316 N E 8018-G E 46 5 B 41 H5 3YH10 4YH10 4Y40H10 3YH10 3Y
LHT-318 N E 8018-B2 E CrMo 1B 42 H5 -H10 - - UP SR
492
Product Name AWS EN DNV GL LR BV ABS

LHL-319 N E 8018-C1 E 46 6 2Ni B 32 H5 5YH5 6Y46H5 5Y42H5 1%Cr0.5Mo,H5 3Y400H5
LHR-320 N E 8018-G E 46 5 Z B 32 3YH10 3YH15 3YH15 3YH10 3YH5
18/8-321 N E 316L-17 E 19 12 3 L R 1 2 316L 4571 316L 316L E316L-17
23/14-322 N E 309MoL-17 E 23 12 2 L R 3 2 309Mo 4459 SS/CMn 309Mo SS/CMn
DUPLEX-325 N E 2209-17 E 22 9 3 N L R 3 2 Duplex 4462 - 2209 DUPLEX
.
493
UNITOR RANGE OF MAINTEN

MAINTENANCE
ANCE ELE
ELECCTR
TRODE
ODESS
The Unitor standard electrode range includes
electrodes for
Mild and low alloy steels
Cast steels
Heat resistant steel
Low temperature steel
Weathering steel
Stainless and acid-resistant steels
Tool- and machine-part steels
Cast iron
Aluminium and aluminium alloys
Copper and copper alloys
Air-carbon-arc gouging
Gouging with standard equipment
A product range selected for maritime Use: weld. In order to extend the electrodes usable lifetime
and safeguard against cold cracking, the Unitor
High quality coupled with versatility is a basic factor for electrodes for structural work have been given Low
the selection of arc welding electrodes in the Unitor Moisture Absorption properties when manufactured.
standard range. It is composed to cover all normally This greatly reduces the electrodes moisture absorption
occurring applications onboard, yet to be as compact rate. Electrodes with LMA properties are marked "LMA
as possible. Each electrode therefore covers a wide electrodes".
range of applications. This reduces the number of
electrode types needed on board. Packed for maritime conditions:
With the best welding properties: The electrode box is made of high density polyethylene
making it the right place for storing and protecting
Special care has been taken to select electrodes with electrodes from moisture pickup, contamination and
the best all-round welding properties. Easily welded physical damage. The information label that is placed
electrodes are necessary to achieve good results on the box gives all relevant information to how the
without too stringet demands on the welder's skill. electrodes are to be used. Label, cap and box are
Welding onboard often requires awkward positions. The made out of the same recycled material and does not
Unitor standard range has been composed with this in need to be separated when recycling.
mind, whenever possible the electrodes' welding
properties are equally good also in the vertical and With full instructions for use:
under-up positions.
The label on each box fully identifies the contents, and
LMA properties also gives basic information on application areas.
Complete information on each electrode, with
All electrode coatings are hygroscopic (they absorb instructions for use and application examples are given
moisture from the atmosphere ). When welding the in the Unitor handbook for maritime welders
moisture turns into hydrogen in the arc that again ends
up as hydrogen porosity in the weld deposit. Combined For Stainless steel materials:
with other undesirable effects this can turn into
hydrogen cracking also known as cold cracking in the Plckling gel, product number 661778 should be used
Product
Product name Diameter Application onboard
Number
GPO-302N 2.5X350MM 295 PCS
699165 2,5 Unalloyed steel. General applications. Easy to weld, all positions including vertical down.
5,2KG
GPO-302N 3.2X350MM 190 PCS 5.4
KG
494
Product
Number
GPO-302N 4.0X350MM 120 PCS 5.2
KG
GPR-300H 3.2X450MM 85 PCS 5.8
699231 3,2 Unalloyed steel. Large welds in flat position.
KG
GPR-300H 4.0X450MM 51 PCS 5.5
KG
GPR-300H 5.0X450MM 35 PCS 5.6
KG
GPR-300H 6.0X450MM 23 PCS
5.3KG
SPECIAL-303N 2.0X350MM 115PCS Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel. Thin plate material. General applications. Double coated
699199 2,0
1,7KG electrode, easy to weld.
699207 2,5
699215 3,2
SPECIAL-303N 4.0X450MM 75 PCS Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel. Thin plate material. General applications. Double coated
699223 4,0
LH-314N 2.5X350MM 161 PCS 4.0
699264 2,5 Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel. General applications.
KG
699272 LH-314N 3.2X450MM96 PCS 5KG 3,2 Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel. General applications.
LH-314N 4.0X450MM 78 PCS 5.6
699280 4,0 Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel. General applications.
KG
LHH-314H 4.0X450MM 54 PCS 5.5
699298 4,0 Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel. Large welds in flat position
KG
LHH-314H 5.0X450MM 36 PCS 5.5
699306 5,0 Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel. Large welds in flat position
KG
LHV-316N 3.2X350MM 137 PCS 4.8
699314 3,2 Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel. Specially suitable for vertical down welding.
KG
LHV-316N 4.0X350MM 99 PCS 5.0
699322 4,0 Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel. Specially suitable for vertical down welding
KG
LHT-318N 2.5X350MM 75 PCS 1.7
699330 2,5 High temp. steel Boiler plates and pipes up to 550 dgr.C. Up tp 1% Cr, 0,5% Mo.
KG
LHT-318N 3.2X350MM 48 PCS 1.7
699348 3,2 High temp. steel Boiler plates and pipes up to 550 dgr.C. Up tp 1% Cr, 0,5% Mo.
KG
LHL-319N 2.5X350MM 78 PCS 1.8
683631 2,5 Low temp.steel Ice Class hull plates. Up to 2,7%Ni
KG
LHL-319N 3.2X350MM 48 PCS 1.8
683649 3,2 Low temp.steel Ice Class hull plates. Up to 2,7%Ni
KG
LHR-320 N 2.5X350MM 88 PCS 1.7
683656 2,5 Weather resistant steel Corrosion resistant to sea-water and flue gases.
KG
LHR-320N 3.2X350MM 48 PCS 1.8
699389 3,2 Weather resistant steel Corrosion resistant to sea-water and flue gases.
KG
18/8-321N 1.6X300MM 213 PCS
699397 1,6 Stainless steel AISI 304/316 L. Tanks, piping, pumps and valves.
1,7 KG
18/8-321N 2.5X300MM 89 PCS 1.7
KG
18/8-321N 3.2X300MM 54 PCS 1.7
KG
23/14-322N 2.5X300MM 84 PCS
699421 2,5 Stainless steel AISI 309. Joining stainless to steel. Compound steel. Stainless steel overlays.
1.7 KG
23/14-322N 3.2X350MM 50 PCS
2.0 KG
23/14-322N 4.0X350MM 35 PCS
2.0 KG
DUPLEX-325N 2.5X300MM 91 PCS
699454 2,5 Duplex steel. Joining of duplex to stainless and steel.
1.7 KG
DUPLEX-325N 3.2X350MM 55 PCS
699462 3,2 Duplex steel. Joining of duplex to stainless and steel.
2.0 KG
495
Product
Number
TENSILE-328N 2.5X300MM 79PCS
699470 2,5 Difficult to weld steel Spring steel, vanadium steel, tool steel, high carbon steel.
1.6 KG
TENSILE-328N 3.2X350MM 50PCS
699488 3,2 Difficult to weld steel Spring steel, vanadium steel, tool steel, high carbon steel
2.0 KG
NIFE-334N 3.2X350MM 68 PCS 2.2
699512 3,2 Cast Iron. High strength. Many layers. Joining cast iron to steel.
KG
NIFE-334N 4.0X350MM 51 PCS 2.4
699520 4,0 Cast Iron. High strength. Many layers. Joining cast iron to steel.
KG
NICKEL-333N 2.5X300MM 121PCS
699496 2,5 Oily cast iron. Tolerant to high Carbon content.
2.0 KG
NICKEL-333N 3.2X350 68 PCS 2.2
699504 3,2 Oily cast iron. Tolerant to high Carbon content.
KG
TINBRO-341 3.2 X 350 MM 42PCS
606458 3,2 Copper alloys Bronze and brass. Joining copper alloys to steel.
1.4KG
ALBRONZE-344 3.2X350MM 46PCS
606457 3,2 Bronze an brass. Joining copper alloys to steel.
1.3 KG
ALUMIN-351N 3.2X350MM 71 PCS
699538 3,2 Aluminium Rolled, deawn and castings.
1.1 KG
WEARMAX-327 2.5 X 350MM 49PCS
606454 2,5 Hard surfacing. Wear resistant overlays. Winchwheel pockets, cable drums.
1,6KG
3,5KG
3,4KG
IMPACT-329S 3.2 X 350MM 39PCS
606460 3,2 Hard surfacing. High temp. Wear resistant overlays. Exhaust valves.
1.4KG
CH2-382 3.2 X 350MM 36 PCS 1.4
606459 3,2 Chamfering/Gauging Using standard equipment.
KG
ACA-384 6.3X305MM 50 PCS 0.8 Chamfering7Gauging. Air carbon arc gouging. Gouging and weld removal using compressed
758474 6,3
KG air.
ACA-384 8.0X305MM 50 PCS 1.3 Chamfering7Gauging. Air carbon arc gouging. Gouging and weld removal using compressed
758466 8,0
KG air.
ACA-384 15X5X305MM 50 PCS 2.1 Chamfering7Gauging. Air carbon arc gouging. Gouging and weld removal using compressed
758458 15x5
KG air.
496
PICKLING GEL 2 LITRE F

FOR
OR SST
TAINLE
AINLESSS SSTEEL
TEEL
661778
Pickling gel for removal discoloration and
passivation of surface after welding.
Features
• HD polyethylene container together with brush
• In gel state
Benefits
• Safe handling and ready to use
• Product will stick in vertical and overhead
positions
Technical Information Unitor pickling gel is used to remove oxides and

discoloration on stainless steel welds and surrounding
Weight 2.5 kg
surfaces. Apply with a brush, leave the gel to work for
50 minutes. Remove with water.
Approvals
ASTM 380 and ASTM 967
497
WELDING Electrode Storing Cabinets
HE
HEAATING CABINET
CABINET-8
-855 F
FOR
OR UP TO 3350K
50KG
G WELDING
ELE
ELECCTR
TRODE
ODESS
637850
The cabinet is designed as a ship's store for
welding electrodes, with five shelves slanted
down towards the back to prevent the content
from sliding out when door is opened in heavy
seas.
The shelves are removable.
Technical data Insulation: 100mm mineral wool in the bottom and

50mm in the top and side walls.
Height 1095
Heating element 230V 1 phase 50/60Hz 500W
Width 564
Depth 640 mm Spare heating cassette complete with adjustment:
Weight 70 product number 777853
Adjustable temprature from 30 °C to 85 °C
498
MINIDR
MINIDRYER
YER-- 3350
50 CAP
CAPA
ACITY 8K
8KG
G ELE
ELECCTR
TRODE
ODESS
637827
The Minidryer-350 is designed to restore moist
electrodes and to pre-dry electrodes before
welding. It takes up to 8kg electrodes with
450mm length. and with lid in open position, the
electrodes will protrude 40mm for easy access.
The combined handle and support at work site
provides support in a tilted position. In this
position the lid will automatically close and
prevent the intrusion of moist air. A rim around
the opening prevents rainwater from entering.
Technical data Adjustable temperature from 100 °C to 350 °C.

Height 570 Heating element 230V 1 phase 50/60Hz 400W
Width 170
Depth 170 mm
Weight 7
Power cable 2m with plug
Insulation 40 mm mineral wool
499
ELE
ELECCTR
TRODE
ODE CABINET C
COOMP
MPA
ACT WITH SELE
SELECCTED ELE
ELECCTR
TRODE
ODESS
670001
Bulkhead cabinet for arc welding electrodes,
including welding electrodes
Also available empty, product number 669999

Features
• Compact design with easy access to contents
and separate room for the welding handbook
• Sturdy, corrosion resistant construction from
electrogalvanized steel plates, with final coating
by powder spraying and baking.
• Shelf insert for six half packages and three full
packages of electrodes.
• Separate room for the welding handbook
• Label for correct position of electrode packages
Benefits
• Full overview of a versatile ministore of electrodes
for most applications ensures correct update of
the content.
• The high degree of resistance against scratches
and corrosion makes the cabinet well suited for
maritime conditions and use in a workshop
environment.
• The easily available handbook provides detailed
instructions for use on all the materials covered
by the content.
Technical data • LH-314N 2,5mm for ship quality steel repairs on

hull and deck plates being part of the structual
Height 550
strength of the ship as well as cast steel
Height open 685mm components.
Width 350 • 18/8-321N 2,5mm for stainless steel.
Depth 165mm • TENSILE-328N 2,5mm for «problem steels" like
Weight 8kg spring steel, chrome-nickel steels, tool steels and
other steels that are difficult to weld.
Weight with electrodes 33kg
• NICKEL-333N 2,5mm and NIFE-334N 3,2mm in
combination is often required for cast iron repairs.
Product information
• ALUMIN-355N 3,2mm for seawater resistant
The «mini» electrode storing cabinet is designed to aluminium.
contain a limited number of electrode packages, but • ALBRONZE-344N for bronze alloys and for joining
still covering all normally occuring welding repairs on these to steel and cast iron.
board The range is selected for covering the widest range of
• GPO-302N in 2,5 and 3,2mm size for all mild steel applications with maximum 150A welding current and is
repairs a good standard selection of electrodes for the welding
machine UWI-150TP
500
ELE
ELECCTR
TRODE
ODE CABINET SSMALL
MALL EMP
EMPTY
TY
669999
Bulkhead cabinet for arc welding electrodes
Features
and separate room for the welding handbook
• Sturdy, corrosion resistant construction from
electrogalvanized steel plates, with final coating
by powder spraying and baking.
• Stainless steel shelf for six half packages and
three full packages of electrodes.
• Separate room for the welding handbook
• Label for correct position of electrode packages
Benefits
• Full overview of the electrodes.
• The high degree of resistance against scratches
and corrosion makes the cabinet well suited for
maritime conditions and use in a workshop
environment.
Technical data • TENSILE-328N 2,5mm for «problem steels" like

spring steel, chrome-nickel steels, tool steels and
Height 550mm
other steels that are difficult to weld.
Height open 685mm • NICKEL-333N 2,5mm and NIFE-334N 3,2mm in
Width 350mm combination is often required for cast iron repairs.
Depth 165mm • ALUMIN-355N 3,2mm for seawater resistant
Weight 8kg aluminium.
The «mini» electrode storing cabinet is designed to • ALBRONZE-344N for bronze alloys and for joining
contain a limited number of electrode packages, but these to steel and cast iron.
still covering all normally occuring welding repairs on
board. A recommended selection is the following: The range is selected for covering the widest
range of applications with maximum 150A
• GPO-302N in 2,5 and 3,2mm size for all mild steel welding current and is a good standard selection
repairs of electrodes for the welding machine UWI-150TP
• LH-314N 2,5mm for ship quality steel repairs on
hull and deck plates being part of the structual The cabinet is also available with electrodes and
strength of the ship as well as cast steel welding handbook included, product number
components. 670001
• 18/8-321N 2,5mm for stainless steel.
501
ELE
ELECCTR
TRODE
ODE CABINET C
COOMPLETE WITH 27 P
PCKS
CKS ELE
ELECCTR
TRODE
ODESS
670000
Complete storing cabinet including 27 packages
of electrodes.
Also available empty, product number 669994

Features
• Compact design
• Broad range of electrodes and sizes
Benefits
• Able to provide electrodes for all normal repair
applications onboard
A complete ‘mini-store’ for covered electrodes, by powder spraying and baking, and zinc/yellow-
including 27 packages of electrodes selected to cover chromate passivated shelves for optimal
all normally occurring welding applications on mild corrosion and scratch resistance
steels, ship quality steel, stainless steels, ‘problem
Dimensions H x W x D: 600 x 600 x 300mm
steels’, cast iron, copper alloys and aluminium.
Necessary free distance above cabinet 310 mm
and separate room for the welding handbook Weight with electrodes: 111 kg
• Sturdy, corrosion resistant construction from Weight empty: 37,5 kg
elecktro-galvanized steel plates, with final coating
Name Size (mm) Qty Kg Description

GPO-302 N 2.5 1 5.2 General mild steel repairs, all positions
GPR-300 H 4.0 1 5.5 General mild steel repairs, horizontal, high recovery
GPR-300 H 5.0 1 5.6 General mild steel repairs, horizontal, high recovery
SPECIAL-303N 2.0 1 1.7 Ship quality steel and cast steel
SPECIAL-303 N 2.5 1 4.1 Ship quality steel and cast steel
LHH-314 H 5.0 1 5.5 Ship quality steel, horizontal, high recovery
LHV-316 N 3.2 1 4.8 Ship quality steel, vertical down welding
LHT-318 N 2.5 1 1.7 Heat resistant steel
LHT-318 N 3.2 1 1.7 Heat resistant steel
LHL-319 N 3.2 1 1.8 Low temperature steel
LHR-320 N 3.2 1 1.8 Weathering resistant steel
18/8-321 N 2.5 1 1.7 Stainless steel, stainless to mild steel, compound steel
TENSILE-328 N 2.5 1 1.6 Problem steels
NICKEL-333 N 2.5 1 2.0 Cast iron
NICKEL-333 N 3.2 1 2.2 Cast iron
ALUMIN-351 N 3.2 1 1.1 Aluminium
502
Name Size (mm) Qty Kg Description

ALBRONZE-344 3.2 1 1.3 Bronze & brass
WEARMAX-327 2.5 1 1.6 Hardfacing
CH-2-382 3.2 1 1.4 Cutting & gouging
ELE
ELECCTR
TRODE
ODE CABINET EMP
EMPTY
TY F
FOR
OR 27 P
PCCS ELE
ELECCTR
TRODE
ODE
PACKA
CKAGE
GESS
669994
Empty storing cabinet for electrodes.
Features
• Compact design
• Large storing capacity
Benefits
• Opportunity to customise content to the ship's
need
Technical Information Electrode cabinet empty with room for 27 electrode

boxes and the unitor handbook for maritime welders.
Dimensions 600H x 600W x 300D mm
Weight 37,5 kg NB! Necessary free distance above cabinet 310mm.
503
WELDING Arc Welding Wires
WIRE
WIRESS F
FOR
OR WIRE WELDING
Unitor standard range of welding wires for gas
metal arc welding (GMAW) and flux cored arc
welding (FCAW) is supplied on 200mm diameter
spools, 51 mm width, shaft diameter 50 mm.
The spools are packed in individually sealed
plastic bags and cardboard cartons and labelled
with information fully identifying the wire with
technical data and classifications. The labels
also provide basic information on use.
Product
Number
Welding rods
GPS-W 200 Copper coated wire for welding unalloyed and low alloyed structural steel. It can be used for welding sheets in thin as well as larger
590117 0,8MM WELD. thicknesses. Stable arc and little spatter. Clean all rust, scale and old paint from the area. Use 80/20% Ar/CO2 or pure CO2 shielding
WIRE 5,0KG gas.
MS-W-201
Flux-cored self-shielded electrode wire for welding of mild steel where superior weld metal mechanical properties are required. Welds
160100 SELFSHIELDWIRE
on all positions including vertical up and down. Good arc action and low spatter for excellent operator appeal. Easily removable slag.
0,8MM 4.5KG
CORESHIELD8
General Purpose Self-Shielded Electrode wire for all position welding of mild steel and ships steel from 5mm thickness. High deposition
750187 SELFSHIELD
rate, up to 3,7 kg/h makes it excellent for larger steel repairs. Spool weight 11,3kg
1,6MM 11,4KG
S316M-
A rutile flux cored wire designed for welding 19% Cr, 12% Ni, 3% Mo types of stainless steel, and related stabilized steel grades if
GF,221,0.9MM
597518 service temperature is below 400 degr.C. A very stable, spatter free arc produces a bright, smooth weld surface. The slag is self-
WELD. WIRE
releasing. As shielding gas use preferably 80% Ar 20% CO2.
2.5KG
S-309M GF-222
Rutile flux cored wire designed for welding of clad steel, stainless steel to mild steel and corrosion resistant overlays on mild steel. Also
309000 0,9MM WELD.
for stainless steel with up to 23% Cr, 13% Ni and 2.3% Mo. Best result with 80%/20% Ar/CO2 shielding gas.
WIRE 5KG
ICUNI-W 239 Wire for welding copper-nickel alloys (cunifer) in wrought or cast form, containing up to 30% Nickel, and for joining these to steel,
592015 0,8MM WELD. stainless steel, cast iron, bronze or brass. It may also be used to provide corrosion resistant overlays on cast iron and mild steel. Use
WIRE 5,0KG pure Argon as shielding gas.
IALBRO-W 237 Suited for welding most bronze/brass alloys, including aluminum bronzes like Yorcalbro, in wrought as well as cast forms. It is also
777972 0,8MM WELD. suited for rebuilding or joining materials to steel or cast iron, and for wear or corrosion resistant overlays on steel and cast iron. Use
WIRE 5,0KG pure Argon as shielding gas.
A magnesium alloyed wire for welding all common wrought and cast aluminium alloys, e.g. AlMg, AlMgMn, AlMgSi and AlMg(Cu)
ALUMAG-W 235
590083 alloys. It is specially suited for welds which must be resistant to seawater and high tension, and also where high ductility is required.
1,0MM 2,0KG
Use pure Argon as shielding gas.
504
WELDING TIG Welding Rods and Fluxes
ROD
ODSS AND FL
FLUXE
UXESS F
FOR
OR TIG WELDING
In tungsten insert gas welding (TIG), an arc is
struck between a tungsten electrode and the
workpiece. An inert gas flow (argon) protects the
electrode and pool from the surrounding air. The
electrodes do not melt. The filler metal is
inserted into the molten pool in the form of a
seperate rod. The process has a similar welding
technique as gas welding but uses electricity as
the energy source.
The label on each container gives rod data and
basic information on application areas and use.
Product Product
Description
Number name
Welding rods
IMS-210 2.0
604850 X 500 MM Unitor IMS is a welding rod for unalloyed and low alloyed steels. 2 .0 mm Rods with diameter are most used for TIG welding.
1,5KG
ICROMO-216
lcromo is a chromium-molybdenum alloyed welding rod for heat resistant steels types 10 Cr Mo-910 and 13 Mo-44 found in boiler tubes
305532 2.5 X 500
and other heat resistant components. Gas or tensile strength 560 Mpa.
MM 1,0KG
18/8MO-221 A wire for welding stainless and acid resistant steel. The silisium content ensures smooth transfer and good profile of the bead.. When
602979 2.0 X 500 welding very thin sheets and pipes (less than 2mm) it is always an advantage to use the TIG process. TIG is also an advantage for the root
MM 0,5KG bead when welding thicker sheets with prepared V-grooves.
Iduplex-222 is a TIG rod for welding Duplex stainless steel, Duplex to Mild steel and Duplex to Stainless steel. The deposit offers elevated
IDUPLEX-222
mechanical strength and toughness resistance to stress corrosion cracking. It is an advantage to use TIG welding in thin sheets and pipe
725309 2.0 X 500
walls. Can also be used for welding the root run in thick wall piping where the rest of the groove is filled up using the duplex electrode
MM 0,5KG
Duplex-325 N.
ICUNI-30 A welding rod for TIG welding of copper nickel alloys, for example Cunifer pipes. No flux is used in this process. Typical applications are
239 2.5 X welding flanges on pipes, pipe joints, patching leaking pipes etc. Joint surfaces and adjacent areas must be thoroughly cleaned before
335547
500 MM welding. Small diameter Cunifer pipes can be joined by means of overlap joints (capillary action) using AG-60 silver solder combined with
2,0KG AG-60 Flux.
IALBRO-237 IALBRO is a flux-coated filler rod for TIG welding of aluminiumbrass pipes (Yorcalbro). This type of alloy is widely used in seawater resistant
MF 2.4 X piping. In TIG welding of joints it is strongly recommended that I-Flux 238 be applied to both sides of the joint on the inside. Yorcalbro pipes
519736
500MM with a diameter less than 4” which can be joined by means of an overlap joint (capillary action) may be silver brazed using AG-60 combined
1,4KG with Albro Flux.
Unitor flux in paste form for use with the TIG rod Ialbro-237 MF as supplement to the flux on the rod. The flux on the rod is sufficient for the
I-FLUX
603092 actual welding zone, but additional is recommended on both sides of the joint, especially on the inside of e.g. pipes. Flux residues must be
238PF. 250G
washed off with water after welding.
505
Cold Repair System
WELDING Cold Repair Polymer Compounds
COLD REP
REPAIR
AIR P
POL
OLY
YMER C
COOMP
MPOUND
OUNDSS
Unitor metalgrade and ceramigrade products are
a range of cold curing metal repair and
rebuilding materials based on the latest polymer
resin technology which is the result of many
years of development.
Unitor rubbergrade products are cold-
vulcanising elastomeric repair materials for use
on rubber as well as metal components.
The products are compatible with all ferrous and
non-ferrous metals as well as most plastics, and
have in many cases proven themselves as
permanent repairs.
They have excellent chemical resistance and are

suitable for permanent immersion in many
environments including seawater, hydrocarbons,
oils and a very wide range of chemical solutions.
The basic range of products is selected in order
to provide a versatile program for on-board
applications.
The application areas complement and extend
the various welding and related thermal
processes already in use, providing an even
more complete repair system than previously.
Features
The complete polymer repair system KIT ALFA is
available in a handy kit for easy storage and transport.
Each product set has its specified place in the kit, and
the individual products may be refilled as needed.
The unitor cold repair system covers emergency repairs
as well as permanent repairs on pipes, all types of
mechanical equipment and machine components
onboard, including non-weldable materials.
Unitor's metalgrade, aquagrade and ceramigrade
products are a range of cold-curing metal repair and
rebuilding materials based on the latest polymer resin
technology which is the result of many years of
development.
Unitor's rubbergrade products are cold-vulcanising
elastomeric repair materials for use on rubber as well as
metal components.
The products are compatible with all ferrous and non-
ferrous metals as well as most plastics, and have
proven themselves as permanent repairs. They have
excellent chemical resistance and are suitable for
permanent immersion in many environments including
sea water, hydrocarbons, oils and a very wide range of
chemical solutions.
506
Cold Repair System
The basic range of products is selected in order to

provide a versatile program for onboard applications.
The application areas complement and extend the
various welding and related thermal processes already
in use, providing an even more complete repair system.
All necessary application equipment technical data

sheets and health & safety data sheets are included.
Supplied with:
• 1 set Leak-stop II
• 1 set Aquagrade rebuild
• 1 set Metalgrade ready-stick
• 1 set Ceramigrade rebuild
• 1 set Metalgrade express
• 1 set Ceramigrade liner
• 1 set Metalgrade rebuild
• 1 set Rubbergrade 6 rebuild
• 1 set Metalgrade hi-temp
• 1 set Rubbergrade 6 remould
Product Product
Description
Number name
POLYMER KIT- The complete polymer repair system KIT ALFA is available in a handy kit for easy storage and transport. Each product set has its
659300
ALFA specified place in the kit, and the individual products may be refilled as needed.curing polymer kit for emergency repairs.
LEAK-STOP A special bandage impregnated with a resin system which is activated by immersion in water. Ideal for repairs to leaking pipes, simply
630384
PIPE REPAIR I immerse in water then wrap around the leak. The Metalgrade Ready Stick be used to plug the actual hole before putting on the tape.
606006
PIPE REPAIR II immerse in water then wrap around the leak. The Metalgrade Ready Stick be used to plug the actual hole before putting on the tape.
630392
PIPE REPAIR III immerse in water then wrap around the leak. The Metalgrade Ready Stick can be used to plug the actual hole before putting on the tape.
Base and activator in two separate sticks. Cut off the needed length and knead the two parts together until streak free. Use for sealing of
METALGRADE
659227 leaks in pipes, tanks, ducts etc. Can be used together with Leak Stop to plug the hole before wrapping the tape. Set of 3 pairs of sticks
READY-STICK
giving: 0,72 kg Repair Compound
METALGRADE A two component extremely fast cold-curing metal repair compound supplied in Base and Activator containers. Used wherever there is
659235
EXPRESS an emergency and urgent need to get equipment back into action. Base & Activator giving: 0,25 l Rapid Repair Compound.
METALGRADE A two component normal cold-curing engineering repair compound. A good machineable product with high mechanical properties and
659243
REBUILD good heat resistance. Base & Activator giving: 0,50 l Engineering Repair Compound.
METAL GRADE A ceramic and stainless-filled one part water based paste. It is temperature resistant up to 1093 degr. C (2000 degr.F). It is used to seal
663427
HI - TEMP joints, defects, cracks and voids in cast iron, steel and stainless steel
AQUAGRADE A two component engineering repair compound.The product can be applied mixed and will cure under water. Preferably mix above water.
659250
REBUILD Base & Activator giving: 0,5 l Engineering Repair Compound.
CERAMIGRADE A two component ceramic cold-curing compound with excellent resistance to cavitation and erosion found in fluid flow environments.
659268
REBUILD Used for rebuilding heavy wear on pumps, impellers, valves etc. Base & Activator giving: 0,5 l Engineering Repair Compound.
CERAMIGRADE A two component ceramic cold curing fluid that is used as a liner in order to prevent cavitation and erosion found in fluid flow
659276
LINER environments. Base & Activator giving: 0,5 l Engineering Repair Fluid.
RUBBERGRADE A two component cold-curing vulcanising repair compound. Provides a strong long term repair on rubber items or on metallic surfaces.
659284
6 REBUILD For repairs of hoses, gaskets, electric cables etc. Set of 3 x 0,143 l Engineering Repair Compound
RUBBERGRADE A two component cold-curing vulcanising repair fluid that can be moulded or painted on to rubber or metallic surfaces. Set 3 x 0,143 l
659292
6 REMOULD Engineering Repair Fluid.
507
Cold Repair System
POL
OLY
YMER KIT
659300
Complete basic cold curing polymer kit for
emergency repairs.
Features
• Each product has its specified place
• Compact design
• Broad range of different products
Benefits
• Requires little space
• Able to provide cold curing polymer products for
all normal repair applications onboard
The complete polymer repair system KIT ALFA is sea water, hydrocarbons, oils and a very wide range of
available in a handy kit for easy storage and transport. chemical solutions.
Each product set has its specified place in the kit, and The basic range of products is selected in order to
the individual products may be refilled as needed. provide a versatile program for onboard applications.
The unitor cold repair system covers emergency repairs The application areas complement and extend the
as well as permanent repairs on pipes, all types of various welding and related thermal processes already
mechanical equipment and machine components in use, providing an even more complete repair system.
onboard, including non-weldable materials.
All necessary application equipment technical data
Unitor's metalgrade, aquagrade and ceramigrade
sheets and health & safety data sheets are included.
products are a range of cold-curing metal repair and
rebuilding materials based on the latest polymer resin Supplied with:
technology which is the result of many years of
• 1 set Leak-stop II
development.
• 1 set Aquagrade rebuild
Unitor's rubbergrade products are cold-vulcanising • 1 set Metalgrade ready-stick
elastomeric repair materials for use on rubber as well as • 1 set Ceramigrade rebuild
metal components. • 1 set Metalgrade express
The products are compatible with all ferrous and non- • 1 set Ceramigrade liner
ferrous metals as well as most plastics, and have • 1 set Metalgrade rebuild
proven themselves as permanent repairs. They have • 1 set Rubbergrade 6 rebuild
excellent chemical resistance and are suitable for • 1 set Metalgrade hi-temp
permanent immersion in many environments including • 1 set Rubbergrade 6 remould
508
Welding Handbook
WELDING Unitor Welding Handbook
WELDING HANDB
HANDBOOOK 114TH
4TH EDITION
805001
The Unitor Maritime Welding Handbook (14th
edition) describing welding and related
processes for repair and maintenance onboard.
509
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Air Line Equipment
AIR HO
HOSE
SE,, P
PVVC
PVC reinforced hose, coil of 50 m. Working
pressure 10-20 bar (depending on size)

671693 AIR HOSE 1/4", PVC (50 MTR)
671701 AIR HOSE 3/8", PVC (50 MTR)
671719 AIR HOSE 1/2", PVC (50 MTR)
671727 AIR HOSE 3/4", PVC (50 MTR)
671735 AIR HOSE 1", PVC 50 MTR
AIR HO
HOSE
SE,, R
RUBBER
UBBER
Rubber reinforced hose, coil of 50 m. Working
pressure 10 bar. More flexible than PVC.
Excellent mechanical wear characteristics.

671776 AIR HOSE 3/4", RUBBER LTH=50MTR
671786 AIR HOSE 1", RUBBER
510
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Air Line Equipment
FLEXIBLE HO
HOSE
SE 30C
30CMM 33/8IN
/8IN
183418
Air hose for use between tool and air supply
hose. High felxibilty and reduces vibration wear
on the operator.
Features
• 3/8" male in one end
• Plug fits 20, 30 and 40 series Unitor quick
coupling
• Working pressure max 300 PSI / max 20 bar
Technical data
Length 300
AIR LINE UNIT FIL/RE

FIL/REGG/L
/LUB
UB
624585
Air line unit filter/reg/lub
Features
• The unit is compact and the stainless steel frame (304 SST) gives exceptionally good protection of the
fragile parts in case of tip-over
• The low centre of gravity of the unit increases stability and the Unitor series 400 stainless quick couplings at
both inlet and outlet simplifies operation
• The FRL unit also features outlet by-passing the lubricator for oil free air for example during plasma cutting.
Benefits
• Unitor airline unit lowers the maintenance costs and adds years of trouble free operation to every air
operated tool
Accessories

191858 400 UPH PLUG 1/2'' HOSE
511
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Air Gun
AIR GUN A
AG
G -PR
-PRO
O 10
718940
The Unitor air gun AG-PRO 10 is ideal for quick
removal of chips, dust and particulate from any
surface. The short AG-PRO 10 is ideal for
cleaning liquid, swarf or dust in the workshop.
Technical data
Length 100
Connection size/type 1/8"
Accessories

AIR GUN A
AG
G -PR
-PRO
O 30
718957
The Unitor air gun AG-PRO 30 is ideal for quick
removal of chips, dust and particulate from any
surface. Longer lance on the AG-PRO 30 allows
projection of airflow directly to required areas.
Benefits
• Long lance reach narrow areas with ease
Technical data
Length 300
Accessories

512
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Deck Scalers
DE
DECK
CK PLANNER DP-PR
DP-PRO
O 200
734046
The DP-PRO 200 presents a combination of
innovative technology with performance, tested
features and benefits in a rugged rotary planer
unit. The modern integral design of the machine
provides an easier to maneuver unit, end
ensures even profiling and a higher work rate.
Suitable for rapidly removing scale, rust, paint
and other deposits from steel surfaces in
preparation for re-coating.
Features
• Fully adjustable operating height
• Vacuum port as standard
• Accurate depth control
• Variety of accessories
Benefits
• Operator comfort
• Enable dust control if used with an industrial dust
collector
• To regulate material removal to desired effect
• Offers the correct tool for every application
Technical data preparation and material removal from large area steel
deck surfaces. At 45 kg it is light enough to easily
Connection size/type 3/4''
manoeuvre between levels and the accurate depth
Air consumption 4,6 m/-3-\/min control and variety of accessories enables material from
Rotation speed 1600 RPM light rust to heavy scale or paint to be removed at a
Cutting width 195 mm rapid rate. Simple to use, the DP Pro 200 will take
The DP Pro 200 is a tough deck planer machine built to minimal operator training & requires little after sales
tackle the most demanding applications of surface management.
Accessories

Consumables:
734053 CUTTING WHEEL REPL. KIT, DP-PRO 200
Accessories:
513
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Deck Scalers
DE
DECK
CK SSCALER
CALER D
DSH-PR
SH-PRO
O 1111
734061
For use on large area decks & tank bottoms the
DSH PRO 11 will fracture & reduce scale,
corrosion & thick coatings in minutes. Eleven
heads operating at 3000 blows per minute will
rapidly break down the most stubborn surface
contaminants.
Features
• Vibration damped
• Low profile body height
• Optional vacuum shroud available
• 11 x 3000 blows per minute
Benefits
• Increases operator comfort & safety
• For cleaning under steps & pipes
• To reduce hazardous & nuisance dust when used
with an industrial dust collector
• Highly productive & effective means of coatings/
corrosion removal
Technical data The Unitor DSH-PRO 11 is ideally suited for thick

coating removal and surface preparation on large areas
of deck and tank floor cleaning, complimenting the
Air consumption 1,9 m/-3-\/min Unitor hand held scaling hammer range. Eleven heads
Hamer frequency 11 impacting at 3000 strokes per minute break down the
Cutting width 252 mm hardest of coatings.
Accessories

Consumables:
734079 HAMMER REPLACEMENT KIT, DSH-PRO 11
Accessories:
514
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Drills
DRILL RE
REVER
VERSIBLE
SIBLE AD
AD-PR
-PRO
O 11800
800
722207
The AD-PRO 1800 is the perfect tool for light
and medium duty drilling operations. Despite its
light weight the AD-PRO 1800 is extremely
durable and also highly efficient - yet with a
minimum amount of air consumed.
Features
• Lighter than any electrical drill in its class
• Ideal for light to medium drilling operations
Benefits
• Lightweight
• Easy to operate
• Exhaust position does not stand in the way of
efficiency
Safety
Before start using this tool make sure you have read
and understood the user manual, and make sure you
are wearing the correct personal protection equipment.
We strongly recommend using hearing protection,
safety spectacles and gloves during the whole
operation with the tool.
Technical data
Air inlet 1/4" NPT
Chuck Size 3/8" / 10 mm
Air Pressure 90 PSI / 6.2 Bar
Free Speed 1800 rpm
Supplied with:
Hose nipple NPT (1 pc)
Accessories

Accessories:
Consumables:
614005 DRILL SET,HSS,KZ 29
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE
Direction for use
NOTE! Do not exceed maximum operation pressure of the air tool (6.2BAR/90 PSI).
Always use suitable personal protection equipment under operation
515
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Grinders
ANGLE GRINDER A
AG
G -PR
-PRO
O 4 B VER
VERSION
SION
756901
The Unitor series of angle grinders is designed
to cope with the daily tasks within the tough
marine environment. Each unit is fully tested for
reliability and endurance during onboard
maintenance operations. The Unitor angle
grinders are designed for fast and efficient
grinding, cutting and sanding.
Technical data the inherent danger of injury to the operator when using
low quality consumables.
Air Inlet 1/4" NPT
Grinding Wheel 4" /100mm Safety
Air pressure 90 PSI / 6.2 BAR Before start using this tool make sure you have read
Free Speed 13600 rpm and understood the user manual. Make sure you are
Weight 1,4Kg wearing the correct personal protection equipment. We
Please note that you must only use Unitor original strongly recommend using hearing protection, eye
consumables due to the high speeds of the units and protection (goggles) and gloves while using the tool.

Consumables:
777697 CUP WIRE BRUSH 2.5" W 3/8"X24 UNF
633691 MOP DISCS 100X16MM, #36
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE
633699 MOP DISCS 100X16MM, #60
633707 MOP DISCS 100X16MM, #80
692582 SANDING DISC 100MM, #36
Vibration and noise data

Vibration Level (m/s²) 2.6
Uncertainty K (m/s²) 0.21
A-weighted sound pressure level (Lpf) 99.4 (dB)
A-weighted sound power level (Lw) 109.5 (dB)
Uncertainty KWA 3 (dB)
Hose Size 3/8" ID
516
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Grinders
ANGLE GRINDER 55",", A

AG
G -PR
-PRO
O 55..
721985
maintenance operations. The unitor angle
grinding, cutting and sanding. The units are
small and lightweight but still extremely
powerful. An ideal tool in confined spaces.
Technical data Not suitable for use with cup wire brush.
Air Inlet 1/4" NPT Safety
Grinding Wheel 5" / 125mm Before start using this tool make sure you have read
Air Pressure 90 PSI / 6.2BAR and understood the user manual. Make sure you are
Free Speed 10900 rpm wearing the correct personal protection equipment. We
Please note that you must only use Unitor original strongly recommend using hearing protection, eye
consumables due to the high speeds of the units and protection (goggles) and gloves while using the tool.
the inherent danger of injury to the operator when using
low quality consumables.
Supplied with:
Single ended spanner 17
hex. wrench key 6 mm
hose nipple
Accessories

Consumables:
633547 CUTTING DISCS 125X3X22
633595 CUTTING DISCS 125X2,5X22
633603 GRINDING WHEELS, 5INCH, INOX, 10PCS
633555 GRINDING WHEELS, 5INCH, 10PCS
633715 MOP DISCS 125X22MM, #36
633723 MOP DISCS 125X22MM, #60
633731 MOP DISCS 125X22MM, #80
Accessories:
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE
517
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Grinders
ANGLE GRINDER 77",", A

AG
G -PR
-PRO
O7
721977
maintenance operations. The Unitor angle
grinding, cutting and sanding.
Technical data units and the inherent danger of injury to the operator
when using low quality consumables.
Air Inlet 3/8" NPT
Grinding Wheel 7" / 180mm Safety
Air Pressure 90 PSI / 6.2 BAR Before start using this tool make sure you have read
Free Speed 7600 rpm and understood the user manual. Make sure you are
Please note that you must only use Unitor original wearing the correct personal protection equipment. We
consumables due to the high rotational speeds of the strongly recommend using hearing protection, eye
protection (goggles) and gloves while using the tool.
Supplied with:
Wrench and spanner
Hose socket 3/8"
Allan key
3 pieces: single ended spanner 17. hex. wrench key 6 mm
1 pc hose nipple
Accessories

Consumables:
633563 CUTTING DISCS 7", 25 PCS
633611 CUTTING DISCS 7", 25 PCS INOX
633571 GRINDING DISCS 7", 10 PCS
633747 MOP DISCS 180X22MM, #60
777698 CUP WIRE BRUSH 4" W 5/8"X11 UNF
Accessories:
183418 FLEXIBLE HOSE 30CM 3/8IN
768457 CLAMP 1 EAR 22-24.8 MM 1/2 " HOSE
191841 40 UPH PLUG 1/2'' HOSE
518
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Grinders
Directions for use
NOTE! Do not exceed maximum operation pressure of the air tool (6.2BAR/90 PSI).
Always use suitable personal protection equipment under operation

Vibration level (m/s²) 3.7
A-weighted sound power level ( Lw) 101.4 (dB)
Hose Size 1/2" ID
519
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Grinders
DIE GRINDER D
DGG -PR
-PRO
O 118
8
722009
Compact and easy to handle tools with
extremely high operating speeds. The units are
compact, enabling easier operation in confined
spaces. Unitor DG-PRO units can be used for a
wide range of tasks such as precision grinding,
deburring of machined parts, removing welding
slag and shaping of metals.
Safety
Before start using this tool make sure you have
read and understood the user manual. Make
sure you are wearing the correct personal
protection equipment. We strongly recommend
using hearing protection, eye protection
(goggles) and gloves while using the tool.
Technical data
Air Inlet 1/4" NPT
Collet Size 6mm
Air Pressure 90 PSI / 6.2 BAR
Free speed 18000 rpm
Supplied with:
Single ended spanner
Hose nipple
Accessories

Consumables:
536797 GRINDING STONES SET 10PCS
Accessories:
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE

Uncertainty (m/s²) 0.20
Weight 0.56 Kg
Hose Size 3/8" ID
520
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Grinders
DIE GRINDER D
DGG -PR
-PRO
O 22
722017
Compact and easy to handle tools with
extremely high operating speeds. The units are
compact, enabling easier operation in confined
spaces. Unitor DG-PRO units can be used for a
wide range of tasks such as presitoion grinding.
Features
• Easy and fast deburring of machined parts
• Small and compact grinder makes it easy to get
in to confined spaces
• fast removing of welding slag
Benefits
• High quality and easy to use machine
• Low weight only 1,42 Kg
Technical data Safety

Air Inlet 1/4" NPT Before start using this tool make sure you have read
Collet Size 6 mm and understood the user manual. Make sure you are
Air Pressure 90 PSI / 6.2 BAR wearing the correct personal protection equipment. We
Free speed 22 000 rpm strongly recommend using hearing protection, eye
Weight 1.42Kg protection (goggles) and gloves while using the tool.
Supplied with:
Single ended spanner
Hose nipple
Accessories

Consumables:
536797 GRINDING STONES SET 10PCS
Accessories:
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE
Further technical data

Uncertainty KwA 3 (dB)
Weight 1.42 Kg
Hose Size 3/8" ID
521
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Impact Wrenches
1/2
1/2'''' C
COOMP
MPOOSTITE IMP
IMPA
ACT WRENCH
779001
Features
• Powerfull and light weight impact wrence
• Composite handle makes it better to grip and well
balanced
• Tree-position power management makes it easier
not to over torque the bolts
• Twin hammer system offer high toque and extra
performance motor
Benefits
• Lightweight only 2Kg or 4,4lb
• Power full and hard-hitting impact wrench with
max toque of 814Nm
• Well balanced and easy to operate
Technical data
Square drive 1/2"
Bolt capacity 18mm / 3/4"
Free speed RPM 7500 RPM
Max torque 814Nm / 600ft-lb
Overall length 199mm / 7,83Inch
Air inlet (BSP) 1/4"
Air hose (ID) 3/8"
Air consumption 368l/min / 13scfm
Weight 2 Kg / 4,4lb
Accessories

779002 TUNE UP KIT FOR COMPOSITE IMPACT
779003 BALL BEARING OVERHAUL KIT
728833 IMPACT SOCKET SET FOR IW-PRO 1/2"
Particular Safety Instruction

sound pressure level (Lpf) 103db
sound power level (Lw) 114db
Uncertainty KwA 3db
Vibration Level(m/s2) 7,3
Uncertainty K(m/s2) 0.66
522
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
IMP
IMPA
ACT WRENCH 33/4
/4",", IW
IW-PR
-PRO
O 33/4
/4
722181
The UNITOR Impact wrench is a strong and
robust impact wrench capable of the everyday
use on board a vessel. It has a Bolt Capacity up
to 1.1/16” or 28mm bolts. It meets all the
requirements expected of a UNITOR tool, with
the quality expectations and the reliability for the
everyday use on board a vessel. This is a tool
recognised and appreciated by professionals
worldwide.
Features
• It is a well-balanced, powerful, reversible
nutrunner, with adjustable torque
• IW-PRO 3/4" has the capacity for heavier-than-
average jobs, and have a Bolt Capacity of 1.1/16"
Or 28mm bolts.
Safety
and understood the user manual. Make sure you are
wearing the correct personal protection equipment.
Always use correct type of impact sockets when using
this tool, be aware of if ordinary sockets are used they
might shatter and cause serious injury to the operator.
We strongly recommend using hearing protection, eye
Technical data
Air Inlet 3/8" NPT
Bolt Capacity 1.1/16" / 28mm
Max Torque 900Ft/Lbs / 1220 Nm
Air Pressure 90PSI / 6.2 BAR
Square Drive Size 3/4"
Accessories

Accessories:
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE

523
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL

Free speed 4000 rpm
Weight 5.84 Kg
Hose Size 3/8" ID
524
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
IMP
IMPA
ACT WRENCH 11",", IW
IW-PR
-PRO
O1
722199
The UNITOR Impact wrench IW-PRO 1” is a
Heavy Duty and robust impact wrench capable
of the everyday use on board a vessel. It has a
Bolt Capacity up to 1.3/4” or 44mm bolts,
makes you able to fasten or loosen most of the
bolts on board a vessel. It meets all the
requirements expected of a UNITOR tool, with
the quality expectations and the reliability for the
everyday use on board a vessel. This is a tool
recognised and appreciated by professionals
worldwide.
Features
• A very powerful, reversible nutrunner with
adjustable torque
• It has a bolt capacity up to 1.3/4" or 44mm
• The exhaust air is directed downwards through
the handle
Safety
and understood the user manual. Make sure you are
wearing the correct personal protection equipment.
Always use correct type of impact sockets when using
this tool, be aware of if ordinary sockets are used they
might shatter and cause serious injury to the operator.
We strongly recommend using hearing protection, eye
Technical data
Air Inlet 1/2" NPT
Bolt Capacity 1.3/4" / 44mm
Max Torque 1800 FT-LBS / 2440 NM
Air Pressure 90 - 115PSI / 6.2 - 7.9 BAR
Square Drive Size 1"
Accessories

Accessories:
191841 40 UPH PLUG 1/2'' HOSE
768457 CLAMP 1 EAR 22-24.8 MM 1/2 " HOSE
729444 HOSE CLAMP FOR 1/2" HOSE (10 PCS)

A-weighted sound pressure level (Lpf 107.5 (dB)
525
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL

Free speed 4200 rpm
Weight 10.6 Kg
Hose Size 1/2" ID
526
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Needle Scalers & Chipping Hammers
LOW VIB PIS

PISTOL
TOL NEEDLE SSCALER
CALER
762676
The UNITOR LowVib pistol grip needle scaler is
a high quality and low vibrating multipurpose
tool for maximum safety and best efficiency.
With 3000 blows per minute and a hitting force
of 11.71 Power joules makes this a heavy duty
machine capable to perform in the toughest
scaling jobs, this next to been within safe
limitations for vibration 2,3m/s² gives you an
efficiency not possible with other scalers. It can
be changed to a chisel hammer for removing
thicker layers of paint or rust if needed. This is
done easily and without the need for any tools,
by just changing the front of the tool to a chisel
holder instead of the needle attachment
Features
• Reduces the risk of developing HAV's
• Can be used for a full working day without
reaching ELV (Exposure limit values) for hand
vibrations during a working day
• Delivered as both needle and chisel hammer
• Delivered with chisel tipped needles, chisel
attachment and straight chisel in the kit
Benefits
• Improves efficiency of a working day due to no
breaks required for reached vibration levels ELV
• Easy to change from needle scaler to chisel
hammer, no tools required
• No tools required for maintenance of the tool
• Can be used as spark resistant tool by only
changing the needles to beryllium copper alloyed
needles (Note. This will not reach ATEX
requirement as this require its own certification)
Technical data
Piston Diameter 34.4mm (1.35”)
Piston Stroke
20mm (.787”)
(approximate)
BPM 3000
Air Consumption @ 6.2bar 2.6lps (5.5cfm)
Needle370mm (14.6”) / Chisel 300mm
Overall Length
(11.8”)
Needle 3.51kg (7.74lbs) / Chisel 4.25kg
Weight
(9.36lbs)
28 x 3mm / 19mm (3/4”)
Needle/Chisel
Standard fit
527
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
Accessories

762679 SERVICE KIT FOR VL303
762681 SERVICE KIT VALVE BODY
762975 BALL VALVE FOR LOW/VIB NEEDLESCALER
762677 CHISEL TIPPED NEEDLES 3X180MM
728766 NEEDLES 3MM FOR NS-PRO SERIES
762680 BERYLLIUM COPPER NEEDLES 3x180MM
728782 CHISEL SET FOR CH-PRO 25
779004 35MM WIDE BENDT CHISEL FOR PRO25
Air hose and connections
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE
Operator safety
Safety information
Noise LwA
(Power Needle 109.5 db(A) / Chisel 78.2 db(A)
Level)
Vibration
(AEQ) Needle 2.3 m/s2 (k) / Chisel 3.7 m/s2 (k)
Primary
Vibration
Secondary
NOTE: The above vibration levels were obtained from tri-axial
measurements to comply with the requirements of “The Control of
Vibration at Work Regulations 2005*” and the revisions to the (8662)
now EN ISO 28927-9:2012 and EN ISO 20643:2005 series of
standards. These values are at least 1.4 times larger than the values
obtained from single axis measurements.
*Based on European Union Council Directive 2002/44/EC (Physical
Agents (Vibration) Directive)).
Risk of Hand Arm Injury
Because of various factors, the vibration from this range of tools may
be between 3.7 m/s2 – 5.2m/s2
The vibration is dependent on the task, the operators grip, and feed
force employed.
528
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
LOW-VIB IN LINE NEEDLE SSCALER

CALER
762675
The UNITOR LowVib in line needle scaler is a
high quality and low vibrating multipurpose tool
for max safety and efficiency of preformed work
during the day. With 2400 blows per minute and
a hitting force of 3.01 Power joules it is strong
enough to cope with the toughest scaling jobs.
The strength and the Low vibration number
2.56m/s² makes it far more efficient than the
normal vibrating scaler at same size. It can easy
be changed to a chisel hammer for removing
thicker layers of paint or rust if needed. This is
done without the need for any tools, by just
changing the front of the tool to a chisel holder
instead of the needle attachment.
Features
• Reduces the risk of developing HAV’s
• Can be used for a full work day without reaching
the max allowed vibration levels for a working day
• Delivered as both needle scaler and chisel
hammer
• Comes with chisel tipped needles, chisel
attachment and straight chisel in the kit
Benefits
• Improves efficiency of a working day, due to no
breaks for reached vibration levels required
• Easy to change from needle scaler to chisel
hammer without the need of any tool
• No tools required for maitencae of the tool
• Can be used as a spark resistant tool with
changing the needles from ordinary to beryllium
copper alloyed needles
Technical data
Piston Diameter 23.5mm (0,925")
Piston Stroke
11mm (0,43")
(approximate)
BPM 2400
Air Consumption @ 6.2bar 1,89lps (4.0cfm)
Needle 370mm (14.5") / Chisel 435mm
Overall Length
(17.1")
Needle 2.35Kg (5.18lbs) / Chisel 2.95Kg
Weight
(6.5lbs)
Needle/Chisel 19 x 3mm / 19mm 3/4" standard fit
Accessories

762678 SERVICE KIT FOR VL223/203
762681 SERVICE KIT VALVE BODY
529
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL

762975 BALL VALVE FOR LOW/VIB NEEDLESCALER
762677 CHISEL TIPPED NEEDLES 3X180MM
762680 BERYLLIUM COPPER NEEDLES 3x180MM
779004 35MM WIDE BENDT CHISEL FOR PRO25
Air hose and connections
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE
Operator safety
Safety information
Noise LwA
(Power Needle 90.7 db(A) / Chisel 76.3 db(A)
Level)
Vibration
Primary
Vibration
Secondary
NOTE: The above vibration levels were obtained from tri-axial
measurements to comply with the requirements of “The Control of
Vibration at Work Regulations 2005*” and the revisions to the (8662)
now EN ISO 28927-9:2012 and EN ISO 20643:2005 series of
standards. These values are at least 1.4 times larger than the values
obtained from single axis measurements.
*Based on European Union Council Directive 2002/44/EC (Physical
Agents (Vibration) Directive)).
Risk of Hand Arm Injury
Because of various factors, the vibration from this range of tools may
be between 3.7 m/s2 – 5.2m/s2
The vibration is dependent on the task, the operators grip, and feed
force employed.
530
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
NEEDLE SSCALER
CALER NS
NS-PR
-PRO
O 119
9
722033
The Unitor NS-PRO chisel range helps you do
the job right the first time, regardless of how big
the task is. Each unit has the performance
features to give you "a dozen tools in one" easy-
to-use, pneumatic instrument. NS-PRO chisels
tackle each job effectively and effortlessly, with a
minimum of operator effort needed.
Features
• Heavy duty and highly efficient smaller needle
scaler for applications, on board, where you do
not need the biggest units
• These units can be used with 2 mm or 3 mm
needles depending on application
Technical data The NS-PRO chisels operate without springs. This

means no springs to break, no irregular power, and the
advantage of low air consumption. The needles adjust
Air consumption 0.10 automatically to operate efficiently on your workpiece
Needle size 2&3 irrespective of the contours.
Supplied with:
Needle 3 x 180 mm mounted
Hose nipple
Accessories

Consumables:
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE
Vibration and noise levels

531
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
NEEDLE SSCALER
CALER NS
NS-PR
-PRO
O 119
9 - SSTRAIGHT
TRAIGHT
722041
Features
• Heavy duty and highly efficient smaller needle
scaler for applications, on boaard, where you do
not need the biggest units
• These units can be used with 2 mm or 3 mm
needles depending on application

Supplied with:
Needle 3 x 180 mm mounted on NS-PRO 19
Hose nipple
Accessories

Consumables:
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE

532
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
NEEDLE SSCALER
CALER NS
NS-PR
-PRO
O 66
722108
Technical data The NS-PRO chisels are without springs. This means
no springs to break, no irregular power, and the
Needle size 2, 3 & 4 irrespective of the contours.
Supplied with:
Needle 3 x 180 mm 35 pcs
Hose nipple
Accessories

Consumables:
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE
Vibration and Noicelevel

Uncertainty K (m/s²) 0,30
533
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
NEEDLE SSCALER
CALER NS
NS-PR
-PRO
O 28
722025
Features
• Heavy duty and highly efficient needle scaler for
the most demanding applications on board
• The quality and efficiency of this tool has made
the NS-PRO 28 popular in the marine industry
• This unit removes thick layers of rust and scale
hour after hour
• Can be used with both 3 mm and 4 mm needles
depending on application

Supplied with:
Needle 3 x 180 mm mounted
Hose nipple
Accessories

Consumables:
Accessories:
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE

534
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
CHISEL SSCALER
CALER C
CSS-PR
-PRO
O6622
722116
Power and performance to enable you to do
scores of shipboard descaling and cleaning jobs
quickly, efficiently and economically.
Features
• Fast removing of thick paint coatings
• Easy to take away larger flakes of rust
• Dislodging solid matter from outer ship plates
• Dislodging scale from boilers, plus scores of other
applications
• Removing concrete adhered to panels
• Cleaning steel tanks
Benefits
• Only 620mm long makes it easy to bring in to
tanks for cleaning jobs
• Low weight only 4.8Kg
Technical data
Length 620
Air consumption 0.14
Weight 4.8Kg
Supplied with:
Hose nipple
Hex wrench key
Accessories

728832 SCRAPER 100MM FOR CS-PRO 62 & 120
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE
Vibration and noise level

Uncertanty KWA 3 (dB)
535
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
CHISEL SSCALER
CALER C
CSS-PR
-PRO
O 120
722124
Power and performance to enable you to do
scores of shipboard descaling and cleaning jobs
quickly, efficiently and economically.
Features
• Fast removing of thick paint coatings
• Easy to take away larger flakes of rust
• Dislodging solid matter from outer ship plates
• Dislodging scale from boilers, plus scores of other
applications
• Removing concrete adhered to panels
• Cleaning steel tanks
Benefits
• 1220mm long makes it more comfortable to be
able to work in an standing position.
• weight only 6.5Kg
Technical data
Length 1200
Weight 6,5Kg
Supplied with:
Hose nipple
Hex wrench
Spanner
Accessories

728832 SCRAPER 100MM FOR CS-PRO 62 & 120
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE
Vibration and noise data

536
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
CHISEL HAMMER CH-PR

CH-PRO
O 3333
722140
Chipping hammer CH-PRO 25 and CH-PRO 33
Straight makes chipping after welding easy. High
power and high performance saves time and
improves productivity.
Features
• Both are compact, economical units designed for
all kinds of chipping work
• A ball lock system allows the chisel to be
changed quickly and easily
• Locking or releasing the chisel requires only a
slight turn of the stop ring
• The rugged construction assures long-lasting
dependability and makes it well suited for use on
board for jobs such as de-slagging and de-
spattering of welds, cleaning metal surfaces of
rust and scale, stripping paint, etc
Technical data
Length 330
Supplied with:
Curved flat chisel 2 pcs
Hose nipple
Accessories

Consumables:
537
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
CHISEL HAMMER CH-PR

CH-PRO
O 25
722132
Chipping hammer CH-PRO 25 and CH-PRO 33
Straight makes chipping after welding easy. High
power and high performance saves time and
improves productivity.
Features
• Both are compact, economical units designed for
all kinds of chipping work
• A ball lock system allows the chisel to be
changed quickly and easily
• Locking or releasing the chisel requires only a
slight turn of the stop ring
• The rugged construction assures long-lasting
dependability and makes it well suited for use on
board for jobs such as de-slagging and de-
spattering of welds, cleaning metal surfaces of
rust and scale, stripping paint, etc
Technical data
Length 250
Air consumption 0.1
Supplied with:
Curved flat chisel
Hose nipple
Accessories

191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE

538
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
SCALING HAMMER SH-PR

SH-PRO
O1
722157
These units have been developed in order to
compliment the Needle scalers in more
demanding applications for surface preparation
and coating removal. They will cut through the
toughest corrosion or sediments.
Safety
Technical data Vibration level according to EN ISO 11148-4, EN ISO
Air Inlet 3/8" NPT 28927-2 and EN 12096 is: 25.3 +/- 0.20 m/s2
Piston Size 30x24x75 mm
Blow Per Min 8000 BPM
Air Pressure 90 PSI / 6.2 BAR
Supplied with:
Hose nipple
Accessories

Consumables:
722769 PISTON REPLACEMENT KIT FOR SH-PRO 1
Accessories:
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE

Overall Lenght 480 mm
Weight 1.9 Kg
Hose Size 3/8" ID
539
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
SCALING HAMMER SH-PR

SH-PRO
O3
722165
These units have been developed in order to
compliment the Needle scalers in more
demanding applications for surface preparation
and coating removal. They will cut through the
toughest corrosion or sediments.
Safety
Technical data
Air Inlet 3/8" NPT
Piston Size 27x21x68 mm
Blow Per Min 2800 BPM
Air Pressure 90PSI / 6.2 BAR
Supplied with:
Hose nipple 2 pcs
Accessories

Consumables:
Accessories:
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE

Overall length 496 mm
Weight 3.9 Kg
Hose Size 3/8" ID
540
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Quick Couplers
USH SSO
OCKET
The Unitor couplers are time tested and proven
to out-perform in all applications and to be
totally leakage free. They are the result of many
years of development aimed in one direction: an
uncompromising standard of quality and flow
performance in each and every application.
Features
• Time tested and proven over 30 years to be
precision perfect and leakage free
• Helps you build efficient air lines everywhere on
board
Benefits
• Uncompromising standard of quality and flow
performance in each and every application
The plug and socket fitting portion of couplings 20,30 may be connected to a 30 or 40, the only difference
and 40 are interchangeable, as are those of the 400, being the flow capacity of the couplings.
600 and 800 couplings. This means that a coupling 20

633459 800 USH SOCKET 1" HOSE
541
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Quick Couplers
US
USMM SSO
OCKET
The Unitor couplers are time tested and proven
to out-perform in all applications and to be
totally leakage free.
Features
• Time tested and proven for over 30 years to be
board
Benefits
The plug and socket fitting portion of couplings 20,30 may be connected to a 30 or 40, the only difference

191767 600 USM SOCKET 3/4" MALE BSP.T
633467 800 USM SOCKET 1" MALE BSP.T
542
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Quick Couplers
USF SSO
OCKET
Helps you build efficient air lines everywhere on
board. The Unitor couplers are time tested and
proven to out-perform in all applications and to
be totally leakage free.
Features
board
Benefits
The plug and socket fitting portion of couplings 20, 30 may be connected to a 30 or 40, the only difference

633475 800 USF SOCKET 1" FEMALE BSP.T
543
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Quick Couplers
UPH PL
PLUG
UG
Features
board
Benefits
The plug and socket fitting portion of couplings 20, 30 may be connected to a 30 or 40, the only difference

191825 20 UPH PLUG 1/4'' HOSE
191833 30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE
191841 40 UPH PLUG 1/2'' HOSE
191858 400 UPH PLUG 1/2'' HOSE
191866 600 UPH PLUG 3/4'' HOSE
633483 800 UPH PLUG 1" HOSE
544
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Quick Couplers
UP
UPMM PL
PLUG
UG
Features
board
Benefits
20 UPM socket with 1/4” male thread, for air 600 and 800 couplings. This means that a coupling 20
connection system may be connected to a 30 or 40, the only difference
being the flow capacity of the couplings.
The plug and socket fitting portion of couplings 20, 30
and 40 are interchangeable, as are those of the 400,

633491 800 UPM PLUG 1" MALE BSP.T
545
Air Tool Equipment
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Quick Couplers
UPF PL
PLUG
UG
Features
board
Benefits
316 Stainless steel 600 and 800 couplings. This means that a coupling 20
may be connected to a 30 or 40, the only difference
The plug and socket fitting portion of couplings 20, 30
being the flow capacity of the couplings.
and 40 are interchangeable, as are those of the 400,

UNITOR MEDUS
MEDUSAA AIR DIS
DISTRIB
TRIBUTOR
UTOR
193490
The Medusa is an ideal product for distributing
air to several tools or other sources needing air
The inlet is from a 1/2" or a 3/4" hose with a 400,
600 and 800 series socket.
The five outlets are for 1/4", 3/8" or 1/2" hoses
with the respective 20, 30 or 40 series plug.
546
Air Tools accessories, consumables & spares
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Drills - Accessories, consumables & spares
DRILL BIT SET METRIC - HIGH SPEED SSTEEL

TEEL
614002
Drill bit set containing 21 pcs. DIN 338 RN
rollforged, metric.
Rollforged twist drill with best toughness
combined with good cutting efficiency for drilling
alloyed carbon and plain steel.
Point angle 118
Contents mm 1, 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5,5 6 6,5
7 7,5 8 8,5 9 10 11 12 13
Technical data
Quantity 21
Size MM
547
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Deck Scalers - Accessories, consumables & spares
CUT
UTTING
TING WHEEL REPLA
REPLACEMENT
CEMENT KIT F
FOR
OR DP-PR
DP-PRO
O 200
734053
Complete kit with 200 cutting wheels
HAMMER REPLA
REPLACEMENT
CEMENT KIT D
DSH-PR
SH-PRO
O 1111
734079
Hammer replacement kit for DSH-PRO 11
The kit contains: • 12 pieces dfgsdg

• 6 pieces of rtry
548
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Ear Clamps & Hose Clamps
HO
HOSE
SE CLAMP
Worm drive hose clamps are used where there is
a need for rapid mounting/dismantling of hoses.
Ear clamps offer a better and safer solution
comparred to worm type / jubilee clips when
mounting hoses.
In some countries the use of worm type / jubilee
clips is not allowed. Ear clamps are than the
alternative product.

729446 HOSE.CLAMP FOR 1" HOSE (10 PCS)
CLAMP 1 E
EAR
AR
Ear clamps are commonly used where a minimal
protrusion and a small clamping range is
essential. They are commonly used for welding
gas hoses. Also suitable for use with rubber
hoses, plastic tubing and electrical cables.
Features
• Unique clamp design
• Specially deburred edges reduce the risk of
damage to the part being clamped
• Material stainless steel
Benefits
• Fast, simple and safe installation
• Tampering is visible
• Long lasting connection

768416 CLAMP 1 EAR 12,3-14,3MM 1/4" HOSE
768440 CLAMP 1 EAR 17,1-20,0MM OD HOSE
768432 CLAMP 1 EAR 15,6-17,8MM 3/8" HOSE
768457 CLAMP 1 EAR 22-24.8 MM 1/2 " HOSE
768481 CLAMP 1 EAR 26,5-30,0MM 3/4" HOSE
777971 CLAMP 1 EAR 29.3 - 34 MM 1" HOSE
549
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Grinders - Accessories, consumables & spares
GRINDING SSTONE
TONESS SET 10 P
PCCS
536797
Grinding stones set 10 pcs
Technical data
Quantity 10
Size 6
CUT
UTTING
TING DIS
DISCCS INO
INOX
X
Unitor high quality cutting and grinding wheels ensure a highest possible degree of efficiency
without compromising on operator safety.
Unitor cutting discs are ideal to be used with electrical or air operated angle grinders.
Features
• Inox depressed wheels with soft bonding for use on stainless steel and high alloy stainless steel
• The soft bonding also enables the Inox wheels to be used on aluminium
• Iron free

633595 CUTTING DISCS 125X2,5X22
633611 CUTTING DISCS 7", 25 PCS INOX
Supplied with: • Pack of 25 pcs
550
AIR TO
TOOL
CUT
UTTING
TING DIS
DISCCS
Cutting and grinding consumables: Unitor high
quality cutting and grinding wheels ensure the
highest possible degree of efficiency without
compromising on operator safety.
Standard depressed wheels with medium
bonding for general use on a variety of metals.

633563 CUTTING DISCS 7", 25 PCS
Supplied with: • Pack of 25 pcs
Approvals
Applies to EN 12413
551
AIR TO
TOOL
GRINDING DIS
DISCCS
The Unitor high quality cutting and grinding
wheels ensure the highest possible degree of
efficiency without compromising on operator
safety.
Unitor cutting discs are ideal to be used with
electrical or air operated angle grinders.
Standard depressed wheels with medium
bonding for general use on a variety of metals.

633539 GRINDING DISCS 115X6X22
633555 GRINDING WHEELS, 5INCH, 10PCS
633571 GRINDING DISCS 7", 10 PCS
633587 GRINDING DISCS 230X6X22
SANDING DIS
DISCC
The Unitor high quality abrasive fibre discs and
abrasive mop discs ensure the highest possible
degree of efficiency with a long service life.
Fibre discs to be used with backing pads. Unitor
fibre discs are made of aluminium oxide grain
with resin bonding for multi purpose application
on a wide range of metals.
Features
• Recognised by a low clogging rate
• Even grinding finish
• Ideal for applications requiring cool grinding

552
AIR TO
TOOL
MOP DIS
DISCCS
The Unitor high quality abrasive fibre discs and
abrasive mop discs ensure the highest possible
degree of efficiency with a long service life.
Features
• Recognised by a low clogging rate
• Even grinding finish
• Ideal for applications requiring cool grinding
Mop discs are made of abrasive coated flaps fastened suitable for application on steels, stainless steel,
to a glass fabric backing plate. The even arrangement aluminium, plastic, wood, etc.
of the flaps guarantees high flexibility and constant high Unitor cutting discs are ideal to be used with electrical
grinding performance over the tools complete service or air operated angle grinders.
life. Unitor mop discs are made of alumina zirconia
grain with resin bonding. This combination is equally

633691 MOP DISCS 100X16MM, #36
633699 MOP DISCS 100X16MM, #60
633707 MOP DISCS 100X16MM, #80
633715 MOP DISCS 125X22MM, #36
633723 MOP DISCS 125X22MM, #60
633731 MOP DISCS 125X22MM, #80
633747 MOP DISCS 180X22MM, #60
Supplied with: • Pack of 10 discs
CUP WIRE BR
BRUSH
USH 22..5" W 33/8
/8"" X2
X244 UNF
UNF..
777697
Cup wire brush for use with AG-PRO 4/4B
Benefits
Easy to assemble on to the grinder AG-PRO 4, without
tools.
Material:Steel.
Max RPM: 13000.
Connection: 3/8"x 24UNF.
553
AIR TO
TOOL
CUP WIRE BR
BRUSH
USH 4
4"" W 55/8
/8"X1
"X111 UNF
UNF..
777698
Cup wire brush for use with AG-PRO 7
554
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Impact Wrenches - Accessories, consumables &
spares
IMP
IMPA
ACT SSO
OCKET SET F
FOR
OR IW
IW-PR
-PRO
O 1/2
1/2""
728833
Impact socket set for IW-PRO 1/2"
555
AIR TO
TOOL
OLSS Scalers & Chipping - Accessories, consumables &
spares
PIS
PISTON
TON REPLA
REPLACEMENT
CEMENT KIT
Piston replacement kit for SH-PRO 3 and 1

556
AIR TO
TOOL
spares
NEEDLE
NEEDLESS F
FOR
OR NS
NS-PR
-PRO
O SERIE
SERIESS
Needles for NS-PRO series
Product number Product name Contains

728758 NEEDLES 2MM FOR NS-PRO SERIES 66 needles
CHISEL TIPPED NEEDLE

NEEDLESS 3X1
3X180MM
80MM
762677
Chisel tipped needles for needlescalers. this is a
more efficient needletype when it comes to
remove old paint and layers of rust.
Features
• Chisel tipped for easyer breaking loose old paint
and rust
557
AIR TO
TOOL
spares
BER
BERYLLIU
YLLIUMMC
COPPER
OPPER NEEDLE
NEEDLESS 3X1
3X180MM
80MM
762680
The beryllium copper needles is a spark
resistand needle, it is most comonly used in
areas that is higly sensetive to sparks from tool
work.
Features
• Spark resistant, can be used in areas where you
have low tolerance for sparks
Benefits
• Allowes you to get the job done even if you can
not use the conventionla needlescalers due to risk
of creating sparks.
CHISEL SET F
FOR
OR CH-PR
CH-PRO
O 25
728782
Chisel set for CH-PRO 25
CHISEL SET F
FOR
OR CH-PR
CH-PRO
O 3333
728790
Chisel set for CH-PRO 33
558
Wire Lubricator
WORKSHOP E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Wire Lubricator
UNITOR WIRE R
ROPE
OPE L
LUBRICA
UBRICATOR
TOR UWL7
UWL777
728840
Unitor Wire Rope Lubricator solves the
lubrication problem, saving time and expanding
rope lifetime.
Features
• Easy to use – saves time and man-hours
• Supplied with pump and hoses
Benefits
• Prolongs the life of a wire rope by up to 100%
• Increases safety during wire lifetime
Technical data High pressure pump with flow control valve, drum
cover, flow control value, follower plate, 3 m of flexible
grease hose, Unitor Lubricating chamber, 2 lengths of
Air consumption 0.38 anchor chain. Model UWL 77 - seals set for this model
Ratio 5:1 come in 15 diameters at 3 mm intervals.
Inlet air pressure 7 - 8 bar
Seals must be ordered separately.
Accessories

729086 SEAL KIT FOR UWL77 - 34MM.
729087 SEAL KIT FOR UWL77 - 35MM.
729088 SEAL KIT FOR UWL77 - 38MM
Directions for use
-Open the high pressure chamber

-Clamp the seals on the wire rope by opening the splits. Be aware that the diameter of seals holes is not bigger than the rope. The seal ought to be equal to the wire
rope diameter, or less 1-2 mm for UWL 36 - 76 mm. When ordering seals indicate actual wire rope diameters (best measured by hand) and number of sets of seals.
-Mount the seals into the high pressure chamber with splits in horizontal position. All conical sections (cups) should face towards the center and straight ends
outwards. The high pressure chamber halves can now be closed and tightened up unitl the parts are closed together.
559
Wire Lubricator
WORKSHOP E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Wire Lubricator
UNITOR WIRE R
ROPE
OPE L
LUBRICA
UBRICATOR
TOR UWL3
UWL355
728980
Unitor wire rope Lubricator solves the lubrication
problem, saving time and expanding ropes
lifetime
Features
• Easy to use – saves time and man-hours
• Supplied with pump and hoses
Benefits
• Prolongs the life of a wire rope by up to 100%
• Increases safety during wire lifetime
Technical data High pressure pump with flow control valve, drum
cover, flow control value, follower plate, 3 m of flexible
Hose length 3
grease hose, Unitor Lubricating chamber, 2 lengths of
Connection size/type 1/4'' anchor chain. Model UWL 35 - seals set for this model
Air consumption 0.38 come in 17 diameters at 2 mm intervals.
Ratio 5:1
Inlet air pressure 7 - 8 bar Seals must be ordered seperatly.
Accessories

729038 SEAL.KIT FOR UWL35 - 14MM
729080 SEAL .KIT FOR UWL35 - 24MM
728881 LUBRICATOR.CHAMBER FOR UMWL35
Directions for use
-Open the high pressure chamber

-Clamp the seals on the wire rope by opening the splits. Be aware that the diameter of seals holes is not bigger than the rope. The seal ought to be equal to the wire
rope diameter, or less 1-2 mm for UWL 4 - 35 mm. When ordering seals indicate actual wire rope diameters (best measured by hand) and number of sets of seals.
-Mount the seals into the high pressure chamber with splits in horizontal position. All conical sections (cups) should face towards the center and straight ends
outwards. The high pressure chamber halves can now be closed and tightened up unitl the parts are closed together.
560
Wire Lubricator
WORKSHOP E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Wire Lubricators Accessories
LUBRICA
UBRICATOR
TOR CHAMBER F
FOR
OR U
UMMWL3
WL355
728881
Spare part / replacement chamber for UWL 35. Only use original UWL pump with chamber.
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL3
UWL355 - 4 MM
722587
A set of seals can lubricate approximately 9000 - 12000 ft. (3000 - 4000 m) of wire rope
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL3
UWL355 - 6 MM
728998
A set of seals can lubricate approximately 9000 - 12000 ft. (3000 - 4000 m) of wire rope
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL3
UWL355 - 8 MM
729004
Seal for UWL 35
A set of seals can lubricate approximately 9000 - 12000

ft. (3000 - 4000 m) of wire rope.
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL3
UWL355 - 10 MM.
729012
A set of seals can lubricate approximately 9000 - 12000 ft. (3000 - 4000 m) of wire rope.
561
Wire Lubricator
WORKSHOP E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL3
UWL355 - 12 MM
729020
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL3
UWL355 - 114
4 MM
729038
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL3
UWL355 - 116
6 MM
729046
A set of seals can lubricate approximately 9000 -
12000 ft. (3000 - 4000 m) of wire rope.
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL3
UWL355 - 118
8 MM
729053
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL3
UWL355 - 20 MM.
729061
562
Wire Lubricator
WORKSHOP E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL3
UWL355 - 22 MM
729079
12000 ft. (3000 - 4000 m) of wire rope.
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL3
UWL355 - 224
4 MM
729080
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL3
UWL355 - 226
6 MM
729081
12000 ft. (3000 - 4000 m) of wire rope.
563
Wire Lubricator
WORKSHOP E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL3
UWL355 - 28 MM
729082
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL3
UWL355 - 30 MM
729083
12000 ft. (3000 - 4000 m) of wire rope.
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL3
UWL355 - 3322 MM
729084
12000 ft. (3000 - 4000 m) of wire rope.
564
Wire Lubricator
WORKSHOP E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL7
UWL777 - 34 MM.
729086
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL7
UWL777 - 3355 MM
729087
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL7
UWL777 - 38 MM
729088
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL7
UWL777 - 41 MM
729089
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL7
UWL777 - 4
477 MM
729091
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL7
UWL777 - 50 MM
729092
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL7
UWL777 - 5533 MM
729093
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL7
UWL777 - 556
6 MM
729094
565
Wire Lubricator
WORKSHOP E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL7
UWL777 - 559
9 MM
729095
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL7
UWL777 - 6
622 MM
729096
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL7
UWL777 - 65 MM
729097
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL7
UWL777 - 6
688 MM
729098
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL7
UWL777 - 71 MM
729099
SE
SEAL
AL KIT F
FOR
OR UWL7
UWL777 - 774
4 MM
729100
566
Electric & battery Tools
WORKSHOP E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Drills
BATTRE
TREYY DRILL P
POOWERMAXX B
BSS B
BASIC
ASIC
779025
PowerMaxx BS Basic 10.8 Volt Cordless Drills /
Screwdriver
Features
• Light compact drill/screwdriver in extremely
compact design for versatile use
• Spindle with hexagonal recess for screwdriver
bits for working without chuck
• Integrated working light to illuminate the contact
area
• With handy belt hook, can be fixed either on the
right or left side without tools
• Practical capacity display for checking the charge
status
• Ultra-M technology for highest performance,
gentle efficient charging, optimum energy
utilization and long service life
• 3-year warranty on battery packs thanks to the
combined elements of Ultra-M technology
Benefits
• Keyless chuck
• Delivered with 2 Li-Power battery packs(10.8V /
2.0Ah)
• Charger LC 40
• Delivered with Plastic carrying case
Technical Data
Type of battery Li-ion
Battery Voltage/capacity 10,8V / 2Ah
Max torque - Soft 17Nm
Max torque - Hard 34Nm
Adjustable torque 0,5 - 5Nm
Max drill diameter steel 10mm
Max drilldiameter wood 18mm
Max impact rate 21000/min
Chuck 1,5 - 10mm
Weight incl. battery 1,12Kg
567
WORKSHOP E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Drills
BATTER
TERY
Y DRILL B
BS1
S18L
8LT
T 4AH LI
779024
BS 18 LT 18 Volt Cordless Drills / Screwdriver
Features
• Extremely powerful thanks to the powerful
Metabo 4- pole motor for quick drilling and
screwdriving
• Integrated working light to illuminate the contact
area
• With handy belt hook and bit holder, can be fixed
either on the right or left side
• Battery packs with capacity display for checking
the charge status
• Ultra-M technology for highest performance,
gentle efficient charging, optimum energy
utilization and long service life
• 3-year warranty on battery packs thanks to the
combined elements of Ultra-M technology
Benefits
• 3 year XXL warranty If the worst should come to
the worst, Metabo customers are on the safe side
thanks to the XXL warranty. Simply register your
new Metabo online within 4 weeks from the
purchase date and get your warranty extended to
3 years.
• Delivered with 2 Li-Power battery packs 18V/
4.0Ah, and charger ASC 30-36V "Air cooled"
• Commes in practical plastic carrying case
Technical data
Battery pack Li-ion / LiHD
Battery Voltage 18V
Max Torque - Soft 34Nm
Max Torque - Hard 60Nm
Max drill diam. steel 13mm
Max drill diam. wood 38mm
No load speed 0-450 / 0-1600 RPM
Chuck 13mm Keyless
Weight Including battery 1,8Kg
568
WORKSHOP E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Drills
DRILL BE 11100
100
779027
1100 Watt Electronic Two-Speed Drill
Features
• Robust die cast aluminum gear housing for
optimum heat dissipation and durability
• Rotating carbon brush bridge for maximum
performance even in counter-clockwise operation
for removing stubborn screws
• Vario-Tacho-Constamatic (VTC)-Full Wave
Electronics for working at customized speeds to
suit the application material and speeds that
remain almost constant, even under load
• Thumbwheel for speed preselection
• Two-speed gearbox
Benefits
• Metabo Marathon motor with patented dust
protection for long service life
• Metabo S-automatic torque limiting clutch:
mechanical decoupling of the drive for safe
working should the drill stop unexpectedly
• Forward and reverse rotation
• Overload protection: protects the motor from
overheating
• Restart protection: prevents unintentional start-up
after power supply interruption
• Handle with non-slip soft-grip surface
• Cable-protecting ball joint for the best freedom of
motion when working
• Wear indication for carbon brushes
Technical data
Rated input power 1100W
Output power 660W
Drill diam. Steel 16 / 8mm
Drill diam. Soft wood 40 / 25mm
No Load speed 0 - 900 / 0 - 2800 Rpm
Gears 2
Max torque 46 / 17Nm
Chuck 13mm
Weight without power cable 2,9Kg
Cable length 4m
Drill spindle thread 1/2" - 20 UNF
569
WORKSHOP E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Drills
Accssories

614005 DRILL SET,HSS,KZ 29
DRILLING MA
MACHINE
CHINE 33--16MM BDE1
BDE1100
100
779026
1100 Watt Electronic Two-Speed Drill
Features
optimum heat dissipation and durability
• Vario (V)-electronics for working at customized
speeds to suit various application materials
• Two-speed gearbox
Benefits
• Metabo S-automatic torque limiting clutch:
mechanical decoupling of the drive for safe
working should the drill stop unexpectedly
• Forward and reverse rotation
• Suitable for powerful drilling of larger diameters
and for stirring thick liquid-like materials
• Comfortable operation and safety through
auxiliary handle
Technical data
Output power 620W
Drill diam.steel 16 / 10mm
Drill diam. soft wood 40 / 25mm
No Load speed 0 - 640 / 0 -1200Rpm
Gears 2
Max Torque 46 / 16Nm
Chuck 16mm
Drill spindle thread 5/8" - 16UNF
Cable length 4m
570
WORKSHOP E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Drills
DRILL 500
500/10
/10
779021
Handy drill espcially for metal driling
Features
• Optimal speed range for precise drilling into steel
up to Ø10mm
optimum heat dissipation and durabilety
• Particular compact design with small width
across corners
• Varion (v)-electronics for working at customised
speeds to suite various application materials
• forward and revers rotation
• Keyless chuck and spindle stop for convinient
one hand tool change
• Futuro top quick action keyless chuck: automatic
retightening when drilling for precise drilling
results
• handle with non-slip soft-grip surface
Technical data • Futuro Top keyless chuck

Rated input power 500W • Side handle
Output power 250W • opend-jawed spanner
Drill diameter in steel 10mm
drill diameter in soft wood 30mm
No-Load speed RPM 0-1600rpm
RPM at rated load 1000rpm
Max torque soft 16Nm
Collar diameter 43mm
Chuck size 1-13mm
Drill spindle thread 1/2"-20UNF
Drill spindle with hexagonal recess 1/4" (6,35mm)
Weight (without power cable) 1,8Kg
Cable length 4m
571
WORKSHOP E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Grinders
ANGLE GRINDER W7
W750
50--125
779022
Robust, universal and ergonomic angle grinder
for any application
Features
• Restart protection: prevents unintentional start-up
after power supply interruption
• Powerful motor with good overload capacity
• Twist proof protective cover
• Auto stop carbon brushes to protect the motor
Technical data
Grinding Disc Ø 125mm / 5"
Output power 450W
No-Load speed RPM 11000RPM
RPM at rated load 7000RPM
Torque 1,7Nm
Spindle thread M 14
Weight (without power cable) 1,8Kg
Cable length 2,5m
Accssories

633603 GRINDING WHEELS, 5INCH, INOX, 10PCS
633715 MOP DISCS 125X22MM, #36
633723 MOP DISCS 125X22MM, #60
633731 MOP DISCS 125X22MM, #80
Personal safety equipment
572
WORKSHOP E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Grinders
ANGLE GRINDER WE 224-

4-2230M
30MVT
VT
779023
2400 Watt Angle Grinder WE 24-230 MVT
Features
• Starting current limitation prevents the actuation
of the lock on start up
• Electronic safety shutdown of the motor reduces
kickback if the disc stops unexpectedly - for user
protection
• Electronic overload protection and restart
protection
• LED signal indicates triggered restart protection
or overheating
• Metabo Marathon motor with pathented dust
• Metabo safet switch prevents unintentional start
• Tool-free adjustable guard; twist-proof
• Metabo VibraTech (MVT): integrated damping
system and side handle to reduce vibration in
order to protect the user
• Side handle can be mounted at three positions
• Auto stop carbon brushes to protect the motor
Technical data
Disc size 9" / 230mm
Rated Input Power 2400W
Output Power 1600W
No Load Speed 6600RPM
Rated Load speed 4600RPM
Torque 150 In-Lbs / 17Nm
Spindle Thread m14
Weight (Without Power cable) 12.8 lbs / 5,8Kg
Cable Length 13 ft / 4m
573
WORKSHOP E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Grinders
ANGLE GRINDER WE22

WE22--180M
80MVT
VT
779028
2200 Watt Angle Grinder WE 22-180 MVT
Features
• Starting current limitation prevents the actuation
of the lock on start-up
• Electronic safety shutdown of the motor reduces
kickback if the disc stops unexpectedly- for high
user protection
• Electronic overload protection and restart
protection
• LED signal indicates triggered restart protection
or overheating
Benefits
• Metabo Marathon motor with patented dust
• Metabo safety switch prevents unintentional start
• Tool-free adjustable guard; twist-proof
• Metabo VibraTech (MVT): integrated damping
system and side handle to reduce vibration in
order to protect the user
• Side handle can be mounted at three positions
• Rotating back handle: High safety and better
handling when cutting
• Auto-stop carbon brushes to protect the motor
Technical data
Grinding wheel Ø 180mm / 7"
Output power 1500W
No-Load speed 8500RPM
RPM at rated load 5800RPM
Torque 11Nm
Cable length 4m
574
Accessories, consumables & Spares for Electric
WORKSHOP E
EQUIP
QUIPMENT
MENT Tools
Drills
DRILL BIT SET IMPERIAL - HIGH SPEED SSTEEL

TEEL
614005
Rollforged twist drill with best toughness
combined with good cutting efficiency for drilling
alloyed carbon and plain steel.
Features
• 29 pieces - 1/16" to 1/2"
• DIN 338 RN rollforged
• Point angle 118
Technical data inches: 1/16 5/64 3/32 7/64 1/8 9/64 5/32 11/64 3/16
13/64 7/32 15/64 1/4 17/64 9/32 19/64 5/16 21/64 11/
Quantity 29
32 23/64 3/8 25/64 13/32 27/64 7/16 29/65 15/32 31/64
Size INCHES and 1/2
575
Pumps
PU
PUMP
MPSS Barrel Pumps
CHEMICAL PU
PUMP
MP LE
LEVER
VER TYPE
637447
The hand pump is a simple and cost effective
method of moving small and medium quantities
of liquid from a 200 L barrel, 60 L drum or a 25 L
pail (requires an adaptor). The pump is easy to
mount and use and capable of pumping solvents
and chemicals compatible with Viton and PTFE
seals. The pumps moves 0,33 L per stroke.
Chemical pump lever type (set of 2 pumps).
Features
• Fast and simple liquid transfer
• Flexible
Benefits
• Cost effective
• Ideal for smaller quantities of liquid
• Low maintenance
Accessories

655514 CONNECTION FOR HAND PUMP F/25L PAIL
576
Pumps
PU
PUMP
MPSS Barrel Pumps
2:1 CHEMICAL PU
PUMP
MP SSSST31
T3166
718890
2:1 chemical pump stainless steel 316 is made
up of two main parts: a compressed air operated
two-way piston air pump and a double-acting
liquid pump.
Features
• Efficient fluid transfer
Benefits
• Reliable air operated unit
• Solid design
Technical data The Unitor 2:1 pump stainless steel 316 is designed to
move a broad spectrum of fluids compatible with AISI
Max operating pressure 10 bar
316, Viton and PFTE seals. It may NOT be used for
Min air pressure 3 bar other purposes or for pumping gasoline, or other
Flow capacity, max 30 l explosive liquids. The unit is designed for 200 L drums;
Air consumption 0.9 a spout and needle for flow control are supplied.
Weight 9.7 Maximum permitted air pressure is 10 bar, this limit
Pump tube length 930 mm should NOT be exceeded.
Pump tube diameter Ø 50 mm
Pump total length 1275 mm
Air inlet 1/4" BSP (f)
Fluid outlet 3/4" BSP (m)
577
Pumps
PU
PUMP
MPSS Barrel Pumps
1:1 OIL PU
PUMP
MP W
W/SP
/SPOUT
OUT F
FOR
OR 200L DR
DRU
UM
778893
Suitable for transfer applications of low viscosity
fluids, diesel, non aggressive fluids, short
distances without reels. Needle valve for
regulating pump speed is included. Designed for
quiet and reliable operation and for 200l drums,
spout and needle valve for flow control supplied.
Wetted materials: steel, zink and aluminium.
Features
• High flow - low pressure
Benefits
• Handles most light to medium viscosity fluids
Technical data
Pump ratio 1:1
Max. air pressure 10 bar
Delivery per minute (7 bar air pressure, 0 backpressure) 57 l/min
Air inlet connection 1/4” BSP
Fluid outlet 3/4” BSP
Pump tube length 915 mm
Pump tube diameter 52 mm
Total length 1202 mm
578
Pumps
PU
PUMP
MPSS Chemical Applicators
10:1 HYDRA CLE

CLEAN
AN CHEMICAL APPLICA
APPLICATOR
TOR
625293
The Unitor 10:1 Hydra-Clean chemical pump is
ideal for a majority of fluid handling tasks
onboard. Delivered ready to use and includes
strainer, hoses, spray gun and nozzle. Pumps
are designed to be mounted on an open 200l/
55GAL drum by use of a mounting bracket, and
flexible suction hose also allows for other
installations.
Features
• Supplied ready for use including lubricator,
hoses, spray gun and nozzle
• Stainless steel construction (AISI 304) with
chemical resistant packings
• Can be used with cold or hot water up to 95
degrees Celsius
• Typical fluids handled: cold water, hot water (up
to 95 deg C.), detergent solutions, chemical
solutions
Benefits
• Fits all open head universal drums
• Air driven motors enable use in explosion
classified areas
Technical data vertically up to 12m. Ideal for applying chemicals and

detergents onto surface, washing down, general
Max working pressure 75 bar
transfer of fluids and chemical injection into pressurised
Flowrate, normal 11,4 l/min systems, e.g tank cleaning systems.
Air consumption 1,4 m3 / min
Max air input pressure 7,5 bar Application areas
Air inlet size 1/2" NPT (f)
Fluid outlet (after filter) 3/8" NPT (f) • Applying chemicals and detergent onto surface
Fluid outlet size (before filter) 1/2" NPT (f) • Washing down
Connection size (gun inlet) 3/8" NPT (f) • General transfer of fluids
• Injection of chemicals into pressurised system,
e.g. tank cleaning systems
With correct accessories this unit can apply chemicals
Accessories

Supplied with: • Spray gun, nozzle and hose

• Fluid accumulator
• Air lubricator
• Pump mounting bracket
• Flexible suction hose
• Fluid intake filter
Directions for use

Please note that this unit is not suitable for handling detailed chemical compatibility, please contact WSS
concentrated aggressive and corrosive fluids. For Customer Services.
579
Pumps
PU
PUMP
MPSS Chemical Applicators
2:1 CHEMICAL APPLICA

APPLICATOR
TOR
718700
The Unitor 2:1 chemical pump is ideal for use
when applying cleaning chemicals before
washing with high pressure or the Unitor
Cleaning Jet.
Features
• Fits in any standard 200 L drum
• Supplied ready to use
• Pre-lubricated air motor, has no need for an air
lubricator
Benefits
• Very low noise emission enables use onboard
cruise or passenger vessels
Technical data This unit has been developed as an easy to use and
economical alternative to the 10:1 Hydra Clean and is
Weight 15.8
supplied ready to use with a hose, gun and drum
Pressure 20 fittings. The unit is designed to be mounted in a 200 L/
Connection size/type 1/4'' 55Gal drum. With the correct accessories this unit can
Flowrate, normal 600 apply chemicals vertically up to 10 m.
Air consumption 0.9
Hose length 10 10 meter hose with long reach lance is included with
Hose dimensions 1/4"
the pump.
Hose connections 3/4" BSP (F) - 1/2" BSP (F)
Supplied with:
10 meter 1/4" hose
Gun with long reach lance
Accessories

Directions for use

Please note that this unit is not suitable for handling Inner tube: Heat resistant rubber (EPDM)
concentrated aggressive and corrosive fluids. For Reinforcement: Synthetic textile
detailed chemical compatibility, please contact WSS
Customer Services. Operating temp: -40C -> + 100C
Safety factor: 4:1
10 meter hose
The hose is resistant for lighter chemicals only.

Construction: Cover: Heat and ozone resistant rubber
(EPDM)
580
Pumps
PU
PUMP
MPSS Double Diaphragm Pumps
DOUBLE DIAPHRA
DIAPHRAG
GM PU
PUMP
MP 30
3077 P
POL
OLYPR
YPROP
OPYLENE
YLENE
604918
Designed to operate at low air pressure while
delivering a smooth, reliable flow. Model 307
pumps are ideal for transferring a wide variety of
fluids.
Features
• Easy maintenance
• Fluid compatibility
• Unique, patented air valves
• Precision-fitted parts
Benefits
• Quick priming and immediate flow of product
• Handles fluid viscosities up to 5000 cps and
solids up to 0.09 in (2.29 mm)
• Excellent for abrasive, low-to-medium viscosity
fluids and shear sensitive materials
Technical data Typical applications

Flow capacity, max 24.6 l/min • Sampling and testing
Suction height 2.1m (dry) 3.7m (wet) • Drum transfer for fluids up to 1000 centipoise
Material POLYPROPYLENE • Circulation of low viscosity inks, detergents and
Fluid inlet and outlet size 3/8" chemicals
Weight 2.4 • Fluid circulation and evacuation
This pump is designed to operate at low air pressure • Waste fluid removal
while delivering a smooth, reliable flow. Model 307 • On-demand batch chemical metering
pumps are ideal for transferring a wide variety of fluids. • Low viscosity adhesive supply
The air motor body is contructed of polypropylene and • Consistent low pressure process fluid supply
stainless steel to resist external corrosion. This
Typical fluids handled by this pump:
polypropylene wetted construction model is with Teflon
diaphragms and ball checks, suitable for most • Acids: Hydrochloric Sulphuric, Phosphoric
chemicals including acids and caustic fluids. • Bleach: Sodium Hypochlorite (<12%)
• Base: Sodium Hydroxide, Ammonia, Hydrogen
peroxide, Potassium hydroxide
Accessories

Recommended accessories
607830 STAINLESS NIPPLE F/307
671701 AIR HOSE 3/8", PVC (50 MTR)
Recommended consumables
607832 FLUID SECTION REPAIR KIT F/MOD. 307
607833 AIR VALVE KIT
581
Pumps
PU
PUMP
DOUBLE DIAPHRA
DIAPHRAG
GM PU
PUMP
MP 515 P
POL
OLYPR
YPROP
OPYLENE
YLENE
Designed to operate at low air pressure while
delivering a smooth, reliable flow. Model 515
pumps are ideal for transferring a wide variety of
fluids.
Features
Benefits
Technical data for maximum chemical compatibility, including acids

and caustics.
Flow capacity, max 57
Suction height 7.6 Typical applications
Material POLYPROPYLENE
Connection size/type 1/2" • Sampling and testing
Weight 2.9 • General purpose
• Handles acids and caustics
Both models Husky 515 and 716 are based on the
• Medium abrasion resistance
same air motor and fluid section, the only difference
• Not recommended for strong thinners
being the inlet and outlet connections. The 515 has 1/2”
• Drum transfer of low to medium viscosity fluids
suction and discharge ports where the 716 has 3/4”
• Fluid circulation and evacuation
suction and discharge ports. The pumps are well suited
for a variety of utility duties requiring up to 60 lpm (15 Typical fluids handled by this pump:
Gal/min) with light to medium viscosity fluids. The
polypropylene or stainless steel body make them ideal • Acids: Hydrochloric, Sulphuric, Phosphoric
for handling chemicals, cleaning fluids and for water Bleach: Sodium hypochlorite (<12%)
treatment applications. The 515/716 are small, easy to Base: Sodium hydroxide, Ammonia, Hydrogen
carry, and together with the drum suction kit (fits both peroxide, Potassium hydroxide
515/716 models) they are ideal to mount on top of a 60 • Thinners: Alcohol, Tri, Ketones, Acetone,
(16 gal) or 200 l (55 Gal) pail. Both models are fitted Dichlorobenzene, Toluene
with Teflon and stainless steel diaphragms/balls/seats
Accessories

634795 SERVICE KIT F. 515/716
634811 AIR VALVE REP KIT
634819 DRUM SUCT. KIT F.515/716
729459 HOSE NIPPLES FOR 515 PUMP
582
Pumps
PU
PUMP
DOUBLE DIAPHRA
DIAPHRAG
GM PU
PUMP
MP 1050 P
POL
OLYPR
YPROP
OPYLENE
YLENE
777992
The polypropylene diaphragm pump is built with
the highest quality precision parts. Long lasting
even when used with abrasive fluids, making this
product very cost effective. Professionals turn to
this pump because it offers an easy, hands-off
solution to your fluid handling needs.
Features
Benefits
Technical data The 1 inch (25.4 mm) Husky 1050 double diaphragm
pump features a stall-free, low pulsation air valve which
Flow capacity, max 189 l/min
provides a smooth and rapid changeover. Available in
Suction height 8.8 m aluminum, polypropylene, conductive polypropylene,
Material Polypropylene PVDF, stainless steel and hastelloy fluid sections.
Connection size/type 1"
Weight 8.2 kg 20% increase in fluid flow compared to the Husky 1040
Accessories

618595 SUCTION HOSE 1 IN 5 MTR
729461 HOSE NIPPLES F. 1050 AND 1040 PUMPS
778167 HYTREL SEAT FOR 1050 ALU
778173 SST SEAT FOR 1050 ALU, POLY AND SST
778171 TEFLON BALL FOR 1050 ALU, POLY, SST
778170 SEAT FOR 1050 ALU AND POLY
583
Pumps
PU
PUMP
DOUBLE DIAPHRA
DIAPHRAG
GM PU
PUMP
MP 1050 AL
ALU
UMINIU
MINIUM
M
777990
The diaphragm pump is built with the highest
quality precision parts. Long lasting even when
used with abrasive fluids making this pump very
cost effective. Professionals turn to this pump
because it offers an easy, hands-off solution to
your fluid handling needs.
Features
Benefits
Technical data provides a smooth and rapid changeover. Available in

aluminum, polypropylene, conductive polypropylene,
PVDF, stainless steel and hastelloy fluid sections.
Suction height 8,8 m
Weight 10,5 20% increase in fluid flow compared to the Husky
Connection size/type 1" 1040.
The 1 inch (25.4 mm) Husky 1050 double diaphragm


778169 HYTREL DIAP KIT FOR 1050 ALU & POLY
778168 ACETAL BALL FOR 1050 ALU & POLY
584
Pumps
PU
PUMP
DOUBLE DIAPHRA
DIAPHRAG
GM PU
PUMP
MP 1050 SST
TAINLE
AINLESSS SSTEEL
TEEL
777991
The stainless steel diaphragm pump is built with
the highest quality precision parts. Long lasting
even when used with abrasive fluids making this
product very cost effective. Professionals turn to
this pump because it offers an easy, hands-off
solution to your fluid handling needs.
Features
Benefits
Technical data provides a smooth and rapid changeover. Available in

aluminum, polypropylene, conductive polypropylene,
PVDF, stainless steel and hastelloy fluid sections.
Suction Height 8,8
Connection size/type 1" 20% increase in fluid flow compared to the Husky
Weight 16,9 1040.
The 1 inch (25.4 mm) Husky 1050 double diaphragm

Accessories

Recommended accessories:
778169 HYTREL DIAP KIT FOR 1050 ALU & POLY
778168 ACETAL BALL FOR 1050 ALU & POLY
585
Pumps
PU
PUMP
DOUBLE DIAPHRA
DIAPHRAG
GM PU
PUMP
MP 15
1590
90 P
POL
OLYPR
YPROP
OPYLENE
YLENE
718643
quality precision parts. It combines low weight
with long lasting, even when used with abrasive
fluids, making this pump very cost effective.
Professionals turn to this pump because it offers
an easy, hands-off solution to your fluid handling
needs.
Features
Benefits
solids up to 3/16 in (4,8 mm)
Technical data • Highest reliability air valves for no stall operation

• No Lube air valves reduce routine maintenance
Flow capacity, max 378
• High flow design with complete range of
Suction height 5.48 diaphragm options
Material POLYPROPYLENE • Rugged construction for long, trouble free
Connection size/type 1 1/2" perfomance
Weight 16 • Ideal for spill response and all types of transfer
This is the highest capacity double diaphragm pump in applications
its price class. With all the same durable features of the
smaller model, the 1590 has 1,5" npt ports that can Typical fluids handled by this pump:
take on the heavier, more viscous materials and pump
• Acids: Hydrochloric sulphuric, Phosphoric
them faster with greater tolerance for suspended solids.
• Bleach: Sodium hypochlorite (<12%)
Model 1590 has an air valve system that is 100%
• Base: Sodium hydroxide, Ammonia, Hydrogen
servicable without disassembly of the wetted parts,
peroxide, Potassium hydroxide
saving valuable maintenance time. This pump requires
no air line lubrication,which also saves money.
Accessories

718650 HOSE FLANGES SET FOR 1590 POLY
574939 GUARDMAN FIRE HOSE 1 1/2" PER MTR
742916 SUCTION HOSE FOR 1590
586
Pumps
PU
PUMP
DOUBLE DIAPHRA
DIAPHRAG
GM PU
PUMP
MP 15
1590
90 AL
ALU
UMINIU
MINIUM
M
718635
quality precision parts. Long lasting, even when
used with abrasive fluids, making this pump very
cost effective. Professionals turn to this pump
because it offers an easy, hands-off solution to
your fluid handling needs.
Features
Benefits

Flow capacity, max 378 • No Lube air valves reduce routine maintenance
Suction height 5.48 • High flow design with complete range of diaphragm
Material ALUMINIUM options
Size 1 1/2"
• Rugged construction for long, trouble free
Weight 15.2 kg
perfomance
This is the highest capacity double diaphragm pump in
• Ideal for spill response and all types of transfer
its price class. With all the same durable features of the
applications
smaller model, the 1590 has 1,5"npt ports that can take
on the heavier, more viscous materials and pump them Typical fluids handled by this pump:
faster with greater tolerance for suspended solids.
Model 1590 has an air valve system that is 100% • Oil: Light oil, gear oil, mineral oil
servicable without disassembly of the wetted parts, • Fuel: Diesel, leaded petrol/gasoline, fuel oil
saving valuable maintenance time. This pump requires • Other: Seawater/brine, general waste water, white
no air line lubrication, which also saves money. spirit, alcohol

742916 SUCTION HOSE FOR 1590
574939 GUARDMAN FIRE HOSE 1 1/2" PER MTR
587
Pumps
PU
PUMP
DOUBLE DIAPHRA
DIAPHRAG
GM PU
PUMP
MP 2150 AL
ALU
UMINIU
MINIUM
M
604926
Chosen by professionals for it's easy, hands-off
solution to fluid handling needs.
Features
• Fluid compatiability
• Precision-Fitted Parts
Benefits

• No Lube air valves reduce routine maintenance
Connection size/type 2" diaphragm options
Material ALUMINIUM • Rugged construction for long, trouble free
Weight 26.3 perfomance
This is the highest capacity 2-inch double diaphragm • Ideal for spill response and all types of transfer
pump in its price class. With all the same durable applications
features of the smaller model, the 2150 has 2 in. npt
ports that can take on the heavier, more viscous Typical fluids handled by this pump:
materials and pump them faster with greater tolerance
• Oil: Light oil, gear oil, mineral oil
for suspended solids. Model 2150 has an air valve
• Fuel: Diesel, leaded petrol/gasoline, fuel oil
system that is 100% servicable without disassembly of
• Other: Seawater/brine, general waste water, white
the wetted parts, saving valuable maintenance time.
spirit, alcohol
This pump requires no air line lubrication, which also
saves money.
Accessories

607835 FLUID KIT F/MOD 2150 ALUM
607834 AIR VALVE SEAL KIT
588
Pumps
PU
PUMP
DOUBLE DIAPHRA
DIAPHRAG
GM PU
PUMP
MP 2150 SST
TAINLE
AINLESSS SSTEEL
TEEL
607747
Professionals turn to this pump because it offers
an easy, hands-off solution to your fluid handling
needs.
Features
Benefits
Technical data system that is 100% servicable without disassembly of

the wetted parts, saving valuable maintenance time.
This pump requires no air line lubrication, which also
Suction height 5.48 saves money.
Material STAINLESS STEEL
Connection size/type 2" • Highest reliability air valves for no stall operation
Weight 57.6 • No Lube air valves reduce routine maintenance
This is the highest capacity 2-inch double diaphragm diaphragm options
pump in its price class. With all the same durable • Rugged construction for long, trouble free
features of the smaller model, the 2150 has 2 in. npt perfomance
ports that can take on the heavier, more viscous • Ideal for spill response and all types of transfer
materials and pump them faster with greater tolerance applications
for suspended solids. Model 2150 has an air valve
Accessories

618884 FLUID KIT FOR SST 2150
607834 AIR VALVE SEAL KIT
Directions for use

Typical fluids handled by this pump: • Base: Caustic soda, Sodium hydroxide (<12%),
Ammonia (except ammonium), Potassium
• Acids: Nitric, Cresyllic
hydroxide.
• Bleach: Perchloroethylene,
• Thinners: Alcohol, Tri, Ketones, Acetone,
Dichlorobenzene, Toluene.
589
Pumps
PU
PUMP
DOUBLE DIAPHRA
DIAPHRAG
GM PU
PUMP
MP 33300
300 AL
ALU
U
764413
The all new 3300 Double Diaphragm pump
combines increased performance with extended
lifetime.
The Husky 3300, 3 inch (76.2 mm), pneumatic
double diaphragm pumps feature a four bolt
joint design, which provides even sealing
pressure for leak-free operation and a three-
piece manifold for increased installation
flexibility.
Features
Benefits
Technical data Flow rates up to 300 gpm (1,135 lpm) Modular stall-
resistant air valve design Complete 3 inch family of
Max fluid working pressure 8,6 bar
diaphragm pumps available in aluminum or
Air pressure operating range 1,4 - 8,6 bar polypropylene center sections Heavy-duty construction
Max flow rate 1135 l/min Faster change over with spring loaded pilot valves
590
Pumps
PU
PUMP
MPSS Grease Pumps
POR
ORT
TABLE GRE
GREASER
ASER F
FOR
OR 20K
20KG
G DR
DRU
UM
666615
The 60:1 features a unique air motor that
enables quiet and reliable operation as well easy
maintenance.
The pump is recommended for mobile units and
piped installations of moderate length, and are
designed to dispense greases with a viscosity
up to NLGI 3.
Features
• Robust carrying handle which connects dire
• The fluid section features a double-acting piston
design
• New pump design
• Reduced weight
Benefits
• Easy to carry around and when walking
• Even and steady flow of grease
• 30% increase in performance
• 30% weight reduction
Technical data pump tube by the piston on the upward stroke and is
pushed out through the check valve on the down
Max. air pressure 10bar
stroke. The relationship between the areas of the air
Delivery per minute (@ 7 bar air pressure, 0 back 1100g/ piston and the pump piston decides the pressure ratio.
pressure) min
The pressure ratio is 60:1 and the theoretical static
Ratio 60:1
pressure when the pump has stopped is 60 times
Air inlet connection 1/4" BSP
higher than the air pressure.
Grease outlet 3/8" BSP
Hose length 4m The pump is mainly made of an extruded aluminum
Total length 700mm profile with die-cast aluminium/magnesium alloy top
Pump tube length 450mm and bottom covers. A stainless steel cover protects the
Pump weight 4,6kg air motor. The 4 meter 3/8" hose has a inner tube of
Pump tube diameter 30mm synthetic oil resistant layer. Outer layer is made of
durable weather and oil resistand rubber. Reinforced by
The air operated pump has two main parts. One double two braids of compact steel wire.
acting air motor driving and a single acting high
pressure pump mechanism. The grease is fed into the
Accessories

655639 HOSE FLEXIBLE FOR GREASEGUN 45CM
591
Pumps
PU
PUMP
MPSS Grease Pumps
MOBILE GRE
GREASER
ASER F
FOR
OR 50
50--60K
60KG
G DR
DRU
UMS
711715
The 60:1 features a unique air motor that
enables quiet and reliable operation as well easy
maintenance.
The pump is recommended for mobile units and
piped installations of moderate length, and are
designed to dispense greases with a viscosity
up to NLGI 3.
Features
• Includes handy trolley easy to maneuver
• The fluid section features a double-acting piston
design
• New pump design
• Reduced weight
Benefits
• Fast grease transfer, saving time
• Fits several sized drums
• Even and steady flow of grease
• 30% increase in performance
• 30% weight reduction
Technical data pushed out through the check valve on the down
stroke. The relationship between the areas of the air
Max. air pressure 10bar
piston and the pump piston decides the pressure ratio.
Delivery per minute (@ 7 bar air pressure, 0 back 1100g/ The pressure ratio is 60:1 and the theoretical static
pressure) min
pressure when the pump has stopped is 60 times
Ratio 60:1
higher than the air pressure.
Air inlet connection 1/4" BSP
Grease outlet 3/8" BSP The pump package includes a 2" bunge adapter for
Hose length 4m mounting the pump on top of the drum cover as well as
Total length 1000mm a hose and applicator gun. The 50 kg unit is, in
Pump tube length 750mm addition, supplied with a trolley for easy transport of the
Pump weight 4,6kg heavy grease drums.
Pump tube diameter 30mm The 4 meter 3/8" hose has a inner tube of synthetic oil
The air operated pump has two main parts. One double resistant layer. Outer layer is made of durable weather
acting air motor driving and a single acting high and oil resistand rubber. Reinforced by two braids of
pressure pump mechanism. The grease is fed into the compact steel wire.
pump tube by the piston on the upward stroke and is
Accessories

655639 HOSE FLEXIBLE FOR GREASEGUN 45CM
592
Accessories & Spares
PU
PUMP
MPSS Grease Pumps Accessories & Spares
CAR
CART
TFFOR
OR GRE
GREASE
ASE PU
PUMP
MP
635259
Note: Needs adapter for 5 Gal drums (635267)
Features
• Two solid wheels and foot
• Practical handle
Benefits
• Easy transport of heavy grease drums
UNION 1/4
1/4"" MALE X 1/4
1/4"" MALE
655621
Union 1/4" male X 1/4" male adapter (for
connection of two grease hoses)
593
PU
PUMP
MPSS Grease Pumps Accessories & Spares
HO
HOSE
SE FLEXIBLE F
FOR
OR GRE
GREASE
ASEGUN
GUN 45C
45CMM
655639
Flexible hose for greasegun 45cm. Connects
directly to gun, includes std. coupler.
594
PU
PUMP
MPSS Barrel Pumps Accessories & Spares
CONNE
ONNECCTION F
FOR
OR HAND PU
PUMP
MP F
FOR
OR 25L P
PAIL
AIL
655514
Connection ring for 25L pail. Accessories can be
used with product number 637447.
595
PU
PUMP
MPSS Chemical Applicators Accessories & Spares
NO
NOZZLE
ZZLE 03 - 0 DE
DEGREE
GREESS. F
FOR
OR EXTEND
EXTENDABLE
ABLE LANCE
718619
Pin point nozzle - no spread. Increased reach -
cleans only spots
Benefits
For longer reach
NO
NOZZLE
ZZLE 03 - 25 DE
DEGREE
GREESS. F
FOR
OR EXTEND
EXTENDABLE
ABLE LANCE
718627
Wider angle enable larger coverage.
Benefits
• Cover larger areas
596
PU
PUMP
MPSS Chemical Applicators Accessories & Spares
HP EXTEND
EXTENDABLE
ABLE LANCE 55,,5M
659151
The Unitor 5,5m lance has been developed in
order to enable chemical application above the
normal reach of any standard pump. The lance
has 3 telescopic tubes which, when extended,
slide out to a full length of 5,5m. Inside the
sliding tubes the fluid is transported using a 3/8"
hose which starts at the trigger and exits at the
end of the lance in a quick connector. The quick
connector enables rapid changing of the nozzle
according to the task at hand- 25 for high
volume or 0 for spot cleaning. The lance can be
used with both the 10:1 and the smaller 2:1
chemical pumps as well as the high pressure
cleaners.
Typical set up
Pump > Hose quick connector M & F > Heavy
duty hose > Hose quick connector F & M > 5,5m
lance > 25 nozzle
Features
• 3 telescopic tubes reach up to 5,5m
• Light weight and easy to operate
Benefits
• Allows cleaning and access to elevated areas
Technical data
Max operating pressure 270 bar
Accessories

Nozzles
Hoses
597
PU
PUMP
MPSS Double Diaphragm Accessories & Spares
FL
FLUID
UID KIT F
FOR
OR M
MOD
OD.. 30
3077
607832
Fluid section repair kit (diaphragms/balls/seats)
for mod. 307, polypropylene
STAINLE
AINLESSS NIPPLE F
FOR
OR 30
3077
607830
Fluid connection nipple for model 307, stainless
steel
598
PU
PUMP
DR
DRU
UM SUC
SUCTT. KIT F
FOR
OR 515
515/71
/7166
634819
The drum suction kit fits direct onto the centre
suction port on the Husky 515 and 716 pump. It
is made of stainless steel for maximum corrosion
resistance and is delivered with a 2" bung hole
adapter for tight connection to the drum.
AIR V
VAL
ALVE
VE REP
REPAIR
AIR KIT
634811
Air valve seal kit for mod 515 & 716
599
PU
PUMP
AIR HO
HOSE
SE 33/8
/8",", P
PVVC
671701
PVC reinforced hose, coil of 50 m. Working
pressure 10-20 bar (depending on size.)
Can be used as suction and delivery hos for
Double Diaphragm pump 307.
Technical data
Diameter 10
HO
HOSE
SE NIPPLE
NIPPLESS F
FOR
OR 515 PU
PUMP
MP
729459
Fluid connection nipple for model 515. Made of
stainless steel.
Benefits
• Simple connection for hose
600
PU
PUMP
SER
SERVICE
VICE KIT F
FOR
OR 515
515/71
/7166
634795
Fluid section repair kit (diahragms/balls/seats)
for model 515 polypropylene , 716 stainless steel
FL
FLUID
UID KIT F
FOR
OR 1040 SSSST + P
POL
OLY
Y
617738
for mod. 1040, polypropylene
601
PU
PUMP
FL
FLUID
UID KIT F
FOR
OR M
MOD
OD 1040 AL
ALU
UMINIU
MINIUM
M
617712
for mod. 1040, aluminium
HO
HOSE
SE NIPPLE
NIPPLESS F
FOR
OR 1040 PU
PUMP
MP
729461
The male socket allows connection for 1" sized hoses. Recommend to use 1" Ear clam (777971)
and pincher tool (768507) for fast connection of supply and delivery hose.
HO
HOSE
SE FLANGE
FLANGESS SET F
FOR
OR 1040
1040/1050
/1050 P
POL
OLYPR
YPROP
OPYLENE
YLENE
634843
1" ANSI raised flange to 1" NPT(f) adapter,
polypropylene.
The set includes: 2 flanges , 2 PTFE gaskets,
bolts, spring lock washers, flat washers and
nuts.
ACET
CETAL
AL B
BALL
ALL F
FOR
OR 1050 AL
ALU
U&P
POL
OLY
Y
778168
Contains 4 balls and O-rings. Easy to maintain.
Change of consumables prolongs the lifetime of your pump.
602
PU
PUMP
HYTREL DIAP KIT F

FOR
OR 1050 AL
ALU
U&P
POL
OLY
Y
778169
Contain two diaphragms
Features
• Change of ware parts / consumables prolongs lifetime.
Benefits
• Easy to maintain
HYTREL SE
SEAAT F
FOR
OR 1050 AL
ALU
U
778167
Kit contains of 4 seats.
Features
Benefits
• Change of ware parts / consumables prolongs the lifetime of your pump.
SE
SEAAT F
FOR
OR 1050 AL
ALU
U AND P
POL
OLY
Y
778170
Kit contains 4 seats.
Features
• Easy to maintain.
Benefits
SST SE
SEAAT F
FOR
OR 1050 AL
ALU
U, P
POL
OLY
Y AND SSSST
778173
Kit contains 4 seats.
Features
• Easy to maintain.
Benefits
603
PU
PUMP
TEFL
TEFLON
ON B
BALL
ALL F
FOR
OR 1050 AL
ALU
U, P
POL
OLY
Y, SSSST
778171
Kit contain 4 balls and O-rings.
Features
Benefits
SUC
SUCTION
TION HO
HOSE
SE 11"" 5M
618595
1", 5 meter suction hose for 1040 and 1050.
Ideal for suction of fluid into the DD Pump.
HO
HOSE
SE FLANGE
FLANGESS SET F
FOR
OR 15
1590
90 P
POL
OLYPR
YPROP
OPYLENE
YLENE
718650
1 1/2" ANSI raised flange to 1 1/2" NPT(f)
adapter, polypropylene.
The set includes: 2 flanges , 2 PTFE gaskets,
bolts, spring lock washers, flat washers and
nuts.
604
PU
PUMP
SUC
SUCTION
TION HO
HOSE
SE F
FOR
OR 15
1590
90..
742916
1 1/2", 5 meter suction hose for 1590. Ideal for
suction of fluid into the DD Pump.
HO
HOSE
SE NIPPLE
NIPPLESS F
FOR
OR 15
1590
90 & 2150
The male socket allows connection for 1 1/2"
sized hoses or 2" hoses. Simple connection for
both supply and delivery hose.

605
PU
PUMP
FL
FLUID
UID KIT F
FOR
OR SSSST 2150
618884
for mod. 2150, stainless steel
FL
FLUID
UID KIT F
FOR
OR M
MODELM
ODELMOD
OD 2150 AL
ALU
UMINIU
MINIUM
M
607835
for mod. 2150, stainless steel
606
PU
PUMP
SUC
SUCTION
TION HO
HOSE
SE 22"" IN 5M
607817
Ideal suction hose for 2150. Flexible hose.
BALL KIT F
FOR
OR DIAPHRA
DIAPHRAG
GM 33300
300 AL
ALU
U,P
,POL
OL
778166
The ball kit can be used for 3300 pumps made of aluminium and polyethylene.
Maintaining your pump ensure trouble free operation.
SER
SERVICE
VICE KIT F
FOR
OR AL
ALU
UMINIU
MINIUM
M 3327
2755
634859
Fluid section repair kit (diaphragms/balls/seats) for mod. 3275, aluminium
AIR V
VAL
ALVE
VE KIT
607833
Air valve kit for mod. 307
AIR V
VAL
ALVE
VE REP KIT
634867
Air valve seal kit for mod. 3275
607
PU
PUMP
AIR V
VAL
ALVE
VE SE
SEAL
AL KIT
607834
Air valve seal kit for mod. 1040 & 2150 (all
models)
608
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Oil spill products
OIL SPILL CARE AND MAINTEN

MAINTENANCE
ANCE TO
TOOL
OLSS
Oil spill cleanup requires proper precaution and
having the correct non sparking tools to do the
job properly is essential.
Our range includes plastic tools for scrapping,
collecting and gathering oil spills.
Features
• Non-sparking
• Tough plastics
Benefits
• The non sparking features gives you a higher level
of safety
• Made from tough plastic these tools are durable
and long lasting
• Reusable after cleaning

607440 PLASTIC BUCKET 10 LTR
607441 SQUEEGEE W/WOODEN HANDLE
607442 PLASTIC SCOOP-MEDIUM SIZE
607443 PLASTIC SPATULA
607439 SAFETY SHOVEL
609
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
OIL SPILL KIT 11900

900 L
LT
T 12 B
BARREL
ARREL
778993
Unitor oil spill kits are designed as a marine oil
spill response measure to be deployed easily
and effectively. They must be used in
conjunction with the vessel's response plan as
required by IMO and OPA90. Whether you use
them as spill control or maintenance protection,
our absorbents will take in up to 25 times their
own weight.
Features
• Complete kit
• Personal protection
• Waterproof box
Benefits
• This is a 12 barrel complete kit for a 1900 litre
deck spill
• As well as providing the tools for tackling the spill
the kit also includes personal protection
equipment
• The box is waterproof so you can store it on
deck, ready for an emergency
Unitor oil spill kits come in 3 sizes: • 7 barrel to handle 1000 litres of deck spill for
tankers under 400 ft
• 12 barrel to handle 1900 litres of deck spill for
• 1 barrel for inland oil barges
tankers 400 ft or greater carrying bulk oil
Content Pieces
EB1100 box Unitor Logo 1
Big bags 2
Booms 3 meter pack of 4 8
Pads 40 X 50 pack of 200 2
Pads 80 X 100 Pack of 50 1
Gloves 2
Boots S5 yellow 2
Overall 2
Waste Bags roll of 25 pcs 1
Aquabreak PX 1
Jet Spray unit 10ltr 1
Accessories

Required after use
606026 ROLL OF PLAST.BAGS 20 PCS
592758 SORBENT PADS U 94200
592790 OIL SPILL KIT 1 TIME SUIT XL
592733 SORBENT PADS U9450
592741 SORBENT ROLLS U94150 S
571752 NATURAL HANDCLEANER 4X5 LTR
572099 JET SPRAY UNIT 10 LTR STEEL
610
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL

592774 OIL SPILL KIT BAGS 1000
592782 OIL SPILL KIT GLOVES - ONE PAIR..
Cleaning Boots S5
611
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
OIL SPILL KIT 11100

100 L
LT
T7B
BARREL
ARREL
778914
them as spill control or maintenance protection
own weight.
Features
• Complete kit
• Waterproof box
Benefits
• This is a 7 barrel complete kit for a 1100 litre deck
spill
equipment
Content Pieces
EB1100 box Unitor logo 1
Big bags 1
Booms 3 meter pack of 4 5
pads 40 x 50 pack of 200 2
Gloves 2
Boots S5 yellow 2
Overall 2
Waste bags ROll of 25 pcs 1
Aquabreak PX 1
Jet Spray unit 10 ltr 1
Accessories

Required after use:
612
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL

Cleaning Boots S5
613
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
OIL SPILL KIT 1 B

BARREL
ARREL
778922
them as spill control or maintenance protection
own weight.
Features
• Complete kit
• Waterproof box
Benefits
• This is a 1 barrel complete kit for a 1 barrel deck
spill
equipment
Contents Pieces
EB1100 box Unitor logo 1
Pads 40 X 50 Pack of 200 1
Gloves 2
Boots S5 yellow 2
Overall 2
Waste Bags roll of 25 pcs 2
Aquabreak PX 1
Jet Spray unit 10 ltr 1
Accessories

Required after use
Cleaning Boots S5
614
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
OIL SPILL KIT 1/2 B

BARREL
ARREL
604330
The Unitor 1/2 barrel portable mini oil spill kit is
ideal for placing around your vessel where minor
spills may occur and can be quickly carried over
to the spillage area.
Features
• Complete kit
• Weather proof packing
Benefits
• Ideal for small spills around your vessel
Technical data
Size 54 x 16 x 18

604330 UNITOR MINI KIT 1/2BARREL
Supplied with:
40 pads U94200
1 pillow U94200
2 pairs of chemical resistant gloves
2 disposable bags 70 x 110 cm
615
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
OIL SPILL KIT SP

SPARE
ARE SSTORA
TORAGE
GE B
BOOX
592725
Waterproof for on deck stowage and use for
storing Unitor oil spill kits. Can be used stand
alone for other storage requirements.
Features
• Bright yellow colour for easy identification
• Waterproof
Benefits
• Multi-use
Technical Data
Width 114 cm
Depth 70 cm
Height 84 cm

592725 OIL SPILL KIT PLASTIC BOX
616
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
OIL SPILL KIT SP

SPARE
ARE W
WAS
ASTE
TE B
BAAG
1000 LITRE
592774
For use with Unitor oil spill kits or as a stand
alone product, the waste bag allows you to
collect oil waste, store it and dispose when in
port. The sealed top keeps the contents
enclosed until you are ready to dispose of it.
Features
• 1000 litre capacity
• Fold away

617
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
OIL SPILL KIT GL

GLOOVE
VESS - ONE P
PAIR
AIR....
592782
The gloves are ideal for the petrochemical industry,refineries and public services. Manufactured in
pvc with a sandy finish in a gauntlet style.
These gloves have been designed to protect the hands against chemical hazards. They comply with
the European guideline 89/686/E EC and to the applicable European standards.
Features
• 35cm length for a good fit
• Oil and grease proof
• Jersey lining
• Colour: green
Use them only for their proper purpose. The gloves may splashes and/or brief contact. Do not wear gloves
not be used as protection against toothed blades or which are dirty on the inside, they can irritate the skin
when ther e is a risk of them becoming trapped in a and cause dermatitis or worse. If the gloves tear or are
moving component. The results are based on pierced during use, throw them away immediately.
laboratory tests and are only of an advisory nature. Only These gloves are not known to contain ingredients
those gloves with test results 6 are suitable. In all other which can result in allergies. Contaminated gloves must
cases, their use must be limited to protection against be cleaned or washed before removal.
Approval Level
EN420 General requirements
EN388 4121 ABCD
Methanol (0-6)
Acetone (0-6)
Acetonitrile (0-6)
Dichloromethane (0-6)
Carbon disulfide (0-6)
Toluene (0-6)
EN374
Diethylamine (0-6)
Tetrahydrofuran (0-6)
Ethylacetate (0-6)
Heptane (0-6)
Sodium hydroxide (0-6)
Sulphuric acid (0-6)
618
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Sorbents & Booms
SORBENT P
PAD
ADSS U9
U94100
4100
603167
Our oil sorbent pads will save you time, costs
and workload when cleaning up after a spill.
Extremely high absorption rates ensure you
contain and clean as quickly as possible.
Even when fully saturated it will keep its shape.
Features
• Oil only absorption pads
• High absorbency rate
• Keeps shape even when fully saturated
Benefits
• It is fast and efficient ensuring a quick
containment of your spill
• By keeping its shape it is easier for you to handle
Technical data
Qty per pack 200Pcs
Description Pads U94100
Size each 49 x 39cm
Absorbing capacity 127 litres

619
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Sorbents & Booms
SORBENT P
PAD
ADSS U9
U94200
4200
592758
Features
Benefits
Technical data
Qty per pack 200Pcs
Size each 49 x 39cm
Product Number Product name Qty

592758 SORBENT PADS U 94200 200
603167 SORBENT PADS U94100 100
620
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Sorbents & Booms
SORBENT P
PAD
ADSS U9
U9450
450
592733
Features
• Largest pad in our range
Benefits
• This larger pad will tackle your oil spills that have
spread quickly
Technical data
Qty per pack 50 Pcs
Size each 80 X 100cm
Absorbing capacity 260 Litres

621
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Sorbents & Booms
SORBENT P
PAD
ADSS U9
U94200
4200 U
604363
Our yellow range of sorbent pads are suitable for
absorption of all kinds of oils,acid and chemicals
Features
• Chemical absorption pads
Benefits
Technical data
Qty per pack 200Pcs
Size each 48 x 43cm
Absorbing capacity 25.5 litres

604363 SORBENT PADS U94200 U 40
622
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Sorbents & Booms
SORBENT P
PAD
ADSS U9
U94200
4200
604355
Our Oil only sorbent pads will save you time,
costs and workload when cleaning up after a
spill.
Features
• Oil absorption pads
• High absorbency rate upto 20 times
Benefits
• Strong even when saturated
Technical data
Qty per pack 200Pcs
Size each 48 x 43cm
Absorbing capacity 25.5 litres

604363 SORBENT PADS U94200 U 40
623
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Sorbents & Booms
SORBENT P
PAD
ADSS U9
U941
418
850
603308
Our static resistant oil sorbent pads will save
you time, costs and workload when cleaning up
flammable liquids after a spill.
contain and clean as quick as possible.
Features
• static resistant absorption pads
• Keep shape even when fully saturated
Benefits
• This static resistant pad ensures no sparks during
cleaning flammable liquids so it is a safer
operation
Technical data
Qty per pack 200Pcs
Size each 48 x 43cm

624
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Sorbents & Booms
SORBENT R
ROLL
OLLSS U9
U94150
4150 S
592741
Our range of sorbent rolls gives you the option
to tailor make your own oil spill cleaning
solutions.
By providing sorbents on a roll you can cut them
to the size you need.
It is easy to tear off the length needed- useful for
various applications.
Features
• Wide range of absorption pads
• Easy disposal
Benefits
• Regardless of your spill whether oily, flammable
or chemical we can offer you a solution for your
cleaning requirements
• They offer a fast and efficient way of ensuring a
quick containment of your spill
• By keeping their shape it is easier for you to
handle
• You can incinerate for disposal
Technical data
Length 4400
Width 480
Weight 17.3
Quantity 2
Absorb. Capacity 310

625
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Sorbents & Booms
SORBENT R
ROLL
OLLSS U9
U94150
4150
603183
solutions.
Features
• Easy disposal
Benefits
handle
Technical data
Length 4400
Width 970
Weight 17.3
Quantity 1

603183 SORBENT ROLLS U94150
626
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Sorbents & Booms
SORBENT R
ROLL
OLLSS U9
U944300
603191
solutions.
Features
• Easy disposal
Benefits
handle
Technical data
Length 8800
Width 970
Weight 17.3
Quantity 1

603191 SORBENT ROLLS U94300
627
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Sorbents & Booms
SORBENT R
ROLL
OLLSS U9
U944300 S
603209
solutions.
Features
• Easy disposal
Benefits
handle
Technical data
Length 8800
Width 480
Weight 17.3
Quantity 2

628
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Sorbents & Booms
SORBENT R
ROLL
OLLSS U9
U9443601 S
603324
solutions.
Features
• Easy disposal
Benefits
handle
Technical data
Length 4400
Width 480
Weight 17.3
Quantity 2

629
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Sorbents & Booms
SORBENT P
PAR
ARTIC
TICULA
ULATE
TE U9
U944
603274
Our sorbent particulates makes it easier to clean
spills by absorbing any residues and providing
you with a solid to clean up rather than liquid.
You can spread it over walkways and floors or
throwing over open water to absorb spills.
Features
• High absorption rates
• Flexible use
• High absorption rates up to 25 times its own
weight and does not absorb water
Benefits
• Easy to handle and recover- its 100% chopped
polypropylene materials absorbs oil based liquids
so you can simply shovel up the spill or use a net
in the water
• Easy to dispose
Technical data
Description Oil spill particulate U94
Weight 11.3
Quantity 1
630
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Sorbents & Booms
SORBENT SSWEEP
WEEP
603241
Our sorbent sweep is easily controllable allowing
you to skim the water surface and collect oil
spills.
The multi-layer system contains oils and
hydrocarbons giving you a strong tool that also
repels water.
Features
• The sweep has built in tension straps so you can
control the recovery of the sweep
Benefits
• Easily controllable
• Easy disposal
Technical data
Length 30000
Width 460
Weight 6.4
Quantity 1

603241 SORBENT SWEEP U941800
631
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Sorbents & Booms
SORBENT PILL
PILLOOWS U9
U9410
410 P (10 P
PCCS)
603258
This 10 piece pack of absorbent pillows gives
you many options to contain, clean and protect
vulnerable areas from oil spills.
They absorb all types of oils and hydrocarbons,
giving you high absorption rates while repelling
water.
Features
• High absorption rates
• Flexible use
• Easy to dispose
• Easy to handle
Benefits
• They absorb up to 25 times their own weight
• The absorption materials are held in a sock
making them ideal to stopping spills from going
under doorways or cupboards- you can also use
them for cleaning oil spills
• You can incinerate them so are easy to dispose of
• Their small length allows you to lay them along an
area and makes them easier to handle than oil
booms
Technical data
Length 460
Weight 8.6
Quantity 10
Diameter 200

603258 SORBENT PILLOWS U9410 P (10 PCS)
632
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Sorbents & Booms
SORBENT B
BOOOM U9
U94410
4410
603217
Our range of absorbent booms gives you highly
flexible position to contain oil spills.
All booms give you the ability to link them
together into any length.
Booms prevent spreading and stop
contaminants from getting into the sea so are a
vital part of your oil spill kit.
Features
• Highly absorbent
• Absorption material contained
• Can be linked
• Easy disposal
Benefits
• Filled with 100% polypropylene contained in a net
sock, ensuring you do not lose any spill during
recovery
• The metal hooks at either end allow you to link
them together for your required length
• You can incinerate them for easier disposal
Technical data
Length 3000
Width 12.8
Quantity 4
Diameter 100

603217 SORBENT BOOMS U94410
633
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Sorbents & Booms
SORBENT B
BOOOM W
W/NET
/NET U9
U94810
4810 SN
603233
Our range of absorbent booms give you highly
All give you the ability to link them together into
any length.
contaminants getting into the sea so are a vital
part of your oil spill kit.
Features
• Can be linked
• Easy disposal
Benefits
sock ensures you do not lose any spill when
recovering
Technical data
Length 3000
Weight 22
Quantity 4
Diameter 200
634
Oil spill kits
ENVIR
ENVIRONMENT
ONMENTAL
AL Sorbents & Booms
SORBENT B
BOOOM U 9
94410
4410 S
592766
Our range of absorbent booms gives you highly
All booms give you the ability to link them
together into any length.
contaminants from getting into the sea so are a
vital part of your oil spill kit.
Features
• Can be linked
• Easy disposal
Benefits
sock, ensuring you do not lose any spill during
recovery
Technical data
Length 300cm
Weight 6.4
Quantity 4 pcs
Diameter 12cm
Absorb. Capacity 180 Ltr

592766 SORBENT BOOMS U 94410 S
635
Conventional Mooring Rope
ROPE
OPESS Timm Master 8
TIMM MAS
MASTER
TER 8
Timm Master 8 is one of the most selling
premium mixed polymer ropes. A reliable,
flexible, and tough mooring rope suitable for all
ship types.
Features
• 8-strand plaited construction
• Buoyant
• Low-torque
• UV stabilised
Benefits
• Class leading strength-to-weight ratio
• High abrasion resistance
• Type approval from DNV GL
• Meets all OCIMF requirements
• Held in global stock inventory
Technical Data Timm Master to over 6,000 vessels worldwide. Our

Master ropes are supplying a significant proportion of
Construction 8-strand plaited rope
the world’s largest shipping companies. This is a
Material Mixed polymer rope (Polyolefin/HT Polyester) flexible and easily handled product made from our
Eyes 1.8m protected eyes (PES) Timm Signal B5 polyolefin yarn and high tenacity
Colour White with 3 black stripes polyester and has long been admired as a premium,
Melting point 165°C mixed polymer mooring rope.
Specific gravity 0.99 Master ropes have a low cost of ownership, very good
Water absorption <1% abrasion properties and excellent UV resistance. The
Elongation 18% at break product is buoyant (<1% water absorption) and 18%
Our most recognised product to date, long admired as elongation at break.
a premium, mixed polymer rope solution. We have sold
Available dimensions on request in all lengths
Diameter [mm] MBL Spliced [kN] MBL Unspliced [kN] MBL Spliced [metric ton] MBL Unspliced [metric ton]
36 256 285 26 29
40 315 350 31 35
44 380 423 38 43
46 414 461 42 47
48 451 501 45 51
50 489 543 49 55
52 528 587 53 59
54 569 632 57 64
56 611 679 62 69
60 699 777 71 79
62 746 829 75 84
64 794 882 80 89
68 894 994 90 101
70 946 1052 96 107
72 1001 1112 101 113
76 1113 1237 113 126
78 1171 1301 118 132
80 1231 1368 125 139
84 1354 1505 137 153
88 1484 1649 151 168
90 1551 1724 157 175
636
ROPE
OPESS Timm Master 8
94 1690 1878 171 191
96 1761 1957 179 199
100 1908 2120 194 216
104 2061 2290 209 233
Timm Master 8
Product Diameter Length MBL Spliced MBL Unspliced

Product name
Number [mm] [m] [kN] [kN]
TIMM MASTER 8 36MM 110M 256KN (SPLICED)/285KN (UNSPLICED)
410704 36 110 256 285
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410047 36 220 256 285
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410708 40 110 315 350
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410051 40 220 315 350
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410712 44 110 380 423
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410055 44 220 380 423
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410728 48 110 451 501
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410059 48 220 451 501
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410172 50 200 489 543
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410063 50 220 489 543
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410716 52 110 528 587
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410067 52 220 528 587
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410720 54 110 569 632
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410071 54 150 569 632
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410075 54 220 569 632
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410724 56 110 611 679
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410079 56 220 611 679
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410176 56 300 611 679
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410083 60 220 699 777
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410087 62 150 746 829
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410091 62 220 746 829
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410095 64 220 794 882
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410099 68 220 894 994
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410103 72 150 1001 1112
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410107 72 220 1001 1112
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
637
ROPE
OPESS Timm Master 8

Product name
410111 76 220 1113 1237
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410115 78 220 1171 1301
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410806 80 190 1231 1368
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410119 80 220 1231 1368
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410766 82 200 1292 1436
BLUE 2X1,8M EYE
Approvals
Type Approved Product by DNV GL. This product is (MBL) is according to ISO 10556:2009 and verified by
produced according to ISO 9554:2010 and tested DNV GL.
according to ISO 2307:2010. Minimum Breaking Load
638
ROPE
OPESS Timm Master 12
TIMM MAS
MASTER
TER 12
Timm Master 12 is one of the most selling
premium mixed polymer ropes. A reliable,
flexible, and tough mooring rope suitable for all
ship types.
Features
• Buoyant
• Low-torque
• UV stabilised
Benefits
• Class leading strength-to-weight ratio
Technical Data ropes are supplying a significant proportion of the

world’s largest shipping companies. This is a flexible
and easily handled product made from our Timm Signal
Material Mixed polymer rope (Polyolefin/HT Polyester) B5 polyolefin yarn and high tenacity polyester and has
Eyes 1.8m protected eyes (PES) long been admired as a premium, mixed polymer
Colour White with 3 black stripes mooring rope.
Melting point 165°C Master ropes have a low cost of ownership, very good
Specific gravity 0.99 abrasion properties and excellent UV resistance. The
Water absorption <1% product is buoyant (<1% absorption) and 18%
Elongation 18% at break elongation at break.
Our most recognised product to date, long admired as
a premium, mixed polymer rope solution. Our Master
Timm Master 12

Product name Colour
410035 48 220 451 501 White
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410039 60 200 699 777 White
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
410043 60 220 699 777 White
WHITE 2X1,8M EYE
TIMM MASTER 12 82MM 200M 1292KN (SPLICED)/1435KN
410754 82 200 1292 1436 Blue
(UNSPLICED) BLUE 2X1,8M EYE
Approvals
Type Approved Product by DNV GL. Breaking Load (MBL) is according to ISO 10556:2009
This product is produced according to ISO 9554:2010 and verified by DNV GL.
and tested according to ISO 2307:2010. Minimum
639
ROPE
OPESS Timm Signal 12
TIMM SIGN
SIGNAL
AL 12
Timm Signal 12 is a highly regarded twelve
strand mooring rope, especially developed for
the cruise industry.
Features
• Buoyant
• Low-torque
• UV stabilised
Benefits
• Lightweight
• High strength-to-weight ratio
• High elongation
• Excellent grip
Technical Data product worldwide for some considerable time, due to

the high strength, easy handling and buoyant nature of
the product. Timm Signal 12 is available in a 12-strand,
Material Mixed polyolefin rope (Timm Signal B5 polyolefin fiber) blue plaited design - made from Timm B5 yarn, from a
Eyes 1.8m protected eyes (PES) special mix of HT polyolefin fibers. The rope is well
Colour Blue with 3 black stripes balanced, with 6 left and 6 right strands. It has been UV
Melting point 165° stablised and unlike Timm Master will not absorb when
Specific gravity Approx. 0.92 submerged. This product has type approval from DNV
Water absorption 0% GL and meets all product requirements from OCIMF.
Elongation 18 % at break It is primarily stocked to service the cruise industry.
This mixed polyolefin rope offers a cost efficient
solution for the cruise industry. We have sold this
Timm Signal 12

Product name Colour
TTIMM SIGNAL 12 72MM 170M 824KN (SPLICED)/915KN
410003 72 170 824 915 Blue
TIMM SIGNAL 12 72MM 185M 824KN (SPLICED)/915KN (UNSPLICED)
410007 72 185 824 915 Blue
BLUE 2X1,8M EYE
TIMM SIGNAL 12 72MM 220M 824KN (SPLICED)/915KN (UNSPLICED)
410011 72 220 824 915 Blue
BLUE 2X1,8M EYE
TIMM SIGNAL 12 80MM 185M 1009KN (SPLICED)/1121KN
410015 80 185 1009 1121 Blue
Approvals
640
ROPE
OPESS Terraline
TERRALINE 12
Terraline 12 is a peak performance 12-strand
polyester rope
Features
• High strength, both wet and dry
• Increased abrasion resistance
• Excellent UV resistance
Benefits
• Easy to handle
• Easy to splice and repair
• Lower elongation
• Well balanced; 6 left and 6 right strands
• Low bending ratio
• High melting point (260°C)
Terraline 12 polyester ropes – with a breaking strength 90% above

ISO standard. The peak performance of the Terraline 12
Construction 12 strand
is obtained mainly through two key elements: 1. Super
Material Polyethylene Terephthalate HT polyester fibers 2. Unique 12-strand MaxLoad
Colour White design - twisting and laying of yarn and strands We
Specific gravity 1.37 have combined the experience from Acera high
Water absorption <0.5% performance HMPE ropes, with an innovative “twist” of
Melting point 260° the traditional 12-strand rope construction. This
Elongation 15% at break MaxLoad design is based on a set of unconventional
Polyester is a particularly reliable fiber, and has proven yarn twist/strand laying/ rope design ratios, and the use
to be the most durable of the conventional fibers used of new tools for simultaneous tensioning of all
in ropes. Terraline 12 is a unique 12-strand polyester filaments, yarns and strands respectively.
rope, which delivers twice the strength of conventional
Terraline 12
Diameter [mm] MBL Spliced [kN] MBL Unspliced [kN]

32 277 308
34 311 346
36 348 386
38 386 428
40 425 473
42 467 519
44 511 568
46 557 618
48 604 671
50 653 726
52 704 783
54 757 841
56 812 902
58 869 965
60 927 1030
62 987 1097
64 1050 1166
66 1113 1237
68 1179 1310
70 1247 1385
72 1316 1462
74 1387 1541
641
ROPE
OPESS Terraline
Diameter [mm] MBL Spliced [kN] MBL Unspliced [kN]

76 1460 1622
Approvals
Nominal diameter is according to ISO 1141. BL/MBF tested according to ISO 2307 and verified by DNV GL.
(Minimum Breaking Force) is measured in kN and Spliced ropes will on average have 10 % lower MBF.
642
Advanced Mooring Rope
ROPE
OPESS Timm Winchline
TIMM WINCHLINE
Timm Winchline is a newly engineered mooring
solution with an ultra strong buoyant core and a
cover braid made to resist heavy abrasion and to
reduce dangerous snap-back.
Features
• Buoyant
• No rotation under load
• UV protected
• Compact construction
• Cover braided construction
Benefits
• Resistant to external damage and particle ingress
• Ease of handling
• High construction stability
• Maintains shape even under extreme tension
Technical Specification the best rope construction, and have become the most
common for high performance solutions. The rope is
Construction Load bearing core with protective jacket
well balanced, with 6 left and 6 right strands. Timm
Specific gravity Approx. 0.99 Winchline has a compact construction retaining its firm,
Elongation 18% at break round shape during use. It runs very smoothly on
Melting point 165°C winches with minimal compression and prevents
Water absorption < 1% digging into the layers underneath. This rope is suitable
Colour White with 3 gold stripes for both single and multi drum winching, and
Timm Winchline is constructed with a 12-strand core of applications with bits and capstans. Timm Winchline
B5 polyolefin yarn, and a tight 32 braided cover of HT can be used on board all vessel types- developed
polyester providing superior abrasion resistance and primarily for Ro-Ro and cruise vessels.
reducing snap-back. 12-strand ropes are regarded as
Timm Winchline
Product Diameter Length MBL Spliced MBL

Product name
Number [mm] [m] [kN] Unspliced [kN]
TIMM WINCHLINE 40MM 200M 295KN (SPLICED)/328KN (UNSPLICED) WHITE
410864 40 200 306 340
PES COVER 2X1,8M EYES
410868 44 200 367 409
410872 48 200 435 484
410876 52 200 509 566
410880 56 200 588 654
410884 60 200 672 747
410888 64 200 762 847
410892 68 200 858 954
410896 70 200 908 1009
410900 72 200 959 1066
643
Advanced Mooring Rope
ROPE
OPESS Timm Winchline
Product Diameter Length MBL Spliced MBL

Product name
Number [mm] [m] [kN] Unspliced [kN]
410904 80 200 1177 1308
TTIMM WINCHLINE 88MM 200M 1417KN (SPLICED)/1575KN (UNSPLICED) WHITE
410908 88 200 1417 1575
644
High Performance Mooring Rope
ROPE
OPESS Acera Amundsen
ACERA AM
AMUND
UNDSEN
SEN
Acera Amundsen is a 12 strand high
performance rope made from the genuine Acera
HMPE yarns, with the unique super eye in both
ends with mesh and hollow braided protection.
Features
• 12 strand plaited HMPE rope
• Buoyant
• Single yarn coating
• 7 times lighter than steel and 60% lighter than
conventional fiber rope
• Excellent eye protection with y-connection
Benefits
• Easy to handle
• Easy to splice
• Easy to inspect
• Increased rope service lifetime
• Low elongation and 0% water absorption
Technical Data uncompromising commitment to the quality standards

of Acera. Single yarn coating is proven to significantly
Construction 12 strand plaited
enhance internal and external abrasion resistance, and
Material Acera HMPE extend service life and strength. 12 strand ropes are
Eyes Supereye regarded as the best rope construction, and has
Colour Platinum or Blue become the most common construction for HMPE
Melting Point 145°C - 150°C ropes.
Specific Gravity 0.97 (floating) Acera Amundsen is the alternative to the cumbersome
Water Absorption 0% steel wire ropes. It is stronger and safer, with
Elongation 2-3% at break significantly less snap-back. The corresponding weight
Oil Content in Fiber <0.1% is therefore 7 times lower. When replacing conventional
Acera Amundsen is a DNV GL type approved 12 strand fiber ropes, the reduction in diameter leads to
high performance rope made from genuine Acera significant savings in weight (60%), space and handling.
HMPE yarns, which is individually coated through a This reduces the total time required for mooring
rotating 360° Lick-roller process. This cumbersome operations and fuel consumption.
single yarn coating process demonstrates the
16 235 260 23 26
18 283 310 28 31
20 340 380 34 38
22 400 450 41 45
24 470 520 47 53
26 540 600 55 61
28 610 680 62 69
30 690 770 70 78
32 780 870 79 88
34 860 960 88 97
36 940 1040 95 106
645
ROPE
38 1040 1160 106 118
40 1130 1260 115 128
44 1310 1460 133 148
48 1530 1700 156 173
52 1770 1970 180 200
56 2030 2260 207 230
60 2280 2530 232 257
64 2560 2840 260 289
68 2850 3170 290 323
72 3170 3520 323 358
76 3500 3890 356 396
80 3870 4300 394 438
Acera Amundsen
MBL MBL
Product Diameter Length
Product name Spliced Unspliced Colour
Number [mm] [m]
[kN] [kN]
ACERA AMUNDSEN 20MM 220M 340KN (SPLICED)/380KN (UNSPLICED)
410688 20 220 340 380 Platinum
PLATINUM 2X1,8M SUPEREYE
410564 22 180 400 450 Platinum
410612 22 200 400 450 Platinum
410263 22 220 400 450 Platinum
410568 24 180 470 520 Platinum
410347 24 190 470 520 Platinum
410616 24 200 470 520 Platinum
410267 24 220 470 520 Platinum
410778 26 220 540 600 Platinum
410572 28 180 610 680 Platinum
410315 28 200 610 680 Platinum
410271 28 220 610 680 Platinum
410576 30 180 690 770 Platinum
410620 30 200 690 770 Platinum
410275 30 220 690 770 Platinum
410580 32 180 780 870 Platinum
410624 32 200 780 870 Platinum
410283 32 220 780 870 Platinum
410351 32 300 780 870 Platinum
410584 34 180 860 960 Platinum
410628 34 200 860 960 Platinum
646
ROPE
MBL MBL
Number [mm] [m]
[kN] [kN]
410287 34 220 860 960 Platinum
410588 36 180 940 1040 Platinum
410632 36 200 940 1040 Platinum
410291 36 220 940 1040 Platinum
410672 38 85 1040 1160 Platinum
410170 38 110 1040 1160 Platinum
410592 38 180 1040 1160 Platinum
410634 38 200 1040 1160 Platinum
410295 38 220 1040 1160 Platinum
410331 40 125 1130 1260 Platinum
410319 40 165 1130 1260 Platinum
410596 40 180 1130 1260 Platinum
410323 40 205 1130 1260 Platinum
410299 40 220 1130 1260 Platinum
410640 40 275 1130 1260 Platinum
410600 42 180 1209 1350 Platinum
410327 42 205 1209 1350 Platinum
410303 42 220 1209 1350 Platinum
410604 44 180 1310 1460 Platinum
410335 44 190 1310 1460 Blue
BLUE 2X1,8M SUPEREYE
410339 44 200 1310 1460 Blue
410307 44 220 1310 1460 Platinum
410644 44 275 1310 1460 Platinum
410343 46 195 1422 1580 Blue
410608 48 180 1530 1700 Platinum
410636 48 200 1530 1700 Platinum
410311 48 220 1530 1700 Platinum
410680 56 132 2030 2260 Platinum
410798 56 185 2030 2260 Platinum
PLATINUM
647
ROPE
MBL MBL
Number [mm] [m]
[kN] [kN]
410774 64 220 2556 2840 Platinum
Approvals
Type Approved Product by DNV GL. Minimum Breaking Load (MBL) is according to ISO
This product is produced according to ISO 9554:2010 10325:2009 and verified by DNV GL.
and tested according to ISO 2307:2010.
648
ROPE
OPESS Acera daGama
ACERA D
DA
AGAMA
Acera daGama is a 12 strand HMPE rope with a
24 braided PES cover and the unique super eye
with mesh and hollow braided protection.
Features
• 12 strand plaited HMPE rope, with 24 braided
PES cover
• Buoyant
• Single yarn coating
• 7 times lighter than steel and 60% lighter than
conventional fiber rope
• Excellent eye protection with y-connection
Benefits
• Easy to handle
• Increased rope service lifetime
• Low elongation and 0% water absorption
• Customisable towards different applications
• Resistant to external damage and particle ingress
Technical Data biologically enert product offers protection to the

12-strand HMPE core, with a tight 24 braided PES
Construction 12-strand plaited core, 24-strand braided cover
cover braid layer – bonded together using an exclusive
Material Acera HMPE core, PES cover adhesive coating. Every yarn, both in the core and the
Eyes 1.8m Supereye cover are individually coated through our unique,
Colour White rotating 360° Lick-roller process. Single yarn coating
Melting Point 145-150°C extends service life, strength and internal / external
Specific Gravity 0.973 (floating) abrasion resistance. This floating product is ideally
Water Absorption 0% suited to single drum winching. This is an adaptable
Elongation 2-3% at break product, which can be customised to suit your intended
Oil Content in Fiber <0.1% application.
The Acera daGama construction offers a tough HMPE
rope solution, with full cover braid protection. This
Nominal Diameter (core & Nominal Diameter MBL Spliced MBL Unspliced MBL Spliced MBL Unspliced
cover) [mm] (core) [mm] [kN] [kN] [metric ton] [metric ton]
20 16 235 260 23 26
22 18 283 310 28 31
24 20 340 380 34 38
26 22 400 450 41 45
30 24 470 520 47 53
32 26 540 600 55 61
34 28 610 680 62 69
36 30 690 770 70 78
38 32 780 870 79 88
40 34 860 960 88 97
42 36 940 1040 95 106
44 38 1040 1160 106 118
46 40 1130 1260 115 128
649
ROPE
OPESS Acera daGama
Nominal Diameter (core & Nominal Diameter MBL Spliced MBL Unspliced MBL Spliced MBL Unspliced
cover) [mm] (core) [mm] [kN] [kN] [metric ton] [metric ton]
50 44 1310 1460 133 148
54 48 1530 1700 156 173
60 52 1770 1970 180 200
64 56 2030 2260 207 230
68 60 2280 2530 232 257
72 64 2560 2840 260 289
78 68 2850 3170 290 323
Acera daGama
Nominal MBL MBL

Product Nominal Diameter Length
Diameter (core) Product name Spliced Unspliced
Number (core & cover) [mm] [m]
[mm] [kN] [kN]
ACERA DAGAMA 20MM/24MM 220M 340KN (SPLICED)/380KN
410415 24 20 220 340 380
(UNSPLICED) WHITE PES COVER 2X1,8M SUPEREYE
410419 26 22 220 400 450
410423 30 24 220 470 520
410828 32 26 220 540 600
(UNSPLICED) WHITE PES COVER 2X1,8M SUPEREY
410427 34 28 220 610 680
410431 36 30 220 690 770
410435 38 32 220 780 870
410790 40 34 220 860 960
410439 42 36 220 940 1040
ACERA DAGAMA 38MM/44MM 110M 1040KN
410748 44 38 (SPLICED)/1160KN (UNSPLICED) WHITE PES COVER 2X1,8M 110 1040 1160
SUPEREYE
SUPEREYE
SUPEREYE
SUPEREYE
AACERA DAGAMA 42MM/48MM 220M 1209KN
SUPEREYE
SUPEREYE
Approvals
650
ROPE
OPESS Acera Scott
ACERA SSC
COT
OTT
T
Acera Scott is a high performance HMPE rope
from 8 strand with a core of Acera yarns
protected with a 24 braided PES cover.
Features
• Better elongation than conventional HMPE rope
construction
• Prevents the core and cover from moving
independently
Benefits
• Increased safety, snap-back/ recoil arrestors
• Excellent abrasion resistance
• Reduced external damage and particle ingress
• Easy to splice and repair
• Easy to inspect
• Extremely good on winches, bits and capstans
Technical Data there is minimal risk of potentially damaging backlash if

a mooring line breaks. Acera™ Scott is made from
Construction 8-strand individually braided covers
Acera™ genuine HMPE yarns, which are individually
Material Acera HMPE core, PES cover coated through a rotating 360° Lick-roller process. This
Eyes Supereye cumbersome single yarn coating process demonstrates
Colour White the uncompromising commitment to the quality
Melting Point 145-150°C standards of Acera™. Single yarn coating is proven to
Specific Gravity 0.973 (floating) significantly enhance internal and external abrasion
Water Absorption 0% absorption resistance, and extend service life and strength.
Elongation 2-3% at break Optional HT polyester cover available. Acera™ Scott
Oil Content in Fiber <0.1% has genuine safety properties and abrasion resistance
A heavy duty rope made to withstand rugged in addition to the standard Acera™ benefits:
conditions. Acera™ Scott is constructed from 8-strand lightweight, ultra strong and competitive pricing .
square plait (4x2), with a core of Acera™ yarns with less The availability of polyester covers, extra high
twist and 24 braided covers protecting each individual diameters and long lengths, make the ropes an
strand from wear and abrasion. This special attractive choice for several applications: Mooring,
construction provides significantly increased safety towing and lifting. Acera™ Scott is available in several
properties, with reduced snap-back effect. dimensions on demand.
In combination with the low elongation on HMPE fibers,
Available dimensions on demand
40 1130 1260 115 128
44 1310 1460 133 148
48 1530 1700 156 173
52 1770 1970 180 200
56 2030 2260 207 230
60 2280 2530 232 257
64 2560 2840 260 289
68 2850 3170 290 323
72 3170 3520 323 358
76 3500 3890 356 396
80 3870 4300 394 438
651
ROPE
OPESS Acera Scott
Acera Scott

Product name
ACERA SCOTT 40MM 140M 1130KN (SPLICED)/1260KN (UNSPLICED) WHITE
410648 40 140 1130 1260
2X1,8M SUPEREYE
Approvals
652
ROPE
OPESS Acera Amundsen Lite
ACERA AM
AMUND
UNDSEN
SEN LITE
Acera Amundsen Lite is a 12-strand HMPE
composite rope made from HMPE yarns with
additional lightweight polyolefin fibers.
Features
• Marine single yarn coating
• Plain ends or spliced eyes
Benefits
• Price competitive
• Easy to handle
• Easy to splice
• Easy to inspect
• Stronger and safer than steel, with less snap-
back
• High construction stability and well balanced; 6
left and 6 right strands
• Outsized surface contact - better abrasion
resistance
• Enhanced abrasion resistance
Technical Data than nylon ropes of the equivalent strength. Every yarn
is individually coated through a rotating 360° Lick-roller
Construction 12-strand plaited
process. This cumbersome single yarn coating process
Material Acera HMPE composite demonstrates the uncompromising commitment to the
Specific Gravity 0.95 (floating) quality standards of Acera. Single yarn coating is
Oil Content in Fiber <0.1% proven to significantly enhance internal and external
Water Resistance 0.1% absorption abrasion resistance, and extend service life and
Melting point 145-150°C strength. 12-strand ropes are regarded as the best rope
Elongation 2-3% at break construction, which has become the most common
Acera Amundsen Lite reduces the gap between the construction for high performance ropes. When
ultra light high performance ropes and less costly ropes replacing conventional fiber ropes, the reduction in
made from 100% traditional fibers or steel. diameter leads to significant savings in weight, space
This rope is based on the DNV GL type approved and handling. This reduces the total time required for
12-strand Acera Amundsen HMPE rope, with additional mooring operations and fuel consumption. The
lightweight polyolefin fibers. Acera Amundsen Lite is lightweight, strong Acera Amundsen Lite is available at
significantly stronger than polyester and nylon ropes, a market competitive price, lowering the initial price gap
with better abrasion resistance and is 70 - 75% lighter between high performance fiber ropes and wire ropes.
Acera Lite
MBL MBL
Number [mm] [m]
[kN] [kN]
ACERA AMUNDSEN LITE 48MM 195M 962KN(98T) (SPLICED)/1070KN
410355 48 195 962 1070 Blue
(UNSPLICED) BLUE 1X1,8M SUPEREYE
Approvals
This product is produced according to ISO 9554:2010
Breaking Load (MBL) is according to ISO 10325:2009.
653
Steel Wire Rope
ROPE
OPESS Mooring Ropes
STEEL WIRE M
MOOORING R
ROPE
OPE
Steel wire mooring rope with independent wire
core, a solution giving high flexibility, in addition
to longer service life.
Features
• Galvanised Warrington Seale
• Independent wire core
• 6x36 wire classification
• Mechanised spliced soft eye (2 x 1.8m)
• High flexibility
• Tensile strength 1960N/mm2
Benefits
• Greater strength and stability than equivalent fiber
core (FC) products
• Superior breaking load compared to 6x19
constructions
• Low bending fatigue / longer service life
• Resistant to drum crushing
• Larger diameter wires in the outer core provide
additional resistance to abrasion and corrosive
environments
We are offering the most sought after type of steel wire offers flexibility, with a low bending fatigue and greater
mooring ropes are customers are looking for. Our steel stability than equivalent fiber core products.
wire mooring ropes are 6x36 classified Warrington These wires have two mechanically spliced soft eyes of
Seale wires, which are galvanised and have an 1.8m, one in both ends. Our steel wire mooring ropes
independent wire rope core. This construction type offer a tensile strength of 1960N/mm2.
Steel Wire Rope
Product Number Product name Diameter [mm] Length [m]

L410463 STEEL WIRE 6X36WS+IWRC 28MM 220M 1960N/MM² GALV 2X1,8M EYES 28 220
654
Rope Protection
ROPE
OPESS Timm Chafe Guard
TIMM CHAFE GU
GUARD
ARD
The Timm Chafe Guard is designed to protect
ropes from surface abrasion with steel surfaces
such as chocks and leads.
Features
• Suitable for all rope types, except steel wire
• 100% high tenacity PES
• Customised sizes
• High melting point (260°C)
Benefits
• Easy to install
• Eye-catching
• Rot-proof
• Lightweight, with a smooth surface
• Excellent UV and heat resistance
Technical Specification to protect from UV exposure".

These can be easily installed and can provide an instant
Construction Solid plain weaved canvas
defensive barrier against sharp surfaces and edges.
Method of Durable velcro lining with 1m fixing lines at each end The heat resistant properties of PES, will also shield
attachment and stiff eye grips
your rope from excessive frictional heat build-up.
Fiber Polyethersulfone
Poorly maintained fairleads and chocks can also severly
Specific gravity 1.38
harm the service life of your mooring lines. Timm would
Coating PU based Marine Coating
suggest in such circumstances, applying a chafe guard
Water resistance 0.3% absorption
to reduce destructive cutting.
Melting point 260°C
The Timm Chafe Guard is highly resistant to mineral
The distinctive red chafe guards of Timm have been acids, alkali, electrolytes, oxidising agents and remains
protecting rope assets since 2012. These high tenacity stable in aqueous acids and non-polar solvents. They
guards are suitable for all rope types (except steel wire). are cold and frost resistant (rot-proof) and are easily
OCIMF states that a rope’s ability to “resist external fixed into place with 1m lines at each end and an extra
abrasion damage may be improved by the addition of durable velcro lining.
an abrasion resistant overall jacket". It will also “serve
Timm Chafe Guard
Product Number Product name Size [mm] Colour Length [m]

410195 TIMM CHAFE GUARD 20-28MM 3M RED 20-28 Red 3.0
410211 TIMM CHAFE GUARD 40-50MM 3M BLUE 40-50 Blue 3.0
655
Rope Stretchers
ROPE
OPESS Timm Master 8 Tail
TIMM MAS
MASTER
TER 8 T
TAIL
AIL
Timm Master 8 Tail is an 8-strand floating
mooring tail which effectively absorb shock and
energy in mooring systems.
Features
• Protected eyes
• Buoyant
• High elongation
Benefits
• 15-20% lighter than PES and nylon tails
• Excellent abrasion and UV resistance
• Smooth and gripable surface
Technical Data Our best selling mooring tail made from the Timm
Master rope design, sold to over 6 000 vessels. Made
of HT polyester and B5 polyolefin yarns which
Timm Signal B5 polyolefin, effectively absorb shock/energy in mooring systems.
Material
mixed with HT Polyester
Typically used with steel wire and HMPE ropes.
Colour White, with 3 black identification stripes
Compared to nylon stretchers, this product remains
Melting point 165°C
elastic for a longer period. It performs better in wet
Specific gracity 0.99
conditions, providing equal breaking strength under wet
Water resistance <1% absorption
and dry conditions.
Timm Master 8 Tail
Product Number Product name Diameter [mm] Length [m] MBL Spliced [kN]
410692 TIMM MASTER 8 TAIL 54MM 11M 569KN (SPLICED) WHITE 2X2,0M EYE 54 11 569
Approvals
656
Rope Stretchers
ROPE
OPESS Timm Master 8 Ring
TIMM MAS
MASTER
TER 8 RING
Timm Master 8 Ring is an 8-strand floating
mooring ringtail which effectively absorb shock
and energy in mooring systems.
Features
• Suitable for all steel wire and HMPE mooring
solutions
• Buoyant
• 60% stronger than single leg slings
• >20% lower diameter than single leg slings
• Protected eyes
• Heavy duty tackle securing the eye protections
Benefits
• High elongation
• Excellent abrasion and UV resistance
• Smooth and gripable surface
• Well suitable with Timm Boss Link
Technical Data This ringtail/endless sling is on average 60% stronger

than single leg mooring tails made from same rope
design. Made of HT polyester and B5 polyolefin yarns
Material Timm Signal B5 polyolefin mixed with HT Polyester which effectively absorb shock/energy in mooring
Colour White with 3 black tracers systems. Typically used with steel wire and HMPE
Melting point 165°C ropes. Compared to nylon stretchers, this product
Specific gravity 0.99 remains elastic for a longer period. It performs better in
Water resistance <1% absorption wet conditions, providing equal breaking strength under
wet and dry conditions.
Timm Master 8 Ring
410123 TIMM MASTER 8 RING 54MM 11M 1011KN (SPLICED) WHITE 54 11 1011
410770 TIMM MASTER 8 RING 72MM 11M 1779KN (SPLICED) WHITE 2X1M SUPEREYE 72 11 1779
Approvals
657
Rope Stretchers
ROPE
OPESS Timm Signal 12 Ring
TIMM SIGN
SIGNAL
AL 12 RING
Timm Signal 12 Ring is a 12-strand lightweight
ringtail for cruise vessels.
Features
• 12-strand plaited
• UV resistant
• Lightweight
Benefits
• High elongation
• Excellent grip
• Meets all OCIMF recommendations
Technical Data The 12-strand Timm Signal Ringtail is made of Timm B5

yarn, from a special mix of HT polyolefin fibers.
Material Timm Signal B5 polyolefin This product provides shock/energy absorbing within
Colour Blue the mooring system. The high elongation in the ringtails
Melting point 165°C act as an effective shock absorber during swell
Specific gravity Approx. 0.92 conditions. Timm Signal Ring does not absorb water
Water resistance 0% absorption when submerged, hence remains well balanced,
lightweight and gripable.
Many rope experts have concluded that the 12-strand
We have engineered a hidden splice in these ringtails,
construction is the overall best rope design, providing a
which contributes to a more slender design.
safer, more efficient mooring tail with higher residual
strength compared to parallel-core type constructions.
TIMM SIGNAL 12 RING
Product Number Product name Diameter [mm] Length [m] MBL Spliced [kN] Colour
410023 TIMM SIGNAL 12 RING 64MM 11M 1313KN (SPLICED) BLUE 64 11 1313 Blue
Approvals
658
Rope Stretchers
ROPE
OPESS Timm Flex 8 Tail
TIMM FLEX 8 T
TAIL
AIL
Timm Flex 8 Tail is an 8-strand mooring tail with
high elongation properties, specially designed to
withstand tough swells, strong winds and
currents.
Features
• Very high elongation
• 100% high tenacity PA fiber
• Suitable for challenging sea terminal conditions
• Protected eyes
Benefits
• Smooth handling surface
Technical Specification properties, making them ideal for mooring in the most
challenging of sea terminals.
Mooring tails are used to protect the mooring lines and
Fiber Polyamide to allow ships to sway and move with the environment.
Specific gravity Approx. 1.14 Our flex tails have a high abrasion and UV resistance -
Melting point 250°C providing a durable mooringsolution and acting as an
Elongation 40% at break absorber for sudden energy changes.
Colour White OCIMF recommends 22m polyamide tails as an
Our specially designed mooring tails (pendants) are exposed berth standard - for longer wave
made to withstand tough swells, strong winds and environments.
currents. Timm Flex Tails have very high elongation
Timm Flex Mooring Tail
410515 TIMM FLEX 8 TAIL 68MM 11M 954KN (SPLICED) WHITE 2X1,8M EYE 68 11 954
Approvals
Product is made according to ISO 1140:2012. Tested
breaking load is according to ISO 2307:2010 and is
measured without eye splices.
659
Rope Stretchers
ROPE
OPESS Timm Flex 8 Ring
TIMM FLEX 8 RING

Timm Flex 8 Ring is an 8-strand ringtail with high
elongation properties, making it ideal for
mooring in the most challenging of sea
terminals.
Features
• Very high elongation
• 100% high tenacity PA fiber
• Protected eyes
Benefits
• Smooth handling surface
• Suitable for challenging sea terminal conditions
Technical Specification properties, making them ideal for mooring in the most
challenging of sea terminals. These ringtails are
manufactured using our 8-strand braider, Viking 2.
Fiber Polyamide Mooring tails are used to protect the mooring lines and
Specific gravity Approx. 1.14 to allow ships to sway and move with the environment.
Melting point 250°C Our flex ringtails have a high abrasion and UV
Elongation 40% at break resistance - providing a durable mooring solution and
Colour White acting as an absorber for sudden energy changes.
Our specially designed mooring ringtails (pendants) are OCIMF recommends 22m polyamide tails as an
made to withstand tough swells, strong winds and exposed berth standard - for longer wave
currents. Timm Flex Ringtails have very high elongation environments.
Timm Flex 8 Ring
410676 TIMM FLEX 8 RING 68MM 22M 1695KN (SPLICED) WHITE 68 22 1695
Approvals
Product is made according to ISO 1140:2012. Tested
breaking load is according to ISO 2307:2010 and is
measured without eye splices.
660
Accessories
ROPE
OPESS Timm Boss Link
TIMM B
BOOSS LINK
The Timm Boss Link is a stainless steel
connection for mooring solutions, which allows
steel wire ropes or HMPE fiber ropes to work in
tandem with fiber mooring tails.
Features
• Range of tonne capacities
• Anti-corrosive Stainless Steel
• Suitable for connecting steel wires and HMPE
ropes to fiber mooring tails
• Can be delivered with or without roller
Benefits
• Strong
• Durable
• Recommended by OCIMF
• DNV GL type approval
This indispensable steel connection solution allows It is a highly functional product, which is easy to attach.
steel wire ropes or HMPE fiber ropes to work in tandem It can be supplied as a standard Boss Link with steel
with fiber mooring tails. bolt or with an optional steel roller.
It is made from high quality stainless steel and is Timm Boss Link meets the requirements of OCIMF and
marked with MBL, SWL and serial number. has type approval from DNV GL. This product can be
supplied in 5 different load capacities.
Timm Boss Link
Product Number Product name MBL [T] SWL [T] Weight [kg] Weight w/roller [kg]
410219 TIMM BOSS LINK SHACKLE 120 T 120 60 11,6 15,4
Timm Boss Link Accessories
Product Number Product name MBL [T]

410227 TIMM BOSS LINK ROLLER 120 T 120
410794 TIMM BOSS LINK SPANNER 120 T 120 - 140
410235 TIMM BOSS LINK SPANNER 165 T 165 - 250
410700 TIMM BOSS LINK SCREW 165T 165
Approvals
Product is batch tested and certified by DNV GL, with
DNV GL type approval certificate.
661
Accessories
ROPE
OPESS Acera Fall Preventer Device
ACERA F
FALL
ALL PRE
PREVENTER
VENTER DE
DEVICE
VICE
Acera Fall Preventer Device - for increased
safety during drills and maintenance on life
boats.
Features
• Made in grey Acera HMPE material
• Removable red sleeve with Velcro and the
wording “REMOVE AFTER MAINTENANCE”
• With thimble eyes in both ends
• TimmLock TS2 splice
• Delivered with two pcs of shackles
• Each device tested with 150% of SWL
Benefits
• Prevent accidents that are the results of failure of
on-load release hooks
• UV-protected, rot-proof and resistant to oils and
most chemicals
• Made according to life boat specifications
• IMO MSC 1327 compliant
• With Work’s Certificate
Acera Fall Preventer Device is an IMO MSC 1327 and/or crew training. The Acera Fall Preventer Device
compliant fiber sling that increases safety and reduces acts as a secondary safety mechanism upon failure or
the risk of accidents. An Fall Preventer Device is put accidental release of an on-load release hook.
into use to prevent accidents that are the result of Our Acera Fall Preventer Device is made from our own
failure of on-load release hooks. Such failures occur Acera HMPE fibre to create a light-weight , easy
due to poor release hook designs, lack of maintenance handled product.
Acera Fall Preventer Device
Product Number Product name Length [m] SWL [T]

410395 ACERA FALL PREVENTER DEVICE 0,8M SWL 1,7T 0.8 1.7
410391 ACERA FALL PREVENTER DEVICE 1M SWL 2T 1.0 2.0
410371 ACERA FALL PREVENTER DEVICE 1,2M SWL 5T 1.2 5.0
410379 ACERA FALL PREVENTER DEVICE 2,25M SWL 8,3T 2.25 8.3
Approvals
This product is produced according to IMO MSC 1327
and ISO 10325:2009, and tested according to ISO
2307:2010.
662
Accessories
ROPE
OPESS Timm Repair Kit
TIMM REP
REPAIR
AIR KIT
410552
Timm Rope Jacket Repair Kit is a good solution
to mend damaged rope jackets and eyes.
Features
• 100% high-tenacity polyester cross-woven cloth
• Pre-installed double-sided tapes for quick and
easy installation
• Installation guide
Benefits
• Easy and quick repair without the use of a coating
• Extension of rope service life
• Great appearance
• No dangerous goods for transportation
Many ropes, and HMPE ropes in particular, are to repair ropes with jacket. Unlike other kits, our
supplied with a braided protective jacket. Such jackets solution is free from chemicals.
get worn, and replacing them is expensive and time- Timm Repair Kit is delivered with installation guide.
consuming. The Timm Repair Kit is developed in order
Timm Repair Kit
Each kit contains: Qty [Pcs]

White Polyester Cloth 20m x 150mm 1
High-Performance Doublesided Tape 50m 1
Scotch Vulcanizing Tape 9.1m 3
White Masking Tape 20m 5
Braided Seizing Rope 3mm 100m 1
Tackle Tool 1
Scissor 1
663
WILHELMSEN SHIPS SERVICE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
FOR SALE OF GOODS AND SUPPLY OF CYLINDERS
Valid from Nov 2013 WSS will no longer be required to return the Deposit Fee if the
1. Range of application Customer does not request such return within nine (9) months following
1.1 These terms and conditions (“Conditions”) shall be deemed to be return of the relevant Rental Gas Cylinder. If WSS’ applicable list price
incorporated into all contracts for the sale of goods (including the supply Deposit Fee increases whilst the Customer is in possession of Rental
of gases) (“Products”) and the supply of ‘Unitor’ and/or ‘Wilhelmsen’ Gas Cylinders, WSS shall be entitled to invoice, and the Customer will
branded rental gas cylinders (“Rental Gas Cylinders”) from Wilhelmsen pay, the difference between the Deposit Fee paid by the Customer and
Ships Service AS or its subsidiaries, with the Wilhelmsen Ships Service the then current list price.
entity supplying the Products and/or Rental Gas Cylinders being known
as “WSS”, whether the contract is concluded directly or through an 3.3 The Price and Deposit Fee are stated exclusive of any VAT and
agent. Each order (as accepted by WSS) forms a separate contract similar sales taxes and the Customer will pay such sums when charged
between the relevant parties (an “Agreement”). by WSS. All other taxes, fees, customs duties, surcharges and the
like applicable to the supply or use of the Products and Rental Gas
1.2 A customer placing an order with WSS (the “Customer”), shall Cylinders shall (subject to the application of the relevant Incoterm 2010
constitute the Customer’s acceptance that these Conditions will apply as described in Condition 5.5) be the responsibility of the Customer.
to that Agreement. The Customer agrees that, subject to the following, Where WSS incurs expenses or is subject to any claims in relation to
these Conditions apply to all supplies of Products and Rental Gas such payments, the Customer shall refund such amounts to WSS on an
Cylinders to the exclusion of all others, including, but not limited to, the indemnity basis.
Customer’s general purchase conditions or other standard conditions
of purchase. WSS and the Customer may agree that additional terms 3.4 Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in the applicable
and conditions will be applicable to particular supplies (for example a Incoterms, WSS’ actual costs and expenses (without any ‘premium’
‘cylinder agreement’) (“Additional Terms”). The Additional Terms will being charged on the sums payable by WSS) related to the following
prevail if there is a conflict or inconsistency between these Conditions additional services will also be payable by the Customer to WSS:
and the Additional Terms. • barge, boat or crane hire; and
• rush shipment of Products not commonly requested at the place of
1.3 Delivery of Products and/or Rental Gas Cylinders to any third party delivery.
appointed by the Customer to deliver the Products and/or Rental Gas
Cylinders to the Customer or, where no such third party is appointed, 3.5 Any applicable delivery costs and expenses shall be advised by
acceptance by the vessel, its master, its owners or any other party who WSS to the Customer in quotations and order confirmations. Overtime
accepts the delivery at the location where the items are to be delivered, and waiting time of more than 120 minutes will be charged to and
shall be deemed to be delivery to and acceptance by the Customer and payable by the Customer for deliveries at ports not listed as a Free
WSS shall be entitled to invoice upon such delivery and without further Delivery Port. WSS’ normal opening hours at all places of delivery are
formality. listed in WSS’ network directory, as notified to the Customer from time
to time.
1.4 If an order is placed by an agent (disclosed or undisclosed) on
behalf of a Customer, then such agent shall be deemed to be a party 3.6 The Customer shall pay all amounts due in full, free of bank charges,
to the Agreement for the purposes of this condition and shall be jointly as specified in the invoice within thirty (30) days from the invoice
and severally liable with the Customer for the payment of all amounts date. If the Customer fails to make payment within this period then,
due and the performance of all obligations of the Customer under the without prejudice to any other remedy of WSS, WSS shall be entitled
Agreement. to suspend delivery of further Products or Rental Gas Cylinders under
the Agreement or any related Agreement. All sums shall be paid by the
2. Order confirmation Customer without any deduction or withholding other than as required
2.1 If WSS accepts the Customer’s order, it will issue a confirmation by mandatory law. Where any deduction or withholding is required by
either confirming that it can fulfil the order completely or that it will only mandatory law the Customer shall increase the amount payable to WSS
fulfil part of the order. WSS is under no obligation to accept any orders. to reflect the amount that WSS would have received if no deduction or
The confirmation may also specify delivery charges (as applicable) as withholding had been made.
further described in Conditions 3.4 and 5 below.
3.7 If the Customer is obliged to pay any fees to WSS prior to or at the
2.2 If a Customer does not within the timescale specified on the time of delivery, and payment has not been received by WSS, WSS is
confirmation (or if no timescale is specified, within seven (7) days not obliged to deliver the Products or the Rental Gas Cylinders until full
after receipt of an order confirmation) notify WSS in writing of any payment has been received.
inaccuracies or, where the confirmation specified that WSS will only
supply part of the order, that the Customer does not accept the 3.8 WSS shall be entitled to claim and recover interest of 4% per annum
reduced delivery, the order confirmation shall be considered to be above the base lending rate of Barclays Bank PLC (before as well as
expressly agreed between the parties. WSS is not responsible for errors after judgement) on any overdue payment. Such interest shall accrue
and deficiencies in an order confirmation that have not been notified to on a daily basis from the due date until payment in full is received by
WSS in accordance with this Condition. WSS. WSS is also entitled to claim and recover full compensation for
collection costs and expenses in and out of court and all legal costs
3. Invoicing, Price and payment for Products – deposit and fees for and reasonable expenses on an indemnity basis resulting from the
Rental Gas Cylinders Customer’s non-payment.
3.1 WSS shall be entitled to invoice for Products following delivery. The
purchase price (“Price”) for the Products sold shall be payable by the 3.9 If WSS has not received payment for the Products or the Deposit
Customer and shall be calculated in accordance with WSS’ price list Fee for the Rental Gas Cylinders within thirty (30) days from the invoice
in force at the time and place of delivery. Where an item to be supplied date, WSS shall, without any court order or other process of law, have
is not on WSS’ price list, the Price shall be as specified in the order the right to retake possession of the Products and the Rental Gas
confirmation. Cylinders wherever they are located. The Customer shall make the
applicable Products and the Rental Gas Cylinders available to WSS.
3.2 For Rental Gas Cylinders supplied by WSS, the Customer shall pay WSS is entitled to claim and recover full compensation for all reasonable
a deposit (“Deposit Fee”) and associated fees relating to the rental in costs and expenses in and out of court and all reasonable legal costs
accordance with WSS’ price list in force at the time and place of delivery and other expenses incurred by WSS in retaking possession.
(including, but not limited to the applicable ‘Safety and Security Fee’).
The Rental Gas Cylinders may be returned to any one of WSS’ depots. 4. Equal exchange of Rental Gas Cylinders and Return to WSS
Subject to Conditions 4 and 7 and the following, the Deposit Fee shall for testing
then be refunded, either automatically or upon request by the Customer 4.1 Gas will only be supplied by WSS pursuant to these Conditions
and, if applicable, in accordance with the terms of the Additional Terms for use in its own Rental Gas Cylinders. If the Customer orders only
in effect between WSS and the Customer. If the Deposit Fee is not a supply of gas from WSS, and has a previously supplied Rental Gas
returned automatically following the return of the Rental Gas Cylinders, Cylinder which it wishes to exchange, WSS shall, if it accepts such
order and subject to the Customer having paid all outstanding fees not disclose it to any third party. WSS will use its reasonable endeavours
in relation to the empty Rental Gas Cylinder, supply to the Customer to ensure that the cylinder web page is available during normal working
a filled Rental Gas Cylinder in exchange against receipt of the empty hours and that the information available on the web page is accurate.
Rental Gas Cylinder, which shall be of the same type and specification However, it is the Customer’s responsibility to ensure that it accurately
as the returned Rental Gas Cylinder. In such cases the Deposit Fee paid tracks its inventory of Rental Gas Cylinders and related gas levels.
by the Customer in respect of the returned Rental Gas Cylinder shall
not be refunded but shall be transferred to the new Rental Gas Cylinder. 6. Warranty
Any supplementary Deposit Fee due (as described in Condition 3.2) 6.1 WSS warrants that the Products and Rental Gas Cylinders shall be:
shall, if applicable, be calculated and due at the time of the exchange.
(i) in material conformity with the specifications set out in WSS’
4.2 For the avoidance of doubt, if a third party supplies gases to the Product Guide as published on WSS’ website from time to time
Customer and/or fills a Rental Gas Cylinder (other than on behalf of (“Product Specifications”) where applicable; and
WSS), WSS shall have no liability or responsibility for such supply of (ii) free from material defects in design, materials and workmanship.
those gases or filling or subsequent performance of the Rental Gas
Cylinder except as described in Condition 10.1. The Customer will notify 6.2 If the Products or Rental Gas Cylinders provided by WSS are
WSS if any Rental Gas Cylinder is filled by a third party. In addition, if the in breach of the warranty in Condition 6.1, in order to make a claim
Rental Gas Cylinder is filled by a third party, any Deposit Fee paid by the under the warranty, the Customer must notify WSS in writing within a
Customer for the relevant Rental Gas Cylinder will not be refunded and reasonable period of time following discovery of the breach and no later
shall be retained by WSS. than within twelve (12) months after the delivery of the relevant Products
or Rental Gas Cylinders. Upon receipt of such written notification,
4.3 The Customer will ensure that Rental Gas Cylinders are exchanged WSS shall, at its sole discretion either: (i) rectify the breach of warranty;
within a period which enables WSS to conduct necessary testing, (ii) deliver substitute Products or Rental Gas Cylinders; or (iii) reduce
maintenance and/or certification on the original Rental Gas Cylinder in the Price of the Products proportionally. Except as provided by this
accordance with the applicable regulatory regime. Condition 6.2, the Customer shall, to the maximum extent permitted by
law, have no further rights or claims in respect of a breach of warranty
5. Delivery and delivery charges in Condition 6.1.
5.1 WSS shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Products
and Rental Gas Cylinders shall be delivered at the time and date agreed 6.3 All warranties, conditions and other terms implied by statute or
upon between the parties to the Agreement. common law are, to the fullest extent permitted by law, excluded from
the Agreement.
5.2 Where the Products ordered by the Customer are within WSS’
standard list of products made available by the WSS (“Product Guide”) 6.4 WSS reserves the right to amend the Product Specifications at any
and the delivery is to: time without notice. WSS may in its sole discretion provide alternative
Products which have an equivalent or better functionality. However, in
5.2.1 a “free delivery port” as specified by WSS’ website or current such circumstances, WSS will only be entitled to increase the applicable
price list (“Free Delivery Port”), there is no additional delivery charge Price where this is agreed with the Customer.
applicable, except as described in Conditions 3.4, 3.5 and 5.5;
5.2.2 a location which is not identified as a Free Delivery Port, WSS 7. Title to Rental Gas Cylinders
will be entitled to charge the Customer, and the Customer will pay, 7.1 Subject to the remainder of this Condition 7, WSS shall retain
the carriage costs for the items from WSS’ warehouse to the vessel ownership and title to the Rental Gas Cylinder while it is in the
or other point to which the delivery is to be made, as such costs are Customer’s possession and the Customer shall not claim or dispute
specified in the confirmation or as otherwise agreed. ownership of the Rental Gas Cylinder or seek to or actually exercise
or create any lien or encumbrance over or in relation to the Rental Gas
5.3 Where the Products ordered by the Customer are not within the Cylinder or otherwise do anything which is inconsistent with WSS’ right
Product Guide, WSS will be entitled to charge the Customer, and the of ownership.
Customer will pay, the carriage costs for the items from the location
where WSS obtains the Products (which is normally the third party 7.2 Title to and ownership of the Rental Gas Cylinders shall immediately
supplier’s premises) to the vessel or other point to which the delivery is pass to the Customer if the Customer: (i) destroys, defaces or otherwise
to be made, as specified in the confirmation or as otherwise agreed. damages the Rental Gas Cylinder; (ii) loses the Rental Gas Cylinder; (iii)
delivers the Rental Gas Cylinder to a third party not approved by WSS;
5.4 Where the Customer only requires Rental Gas Cylinders to be (iv) has the Rental Gas Cylinder serviced or refilled by a party which is
collected and not refilled, WSS shall be entitled to charge the Customer, not WSS or a WSS Affiliate, unless WSS has consented to the Rental
and the Customer shall pay, the relevant collection fee specified in WSS’ Gas Cylinder being serviced or refilled by that third party; or (v) does not
price list which is applicable at the time of collection. Such charges return the Rental Gas Cylinder to WSS for refilling or testing/certification
will be made available to the Customer upon request prior to such within eighteen (18) months of initial delivery or within eighteen (18)
collection. months of the previous refilling or testing/certification (as applicable). In
such circumstances, the following Condition shall be applicable.
5.5 Subject to the following, delivery of Products and Rental Gas
Cylinders shall be made Free Alongside Ship (FAS) in accordance 7.3 When ownership to a Rental Gas Cylinder transfers to the Customer
with the ICC Incoterms 2010, unless otherwise stated in WSS’ order in accordance with the previous Condition: (i) any obligation, contractual
confirmation. If the parties have initially agreed for the delivery to be duty or liability on WSS with regard to the Rental Gas Cylinder shall
made FAS and WSS is subsequently instructed for whatever reason terminate immediately to the extent permitted by law, subject to
to deliver the Products or Rental Gas Cylinders at a place other than Condition 10.1; (ii) the Customer shall (unless the cylinder has been lost
alongside the vessel or to the agreed delivery port, subject to WSS’ or destroyed) remove or obscure or procure the removal or obscuring
approval, the delivery shall be made Free Carrier (FCA) ICC Incoterms of the ‘Unitor’ and/or ‘Wilhelmsen’ trade names from the Rental Gas
2010 at the alternative delivery location, provided such an alternative Cylinder in a safe manner; (iii) the Customer shall immediately inform
is a Free Delivery Port. Any other delivery method is subject to WSS’ WSS in writing about the transfer of title and the actions taken as a
approval and any additional costs in relation to such delivery method consequence; and (iv) any Deposit Fee paid by the Customer for the
shall be borne by the Customer. Where the relevant Incoterms require relevant Rental Gas Cylinder will not be refunded and shall be retained
WSS to obtain clearances for export, such responsibility will only relate by WSS. If no Deposit Fee has been received by WSS or if a further
to the point of delivery and not further export by the Customer. If there Deposit Fee is due (as described in Condition 3.2), WSS will charge
is any conflict between the relevant Incoterms and any term of an the Customer, and the Customer shall pay, a fee equal to the shortfall
Agreement (including these Conditions), the terms of the Agreement Deposit Fee that would have been due according to WSS’ price list in
shall prevail. effect at the date that WSS becomes aware of the transfer of title.
5.6 WSS’ Rental Gas Cylinders delivered to and from the Customer will 7.4 For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that the Customer returns
be registered and updated by WSS’ electronic tracking system. The to WSS a gas cylinder which is not a Rental Gas Cylinder or a Rental
Customer will receive a user ID and password to WSS’ cylinder web Gas Cylinder which is not registered to have been last delivered to
page, upon request, where the Customer will have access to monitor the Customer by WSS and considered to be in their possession, the
the Rental Gas Cylinders on board all of the Customer’s ships which Customer will not be entitled to refund of any Deposit Fee, whether paid
have been registered within WSS’ electronic tracking system. The by another customer for such Rental Gas Cylinder or otherwise.
Customer shall keep any such user ID and password confidential and
8. Risk/Retention of title 11. Force Majeure
8.1 The Products (including gases) and the supplied Rental Gas If either party to an Agreement is unable to comply with its obligations
Cylinders are at the risk of the Customer from the time of delivery and, due to events beyond its reasonable control (including, but not limited
in the case of the Rental Gas Cylinders, until such time as they are to, industrial disputes which are not related to that party’s staff, riots,
returned to WSS’ service delivery vehicles or vehicles of third parties as mobs, fires, floods, wars, embargo, shortage of labour, power, fuel, lack
nominated or approved by WSS. of means of transportation or general lack of other necessities, laws,
regulations or orders from any governmental agency, port or vessel
8.2 The ownership and title to the Products shall pass to the Customer security control, security concerns or adverse weather conditions), that
when WSS has received payment in full of the Price and any other sums party’s obligations shall be suspended for the duration of such events
due under the Agreement such as interest, taxes and additional costs and it shall not be liable for any such non-performance.
(where applicable).
12. Indemnification
9. Delay 12.1 The Customer shall comply with all warnings, instructions and
9.1 If the delivery of the Products or Rental Gas Cylinders are delayed safety rules provided to it by WSS and its Affiliates from time to time and
beyond the agreed delivery date and this is not due to the Customer shall familiarise itself with and apply best industry practice at all times
or circumstances within the Customer’s control, WSS shall be given in relation to the storage, handling and use of all Products and Rental
the opportunity to deliver the Products or Rental Gas Cylinders within a Gas Cylinders.
reasonable period of time after the agreed delivery date. If such delayed
delivery does not occur within a reasonable period of time after the 12.2 The Customer acknowledges that the Products sold and the
agreed delivery date, the Customer may cancel the order by written Rental Gas Cylinders supplied are, or may be, hazardous to human
notice to WSS at least three (3) days prior to any revised delivery date or health, and, subject to Condition 6 and Condition 10.1, the Customer
such other date agreed between the parties. assumes the risk for the use of the Products and Rental Gas Cylinders
after delivery by WSS. The Customer shall familiarise itself and keep
9.2 Except as provided in this Condition 9, to the maximum extent itself informed with respect to possible hazards to persons or property
permitted by law, the Customer shall have no further rights or claims involved in the handling and use of the Products and Rental Gas
whatsoever in respect of any delay in delivery on the part of WSS. Cylinders.
10. Limitations of Liability 12.3 The Customer shall advise its employees, independent contractors
10.1 Nothing in these Conditions or any other provision of any and others who handle the Products and Rental Gas Cylinders, and
Agreement excludes or limits the liability of WSS: (i) for death or shall take such action as is reasonably necessary to advise others who
personal injury caused by WSS’ negligence; (ii) for fraud or fraudulent may be users of the Products or Rental Gas Cylinders, of the suspected
misrepresentation; or (iii) for any liability which cannot be limited or or proven hazards of the Products and Rental Gas Cylinders and the
excluded by applicable law. proper handling of the Products and Rental Gas Cylinders and shall
require such parties to comply with WSS’ reasonable instructions
10.2 Subject to Condition 10.1, the provisions of this Condition 10 apply relating to the safe handling, use and storage of the Products and/or
to the entire liability of WSS under and in relation to each Agreement Rental Gas Cylinders.
(including, but not limited to, any liability for the acts or omissions of its
employees, agents and sub-contractors) in respect of (i) any breach 12.4 The Customer shall indemnify WSS and hold WSS harmless from
of the Contract; (ii) any use made or resale by the Customer of any all liability, costs and expenses whatsoever (including any claims by third
of the Products, or of any product incorporating any of the Products; parties against WSS) arising from the improper use or improper handling
(iii) any representation, statement or tortious act or omission including of the Products or Rental Gas Cylinders and/or any breach by the
negligence arising under or in connection with the Agreement; and (iv) Customer of this Condition 12.
any other claim or liability whatsoever under or in connection with an
Agreement. 13. Intellectual property rights
13.1 Nothing in these Conditions shall transfer any intellectual property
10.3 Subject to the remainder of this Condition 10, WSS’ total liability rights (including but not limited to patents, designs, trade marks and
in contract, tort (including negligence), statute, misrepresentation, trade names (whether registered or unregistered), copyright and related
restitution or otherwise, arising under or in connection with an rights, database rights and knowhow) in the Products and the Rental
Agreement shall be limited to a maximum of twenty-five thousand Gas Cylinders (or any items supplied with them) nor any proprietary
US Dollars (US$25,000) per incident or series of related incidents (as information or data from WSS to the Customer.
applicable).
13.2 WSS grants to the Customer a non-exclusive, non-transferrable
10.4 Subject to Condition 10.1, neither party to an Agreement (except to subsequent purchasers of the Products) royalty free licence
shall be liable to the other in contract, tort (including negligence), to use the intellectual property rights contained within the Products
statute, misrepresentation, restitution or otherwise, arising under or or Rental Gas Cylinders (and any related item delivered with them
in connection with these Conditions and any Agreement for any loss such as instruction manuals, drawings, commissioning and handover
of profit or revenue, loss of business, loss of anticipated savings, documents) solely to use of the Products or Rental Gas Cylinders for
or depletion of goodwill (in each case whether direct, indirect or the purpose provided.
consequential) or any indirect or consequential loss whatsoever
(howsoever caused) even if that party was made aware of the possibility 14. Ethical standards
of such losses or damages. 14.1 The parties agree that neither party shall:
10.5 Subject to Condition 10.1, WSS shall under no circumstance be (a) offer or agree to give any person working for or engaged by the
liable for any loss or damage whatsoever and howsoever arising in other party any gift or other consideration, which could act as an
relation to, or in any way connected with any Rental Gas Cylinder if the inducement or a reward for any act or omission to act in connection
ownership of that Rental Gas Cylinder has transferred in accordance with any agreement between the parties;
with Condition 7.
10.6 To the extent permitted by law, the Customer will procure that any (b) enter into any agreement with the other party if it has knowledge
and all claims to be made against WSS or any Affiliate of WSS arising that, in connection with it, any money has been, or will be, paid to
out of or in connection with these Conditions and any Agreement will any person working for or engaged by the other party or that an
be made by the Customer against WSS only and not by any Affiliate agreement has been reached to that effect unless (i) details of any
of the Customer or by ship-owners or any other third party. For the such arrangement have been disclosed in writing to the other party
avoidance of doubt, any such claims will be subject to the exclusions prior to the execution of the agreement and (ii) approval of such
and limitations of liability set out in these Conditions. The Customer shall arrangement by an authorised representative of the other party has
indemnify WSS and its Affiliates against all liabilities, costs, expenses, been obtained;
damages and losses arising from a breach of this Condition 10.6. In
these Conditions, an “Affiliate” of a party shall mean any company (c) offer, pay or promise to pay either directly or indirectly, anything
controlling, controlled by or under common control with the relevant of value to a Public Official in connection with any agreement. The
party where control means direct or indirect ownership of at least parties further agree that in the performance of their respective
50% of the voting stock or interest in the company or control of the obligations hereunder, the parties and their respective agents,
composition of the board of directors. sub-contractors and employees shall comply with all applicable
laws, rules, regulations and orders of any applicable jurisdiction,
including the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign 17.2 Assignment and subcontracting
Public Officials in International Business Transactions. Each party 17.2.1 WSS may subcontract any of its obligations under an Agreement
shall notify the other immediately in writing with full particulars in the to any Affiliate or third party. In such circumstances, WSS shall
event that party receives a request from any Public Official requesting remain liable for actions of its subcontractor which are contrary to the
illicit payments; or Agreement.
(d) take any other action which results in a breach by either party of 17.2.2 Neither party to an Agreement may assign or transfer all nor any
any applicable anti-corruption legislation (Including but not limited to of its rights or obligations under that Agreement without the prior written
the UK Bribery Act 2010). consent of the other party, except that WSS may assign or novate the
Agreement in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates and the Customer
In this Condition 14, the term “Public Official” means (i) any official will sign all documents necessary to effect such assignment or novation.
or employee of any government agency or government-owned or
controlled enterprise, (ii) any person performing a public function, (iii) 17.3 Waiver
any official or employee of a public international organisation, (iv) any No failure by either of the parties hereto, in case of a default or breach
candidate for political office or (v) any political party or an official of a by the other party, to enforce any claim, or to exercise any remedy,
political party. or to have resort to any recourse under the Agreement or under
any applicable law shall be deemed a waiver of any other remedy
14.2 If either party breaches Condition 14.1, the other party may or recourse or a waiver of the same remedy or recourse for any
terminate the affected agreement by written notice with immediate subsequent default or breach.
effect. Any termination pursuant to this Condition 14.2 shall be
without prejudice to any right or remedy that has already accrued, or 17.4 Data Protection
subsequently accrues, to the other party. Each party shall comply at all times with the Data Protection Act 1998
(or analogous legislation in other jurisdictions) and shall, if required by
15. Compliance with asset control laws and financial sanctions applicable law, ensure that it has all appropriate rights and consents
The parties will comply with applicable anti-terrorist financing and asset to pass personal data to WSS for WSS to process in accordance with
control laws, regulations, rules and orders, including but not limited these Conditions.
to, the U.S. Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control
(“OFAC”) regulations and the European Union sanctions or restrictive 17.5 Confidentiality
measures. (a) Subject to the following, both parties agree to keep all information
disclosed to it by the other party confidential, to not use it for any
Pursuant to OFAC regulations respecting USD payments, neither purpose (other than in the context of the Agreement) and to not disclose
party can facilitate USD payments in any transaction related to OFAC it without the prior written consent of the other party to any third party,
sanctioned entities, either directly or indirectly. Either party may be unless: (i) the information was public knowledge at the time of the
required to request information from the other which supports a disclosure; (ii) the information becomes public knowledge other than by
verification statement which New York intermediary banks may require breach of the confidentiality requirements set out in these Conditions; (iii)
according to the OFAC regulations, including whether a person is a the information subsequently comes lawfully into its possession from a
“specially designated national” listed by OFAC or any executive order, third party; or (iv) such disclosure is required pursuant to any applicable
or a “national” of any country with which transactions are regulated by laws or regulations to which the disclosing party is subject.
OFAC. Both parties shall provide timely and truthful responses to any
such reasonable enquiries either party may make to the other to support (b) Each party shall be entitled to disclose confidential information
any required verification statements. to its directors, shareholders, officers, employees, advisers and
consultants having a need to know the same. WSS may disclose
16. Governing Law – disputes confidential information to potential assignees or transferees and
These Conditions and all Agreements to which these Conditions apply may disclose confidential information for the purposes of performing
and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection its obligations under the Agreement (including disclosing information
with these Conditions and such Agreements shall be governed by, and to any subcontractors, Affiliates or representatives of WSS).
construed in accordance with, English law.
(c) Neither party shall make any announcement, statement or press
The parties shall first attempt to resolve any dispute arising out of or release concerning the Agreement without the prior written consent
in connection with an Agreement to which these Conditions apply by of the other.
negotiation. If the parties are unable to resolve such dispute within
forty-five (45) days of commencing negotiations, such dispute may be 17.6 Severability
referred to and finally resolved by arbitration under the London Maritime If any provision of an Agreement is or subsequently becomes void,
Arbitrators Association (“LMAA”) Terms current at the time when the unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or
arbitration proceedings are commenced, except that where neither legality of the other provisions of the Agreement.
the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$50,000 the
arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small 17.7 Third party rights
Claims Procedure. The number of arbitrators shall be three (3), except With the exception of any Affiliate of WSS, who shall take the benefit
that the reference shall be to one sole arbitrator where the LMAA Small of any right expressly stated to be for the benefit of an Affiliate of WSS
Claims Procedure applies. The seat, or legal place, of the arbitration together with any protection and limitation afforded to WSS pursuant
shall be London, England. The language to be used in the arbitration to an Agreement (including, but not limited to, those set out in these
shall be English. Nothing stated in this Condition shall preclude the Conditions), a person who is not a party to an Agreement has no right
right of either party to seek security or interim orders (by means of any under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to
appropriate remedy or relief, including but not limited to in rem arrests, enjoy the benefit of any term of such Agreement. However, the terms
injunctions, attachments, seizures, sales, detention, the exercise of a of the Agreement (including, but not limited to, these Conditions) may
lien or otherwise howsoever) from any court of competent jurisdiction as be varied, amended or modified by agreement in writing between the
may be necessary. parties, the without the consent of any such third party.
17. Miscellaneous
17.1 Entire agreement
The Agreement (incorporating, for the avoidance of doubt these
Conditions and any Additional Terms (if applicable)) constitutes the
whole agreement between the parties and supersedes all previous
agreements between the parties relating to its subject matter. Each
party acknowledges that, in entering into the Agreement, it has not
relied on, and shall have no right or remedy in respect of, any statement,
representation, assurance or warranty (whether made negligently or
innocently) other than as expressly set out in the Agreement. Nothing
in this Condition shall limit or exclude any liability for fraud or fraudulent
misrepresentation.
wilhelmsen.com
Get all the latest product information and get in touch
with your local representative from one of the world’s
largest maritime networks.
wilhelmsen.com
• Contacts and locations • Documentation and certificates
• The complete and up-to-date product range • Directions for use
• Extended product information and • Safety data sheets in your language
description • More product pictures

Unitor Product Catalogue PDF Final Aug17

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Unitor Product Catalogue PDF Final Aug17

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2017

Product Number Product name Volume Packing, Type

Product Number Product name

Product number Product name Contents Colour ODP GWP

Product Number Product name

Product Number Product name Contents Colour ODP GWP

Product Number Product name

Product number Product name Contents Colour ODP GWP

Product Number Product name

Product number Product name Contents Colour ODP GWP

Product Number Product name

Product Number Product name Contents Colour ODP GWP

Product number Product name Contents Colour ODP GWP

Product Number Product name

Product Number Product name Contents Colour ODP GWP

Product Number Product name

Technical Data ODP = Ozone Depletion GWP = Global Warming

Product Number Product name

Technical data ODP = Ozone Depletion GWP = Global Warming

Product Number Product name

Product number Product name Contents Colour ODP GWP

Product Number Product name

Product Number Product name Water capacity USDOT Connection Type

Product Number Product name

Technical data • When a regulator is fitted with twinhose and

Product Number Product name

Technical Data • 1 kg = 2.2 lbs

Product Cylinder Filling Gross Tare Gas capacity Gas capacity

Product Number Product name

Technical data • 1 nm3 = 35.3 ft3

Product Number Product name

Product Number Product name For use with

Product Cylinder Gross Tare Gas capacity Gas capacity

Product Number Product name

Technical Data The gas capacity of a cylinder can calculated in two

Product Cylinder Gross Tare Gas capacity Gas capacity

Product Number Product name

Technical Data For argon/CO2 mix (Unimix) the following is valid:

Product Cylinder Gross Tare Gas capacity Gas capacity

Product Number Product name

Technical Data • Nitrogen monoxide (NO) < 2 ppm

Product Cylinder Gross Tare Gas capacity Gas capacity

Product Number Product name

Product Number Product name

Product Number Product name

Product number Product name

GAS CYLINDER CABINET

Product number Product name

Product Number Product name Position

Product Number Product name Position

Product Number Product name Position

Product Number Product name

Product Number Product name

Product Number Product name Product code Colour

Product Number Product name

LIQUID LINE DRIER C

Product Number Product name

Product Number Product name IP protection

Product Number Product name IP protection

Product Number Product name IP PROTECTION

Product Number Product name IP PROTECTION

Directions for use

Direction for use

UNITOR MARINE HIGH QU